summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authornfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-01-22 19:05:06 -0800
committernfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-01-22 19:05:06 -0800
commit56018aa0e5e53af2a2a2a378864daf62117f8ce8 (patch)
treeb62cef5f78ffd81bb3e5e4aa50c1d22bf7dbf2dd
parent17d444054232e3cbf2cd81fb43112920ffc92a6b (diff)
NormalizeHEADmain
-rw-r--r--.gitattributes4
-rw-r--r--LICENSE.txt11
-rw-r--r--README.md2
-rw-r--r--old/66055-0.txt7828
-rw-r--r--old/66055-0.zipbin139450 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/66055-h.zipbin1106603 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/66055-h/66055-h.htm10735
-rw-r--r--old/66055-h/images/cover.jpgbin223349 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/66055-h/images/i_fp054.jpgbin181245 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/66055-h/images/i_fp180.jpgbin177038 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/66055-h/images/i_fp306.jpgbin164832 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/66055-h/images/i_frontis.jpgbin161674 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/66055-h/images/logo.jpgbin48124 -> 0 bytes
13 files changed, 17 insertions, 18563 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7b82bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+*.txt text eol=lf
+*.htm text eol=lf
+*.html text eol=lf
+*.md text eol=lf
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd3b035
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #66055 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/66055)
diff --git a/old/66055-0.txt b/old/66055-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e9cfa5..0000000
--- a/old/66055-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7828 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Junior Trophy, by Ralph Henry
-Barbour
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
-will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before
-using this eBook.
-
-Title: The Junior Trophy
-
-Author: Ralph Henry Barbour
-
-Release Date: August 13, 2021 [eBook #66055]
-
-Language: English
-
-Produced by: Donald Cummings and the Online Distributed Proofreading
- Team at https://www.pgdp.net
-
-*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE JUNIOR TROPHY ***
-
-
-
-
-
- THE JUNIOR TROPHY
-
-
-
-
-BY RALPH HENRY BARBOUR.
-
-
- The Junior Trophy.
- Change Signals!
- For Yardley.
- Finkler’s Field.
- Winning His “Y.”
- The New Boy at Hilltop.
- Double Play.
- Forward Pass!
- The Spirit of the School.
- Four in Camp.
- Four Afoot.
- Four Afloat.
- The Arrival of Jimpson.
- Behind the Line.
- Captain of the Crew.
- For the Honor of the School.
- The Half-Back.
- On Your Mark.
- Weatherby’s Inning.
-
-
-D. APPLETON & COMPANY, NEW YORK.
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration: “‘Be careful,’ cautioned Ben, his teeth chattering.”]
-
-
-
-
- THE
- JUNIOR TROPHY
-
- BY
-
- RALPH HENRY BARBOUR
-
- AUTHOR OF
- “CHANGE SIGNALS,” “FOR YARDLEY,” “THE HALF-BACK,” ETC.
-
-
- [Illustration]
-
-
- ILLUSTRATED
-
-
- NEW YORK AND LONDON
- D. APPLETON AND COMPANY
- 1913
-
-
-
-
- Copyright, 1913, by
- D. APPLETON AND COMPANY
-
-
- Printed in the United States of America
-
-
-
-
-CONTENTS
-
-
- CHAPTER PAGE
- I. WHAT THE CAT BROUGHT IN 1
- II. THE DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE 9
- III. REVOLT 20
- IV. THE FIRST SKIRMISH 32
- V. BATTLE ROYAL 48
- VI. A RESCUE 65
- VII. LANNY CONFESSES 80
- VIII. THE FIRST HOCKEY GAME 86
- IX. THE SOCIETY MEETS AGAIN 94
- X. KID MAKES AN INVESTMENT 104
- XI. AND STARTS IN BUSINESS 119
- XII. “TOOTS” BUYS SOME TABLETS 137
- XIII. KID RUNS AWAY 160
- XIV. HEROISM AND A REWARD 175
- XV. LANNY TRIES HIGH FINANCE 193
- XVI. KID FINDS HIMSELF FAMOUS 208
- XVII. A DONATION TO THE FUND 217
- XVIII. CONFESSION AND PUNISHMENT 229
- XIX. THE TROPHY IS PRESENTED 248
- XX. DAY WINS AND LOSES 264
- XXI. “HAIRBREADTH” HARRY 280
- XXII. “TOOTS” HAS A TREAT 290
- XXIII. KID TRIUMPHS! 296
-
-
-
-
-LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
-
-
- FACING
- PAGE
-
- “‘Be careful,’ cautioned Ben, his teeth
- chattering” _Frontispiece_
-
- “The soft snow thudded and spattered against the
- two flying seniors” 54
-
- “On came the train, nearer and nearer” 180
-
- “Straining eyes watched as it thumped into Kid’s
- big glove” 306
-
-
-
-
- THE JUNIOR TROPHY
-
-
-
-
- I
-
- WHAT THE CAT BROUGHT IN
-
-
-The train from the west that bore Bert Bryant to New York was two
-hours late, for all the way from Clinton, Ohio, where Bert lived, the
-snow had been from four inches to a foot in depth. Consequently he had
-missed the one o’clock train for Mt. Pleasant and had spent an hour
-with his face glued to a waiting-room window watching the bustle and
-confusion of New York. Now, at four o’clock, he was seated in a sleigh,
-his suit-case between his feet, winding up the long, snowy road to Mt.
-Pleasant Academy. In the front seat was the fur-clad driver and beside
-him was Bert’s small trunk.
-
-It was very cold and fast growing dark. It seemed to Bert that they
-had been driving for miles and miles, and he wanted to ask the driver
-how much farther they had to go. But the man in the old bearskin coat
-was cross and taciturn, and so Bert buried his hands still deeper in
-his pockets and wondered whether his nose and ears were getting white.
-And just when he had decided that they were the sleigh left the main
-road with a sudden lurch, that almost toppled the trunk off, and turned
-through a gate and up a curving drive lined with snow-laden evergreens.
-Then the academy came into view, a rambling, comfortable-looking
-building with many cheerfully lighted windows looking out in welcome.
-At one of the windows two faces appeared in response to the warning
-of the sleigh bells and peered curiously down. The sleigh pulled up
-in front of a broad stone step and Bert clambered out, bag in hand.
-The driver lifted the trunk, opened the big oak door without ceremony,
-deposited his burden just inside and growled: “Fifty cents.”
-
-Bert paid him, the door closed, the bells jingled diminishingly down
-the drive and Bert looked around. He was in a big hall from which a
-broad stairway ascended and from which doors opened on all sides.
-Through one of them he caught sight of four tables already set for
-supper. The hall was evidently a living-room as well, for a wood fire
-crackled in a big fireplace and easy chairs and couches were all
-around, while the floor was spread with a number of rugs of varying
-sizes whose deep colors added warmth to the room. Bert waited, drawing
-off his coat and gloves. Presently, as no one appeared, he went to the
-fireplace and held his numbed feet to the blaze. Somehow the place
-didn’t look like any school he had ever seen and he began to wonder
-whether by mistake he had stumbled into some one’s private house. But
-from above came unmistakable sounds; boys’ voices in laughter and the
-scurrying of feet. Bert began to study the many closed doors, intending
-presently, if no one came, to knock at one of them. But before he had
-made a choice some one did come.
-
-A door behind him opened suddenly and a girl of about fourteen burst
-in, caught sight of the newcomer and paused in surprise. Bert turned
-and for a moment the two observed each other in frank curiosity.
-
-What Bert saw was a girl in a sailor suit of some dark blue material,
-a girl with a pretty, animated face, blue eyes and golden-brown hair
-which at the back descended to her waist in a long braid. What the
-girl saw was a good-looking boy of her own age with a sturdy figure,
-a pleasant countenance, brown eyes and hair and a good supply of
-freckles.
-
-“Hello,” she said finally.
-
-“How do you do?” responded Bert.
-
-“You’re the new junior, aren’t you?” she went on. “I forget your name.
-Mine’s Nan. Doctor Merton’s my father.”
-
-“My name is Albert Bryant. I didn’t see anyone about――――”
-
-“Daddy’s talking with Mr. Crane in the office, mamma’s in the village
-and Mr. Folsom hasn’t come back yet. I’m all there is, you see, and so
-you’ll have to put up with me until daddy’s ready for you. I guess it
-was pretty cold driving up from the station, wasn’t it?”
-
-“It was, rather,” acknowledged Bert, rubbing his fingers together. “My
-train was late in New York and I missed the train I was expecting to
-get.”
-
-Nan nodded. “Lots of the boys were late. Two of them haven’t got here
-yet; Mr. Folsom, too. He lives in Syracuse and there’s been heaps of
-snow up that way. I like snow, though, don’t you? We’ve got a dandy
-toboggan slide. Do you like to toboggan?”
-
-“I never tried it,” answered Bert. “I should think, though, it would be
-good fun.”
-
-“It’s grand! Did the Pirate bring you up?”
-
-“The Pirate?”
-
-“Mr. Higgins. The boys call him the Pirate because he looks like one. I
-know he did, though, because he’s put your trunk as near the door as he
-could. He says he doesn’t get paid to handle trunks inside the house.
-Did you say your name was Albert?”
-
-“Yes; Bert, though, usually.”
-
-“I like that better,” she responded, seating herself on the arm of a
-chair and continuing to examine him calmly. “I shall call you Bert,
-though I suppose the boys will find a nickname for you pretty soon.
-Funny you came after Christmas recess. Why didn’t you come in the fall?”
-
-“I was going to, but I got sick in September, and when I was well again
-it was too late. And mother thought I’d better wait and get quite well.”
-
-“You don’t look sick now,” she said critically.
-
-“I’m not. I never was sick before, not really sick, that is.”
-
-“You’re to room with Ben Holden. I hope he will like you. He’s a
-senior.”
-
-“Why don’t you hope I’ll like him?” laughed Bert.
-
-Nan Merton raised her eyebrows. “Oh, that isn’t so important. You see,
-if Ben shouldn’t like you he might make your life a veritable burden.”
-(Bert soon discovered that Nan was fond of using queer phrases which
-she got out of the stories she read.) “He――he’s that sort, you know.”
-
-“Is he? Well, I shouldn’t like to have my life a burden,” replied Bert
-with a smile. “How old is this chap?”
-
-“Ben? He’s seventeen, I think. He’s one of the big boys. We have twelve
-here in the house, four seniors, two upper middlers, two lower middlers
-and three juniors; no, four now you’ve come. You see, the juniors sort
-of do what the seniors and upper middlers tell them to.”
-
-“Oh! Well, suppose they didn’t?” asked Bert.
-
-“Why――why――” But such a supposition seemed beyond Nan’s imagination.
-“They _have_ to,” she said. There was the sound of a closing door
-somewhere. “Mr. Crane’s gone. Come on and I’ll take you to daddy.”
-
-She led the way through the door by which she had entered, past a
-somewhat formal room furnished as a parlor, and down a hallway. This,
-as Bert guessed correctly, was the family’s part of the house. The
-office door was open and Bert followed Nan inside.
-
-“Here’s the new boy, daddy,” she announced in businesslike tones.
-A middle-aged gentleman, grizzled of hair and comfortably stout,
-arose from his desk chair and turned to Bert with a kindly smile and
-outstretched hand.
-
-“Glad to see you, Bryant. You had a pleasant journey, I hope. That was
-quite a trip for a boy of your age to make alone. Let me see, now,
-you’re fifteen, is it?”
-
-“Fourteen, sir.”
-
-“Ah, yes. And you’re going into the junior class. I remember. Well,
-Mrs. Merton is absent and so I’ll ask――hm, I forgot. I’ll show you your
-room myself. Later we’ll have a talk together. Come this way, Bryant.”
-
-Bert rescued his bag, coat and cap in the hall and followed the Doctor
-up the stairs. In front of a partly opened door the Doctor paused and
-knocked.
-
-“Come in!” called a voice gaily. When they entered Bert saw five boys
-lounging about the room. At sight of the Doctor, however, they sprang
-respectfully to their feet.
-
-“Ben,” announced the Doctor, “this is your new room-mate, Albert
-Bryant. Bryant, this is Benson Holden. And here is Lovell, and
-Perkins and Pierce and Waters.” Bert shook hands all around somewhat
-embarrassedly. “Make Bryant at home, boys,” continued the Doctor. “One
-of you might give him a hand with his trunk, if you will. Everything
-all right, Ben?”
-
-“Yes, sir, thank you.”
-
-The Doctor withdrew and Bert was left facing the curious and critical
-glances of the older boys. It was Benson Holden who first broke the
-ensuing silence. Ben dropped on the bed, threw out his hands in utter
-despair and nodded at Bert.
-
-“Look!” he wailed. “Look what the cat’s brought in!”
-
-
-
-
- II
-
- THE DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE
-
-
-Bert didn’t like Ben. He came to that conclusion just twenty-four hours
-after his arrival at Mt. Pleasant Academy. Ben had had his room to
-himself all the fall and resented Bert’s appearance on the scene. He
-also resented having a junior put in with him. To be sure it was the
-custom at the academy to have the younger boys room with the older,
-but Ben, who had been there three years and a half, and was the oldest
-boy in the house, thought he ought to be exempt from such annoyances.
-And he didn’t scruple to let Bert understand that he was anything but
-welcome. Benson Holden was a big chap, big even for his seventeen
-years, with a dark, good-looking and somewhat arrogant face and a
-masterful manner where the younger boys were concerned. He had made up
-his mind, evidently, that if he must have Bert with him Bert was to pay
-in services. After Bert had been an occupant of Number 2 just half an
-hour it began. “Bryant, get my slippers out of the closet.” “Bryant,
-throw that towel over here. And be quick, too, kid!” “Put those shirts
-in my second drawer, Bryant, and put the bag in the closet. Don’t muss
-’em up, now!” Bert very quietly obeyed, but he had already begun to do
-some thinking that was to bear fruit in the shape of action.
-
-Later that evening the last two boys reached school. These were
-juniors, Tom Frye, nicknamed “Small,” and James Fairchild, alias “Kid.”
-With their arrival the roster of twelve pupils was complete. After
-supper was over, Bert had his talk with the Doctor in the office, and
-met Mrs. Merton, a sweet-faced woman whom the boys called Mother and
-worshiped devotedly. Later, too, he met the rest of the teaching force,
-Mr. Folsom and Mr. Crane, both youngish men, the former short, stout
-and pompous and the latter tall, cheerful and jolly. Before that first
-evening was past he had made friends with the three other members of
-his class, “Small” Frye, “Kid” Fairchild and Lansing Grey. He liked
-them all; and some of the older fellows were nice to him, notably
-Steve Lovell, upper middler. He saw nothing more of Nan that evening.
-The next morning studies began in the schoolrooms which occupied one
-end of the building. Besides the twelve boarders there were as many
-day pupils who came from Mt. Pleasant and Whittier and Riveredge, the
-nearby towns. Altogether Mt. Pleasant Academy cared for twenty-four
-boys. Bert got through the first day of lessons creditably enough, and
-at half past three was free for the rest of the afternoon.
-
-Young Grey, known as “Lanny” for short, had taken a fancy to the
-new boy and after school took him on a tour of the building and
-grounds. Bert saw the gymnasium, above the schoolroom, the laboratory
-downstairs, the heating and lighting plant, the snow-covered athletic
-field and finally the two rinks where, by the time they arrived, some
-dozen and a half fellows were hard at work practising hockey.
-
-“That’s the House Team over there,” explained Lanny. “Ben’s captain.
-This is the Day Team. The captain’s that short, round-faced fellow,
-Billy Spooner. The first match comes off a week from next Saturday. Do
-you play hockey?”
-
-Bert shook his head. “No, I never tried it. Do you?”
-
-“Yes, and if Ben was fair he’d give me a chance on the House Team. I
-can play a heap better than Cupples.”
-
-“Won’t he let you play?” asked Bert.
-
-“No, I’m a junior. All juniors are good for is to run errands and fetch
-and carry. It makes me tired.”
-
-“I guess it’s going to make me tired, too, pretty soon,” said Bert.
-“Seems to me I’ve been on the go for Holden or Gardner about every
-minute since I got here.”
-
-Lanny nodded. “Yes, they always take it out of a new fellow. Good work,
-Dick!” They had stopped at the barrier beyond which, on the smooth
-surface of hard ice, the House Hockey Team was practising, and Lanny’s
-shout of praise had been elicited by a clever stop at goal by Dick
-Gardner. “He’s a dandy goal-tend,” explained Lanny. “Never gets rattled
-for a minute.”
-
-“What has he got on his legs?” asked Bert.
-
-“Leg-guards. That puck is pretty hard when it hits. There’s Small over
-there; and Kid, too. Let’s go over.”
-
-But at that moment Ben Holden, swinging by, caught sight of the two
-boys and skated up to the boards.
-
-“Say, Bryant, run up to the room, will you, and find a pair of hockey
-gloves on the table. I forgot them.”
-
-“I’m tired, Holden,” replied Bert quietly. “Send some one else.”
-
-Ben stared in surprise. Then he frowned and, leaning over the barrier,
-seized Bert’s ear. “Tired, eh? Well, you forget that, kid, and run
-along and do as I tell you. You’re much too fresh for this place.”
-
-Bert jerked away, rubbed the ear and smiled sweetly. “I’d like mighty
-well to know what you did before I came, Holden,” he said. “I’m wearing
-my shoes out running errands for you.”
-
-“Are you going?” demanded Ben threateningly.
-
-“No, I’m not!”
-
-“I’ll get them,” volunteered Lanny Grey.
-
-“All right,” said Ben, “but get a move on. They’re on the table or the
-bureau or somewhere there. As for you,” he added, scowling at Bert,
-“I’ll teach you to do as you’re told before you’ve been here much
-longer.”
-
-Bert turned away without reply and, while Lanny sped back to the house,
-walked around the rink to where the other two juniors, Kid and Small,
-were standing. They greeted him eagerly.
-
-“What was the row over there?” asked Small.
-
-“Nothing much. Holden wanted me to run and get his gloves from the
-room and I said I was too tired.”
-
-The others looked at Bert in mingled amazement and admiration.
-
-“Gee!” breathed Kid. “You’ll get it!”
-
-“What for?” demanded Bert defiantly.
-
-“For not shacking,” replied Kid with a knowing shake of his blond head.
-Small nodded affirmatively and eyed Bert with sympathy.
-
-“Why should I?” asked Bert. “I didn’t come here to shack, as you
-fellows call it, for every chap in school. Let them run their own
-errands!”
-
-“I wish they would,” sighed Kid. “Stanley Pierce says I’ve got to work
-on the toboggan slide after supper.”
-
-“We all have to,” said Small gloomily. “And my hands get so cold and my
-feet ache so――――!”
-
-“What do you mean?” Bert questioned. “Who has to work where?”
-
-“Juniors and lower middlers have to fix up the slide after supper,”
-explained Small. “Put snow on the boards and wet it down so it will
-freeze to-night.”
-
-Bert turned and regarded the slide which began back of the house and
-swept down the hill to the meadow beyond. He shook his head. “I shall
-be very busy this evening,” he said. “Sorry.”
-
-“But you’ll have to!” exclaimed Small in horrified tones. “It――it’s the
-rule.”
-
-“Who made the rule? I didn’t see it in the catalogue.”
-
-“Of course not, but it’s a rule just the same. And it isn’t so hard. In
-fact, it’s sort of fun――if the weather isn’t very cold.”
-
-“Well, the weather is cold to-day,” responded Bert. “Much too cold for
-me to go out after supper.”
-
-“You’ll go, just the same,” said Kid with a grin.
-
-“I think not,” replied Bert quietly. “Not only that, but I’ve made up
-my mind that after this I’m not going to shack for any one.”
-
-“You can’t help yourself,” said Small. “Of course, you’re new here and
-don’t understand, but the juniors always shack for the seniors and
-upper middlers. It――it’s always been done.”
-
-“Not by me,” replied Bert, cheerfully. “The rest of you can do it if
-you like, but I’ve quit.”
-
-“But――but――” stammered Kid, “they――they’ll do things to you!”
-
-“What sort of things, Fairchild?”
-
-Kid stared blankly at Small and Small shook his head at a loss. “I
-don’t know,” said Kid finally, “because no fellow has ever――ever――――”
-
-“Mutinied?” suggested Bert with a smile.
-
-“They’ll fix you somehow, though,” said Small darkly. At that moment
-Lanny Grey joined them and Kid breathlessly told him of the new boy’s
-rash resolve. Lanny listened in silence, frowning the while. Then,
-
-“Good stuff!” he growled. “They make me tired. I ran my legs off all
-the fall and I’m sick of it. Just now I went all the way to the house
-for Ben’s gloves and they weren’t there. And when I came back and told
-him so he said I was a ninny. What _is_ a ‘ninny’?”
-
-“Idiot,” said Small.
-
-“Dunce,” said Kid.
-
-“Let him find his own gloves then,” growled Lanny. “I’ve a good mind to
-quit, too.” He looked doubtfully at Bert.
-
-“Let’s all quit,” suggested Bert cheerfully. “Let’s make a declaration
-of independence. They can’t punish us all, you know. And even if they
-do make it warm for us we can stand it, I guess. What do you say, you
-fellows?”
-
-There was a moment of silence. Lanny looked from Small to Kid. Then,
-although he found little encouragement in their countenances, he thrust
-his hands resolutely into his pockets.
-
-“I’m with you!” he said.
-
-“And me!” cried Kid excitedly. Kid was only thirteen years old but
-of the stuff of which heroes are made. Only Small hesitated longer.
-“What――what do you suppose they’ll do to us?” he asked.
-
-Lanny shrugged his shoulders.
-
-“Pull our ears, probably. Cuff us a bit. I don’t know, and I don’t
-care. But Bryant’s right. If we stand together this shacking business
-has got to stop. And to-night there’s the slide to fix, too.”
-
-“Bryant says he isn’t going to,” murmured Small awedly.
-
-“I’m not,” said Bert. “I have a very delicate constitution and the
-night air is extremely bad for it.” Lanny grinned.
-
-“Me, too. The doctor has told me to stay indoors after dark.”
-
-“Do you fellows really mean it?” asked Small doubtfully.
-
-“We do,” answered Lanny. “Are you with us?”
-
-Small’s eyes grew very big and round with contemplation of the
-awfulness of what he was pledging himself to, but he answered promptly,
-even if his voice shook a little, “Yes!”
-
-“Good!” said Bert. “Now let’s go back to the house and draw up a
-proclamation. We must do this thing right, you know.”
-
-When, an hour later, darkness drove the House Team from the rink and
-they came stamping into the hall the proclamation, imposingly inscribed
-on a sheet of cardboard, confronted them from the mantel. It was George
-Waters who first saw it and, having perused the first paragraph, broke
-into a laugh.
-
-“Hi, fellows! Come over here!” he called. “Read this. It’s killing!”
-
-The others gathered around in front of the fireplace and this is what
-they read:
-
- PROCLAMATION!
-
- Know all men by these Presents that we, the Junior Grade
- members of this Academy, in solemn conclave gathered, hereby
- declare and resolve that all men are created free and equal;
- that the custom of shacking so long extant in this institution
- is unjust, unwise and degrading; that said custom or practice
- is a base survival of an undemocratic custom pertaining to the
- educational institutions of Great Britain, whose yoke we so
- gloriously renounced in 1776; that hereafter shacking shall be
- abolished in this school.
-
- For the support of this Declaration we mutually pledge to each
- other our lives, our fortunes and our Sacred Honor. God defend
- the right!
-
- ALBERT PAYSON BRYANT,
- LANSING STONE GREY,
- THOMAS KIRKWOOD FRYE,
- JAMES FAIRCHILD.
-
- P.S. After this when you fellows want anything done you’ll have
- to do it yourself.
-
-
-
-
- III
-
- REVOLT
-
-
-“It’s that young Bryant that’s at the bottom of it,” growled Ben
-Holden. “He’s the freshest kid I ever saw.”
-
-“Young rascals!” laughed Steve Lovell.
-
-“I guess we’d better find them,” observed Dick Gardner grimly, “and
-convince them of the――er――error of their way.”
-
-“Rather!” said Waters. “Come on. I guess they’re upstairs.”
-
-“Wait a bit,” counseled Stanley Pierce. “The best thing to do is to
-make believe we haven’t seen this at all. Just leave it here and let
-on we don’t know anything about it. Then, when we go up, each of us
-will think of something we want done. See? I left my algebra in the
-gym. I’ll send Kid for it. When he comes back one of you fellows send
-him for something else. We’ll keep them busy until supper time and nip
-this――this revolt in the bud.”
-
-“All right,” agreed Ben doubtfully. He was always a bit doubtful,
-or seemed so, of advice not given by himself. So they all trooped
-upstairs, all save Sewall Crandall and Harold Cupples, who, being
-lower middlers and but lately emancipated from the iron heel of
-upper-classdom held a sneaking sympathy for the mutineers.
-
-“Plucky kids, eh?” whispered Crandall, with a grin.
-
-Cupples agreed, adding, however, “They’re making a lot of trouble for
-themselves, though.”
-
-Meanwhile the four seniors and the two upper middlers had climbed the
-stairs. To their surprise none of the mutineers were to be found. Every
-room was empty. “Try the gym,” suggested Pierce, and the gymnasium was
-tried without results. Likewise the schoolroom. Then the search was
-given over. “They’ll have to come back some time,” said Holden. “And
-then we’ll get ’em.”
-
-One of the places they didn’t look was the parlor. Had they walked in
-there after reading the proclamation they would not only have found the
-four missing juniors but would very likely have upset the equilibrium
-of Mr. James Fairchild, who, against the remonstrances of his fellow
-conspirators, held his ear to the keyhole.
-
-After the tyrants had stamped upstairs, Bert, who during the momentous
-period had reclined calmly on the brocaded divan, sat up, thrust his
-hands into his pockets and frowned thoughtfully. “I guess we made a
-mistake, fellows,” he said. “We ought to have been upstairs. They’ll
-think now that we’re afraid of them. And we aren’t.”
-
-“Not a bit!” declared Lanny stoutly, glancing apprehensively at the
-hall door.
-
-“N-no,” murmured Small nervously.
-
-“So let’s go up now and face them, eh?” Bert said.
-
-Dead silence greeted this suggestion. Lanny whistled softly and seemed
-to be giving the plan careful consideration. Small became deeply
-interested in the snow-covered and lamp-lighted drive and Kid, catching
-Bert’s eye, winked mischievously.
-
-“Sure,” he said, “let’s go up and defy them!”
-
-“That’s all well enough for you,” said Small. “You’re such a little
-fellow that they won’t hurt you!”
-
-“I’m only a year younger than you are,” replied Kid warmly, “and I’m
-’most as big. You’re afraid, that’s what’s the matter with you!”
-
-“Cut it out, you two,” said Lanny. “What time is it?”
-
-Bert peered at the ornate clock on the mantel. “’Most six,” he
-answered. “We’ve got to go up pretty soon, whether we want to or not.”
-
-That couldn’t be denied.
-
-“Perhaps we’d better go now,” said Lanny. “It will look better. I kind
-of wish, though, we hadn’t added that postscript at the last; it sounds
-awfully cheeky.”
-
-“Well, whose idea was it?” demanded Small. “I told you not to do it.”
-
-“Oh, we might as well be killed for sheep as lambs,” remarked Bert
-cheerfully. “Come on, fellows; brace up; they can’t kill us. But
-remember, now, no shacking!”
-
-“Let’s talk about something on the way up,” said Lanny. “It――it’ll
-sound as though we weren’t scared.”
-
-“Talk about me,” chirped up Kid pertly. “I’m awfully interesting.”
-
-“Talk about the skating races Saturday,” said Lanny. “There’s a race
-for juniors, you know. Who’s going in for it?”
-
-With that Bert opened the door and the four crossed the hall with a bit
-of a swagger and mounted the stairs, talking volubly but very much at
-random.
-
-“It’s a quarter of a mile,” said Lanny, “and I think that’s too short,
-don’t you?”
-
-“I must have my skates ground,” said Kid.
-
-“Why don’t they have a handicap race?” asked Bert.
-
-“The mile is sure to go to Ben,” said Small. “He’s a peach of a
-skater.” Small’s voice was unnecessarily loud and Bert turned to him
-with a frown.
-
-“Quit swiping, Frye,” he hissed, adding in an equally penetrating
-voice: “I shouldn’t think Holden could skate much; he looks so awkward.”
-
-Small shuddered. Then they parted to seek their own rooms.
-
-“Well, where have you been?” growled Ben as Bert entered Number 2.
-“I’ve been waiting for you for half an hour.”
-
-“Oh, just around,” replied Bert vaguely.
-
-“Well, find my slippers for me.”
-
-“Oh, no,” answered Bert. “We’re not doing that any more. It’s out of
-fashion.”
-
-Ben glared fearsomely. “We’ll see whether it’s out of fashion, my fresh
-young kid!” He arose and started around the table after Bert. Bert held
-his ground, although I’m not pretending that he was quite easy of mind.
-
-“You touch me, Holden,” he said evenly, “and I’ll kick your shins. I’ve
-given you fair warning.”
-
-Then Ben seized him, Bert kicked him and there was a very pretty little
-fracas for a minute or two, from which Bert emerged somewhat breathless
-and unscathed and Ben with one painful contusion on his left shin. For
-Ben, in spite of his bullying proclivities, was not cruel, and had
-only sought to tweak Bert’s ears. Still, it wouldn’t do to acknowledge
-defeat, and so as he drew off he said in a fierce tone: “Now, then,
-find those slippers!”
-
-But Bert shook his head. “Can’t, Holden; I’ve joined the union. Didn’t
-you read the proclamation?”
-
-“I don’t care about any proclamation,” replied Ben wrathfully. “_You
-get those slippers!_”
-
-“No, I won’t. What’s more, Holden, I’m through running errands and
-waiting on you. I didn’t come here to be any fellow’s servant.”
-
-“It’s the――the custom here, Bryant, and you’ve got to do it!”
-
-“I don’t approve of the custom,” answered Bert coolly. “It’s a very
-silly one. Why should I wait on you any more than you on me?”
-
-“Because you’re a junior and I’m a senior. I’m older than you, and――――”
-
-“If you’re older you’re also stronger,” said Bert, “and so you’re
-better able to do things than I am. Anyway, I’m through. And so are the
-others. We’ve struck.”
-
-“We’ll see about that, you fresh kid! Once more, now; I shan’t ask you
-again; will you get those slippers?”
-
-“For the last time, Holden, I won’t.”
-
-“Very well. You’ll be mighty sorry, though.” Ben took refuge in
-dignity. “It isn’t likely that we’re going to stand for having a new
-boy come in here――and disrupt the school. We――we’ll deal with you
-later.”
-
-Bert, without replying, washed for supper, and a moment later the bell
-rang. Ben went down to the dining-room in his shoes. The twelve boys
-sat at two tables, the seniors and upper middlers at one, presided
-over by Mr. Folsom, and the lower middlers and juniors at the other,
-under the supervision of Mr. Crane. Doctor Merton, with his wife and
-daughter, occupied a small table at the end of the room. Whispering was
-not countenanced, and so the mutineers could not compare notes. Lanny
-looked flustered and defiant, Kid excited and happy and Small worried.
-Once Bert encountered Nan’s eyes across the room and received a look
-that he couldn’t fathom, not knowing that Nan had learned of the mutiny
-and was doing her best to convey to him that she was just terribly
-excited and was dying to hear all about it. Then Mr. Crane, helping the
-last portion of cold roast beef, remarked:
-
-“Well, you boys want to eat plenty, you know. There’s hard work ahead
-this evening.”
-
-This pleasantry elicited no response and he pretended to be surprised.
-As a matter of fact, Mr. Crane had found the proclamation on the
-mantel, had laughed over it with Mr. Folsom and had subsequently taken
-it to Doctor Merton.
-
-“Eh?” he went on. “Isn’t this the night we fix the slide, Crandall?”
-
-“Yes, sir, I believe so,” replied Crandall.
-
-“I thought so. Well, there’s plenty of snow. Last year you had rather
-hard work, if I remember.”
-
-“Yes, sir, we did.”
-
-“How are you with a snow shovel, Bryant; pretty husky?”
-
-“Only fair, sir. No good at all after dark.”
-
-“How’s that?”
-
-Bert shook his head. “I hardly know how to explain it, sir,” he
-replied, “but I can’t seem to hold a shovel in the evening.”
-
-“Dear, dear! Quite remarkable, Bryant. You must have a new sort of
-disease.” Kid was grinning delightedly. “Well, you haven’t any trouble
-of that sort, have you, Fairchild?”
-
-“I’m afraid I have,” piped the boy. “The thought of a snow-shovel makes
-me quite ill, sir.”
-
-“Good gracious! The disease is catching! And you, Grey? Are you
-experiencing the symptoms, too?”
-
-“Yes, sir,” muttered Lanny.
-
-“What? Why, this is――is surprising! I must ask the Doctor to look into
-it. Frye, you――don’t tell me you have it, too!”
-
-Small looked at his plate and nodded silently. Mr. Crane leaned back in
-his chair astounded.
-
-“Well, well! But let’s learn the worst, Crandall?”
-
-“No, sir,” replied Crandall with a grin.
-
-“Ah! And Cupples?”
-
-“Not yet, sir.”
-
-“Good! There is hope! But what about the slide? You don’t think,
-Bryant, that you could――ah――overcome this――this aversion?”
-
-“No, sir,” answered Bert cheerfully. “It has a firm hold on me.”
-
-“Really! And I can see by your countenance, Grey, that you, too, are
-past recovery. And Frye, and Fairchild. Why, it looks to me as though
-Crandall and Cupples would have to do all the work. That’s too bad.”
-
-“I’m willing to do my share,” said Crandall, “but I don’t propose to go
-out there and cover that slide alone.”
-
-“But you’ll have Cupples to help you.”
-
-“Not much, Mr. Crane. What’s the matter with the upper grade fellows
-doing it?”
-
-“Tut, tut, Cupples! You surely wouldn’t propose that seriously? Why,
-they might get their feet cold!”
-
-“I guess they have the same disease we have,” said Kid.
-
-“Um; maybe; perhaps another form of it. Well, things look bad for the
-slide, don’t they? Perhaps the Doctor and Mr. Folsom and I will have to
-attend to it this time.”
-
-Kid grinned at the idea. “I’d like to see you,” he said.
-
-After supper, in the hall, Pierce remarked pleasantly:
-
-“Well, juniors and lowers, this is the night we fix the toboggan slide,
-you know.”
-
-“Do you?” asked Kid interestedly. “May I come and watch you, Dick?”
-
-A roar of laughter greeted this, even Ben being obliged to smile.
-
-“You may come and get busy with a shovel and pail, little smarty,”
-responded Gardner. “And all the rest of you. Now get a move on, for
-you’ve only got about an hour before prayers.”
-
-But Kid shook his head. “No, thanks. It’s too cold out there, Dick. The
-doctor said I must be very careful of my health and avoid night air.”
-
-Gardner frowned and glanced inquiringly at the others. Ben came to his
-support.
-
-“You fellows think you’re awfully smart, I suppose,” he said, “but
-you’re making fools of yourselves. Either you go out and get that slide
-ready or you keep off it altogether. It’s either work or no tobogganing
-for you chaps.”
-
-“I’d like to know when we’d get a show at it, anyway,” said Lanny.
-“You fellows would be using it all the time. It would be just like the
-rinks. A lot of fun we juniors get there!”
-
-“You’re entitled to use the rinks whenever we aren’t practising,” said
-Ben.
-
-“What of that? You always are practising!”
-
-“Then you can use the slide,” said Steve Lovell. “Come on, Lanny, don’t
-be silly.”
-
-“No, sir, we aren’t going to fix that slide,” responded Lanny,
-emphatically. “We aren’t going to do any more errands for anyone, or
-any more shacking.”
-
-“You mean you won’t fix that slide?” demanded Ben.
-
-“That’s what I mean!”
-
-“We’ll be glad to go out and help,” remarked Bert calmly, “if you
-fellows will do your share. That’s fair enough, isn’t it?”
-
-“You’ll do it all or it won’t be done,” snapped Ben.
-
-“Then it won’t be done,” said Bert.
-
-The upper grade fellows went into secret session in front of the
-fireplace. Crandall and Cupples attempted to persuade the youngsters to
-give in, but without success. Then Ben announced the ultimatum.
-
-“We are going to fix that slide ourselves,” he said sternly, “and if we
-catch any of you juniors sliding on it we’ll wallop you good and hard.
-Come on, fellows!”
-
-
-
-
- IV
-
- THE FIRST SKIRMISH
-
-
-The war was on.
-
-The juniors may be said to have won the first skirmish, for the upper
-grade fellows, assisted by the two lower middlers, labored the better
-part of an hour that night, shoveling and carrying snow to the wooden
-part of the toboggan slide and subsequently sprinkling it with water
-so that it might freeze over night into a good foundation for further
-improvements; and this without help from the mutineers, who from the
-darkened windows of Small’s room, watched the work in warmth and
-comfort.
-
-“First blood for our side,” murmured Kid gleefully.
-
-When the workers returned with benumbed fingers and ice-coated boots
-it was evident that their attitude toward the offending juniors was to
-be one of silent contempt. Bert, Lanny, Small and Kid were absolutely
-ignored by all save Cupples and Crandall, who, so far, observed a
-difficult neutrality. During study hour Bert and Ben sat at opposite
-sides of the green-topped table and exchanged never a word, Bert
-deciding ruefully toward the end of the evening that much of that sort
-of thing would probably become very tiresome.
-
-In the morning the revolutionists gained a convert. The convert was
-Nan. Nan was greatly excited and very enthusiastic. And she assured
-Bert and Lanny, who had gone out after breakfast to slide down the
-short coast afforded by the sloping driveway, that she was heart and
-soul with the Cause. They must never give in, she declared. She also
-said many other things about Tyranny, the Despot’s Heel, Right and
-Justice and Suffering for a Principle. The latter phrase misled Lanny
-until Nan explained that she was not referring to her father. Her words
-sounded very fine and the two boys were quite heartened. They had not
-thought of the thing as a Cause before and now Lanny began to look
-quite noble and heroic, or as noble and heroic as it is possible to
-look with a green plaid Mackinaw jacket and ear-muffs.
-
-“What you must do, though,” continued Nan, sinking her voice to a sort
-of frozen whisper, “is to form a Society!”
-
-“What sort of a society?” asked Bert.
-
-“Why, a――a Society for Mutual Help and Protection.”
-
-“Oh!” murmured Lanny, much impressed. “How would you do it?”
-
-“Just――just do it, silly! I tell you what; come to the stable after
-morning school and organize. And meanwhile I’ll think up a good name
-for the Society. You must bring Small and Kid, too, you know. And you
-must have a password and――and a grip.”
-
-“We’ll have the grippe all right if we sit around the stable long,”
-said Lanny. “It’s as cold in there as――as――――”
-
-“A barn,” suggested Bert. “All right, we’ll be there, Miss Merton,
-right after school.”
-
-“What do you call her Miss Merton for?” asked Lanny after Nan had
-hurried indoors again. “Her name’s Nan; except when you want to get her
-mad, and then it’s Nancy.”
-
-“Well, I don’t know her very well yet,” answered Bert in excuse. “She
-seems a pretty good sort.”
-
-“She is. She’s all right――for a girl. Girls always want to stick their
-noses into things, though. Just as though we couldn’t get up a society
-without her help!”
-
-“Well, we wouldn’t have thought of it, I guess. And I’m glad she did.
-It’ll be rather fun, won’t it?”
-
-“Sure. It must be a secret society, too. And we’ll vote for officers.”
-
-This settled, they went on with the matter in hand, which was to start
-at the corner of the house and see how far they could make their sleds
-go around the corner into the road.
-
-At ten minutes past twelve the four crept into the stable with
-appropriate stealthiness and found Nan already there. She led the way
-into the harness room, closed and locked the door and took command of
-the situation. There was a stove in the harness room, but as there was
-no fire in it it couldn’t be said to help the situation much. It was
-undoubtedly cold and Small remarked sarcastically that he didn’t see
-why the hall wasn’t good enough.
-
-“Because,” replied Nan scathingly, “you can’t form a Secret Society
-with the whole world hearing every word you say. You’d be surrounded by
-your enemies in the hall.”
-
-“I’d be surrounded by some heat, anyway,” muttered Small ungraciously.
-
-“Dry up, Small,” commanded Lanny. “Now, then, what’s the first thing,
-Nan?”
-
-“Choose a name. I’ve thought of several that might do. What do you
-think of ‘The League of Emancipators’?”
-
-“Um,” said Bert. “But I think something shorter would be better.”
-
-“Well, then, there’s ‘The Secret Four.’”
-
-“What’s the matter with ‘The Four’?” asked Small.
-
-“‘The Junior Four’ sounds pretty well,” Bert suggested. And the rest
-agreed that it did, Nan concurring and nobly striving to hide her
-disappointment over the fact that her names had been rejected.
-
-“‘The Junior Four’ it is, then,” said Lanny briskly, breathing on his
-fingers to warm them. “Now what?”
-
-“A password,” said Nan. “I couldn’t think of anything very――very
-striking.”
-
-“Justice!” suggested Lanny.
-
-“No surrender!” said Small.
-
-“Non plus ultra!” piped Kid.
-
-“You’re a goose,” laughed Nan. “That means ‘None better.’”
-
-“I know what it means,” replied Kid. “I guess I’ve studied as much
-Latin as you have.”
-
-“I guess you haven’t!” responded Nan indignantly. “The idea!”
-
-“I’ve got a good one,” interrupted Lanny, who had been scowling
-ferociously at the stove. “‘All for one, one for all!’”
-
-“You got that out of ‘The Three Musketeers,’” charged Small. “And,
-anyway, it’s ‘One for all and all for one.’”
-
-“It is not! Is it, Bert?”
-
-“I don’t know, but it sounds all right. ‘One for all and all for one.’”
-
-“It’s fine!” declared Nan. “Now you must have officers.”
-
-“What kind of officers?” asked Kid.
-
-“Why, a――a president and a vice-president, I should think, and a
-secretary, and――and――――”
-
-“A sergeant-at-arms,” said Small.
-
-“I think Bert ought to be president,” declared Lanny, “because he
-started it all.”
-
-That was agreed to, and finally Lanny was made vice-president, Small
-sergeant-at-arms and Kid secretary.
-
-“I think,” said Bert, “we’d ought to make Miss――make Nan a member.” Nan
-clapped her hands, but her face fell the next instant.
-
-“I couldn’t be, though, because, don’t you see, the name is The Junior
-Four. And I’m not a junior, and I’d be the fifth.”
-
-“You could be an honorary member,” said Lanny. And so Nan was duly
-elected and with a flattering unanimity. After that Small thought they
-ought to have a grip and showed them three he knew of. Then Lanny
-demonstrated one he liked and there was much handshaking and confusion
-for several minutes. In the end Small won and they all learned his
-grip. And as by that time the hour for dinner was near at hand the
-first meeting of The Junior Four was adjourned, subject to the call of
-the secretary. Kid, still smarting a little under Nan’s aspersion on
-his knowledge of Latin, wanted to adjourn sine die and had the pleasure
-of explaining that sine die meant “without day.” Small said it sounded
-more like “without sense” and refused to adjourn in any such manner.
-Nan cautioned them that it would be best to avoid suspicion, and to
-this end they left the stable one by one, at minute intervals; all
-except Small, who, left the last, refused to freeze to death for any
-principle or cause and sneaked out long before his time was up.
-
-All this was on Thursday, and for the rest of the day The Junior Four
-stayed very close together, not knowing at what moment the upper grade
-fellows might tire of their present attitude of contemptuous silence
-and indulge in violence. By the time afternoon school was over the day
-students had learned of the situation and had already begun to take
-sides, and by the next noon the school was sharply divided into camps.
-The rivalry between house students and day students was for the time
-forgotten and upper grade fellows hastened to the support of Ben and
-his cohorts and lower grade boys flocked to the standard of Bert and
-Lanny and the others. Being at last forced to choose sides, Cupples and
-Crandall threw in their lots with the revolutionists, and with their
-enlistment the last semblance of peace vanished. Every room was divided
-against itself, for every room was occupied by an upper grade fellow
-and a lower grade fellow. The second floor of the house these evenings
-was strangely quiet. To be sure, when study hour was over the lower
-grade fellows managed to get together somewhere, while Stanley Pierce’s
-room became the regular meeting place for the enemy. But as these
-meetings were generally councils of war the usual chatter of voices
-and ring of laughter were missing. The first real engagement of the
-opposing forces occurred on Friday afternoon and resulted in a victory
-for the revolutionists, as you shall see.
-
-Small resided in Number 5 with George Waters. Waters had been, from the
-first, in favor of strong methods and the heavy hand in dealing with
-the mutiny, and on this occasion his patience deserted him. Hurrying
-upstairs after school, he found Small struggling into a sweater.
-Waters was after an extra skate strap, and, after searching everywhere
-in vain, he charged Small with having hidden it. Small denied it
-indignantly, and Waters, having worked himself into a fit of bad
-temper, insisted that Small should help look for it. Small, inwardly
-quaking, refused. There was a wordy war, and in the end Waters took the
-key from the inside of the door.
-
-“You’ll stay here until you find that, Small,” he declared from the
-doorway. “We’ll see whether you’ll do as you’re told!”
-
-With that Waters departed, locking the door after him and pocketing the
-key. Left imprisoned, Small merely grinned and shrugged his shoulders.
-He had promised to go skating on the creek with the other juniors and
-Nan, but he much preferred a warm room and a book to read. Ten minutes
-later, his feet on the radiator and a rattling good book in his hands,
-Small had quite forgotten Waters, his imprisonment, the Cause and all
-else. Half an hour passed unheeded and then voices called from outside:
-
-“Small! O you Small!”
-
-Small, unheeding, read on. The hero was cutting his way through the
-jungle of South Africa closely pursued by a band of head-hunters.
-
-“_Small! Where are you, Small?_”
-
-This time Small heard and looked out of the window. Down below in the
-snow stood Lanny and Bert, come in search of him. Small opened the
-window.
-
-“Hello,” he said. “I can’t come out. Waters has locked me in.”
-
-Bert and Lanny thrilled. Here was war to the knife!
-
-“Did he take the key?” asked Bert.
-
-“I don’t know; I guess so. It’s all right, though; I don’t mind staying
-here.”
-
-“Don’t you worry,” cried Lanny, “we’ll get you out.”
-
-They hurried into the house and upstairs. The second floor was
-deserted. Every key they could lay their hands on was tried, but
-none fitted. From beyond the door Small begged them not to trouble,
-assuring them that he was quite resigned.
-
-“One for all and all for one!” cried Lanny, undismayed. “Keep up your
-courage. We’ll get a ladder.”
-
-“Bully!” said Bert.
-
-“But I don’t want――” began Small. It was quite lost, however, for the
-others were already halfway down the stairs. Luckily the room was
-on the back of the house, out of sight of the rink; although it is
-probable that Waters was much too busy playing hockey to notice what
-might be happening at the house. It was only a minute’s work to carry
-the long ladder from the basement and set it up outside Small’s window,
-one end in a rhododendron clump and the other against the sill. Small
-viewed it doubtfully.
-
-“I don’t want to climb down that thing,” he demurred. “I might fall.”
-
-“Hurry up,” Bert commanded. “They may come back. Get your sweater and
-cap.”
-
-“But――but I tell you――――”
-
-“Say,” interrupted Lanny impatiently, “you don’t want those fellows to
-say that they got the better of us, do you? Get a move on, can’t you?
-Gee, I never saw such a slow-poke!”
-
-At that moment Nan and Kid, having waited some time for the return of
-Bert and Lanny, appeared on the scene.
-
-“Hello,” cried Kid, “what’s the fun, fellows?”
-
-The matter was hurriedly explained, while Small frowned down from the
-open window rebelliously.
-
-“What ho! A rescue!” cried Kid. “Let me go up and carry him down, will
-you, Lanny?”
-
-Nan was visibly excited. “It’s perfectly lovely!” she declared. “Think
-how chagrined they will be when they come back and find――find the prey
-has escaped them! Oh, hurry, Small, hurry!”
-
-“I don’t want to hurry,” growled Small. “I don’t intend to break my
-neck getting down that old thing.”
-
-“But you’ve got to,” said Bert. “How are we going to rescue you if you
-don’t?”
-
-“I don’t want to be rescued!”
-
-“You’ve got to be,” declared Lanny. “Out you come, now. If you don’t
-we’ll go up there and get you. I’m not going to have a perfectly good
-rescue spoiled by you.”
-
-“Yes, please do,” begged Nan.
-
-“A rescue! A rescue!” chanted Kid shrilly, dancing around in the snow.
-Small debated with himself a minute and finally disappeared in search
-of sweater and cap.
-
-“You fellows make me tired,” he growled when he returned to the window.
-“Why can’t you let me alone? I don’t want to be rescued. I don’t want
-to go skating. I don’t want――――”
-
-“Cut out the regrets and hurry the job,” advised Lanny.
-
-Small cautiously climbed over the sill and set one foot tentatively on
-the ladder. Then he looked down. It seemed an awfully long way to the
-ground. “Some one hold it,” he grumbled. Lanny and Nan obeyed. Small
-tried the second rung, found that it held and that he was still alive,
-and essayed the third. His head was below the window sill now and the
-rescue was progressing famously. At that instant Kid harkened to the
-voice of the Imp of Mischief.
-
-“Small,” he called, “try that next round with your foot before you put
-your weight on it. It looks weak.”
-
-Small turned and cast a horrified look at the rung in question, and
-clung desperately to the ladder.
-
-“It――it’s cracked, I think,” he stammered. “I――I guess I’ll go back.”
-
-“It isn’t cracked; it’s all right,” said Bert. “Kid, you keep your
-mouth shut.”
-
-“I was just warning him,” muttered Kid. “Of course, if you fellows want
-to see him fall and hurt himself, all right. But I don’t want any man’s
-blood on my soul. I――――”
-
-“Shut up!” yelled Lanny. “Come on down, Small; it’s perfectly safe.”
-
-“It is, is it?” chattered Small. “Then what’s he talking that way for?
-I’ll l-l-lick him when I g-g-get down!”
-
-“You ought to be ashamed, Kid,” remonstrated Nan. “How would you like
-it if――――”
-
-But at that moment Small put the weight of one foot on the rung, there
-was a slight _creak_, he gave a cry of fright, tried to take his foot
-off again and scramble up the ladder and lost his footing entirely.
-
-“Look out!” yelled Bert. Lanny and Nan jumped aside and Small, yelling
-lustily, came down the ladder like a shot, his feet waving wildly and
-his arms wrapped around the sides. He reached the ground in a heap.
-Bert hurried to him and picked him up.
-
-“Are you hurt, Small?” he asked anxiously.
-
-“I don’t know,” answered Small weakly, feeling himself inquiringly.
-
-“Oh, I’m so sorry!” cried Nan. Small, very white of face, concluded that
-no harm had been done. Then his eyes fell on Kid. That irrepressible
-youth was seated in the middle of a clump of rhododendrons doubled over
-with laughter.
-
-“It was all his fault!” cried Small, and dashed at Kid. But Kid
-recovered very suddenly from his laughter and rolled and scrambled out
-the other side of the shrubs just as Small came crashing through. Then
-ensued a race that presently took pursued and pursuer out of sight
-around the building.
-
-“It’s lucky he didn’t hurt himself,” said Bert, laughing. “I say, he
-left the window open. The room will be as cold as Greenland when Waters
-gets back.”
-
-“And serve him right,” said Lanny.
-
-“Couldn’t you go up and close it?” asked Nan.
-
-“I guess I will.” So Lanny ran up the ladder. When he reached the top,
-instead of closing the window, he disappeared into the room and was
-gone several minutes. Finally he came out again, drew the window shut
-and slid down the ladder. “I left the Sign of the Four,” he explained,
-grinning. At that moment Small and Kid returned, evidently reconciled,
-and the five went back to the creek to resume their skating. When an
-hour or so later, Waters, who had quite forgotten the prisoner, tried
-to open his room door and found it locked he was quite surprised until
-he recalled the earlier events. Then, a little conscience stricken, he
-unlocked the door and entered the darkened room.
-
-“Find that strap yet, Small?” he asked gruffly.
-
-There was no answer and Waters lighted the gas and gazed in bewilderment
-about the empty apartment. Then he looked under both beds and in the
-closet, declaring in a loud voice that Small might as well “come out of
-that now” because he knew just where he was. But Small didn’t appear,
-and Waters, passing the study table, caught sight of a sheet of paper.
-On it was what was evidently intended for a skull and crossbones, and
-under that was printed:
-
-“_One for All and All for One!_”
-
-
-
-
- V
-
- BATTLE ROYAL
-
-
-The toboggan slide was in fine shape, and as soon as supper was over
-the upper grade boys hurried out to it. Bert had never tasted the joys
-of tobogganing and so was quite indifferent to the fact that he was not
-to be allowed on the slide, but Lanny and Small were inclined to be
-rueful.
-
-“I wish now,” said Small, “that we’d fixed it for them.”
-
-“I don’t see why we can’t use it if we want to,” said Kid. “It’s the
-school slide and not Ben’s and Sam’s. I guess if we asked Mr. Crane――――”
-
-“That would be a babyish thing to do,” said Lanny. “Let’s go out and
-see them, anyway. Maybe they’ll let us go down a few times.”
-
-“They’ve got all the toboggans,” said Small, as they scattered for
-their sweaters and jackets. “Aren’t you coming, Bert?”
-
-“No, I guess not. I don’t want to stand in the snow and watch those
-fellows slide down hill.”
-
-“Oh, come along,” begged Lanny. “Maybe we can have some fun.”
-
-So Bert accompanied them and they went out and stood at the foot of
-the incline and watched the more fortunate ones come scooting down the
-ice-covered planks and go, rising and dipping and rising again, down
-the long trough of snow until lost in the darkness of the meadow. Their
-feet were beginning to get cold and Bert had already announced his
-determination to return indoors when Cupples and Crandall, drawing a
-fine new toboggan that the former had received as a Christmas present,
-arrived at the foot of the incline and started up the steps. It was Ben
-who saw them and raised a warning shout to the others, who included
-three day students from the village.
-
-“Keep those fellows off!” cried Ben.
-
-Four or five upper grade boys barred their way.
-
-“We helped make this slide,” said Cupples indignantly, “and you can
-just believe we’re going to slide on it.”
-
-“Nothing doing,” declared Ben. “You two fellows have joined with the
-juniors. That bars you out.”
-
-“It does, eh?” Cupples tried to push by. “We’ll see about that! Come
-on, Cran.”
-
-But the others were too many for them, and, in the end, Crandall and
-Cupples, protesting angrily and vowing vengeance, retreated to the
-ground.
-
-“Wouldn’t they let you slide?” asked Lanny.
-
-“No, but they can’t help themselves. We’ll wait until they’ve all
-coasted down,” said Cupples.
-
-But it was soon evident that the enemy had other plans, for they timed
-their descents so that there always remained four or five fellows at
-the start. This effectually held Cupples and Crandall at bay, but it
-made the tobogganing pretty slow, since it was necessary to wait until
-one couple had started back from the meadow before the next couple
-started down.
-
-“I tell you what,” said Bert. “You two can get one slide anyway.”
-
-“How?” asked Cupples.
-
-“Wait until those three day chaps go down together. Then, before
-they’re back, two more will go down. That only leaves four up there.
-We’ll rush the slide and you two chaps get started before the others
-come up again.”
-
-“All right,” said Crandall. “And we can take another down you know.
-Want to go?”
-
-But Bert shook his head. “Take Kid,” he said. “The biggest of us had
-better stay behind to cover your retreat.”
-
-“To cover our own retreat, you mean,” said Small. “I’m not going up
-there.”
-
-“Yes, you are,” said Lanny. “There go the three chaps. Now, when they
-reach the bottom two more will start. Then we’ll try it. I hope Ben
-goes down next.”
-
-And Lanny had his wish, for after some two or three minutes had elapsed
-and it was safe to presume that the three day students were well on
-their way back, Ben and Stanley Pierce started down. As soon as they
-had flashed past the group at the bottom of the incline Cupples gave
-the word and the six boys started up the steps. On the platform at the
-top stood Waters, Gardner, Lovell and Perkins, and as soon they saw the
-enemy approach they started down to meet them.
-
-“On the run!” cried Cupples and, with the toboggan bumping along
-behind, he and Crandall leaped up the steps, slipping and stumbling on
-the ice and snow. Behind them went Bert and Lanny, Small and Kid, Small
-greatly against his inclinations and Kid screeching joyously. They met
-the defenders halfway up the steps. Cupples and Sam Perkins came to
-grips, lost their footing and created so much confusion on the narrow
-stair that Crandall, passing the toboggan rope back to Kid, gained the
-platform and Bert and Lanny followed. Lovell only laughed, leaving for
-the moment the repulsing of the invaders to Waters and Gardner, who
-proved unequal to the task. Cupples and Perkins finally found their
-feet and joined the others.
-
-“We’re going down,” declared Crandall, trying to get the toboggan in
-place, “and you can’t stop us.”
-
-“Can’t we?” asked Perkins. “You watch.”
-
-The ten boys pushed and scuffled on the small platform, Cupples and
-Crandall striving to get their toboggan ready for the start and the
-enemy kicking it out of place again. At last, however, Bert, Lanny,
-Small and Kid, engaging the attention of the defenders fiercely,
-Cupples got the toboggan in place, yelled to Crandall and started
-down. Crandall stumbled over someone’s foot and threw himself after
-the toboggan, just managing to grasp the rail on one side. All the way
-down the incline he trailed behind, bumping against the side board, but
-at the bottom, as the toboggan struck the ground, he managed to pull
-himself on to it. And away they went, Cupples sending back a shrill
-shout of triumph.
-
-Meanwhile, not willing to trust to the mercies of the enemy, the four
-juniors were in full retreat down the steps, pursued by Perkins and
-Gardner. The latter gave up the pursuit before the bottom was reached
-and the juniors drew off to a safe distance, Kid sending back cries
-of defiance and insult. Then the three day students trailed past with
-their toboggan, yelling as they neared the incline; “Who was that just
-went down, fellows?”
-
-“Cupples and Crandall,” was the reply from Perkins. “They rushed us,
-they and those kids down there.”
-
-“Get your toboggans ready,” advised one of the day fellows, “and we’ll
-all down and catch them.”
-
-“Good scheme,” answered Gardner. “Come on, fellows!” Down shot Gardner
-and Lovell, while Perkins pushed his toboggan into position for
-descent. The three day students rushed up the steps.
-
-“Snowball them!” whispered Lanny, kneeling and hurriedly fashioning
-his missiles. The others followed his example, armed themselves with
-four or five snowballs and waited for Perkins and Waters. They came.
-Four arms were raised and shot forward and the soft snow thudded and
-spattered against the faces and bodies of the two flying seniors.
-The juniors threw first as soon as the enemy was within range and
-managed to get in a second fusillade before they were out of shot.
-Angry remonstrances floated back on the night air. At the top of the
-incline, the three day boys had failed to see the attack and came down
-unsuspectingly. Again the snowballs sped to their marks and again the
-cries of the victims arose as the toboggan rushed away down the slope.
-
-[Illustration: “The soft snow thudded and spattered against the two
-flying seniors.”]
-
-“Fine!” laughed Bert. “We got in some good ones. But they’ll make it
-hot for us when they come back.”
-
-“I wonder if they’ll catch Harold and Sewall,” said Lanny. “There’s
-someone coming now.”
-
-Into the dim radiance of the two lights on the platform came two boys
-dragging a toboggan. They were Ben and Stanley Pierce.
-
-“I say,” whispered Bert, “let’s get up there ahead and keep them off.
-We can do it. Take all the snowballs you’ve got, fellows.” And Bert
-started for the steps on the run. Had the others had time to reflect
-they might have hesitated. As it was, they followed at once and had
-gained the platform before Ben and Pierce had reached the foot of
-the steps. When they did reach them a snowball, sent with beautiful
-accuracy, banged against Ben’s woolen cap and another hummed past
-Pierce’s head. The seniors stopped and held a council of war.
-
-“Quit that, you kids,” shouted Ben threateningly.
-
-“We’ll come up there and give you fellows a good licking,” added Pierce.
-
-“Come on!” jeered Lanny, the joy of battle thrilling him. “Try it!”
-
-They did try it, but such a shower of snowballs met them as soon as
-they set foot on the steps that they thought better of it. For a
-minute or so they fashioned missiles and retaliated, but throwing up
-at the platform was difficult work and their snowballs either sailed
-harmlessly overhead or wasted themselves against the boards. Then two
-boys with a toboggan came into sight, running hard, and Ben hailed them.
-
-“Come on, you fellows! The kids have got the slide!”
-
-The newcomers paused without answering.
-
-“It’s Cupples and Crandall,” whispered Bert joyously. At that moment
-the meaning of the pause was explained. Ben and Pierce found
-themselves attacked from a new quarter, while from the platform came
-a pitiless shower of snowballs. Discretion proved the better part of
-valor. Ben and Pierce scampered away and, with a shout, Cupples and
-Crandall rushed up the stairs and joined the invaders at the top.
-
-“Did they get you?” asked Lanny. “The whole crowd went down to catch
-you.”
-
-“No, we saw them first,” panted Crandall with a grin, “and ran like the
-dickens. They’re after us, though. Come on, Harold, let’s go down again
-before they catch us.”
-
-“If you do that they’ll get you sure,” said Bert. “Stay up here with us
-and we’ll stand them off. We can do it easily. There are some of them
-now.”
-
-Four figures came out of the darkness and were joined, at a respectful
-distance from the platform by Ben and Pierce.
-
-“They’ll try to rush us,” muttered Bert. “Got plenty of snowballs,
-fellows?”
-
-“What do you say, Harold?” asked Crandall.
-
-“Oh, we’ll stay and help the kids,” answered Cupples, beginning to make
-snowballs as fast as he could. “Pull the toboggan up, Cran, and put it
-across the top of the slide there. We can get behind it if we need to.
-Say, fellows, there isn’t much snow up here. First thing we know we’ll
-be out of ammunition.”
-
-“Kid, you gather all the snow you can find,” directed Bert, “and pile
-it back of the toboggan.”
-
-“I want to fight,” demurred Kid.
-
-“Well, you can fight, too. Go ahead. I’ll help you until they start for
-us.”
-
-“They’ll wait until the other three fellows come,” said Cupples. “We’ll
-have to shoot straight, fellows. Don’t waste your shots now.”
-
-“We won’t,” muttered Lanny. “Don’t you worry.”
-
-“There are the rest of them,” said Crandall, patting a fine, soggy
-snowball into shape. “Get ready, fellows.”
-
-“Hooray!” shrieked Kid, “paste them, paste them!”
-
-The enemy, nine strong, started across the snow toward the foot of the
-incline. On the platform the defenders lined up and waited. Fortunately
-for them the attackers were forced to come up in single file, since the
-steps were only about eighteen inches wide. Ben led the way, Perkins
-at his heels and the others behind, yelling fearsomely.
-
-“Wait till they’re on the steps,” counseled Cupples, “and then give it
-to ’em! Now!”
-
-Six snowballs sped down at the enemy, three of the number taking effect
-on Ben. Ben shook his head angrily and came on. Then a lucky shot by
-Lanny struck him square on the chin, he faltered, slipped against
-the railing, and Perkins took his place. By that time the shots were
-falling thick and fast and there was a steady stream of snowballs.
-To advance in the face of such a fire was out of the question, and
-Perkins, ducking his head, turned and crowded back, putting the line
-into confusion. One of the day boys slipped and went to the bottom
-on his back. Ben, too, was in flight, and in a moment the enemy had
-withdrawn again to a safe distance.
-
-“Hurrah!” shrieked Kid, jumping about on the platform. “We gave it to
-’em!”
-
-“Hurry up, fellows!” called Cupples. “More snowballs. They’ll be back
-in a minute.”
-
-“We can keep them off all night,” said Bert, “as long as they come up
-one at a time. That was a dandy shot of yours, Lanny.”
-
-“They’re coming again,” said Small nervously. “Let’s make terms with
-them before it’s too late, Lanny.”
-
-“Make terms!” cried Lanny. “Never!”
-
-Then they came toward the slide again, but more cautiously this time,
-halting just out of accurate range and then, at a signal, rushing
-for the steps and up them, Ben again in the lead. Up and up they
-came, slipping and faltering under the rain of missiles, but doggedly
-winning the ascent. Now there was a scant ten feet between Ben and
-the platform. Behind him, Pierce and Perkins and the others were
-crowding, their faces and bodies blotched with snow. They were angry
-clear through and met every broadside of shot stoically, stubbornly
-determined to gain the summit and wreak revenge on the foe. The
-garrison behind the toboggan fought furiously. Snowballs slammed down
-upon lowered heads and sped past protecting arms to spread against
-necks and faces. The invaders made no effort to retaliate, since it was
-difficult enough to make the ascent as it was; to have attempted to
-throw snowballs would have invited utter disaster.
-
-“Let ’em have it!” cried Cupples, stooping for more ammunition and
-discovering that only a few snowballs remained behind the breastworks.
-The file still came on, Ben a mass of white where the snowballs had
-struck and clung to his head and body.
-
-“Who’s got any snowballs?” gasped Lanny.
-
-“All gone,” answered Bert, desperately searching the icy boards for
-snow. Small and Kid, at the other side of the platform, farthest from
-the steps, were still firing, Small wildly and ineffectually. Lanny ran
-across and pushed him aside. Kid shouted shrilly and got in a splendid
-shot against Perkins’s ear that made that youth stagger against the
-railing.
-
-Then the firing diminished and consternation seized the garrison. Their
-ammunition was gone! Ben gave a roar of triumph and plunged up the few
-remaining steps, and it would have been all over with the defenders
-then and there had not Bert been visited by a brilliant idea. Seizing
-the toboggan, he swung it around to the steps and, holding the rope,
-sent it swiftly down. It caught Ben unawares and swept his feet from
-under him. He clutched wildly at the railing, saved himself from an
-actual fall, but kicked Pierce so savagely that the latter emitted a
-shriek and fell to his knees. Perkins stumbled, slipped, and spread the
-wildest disorder. The last of the snowballs were fired, a final volley
-that decided the fortunes of the battle. The enemy wavered, turned.
-Ben, recovering his equilibrium, strove to hold his regiment, but all
-in vain. Down the steps they fled, and Ben, finding himself deserted,
-followed.
-
-The garrison gave a shout of triumph. Kid jumped and squealed. And then
-Small, venturing too near the edge of the slide, turned the retreat
-into a veritable rout. Losing his footing, he sat down suddenly and
-forcibly just over the edge, and, with a shriek of despair, shot down
-the ice-covered trough on his back, legs waving, hands grasping at the
-empty air and voice raised in wild cries. The enemy heard and supposing
-that the entire garrison was hot upon their heels, plunged down the
-rest of the incline in mad flight and scattered over the snow below
-just as Small, going now at a good twenty miles an hour, flew by!
-
-At the top of the slide the rest of the garrison leaned weakly against
-the railing and laughed until the tears came. Kid was so overcome that
-he slipped to the floor and rolled over and over, emitting strange,
-gurgling sounds. Far down the slide, Small, an indistinct figure in the
-darkness, crawled over the bank of the slide, struggled to his feet,
-and, with one brief glance in the direction of the enemy, streaked
-across the snow toward school. Three figures gave chase and presently
-Small was in the hands of the enemy and Ben advanced toward the slide,
-one mittened hand held aloft.
-
-“Flag of truce, fellows!” he called.
-
-“All right,” answered Cupples. “What do you want?”
-
-“We’ve taken Small prisoner,” announced Ben, “and we’re going to wash
-his face with snow unless you give in.”
-
-A howl of protest from Small pierced the air.
-
-“We’ll yield with all the honors of war,” announced Cupples after a
-hurried conference.
-
-“What’s that?” asked Ben.
-
-“You fellows are not to touch us,” said Cupples, “and we’re to have the
-use of this slide whenever we want it.”
-
-“We won’t touch you,” replied Ben, “and you and Crandall can slide
-here. But those other little ruffians must keep off.”
-
-Cupples looked inquiringly at Crandall. The latter shook his head.
-“Tell him they must let the juniors slide too.”
-
-Cupples did so. Ben conferred. Small, captive between two of the day
-boys, waited anxiously. At last Ben turned toward the platform again.
-
-“All right,” he said. “We agree. But you’ve spoiled our fun and you
-must let us have the slide the rest of the time to-night.”
-
-“That’s all right,” agreed Bert and Lanny in a breath.
-
-Cupples graciously informed Ben that the terms were satisfactory.
-
-“Then you fellows come down,” said Ben.
-
-“You release your prisoner,” said Cupples.
-
-An instant later Small was scooting homeward again as fast as his legs
-would carry him. Then the garrison evacuated, Bert, Lanny and Kid
-marching gravely down the steps and Cupples and Crandall flying down
-the slide on their toboggan. The three juniors encountered the enemy at
-the foot of the incline. Ben scowled wrathfully.
-
-“You kids think you’re mighty smart, don’t you?” he sneered.
-
-Bert and Lanny smiled sweetly, but forebore to make reply as they
-turned homeward. Kid, however, irrepressible even in the face of
-danger, executed a weird dance in the snow.
-
-“Io triumphus!” exulted Kid.
-
- * * * * *
-
-Mr. Folsom was standing in front of the fireplace in the hall, watch in
-hand, when they entered.
-
-“Ha!” he said. “A close shave, Grey. It is thirty seconds past nine.
-Where are the others?”
-
-“On the slide, sir. May I call them? I――I guess they don’t know how
-late it is.”
-
-“No,” said Mr. Folsom, grimly, snapping his watch shut, “I will attend
-to them myself.”
-
-“Gee,” whispered Lanny as the teacher went in search of his hat and
-coat, “that means house bounds to-morrow morning for all of them! My,
-won’t they be peeved!”
-
-“O joy! O glee!” cried Kid. “We’ll have the slide to ourselves!”
-
-
-
-
- VI
-
- A RESCUE
-
-
-And a bully time they had that next forenoon. To be sure, a few day
-students appeared at the slide, but the four juniors had things
-pretty much to themselves for all of that. They had their pick of the
-school toboggans and the added satisfaction of knowing that the hated
-enemy was envying them. For Lanny’s prophecy had proved true, and the
-offending upper grade fellows had been sentenced to house bounds for
-the entire morning.
-
-Nan, in a fetching white blanket coat with red border and a white and
-red toque, joined them at their invitation, and, in order to show no
-partiality, alternately went down with Bert and Kid and Lanny and
-Small. Small was in high feather this morning, and talked a good deal
-about how he had scared the upper grade fellows into fits by hurling
-himself down the slide after them. Small finally actually got to
-believe that he had really performed that sensational feat on purpose.
-
-It was a cloudy Saturday, but crisp and cold, and the slide was very
-fast. Starting at the platform, there came a breath-taking rush down
-the icy boards, then a little bump as the toboggan took the ground,
-then a slackening of speed for a moment over the level ground, then a
-long dip down the meadow hill, a little rise, and another and steeper
-descent and finally a gradual lessening of speed in the fields above
-the river, the whole trip over almost before one could really settle
-down to appreciation of it. Then came the long tramp back, cheeks
-crimson and hearts merry. There was only one spill all that morning,
-and that came when Lanny, yielding at last to the imploring of Small,
-allowed that youth to occupy the back of the toboggan. They had Nan
-with them that trip, and just after they had reached the level Small
-managed in some way to shift his position so that the toboggan plunged
-over the bank and sent them all sprawling in the soft snow. Nan
-declared, as she shook the snow off, that upsetting was lots of fun,
-and thereafter went down each time with the hope that the toboggan
-would overturn!
-
-But it never did again, and dinner time came all too soon. Not,
-however, that they were lacking in appetite. Bert declared that he
-could eat wire nails, while Kid, not to be outdone in picturesqueness
-of language, maintained that a “raw dog would suit him finely!” Their
-appetites contrasted strongly with those of the upper grade fellows who
-had been mooning around indoors all the morning, and Cupples, watching
-Lanny eat, sighed enviously.
-
-At two o’clock the big sleigh came to the door to take those who wished
-to ride down to the river where the annual ice carnival was to be
-held. A few of the older boys went on snowshoes, and Kid started off
-alone with his sled, but the others piled into the sleigh, which had a
-seat running lengthwise at each side. Everyone went, even the Doctor
-and Mrs. Merton; and Nan, of course. The river was frozen a good five
-inches and save where, here and there near shore, a snow-field hid the
-surface, was in the best of shape for the races. A fire was started on
-the bank and the Doctor and Mrs. Merton made themselves comfortable
-with robes from the sleigh. Everyone else, including Mr. Crane and
-Mr. Folsom, who had the affair in charge, donned skates and took to
-the surface. Most of the day students were on hand, and by half past
-two practically all of Mt. Pleasant Academy was there, one of the few
-absentees being Kid. But Kid arrived in time to see the finish of the
-two-hundred-yard dash, panting and puffing and pulling his beloved
-sled behind him.
-
-Spooner, one of the day boys, a short, round-faced chap who looked like
-anything but a fast skater, won the first event. Spooner, in spite of
-his appearance, was a wonder on skates, and by reason of that ability
-had won the captaincy of the Day Hockey team. Other races followed;
-a quarter-mile event for seniors and upper middlers, a race of the
-same distance for lower middlers and juniors, a half-mile handicap and
-finally a rescue race of a quarter of a mile. Ben Holden distanced the
-entire field of five in the senior quarter-mile event, Cupples captured
-the next, with Lanny a close second, and the half-mile handicap, which
-started with sixteen entries, went to a day student, while Sam Perkins
-fought every foot of the distance and managed to finish only some six
-yards behind. There were prizes for first and second places, in each
-case a small pewter mug with the date and event engraved on it and a
-place for the winner’s name. Those mugs were highly prized and some of
-the seniors, during their three years at Mt. Pleasant, had managed to
-make a very creditable collection of them. Mr. Crane was kept pretty
-busy hustling the events off, while Mr. Folsom, looking as serious as
-ever, timed each event. As not even a school record was broken that day
-the time need not interest us.
-
-Bert had entered in the handicap, but had finished a poor sixth, much
-to his chagrin since, although he was no hockey player, he rather
-prided himself on his skating. But the distance was too short for Bert
-to show up at his best, and when, after the rescue race was over, the
-two-mile handicap was announced Bert gave his name to Mr. Crane.
-
-Before this, however, the rescue race had occasioned not a little
-excitement and a great deal of mirth. A quarter of a mile up the
-river from the starting place four small juniors, Kid, Small and two
-day students waited each with his ankles bound together with a skate
-strap. They wore no skates. At the word from Mr. Crane, Pierce, Waters,
-Lovell and a day student named Tucker dashed off up the ice. The first
-to arrive at the end of the course was at liberty to pick his boy,
-and, as Kid was several pounds lighter than any of the other three,
-the contestants all wanted Kid. Waters got him, beating the others by
-a few yards. Then the task was to return to the starting place with
-the rescued boy. They could carry him, pull him or push him; the
-only thing was to get him back. But the mode generally adopted was to
-get the rescued boy in front, seize him by the elbows and push him,
-the burden slanting his body back and sliding along on his heels. Of
-course, the rescued boy was required to aid to the extent of keeping
-his body stiff and his feet straight ahead. But it wasn’t so easy.
-Now and then one or other would double up, or his feet would swing
-aside, or his rescuer would lose his hold. In either case the result
-was usually a spill, with the rescuer and rescued ludicrously mixed up
-on the ice. Kid, in spite of his light weight, proved a troublesome
-burden, for he seemed unable to keep his feet straight for the goal and
-was forever swinging to one side or the other, occasioning Waters much
-trouble, two upsets and a loss of temper. Waters insisted afterwards
-that Kid did it on purpose. As for the justice of that charge I decline
-to give an opinion. Kid was Kid, and a law unto himself!
-
-In the end Steve Lovell won with Small, who behaved beautifully all the
-way, and Pierce was second, Waters finishing a very bad fourth. During
-that race the upsets were not confined to the competitors, for most
-of the spectators skated along the edge of the course, applauding and
-encouraging and laughing, and more than one, unable to laugh and skate
-too, abandoned skating and decided to view the finish from a recumbent
-position.
-
-There were only three entries for the final event, the two-mile
-handicap, Ben Holden, Stanley Pierce and Bert. Holden was placed at
-scratch, Pierce was given eighty yards and Bert two hundred, more, as
-subsequent events proved, than his ability entitled him to. The course
-was up the river for a mile to the upper end of Candle Island, a low
-sand-bar near the shore, around the island and back to the starting
-line. This was approximately a mile and the distance was to be skated
-twice.
-
-Lanny and Nan skated up the river with Bert and Mr. Crane to Bert’s
-starting mark. Then Mr. Crane returned to post Pierce and give the word.
-
-“Oh, I do hope you’ll win, Bert!” said Nan.
-
-“So do I,” agreed Lanny, “if only to beat Ben. You’d better let him
-make the pace for you as soon as he catches up with you.”
-
-“Don’t let him catch up,” said Nan. “Skate just as hard and fast as
-ever you can, Bert! And please be careful at the island. You know Mr.
-Crane said you must keep above the snag because the ice is weak there.”
-
-“He’s a regular old woman about thin ice,” said Lanny.
-
-“But it’s so, Lanny, and I know it. The ice is always weak at the end
-of Candle Island. The――the current or something does it. So you must
-keep beyond the snag, Bert.”
-
-“What sort of a thing is this snag?” asked Bert, taking a tighter hitch
-in his belt and keeping his eye down river for the signal.
-
-“Why, it’s an old dead tree that sticks up through the ice about――about
-twenty yards beyond the further end of the island,” explained Nan. “And
-you must――”
-
-“Get set,” interrupted Lanny. “He’s going to start you.”
-
-Then down the river Mr. Crane dropped the hand holding his cap and
-Bert’s skates bit into the ice and he was off. A two mile race, whether
-on foot or on skates, is a thing of endurance and soon Bert slowed down
-to an even, swinging pace that took him along quite fast enough. Ben
-started out with the idea of catching Pierce and he did it in the first
-quarter of a mile, while back at the starting line the watchers cheered
-lustily. Ben wasn’t bothering about Bert. He would let Pierce make the
-pace as long as he would and then pass him. He believed that a mile
-would see the junior out of the race. Bert reached the farther end of
-Candle Island quite alone, swung around the snag which poked itself
-through the ice like a gaunt brown arm, and swung homeward. As he
-passed the middle of the sand-bar he saw Pierce and Holden, only three
-yards apart, on the other side. Pierce was looking flurried already,
-Bert thought. So far Bert had maintained his lead, and he meant to do
-his very best to keep it. But on the return journey Ben awoke to the
-fact that Pierce was slowing up and that the third competitor had a
-very dangerous lead. So he left Pierce behind soon after the lower
-end of the island was passed and increased his speed. By the time the
-starting place was reached, where a barrel set on end did duty as a
-turning mark, Bert’s lead had been cut down to a scant hundred yards
-and Ben was still gaining. The spectators cheered and waved as the two
-boys made the turn and began the second lap, and Bert heard Lanny’s
-voice high above all others:
-
-“All for one and one for all!” shouted Lanny. Nan, a blur of red and
-white, waved wildly. Half way to the island again Bert heard Ben’s
-skates ringing on the ice close behind. For nearly a quarter of a mile
-the two boys skated twenty yards apart, although from the start it was
-difficult to guess the distance that divided them. Then Ben spurted, as
-the lower end of the island was reached, and Bert let him by without a
-challenge. Meanwhile Pierce was out of it and was sitting by the fire
-nursing a painful attack of cramps.
-
-Around the head of the island the two skaters went, Bert right on Ben’s
-heels. Ben had obeyed Mr. Crane’s injunction before, but now, hoping
-perhaps to steal a few yards on Bert, he swung around close to the end
-of the sand-bar, well inside the snag. After a moment of hesitation,
-which lost him several yards of distance, Bert followed.
-
-“If that ice will hold him it will hold me,” thought Bert.
-
-Near shore the ice was worn by the action of the current as it swept
-against the bar and open water showed in places. But Ben’s course
-seemed to bear him safely away from the weak places, although still
-some distance inside the dead tree. Bert followed in his tracks
-some six yards behind. Then, suddenly, there was a cracking sound,
-an exclamation from Ben and that youth wheeled half around and went
-through the ice. Bert strove to stop, wheeling to the right, felt the
-ice giving beneath him and threw himself face down and went sliding
-toward the snag and safety. Then he was on his knees, rather dizzy and
-frightened, peering anxiously back for Ben. Ben, clinging to the edge
-of the ice, was keeping himself afloat.
-
-“Got anything you can throw me?” he asked Bert coolly. “I can keep
-afloat here for a week but the ice won’t hold, I guess.”
-
-Bert pulled off his sweater, unstrapped his belt with shaking fingers
-and knotted the latter to a sleeve of the sweater. Then he wriggled
-forward at full length.
-
-“Be careful,” cautioned Ben, his teeth chattering.
-
-“I will,” answered Bert. “I’m lighter than you, Ben. I think I can get
-pretty nearly out there.”
-
-And he finally did, and then strove to throw the sweater where
-Ben could reach it. But the thing seemed possessed of the imp of
-perversity. Time and again Bert’s attempts put the sweater just outside
-Ben’s reach, and once the latter, struggling to get hold of it, lost
-his clutch on the edge of the ice and almost sank again. But finally
-his fingers caught the edge of the woolen garment. Then, getting a
-firm grip of it, he began to break the weak ice with his fist, while
-Bert, wriggling away, took up the slack by inches. At last hard ice was
-reached and then, taking the sweater between his teeth, Ben attempted
-to lift his body out of the water. It was hard work, and time and again
-when success was almost attained he went back. But finally, kicking and
-thrashing and struggling, with Bert pulling as hard as the slippery
-surface of the ice would allow, Ben got out, dripping and chilled. He
-wriggled over to where Bert lay, not daring yet to trust himself on his
-feet and scarcely in condition to stand up, for that matter, and sat
-panting and shaking.
-
-“B-b-better put your sweater on again,” he chattered.
-
-“Not me,” said Bert. “You put it on, and hurry up with it. If you don’t
-you’ll have a chill.”
-
-“I g-g-guess I’ve got one now,” answered Ben. “That w-w-wat-er was
-f-f-fierce!”
-
-“Can’t you stand up?” asked Bert.
-
-“Yes.” But it wasn’t easy and Ben had to cling to Bert in doing so.
-Then Bert got his sweater over Ben’s, which was wringing wet, Ben
-protesting all the while and weakly striving to resist.
-
-“I d-d-don’t need it,” he chattered. “You’ll c-c-catch cold, Bryant.”
-
-“I won’t, but you will,” replied Bert, rescuing his belt and putting it
-on again. “Now come on. Can you skate?”
-
-“No, I――I’d rather sit down a minute, I g-g-guess.”
-
-“You can’t! You mustn’t! Come on, Ben, and get warm. Skate as hard as
-you can. We’ll race back.”
-
-Ben made a feeble effort, swayed, clung to Bert and shook his head.
-
-“All right, then,” said Bert. “We’ll make this a rescue race and I’ll
-slide you back.” He laughed and Ben tried to smile.
-
-“N-n-no, wait a m-m-minute,” said Ben. “I’ll b-b-be all right. It’s
-m-m-my legs, Bryant; they’re like ice.”
-
-“Stamp around, Ben! Stretch them. That’s it. Better? Now see if you
-can’t skate.”
-
-Ben tried and succeeded in getting started. Very slowly they made the
-turn around the end of the island and started back. But every movement
-helped and soon Ben’s blood was stirring again in his chilled body and
-the color began to creep back into his cheeks.
-
-“That was a fool thing to do,” he said. “But I thought the ice was
-thick enough to hold anyone. Gee, if you hadn’t been there I’d――I’d
-been frozen by this time! I could keep afloat all right, but the water
-was awful!”
-
-“Skate faster,” said Bert, “and don’t talk.”
-
-By the time the starting line was in sight Ben was making good time and
-to the spectators it looked as though they were to see a wonderfully
-close finish, for the two boys were side by side. There had been some
-uneasiness because of the delay and the watchers breathed sighs of
-relief when the two skaters came into sight again. Caps waved and
-voices urged them on.
-
-“Come on, Ben! Hit it up! You aren’t half skating!”
-
-“Beat him, Bert! Beat him! Skate! Skate!”
-
-Kid danced about and turned circles on his skates, all the time yelling
-shrilly, and Nan, her pink cheeks rosier than ever from excitement,
-clapped her hands and “rooted” for Bert. Down to the line came the two
-skaters, skating fast but evidently quite tuckered out and showing a
-lot of effort. The spectators skated to meet them, and then it was
-that Ben’s wet clothes were noted and questions fell fast. Bert had no
-thought of the race. He wanted to see Ben wrapped up warmly and started
-on his way back to school. And he wanted to get there himself, for he
-felt decidedly weak and sick, and every few moments a shiver went over
-him. And so he never noticed when Ben slowed down almost at the line
-and never noticed that he himself had skated across it and had won the
-race until Lanny smote him on the back, almost sending him on his face,
-and shouted:
-
-“You won, Bert! He didn’t cross! He didn’t finish!”
-
-But Bert paid no heed. He shouldered his way to Mr. Crane who was
-stretching out his hand in congratulation.
-
-“Ben went through the ice, sir,” he said, “and he ought to be taken
-home right away. And I guess――I guess you’d better take me, too.”
-
-Whereupon Bert sank against Mr. Crane and fainted dead away.
-
-
-
-
- VII
-
- LANNY CONFESSES
-
-
-Bert lay in bed with the remains of a satisfactory if simple repast
-on a tray at his side. He was feeling a little languid, but aside
-from that quite his usual self. The Doctor had diagnosed his case as
-nervous exhaustion following excitement, overexertion and a chill,
-and had mixed him a dark brown, nasty tasting concoction in a tumbler
-and sentenced him to bed for the rest of the day. Ben had been dosed
-thoroughly, but had not been put to bed, and so had gone down to his
-supper like any ordinary person.
-
-Bert could hear the fellows pushing the chairs away from the tables in
-the dining-room below, and a moment after there was a knock at the door
-and Lanny, Small and Kid came in. Kid pounced on the foot of the bed
-with a whoop of glee and was sternly reprimanded by Lanny.
-
-“Don’t you know how to behave when a fellow’s sick, Kid?” Lanny
-demanded. “Get off there and sit in a chair.” Kid grinned unabashed and
-took the Morris chair. “I sneaked an apple for you, Bert; want it?”
-continued Lanny.
-
-“You bet!” Bert hid it under his pillow for future reference.
-
-“How are you feeling now?” asked Small.
-
-“Fine and dandy,” said Bert.
-
-“You’re going to get the mug for winning the race,” piped Kid
-jubilantly. “Mr. Crane asked Ben if he wanted to protest the race and
-Ben said no, he didn’t, and Mr. Crane said then he’d give you the mug
-and Ben said he hoped he would.”
-
-“The Doctor said your behavior was a credit to the school,” said Lanny,
-with a grin. “You’d have thought to hear him that he’d told you just
-what to do.”
-
-“Small says he thinks Ben meant you to win the race,” said Kid. “He
-says Ben didn’t finish on purpose. I guess he forgot about it.”
-
-“No, he didn’t,” Lanny defended. “I saw him. He just meant that Bert
-was to cross and be the winner. You can say what you like about Ben,
-but he――he’s fair and square!”
-
-“Treason! Treason!” exclaimed Kid, kicking his feet up. “Lanny’s
-deserted to the enemy!”
-
-“No, I haven’t,” responded Lanny, “but――but I’ve got to tell you
-something.” He paused and glanced a bit shamefacedly at the others.
-“When――I came up to the room after we got back Waters said, ‘Lanny, I
-wish you’d pull these boots off,’ and I――I didn’t think anything about
-it――really I didn’t!――and so I――I pulled them off!” He ended a trifle
-defiantly. There was silence. Bert nodded thoughtfully, Small looked a
-little embarrassed and Kid began to whistle softly through his teeth.
-At last,
-
-“I――I shacked, too,” muttered Small. “George Waters――”
-
-“Me too!” piped Kid. “I wanted to. I’m tired of not having anything to
-do and having the fellows pretend not to see me and――and all that!” And
-Kid’s countenance dared them to do their worst!
-
-“I feel that way too,” said Lanny. “After all, I guess it doesn’t do us
-youngsters any harm to――to wait on the older fellows a bit, Bert. Maybe
-it――it’s good whatdoyoucallit――discipline.”
-
-“Yes, and when we are upper grade fellows somebody will have to do it
-for us,” added Kid blithely.
-
-“I think you’re right,” said Bert. “You see, it makes a difference
-whether you like a fellow or not whether you want to do things for him,
-you know. I――I didn’t like some of the big fellows at first. I do now.
-I like them all. I――I guess shacking isn’t going to hurt us, fellows.”
-
-“Besides,” began Small, “we showed them that we――”
-
-There was a knock at the door, Bert cried “Come!” and Nan put her head
-in.
-
-“Mamma said I might come up and see how you are, Bert,” she announced.
-“May I come in?”
-
-“Of course,” said Bert. “Kid, give Nan that chair.”
-
-Kid obeyed with a flourish. Nan seemed just a wee bit disappointed at
-finding Bert was not going to be an interesting invalid for a few days.
-After his condition had been discussed and it was quite apparent that
-he would be up and about the next morning, Nan exclaimed; “Just think!
-We’re all here, the Junior Four. We might have a meeting, Lanny!”
-
-Lanny grinned sheepishly. “I guess there won’t be any more meetings,
-Nan. It’s all off!” Whereupon they explained to her and Nan was quite
-cast down.
-
-“Just when we had such a beautiful society!” she grieved.
-
-“Well, we don’t have to bust up the Junior Four,” said Kid. “Let’s keep
-it going.”
-
-“What’s the use?” asked Small.
-
-“Lovely!” cried Nan, clapping her hands. “We’ll just find a new――new
-purpose!”
-
-“What?” asked Small.
-
-“Why, let me see.” Nan frowned thoughtfully for a moment. Then, “I
-know!” she exclaimed. “Good fellowship!”
-
-“Good fellowship!” echoed Bert.
-
-“Good fellowship!” cried Lanny.
-
-“Here’s to the Junior Four!” shouted Kid. “Long may it wave!” He seized
-a half-empty tumbler from Bert’s tray and flourished it. “One for all
-and all for one!”
-
-The next evening Bert and Ben sat on opposite sides of the study table
-in Number 5. Ben, raising his eyes from his book, glanced across at his
-roommate.
-
-“Bert,” he said casually, “I wish you’d find my Latin dictionary for
-me.”
-
-Bert laid his pencil on the volume before him and pushed back his
-chair. “All right,” he said cheerfully. The dictionary was on the
-mantel and he crossed the room and got it, laying it at Ben’s elbow.
-“There you are, Ben.”
-
-“Thanks.” Ben raised his head again and smiled up at the other. “How is
-it going?” he asked.
-
-“Hard,” replied Bert, casting a rueful glance at his book.
-
-“Well, I’ll be through here in about ten minutes and then I’ll help you
-with it.”
-
-
-
-
- VIII
-
- THE FIRST HOCKEY GAME
-
-
-On the following Saturday afternoon House and Day met in the first game
-of the series to settle the school hockey supremacy. The Day Team was
-credited with being better than the House. Last winter it had won two
-straight games without much trouble and borne off the pewter mug which
-Mr. Crane and Mr. Folsom had donated as a trophy two years before. The
-mug was to go finally to the team winning two out of three series, and
-so far both Day Team and House Team had one win to its credit and the
-present series would settle the ownership of the trophy.
-
-There were three star performers on the Day Team: White, who played
-center; Grimshaw, who played cover-point, and Morgan, who was the
-goal-tend. Billy Spooner, the captain, was an excellent skater, but
-was not a very certain performer with the stick. The rest of the Day
-Team were only fair players. For the House, Ben Holden was the star
-performer. Ben played center and was truly an adept with the hockey
-stick. Dick Gardner, at goal, was another brilliant player, and Pierce,
-rover, and Lovell, point, were capable of good work. Cupples, at right
-wing, was rather weak, and the same may be said of Waters, on the other
-end of the line, and of Perkins at cover-point.
-
-On the whole, the day pupils had rather the better of it as regards
-material, and if they failed to carry off the coveted trophy it would
-be largely because of lack of practice. They had as much right to use
-the school rinks as the house students, and Spooner tried his level
-best to get his team to remain after school and practice. But it was
-hard work. Every day one or more of the day pupils deserted for some
-reason or other, leaving the team short. Sometimes Spooner conducted
-practice with only four players out of seven!
-
-It was right there that Ben and his House Team had the advantage. His
-fellows didn’t have to run home after lessons were over and he almost
-always had enough players at hand to make a full team. Crandall,
-who was a poor skater but a hard worker, was usually on hand as a
-substitute, while Lanny looked on enviously from the side of the rink
-and almost daily petitioned Ben to let him play.
-
-Mr. Folsom and Mr. Crane acted respectively as referee and timekeeper.
-The audience consisted of a handful of boys from the village, several
-of them day students, the four juniors and Nan. Kid, first indicating
-Small and then himself, declared that the gathering was “small, but
-select.” Lanny, dressed for play, but at the moment impersonating a
-spectator, deftly introduced some particles of ice down Kid’s neck and
-warned him against punning. During the subsequent confusion Mr. Folsom
-tossed the puck onto the ice and blew his whistle and the game began.
-
-“Which side do you want to win?” asked Nan of Bert.
-
-“Our side, of course.”
-
-“Yes, I suppose you do,” she sighed. “But I’m in a very difficult
-position because, you see, both teams are made up of Mt. Pleasant boys,
-and I ought to be――be strictly impartial.”
-
-“I don’t see how you can be,” replied Bert, leaning over the boards to
-watch Waters try a shot at goal. “Besides, I don’t see what difference
-it makes.”
-
-Waters made a miserable shot and the puck skimmed over the barrier and
-into the snow, and Small dug it out with a spare hockey stick.
-
-“It’s the principle of it, I think,” responded Nan. “In some ways I’d
-like our side――I mean House to win, but it wouldn’t be quite fair to
-the Day boys, would it?”
-
-“Wouldn’t it?” Nan’s ethics was too deep for Bert, and he was glad
-that Ben shot a neat goal at that moment so that he could abandon
-the subject. “Fine, Ben!” he shouted. “That’s the stuff!” He clapped
-Lanny on the back and was in turn pummelled by the enthusiastic Kid,
-who yelled, “Hooray for the House! Kill them, Ben!” at the top of his
-lungs. Nan maintained a discreet silence, her only evidence of emotion
-being the raising and lowering of herself on her toes. As it was a very
-cold afternoon, however, she may have done it only to keep her feet
-warm.
-
-After that the tide of battle turned deplorably and Day made three
-goals, one right after another. Perkins was almost useless at
-cover-point and Lovell was eluded without much difficulty. Gardner
-made several good stops, but the Day Team hammered at him savagely
-and thrice the puck got by him into the net. House scored again two
-or three minutes later when Ben, capturing the disk in front of his
-own goal, skated with it the length of the ice and passed to Pierce in
-front of the enemy’s net. Pierce fooled Turner, point, and banged the
-puck between Morgan’s feet. The half ended a minute or so after, the
-score 3 to 2 in favor of the Day Team. It was still anybody’s game, and
-Nan said she hoped it would end in a tie so that both sides would be
-satisfied. Lanny hooted at that.
-
-“Satisfied nothing! Gee, that would be as bad as being beaten! Besides,
-it wouldn’t do any good; we’d have to play the game over again.”
-
-“If it’s a tie,” said Kid, “they’ll play another period. They did last
-winter, Stanley says.”
-
-As it turned out, however, a third period was not necessary. Day
-started the next half with a rush that for a moment almost swept House
-off their feet. Two tallies were scored before House could settle down
-and break up the attack. Waters had an unfortunate mix-up with White,
-of the opposing side, and retired with a gashed lip. Crandall took his
-place, much to Lanny’s disgust, and from thence on to the end the game
-was extremely one-sided. The only time when Fortune smiled on the House
-Team was when, after Morgan had stopped a shot from Pierce’s stick,
-the puck was pushed into the net by Turner quite by accident. The disk
-didn’t get far in before Morgan swept it out again, but Mr. Folsom blew
-his whistle and declared it a goal, and the House supporters howled
-their glee. Even Nan emitted a shrill cry of delight and blushed rosily
-when Bert turned to laugh at her.
-
-“I don’t care!” she said. “They’re so far behind that I’m glad they
-scored.”
-
-Kid jeered scathingly. “Oh, sloppy work! Scored against yourselves!
-You’re a nice lot of hockey players, you are!” Kid danced up and down
-in the snow and hurled insults until Lanny threatened to roll him in
-the snow. But that lucky goal was the final tally for House, and when
-the game came to an end Day’s victory was a decisive one, the score 7
-to 3. Ben was disgusted and chagrined and when Kid, thinking to console
-him, enumerated a few of the things they would do to the day pupils
-in the next game Ben spanked him with the flat of his hockey stick
-and told him to shut up and not get fresh. Kid, surprised and hurt,
-consoled himself by shying a snowball at the retreating forms of the
-Day Team players and, as he boasted later with much elation, scoring
-against the back of White’s head.
-
-The contest was discussed before the big fire in the hall before
-supper, and Ben announced that beginning Monday there would be morning
-as well as afternoon practice for the House Team. “We have almost an
-hour between school and dinner,” he said, “and we might as well put
-in the time practicing. Those fellows don’t get more than half the
-practice that we do, and they played all around us to-day. So we’ve got
-to take a brace, fellows. Lanny, I’m going to try you Monday. You think
-you can play. Go ahead and show me.”
-
-Lanny, tongue-tied by much joy, grinned. Kid, who was trying to roast
-some chestnuts he had been treasuring since autumn, gurgled with
-delight. “They won’t do a thing to Lanny, will they? He’s so small
-they’ll just pick him up and――” He paused and fixed Lanny with a
-rapturous gaze. “Say, Lanny, wouldn’t it be funny if they mistook you
-for the puck?” he cried.
-
-Lanny pounced on him and there was noise and confusion until the older
-fellows parted them. Then everyone trooped into supper, deliciously
-hungry, and fell upon the repast like a flight of devastating locusts.
-Luckily defeat doesn’t spoil appetites.
-
-In spite of Ben’s plans, there was no morning practice on Monday,
-for a mantle of snow hid the ice and the time that was to have been
-devoted to skating and stick work was spent with snow-shovels in
-hand. There was practice in the afternoon, but that night it again
-snowed and Ben viewed the rink the next day with deep disgust. The
-only consoling thought was that the Day Team was no better off. Again
-shovels were brought into play and by the time the ice was cleared
-the barriers about the rinks were surrounded by deep banks of snow.
-Bert learned to be an expert with the wooden shovel, for he, like the
-rest of the under-class fellows, had to work hard those days. But it
-was all in a good cause and he didn’t mind it a bit. The spirit of
-mutiny was quite quelled now. The snow made the tobogganing better
-and there were some rare times on the slide. Having won the right to
-the use of the slide the juniors were no longer debarred from it, but
-it must be acknowledged that they were somewhat restricted and often
-had to wait a good while for a chance to go down. Kid alone, however,
-voiced rebellion. It seemed as if, having once tasted the joys of
-independence, he could not reconcile himself to slavery. But he found
-no encouragement from the other members of the Junior Four and his
-protests were wasted on the winter air.
-
-“You just wait until I’m an upper middler,” he threatened. “Maybe I
-won’t bully the juniors! Wow!”
-
-
-
-
- IX
-
- THE SOCIETY MEETS AGAIN
-
-
-A week later the Junior Four met in extraordinary session. Strange to
-relate, it had been the Honorary Member who had issued the call for
-the meeting, but instead of resenting what looked like usurpation of
-authority the others welcomed the summons.
-
-It was a Saturday morning and a dull one. A February thaw had set in,
-the snow was fit only for snowballs, the rinks were awash and the
-second game of the hockey series had been postponed for another week.
-The day had stretched ahead of them featureless and unpromising, and
-the summons to the meeting had reached them at a moment when life
-seemed tame and somber.
-
-Having brought about the gathering, it was Nan’s place to explain the
-purpose of it, and this she was doing from the only chair the harness
-room afforded. (It was really a stool with one broken leg, but by
-careful balancing it was possible to keep seated.)
-
-“It seems to me,” Nan was explaining, “that when you’ve got a perfectly
-good secret society like this you ought to――to do something with it. We
-started it to――to resist the tyranny of the upper classes――”
-
-“All for one and one for all!” droned Kid in a sing-song voice.
-
-Nan frowned down the interruption and proceeded. “And now that we have
-accomplished that――that purpose――”
-
-A muffled giggle from Kid. The others looked elaborately unconscious.
-
-“――I think we ought to find another purpose, something――something
-worthy and noble.”
-
-“Let’s turn it into an athletic club,” suggested Lanny.
-
-“Or a debating society,” offered Small, who was the literary member of
-the coterie.
-
-“Let’s make it an eating club like they have in college,” said Kid. “We
-could have some dandy feeds out here.”
-
-“What were you thinking of, Nan?” Bert asked.
-
-“Well, how would it do to have it a Benevolent Society?”
-
-“What’s that?” asked Lanny finally after prolonged silence.
-
-“A Benevolent Society,” explained Nan vaguely, “is a society that――that
-does good to people.”
-
-“Who?” asked Kid suspiciously.
-
-“Why, anyone. You present beds to hospitals or endow something, you
-know. Any worthy cause――”
-
-“That takes money, doesn’t it?” asked Small.
-
-“Of course. We save our money――”
-
-“That’s a silly game!” jeered Kid. “Save your money! Gee, I don’t have
-enough now.”
-
-“Or we can earn it,” continued Nan. “That would be more fun, wouldn’t
-it?”
-
-“How could we earn any money?” Bert inquired.
-
-“Oh, lots of ways! We must think up ways, of course.”
-
-“Earn money and then give it away to a hospital!” exclaimed Kid. “I
-guess not!”
-
-“I don’t say to give it to a hospital,” said Nan indignantly. “I only
-said that was one way to do it. We could find something else to give it
-to. We might――might present a set of books to the school library. That
-would be a kindly deed, wouldn’t it? And it would say on the front of
-every book that it had been presented by the Junior Four.”
-
-“Would we have to read them?” asked Kid dubiously.
-
-“Of course not, not unless we wanted to. Reference books would be best,
-I suppose. Succeeding generations of students would appreciate our gift
-and thank us.”
-
-“Hm.” This from Lanny. “The succeeding generations don’t make much of
-a hit with me, Nan. What’s the matter with doing something for the
-present generation?”
-
-“Why, we would be! We’d use the books, too, Lanny. I only said that
-about succeeding generations to――to show that the gift would endure in
-usefulness.”
-
-“If we made it an eating club,” said Kid, “we’d get some fun out of it
-ourselves.”
-
-“There’s nothing noble about an eating club,” declared Nan severely.
-“I only thought it would be nice for us to――to embark on some noble
-enterprise and――and do good in the community. Of course, if you boys
-don’t care for my plan――”
-
-“We haven’t said we don’t,” interrupted Bert hastily. “We――we’re only
-considering it, eh, fellows?”
-
-“Sure,” replied Lanny. “I――I think it sounds pretty good, only I don’t
-see where the money’s coming from.”
-
-“That’s so,” said Bert. “There aren’t very many ways a fellow can make
-money in school, I guess.”
-
-“It’s easy enough to spend it, though,” philosophized Small. “I had a
-whole two-dollar bill a week ago, and now I’ve got about twenty cents.
-And there’s no more coming for another week!”
-
-“Pshaw, making money’s easy enough.” Kid beat a tattoo with his heels
-against the grain bin and looked as much like a captain of industry as
-he knew how.
-
-“I’d like to see you make any!” exclaimed Small.
-
-“Bet you I could!”
-
-“Bet you you couldn’t! Not unless you got it from home.”
-
-“That wouldn’t be making it,” replied Kid. “That would be finding it!
-I bet you I could make――” he paused and studied a moment――“make ten
-dollars in a week if I tried.”
-
-Small hooted and Bert and Lanny smiled amusedly. Only Nan took the
-boast seriously.
-
-“Could you really, Kid?” she cried delightedly. “Why, ten dollars would
-be almost enough to buy the books!”
-
-Kid, flattered, nodded nonchalantly. “Pretty near, I guess. It wouldn’t
-be hard.”
-
-“How would you do it?” asked Nan eagerly.
-
-“Oh――” Kid smiled carelessly――“I know a way. I dare say I could make
-more than ten if I really tried; maybe fifteen or twenty!”
-
-“Maybe you’d make twenty cents!” Lanny said sarcastically. “You’re a
-silly little goat!”
-
-“Is that so?” Kid smiled in a superior manner and looked dreamily out
-the window. “Just because you can’t make money you think nobody else
-can. Bet you I can make ten dollars in a fortnight easy.”
-
-“You said a week!” exclaimed Small. “And it was fifteen or twenty you
-were going to make!”
-
-“I said if I wanted to. I don’t want to.”
-
-Small jeered contemptuously. “Maybe I could――if I wanted to; but I
-don’t want to!”
-
-“I suppose we could all earn a little money if we tried,” observed
-Bert thoughtfully. “It would be rather fun to try, wouldn’t it? To see
-which could earn the most in a week or a month? Then we could put it
-together and buy something and give it to somebody.”
-
-“I’ll tell you what we might do,” said Lanny. “We might save enough or
-earn enough to buy a trophy of some sort for the baseball clubs.”
-
-“How do you mean?” asked Bert.
-
-“Why, get a mug, you know, something like the one Mr. Folsom and Mr.
-Crane got for the hockey championship. We could offer it to the school
-to be played for by the House and Day teams, the team winning it three
-times to have it for keeps. We might call it the Junior Four Cup.”
-
-For the first time during the meeting genuine enthusiasm reigned. I
-think Nan would have preferred the books, but she was fond of baseball
-and the cup idea caught her fancy too. They discussed the plan at
-length, Small begging to be allowed to draw a design for the trophy.
-“Crossed bats, you know,” he explained, “with a wreath of laurel and
-the inscription underneath.”
-
-“‘Presented to Mt. Pleasant Academy by the Junior Four,’” added Lanny.
-“It would look fine, wouldn’t it?”
-
-“What’s the matter with having our names on it, too?” asked Kid. “Just
-so they’d know who the Junior Four were, you see.”
-
-“Why not?” This from Bert. “And the fellow who contributed the most
-money to the fund could have his name first, and the fellow who
-contributed the next most could have his name second, and so on.”
-
-“That puts my name at the head,” observed Kid gravely.
-
-“I know a fellow who saved over seven dollars with a dime bank,”
-announced Small.
-
-“How long did it take him?” Lanny inquired. Small thought a moment.
-Then,
-
-“About nine months, I think,” he answered.
-
-“Nine months!” exclaimed Bert. “We’ll have to get the money by the
-first of May at the latest. Besides, dime banks aren’t any good. I’ve
-tried them. You get hard up and then you open them and take everything
-out. If there was any way of earning some money――――”
-
-“Well, we’ll just have to think of a way,” said Nan. “I’m just certain
-sure we can do it if we give our minds to it. And it will be perfectly
-lovely, won’t it? We’ll be public benefactors!”
-
-“We’ll be patrons of sport,” said Lanny. “Won’t the other fellows be
-surprised?”
-
-“And pleased?” added Nan. She clapped her hands. “Let’s begin at once!”
-
-“How?” asked Bert.
-
-Silence ensued. Finally,
-
-“We could――we could begin by saving,” faltered the Honorary Member.
-
-Lanny shrugged his shoulders. “I haven’t got anything to save,” he said
-dolefully. “That’s why I didn’t go into town this morning. I’m flat
-broke and Haley told me last week he wouldn’t trust me for another
-penny. And I owe a quarter to the Pirate besides.”
-
-“Who’s the Pirate?” asked Bert.
-
-“Old Higgins, the fellow who drives the carriage,” Lanny explained. “I
-didn’t have much coin when I got back after Christmas and so I told him
-to charge it. And every week he writes me a letter and threatens to go
-to the Doctor.”
-
-“He _is_ a pirate,” agreed Nan. “Hasn’t anyone any money to start it
-with?” She looked at Bert. Bert smiled and shook his head.
-
-“But I’ll have some in a day or two, Nan. I’ll have two dollars and I
-guess I could save fifty cents of it.”
-
-“How about you, Kid?”
-
-Kid smiled sweetly and thrust a hand in his pocket. When it was
-withdrawn and opened for inspection it held two nickels, three pennies
-and a piece of chewing gum. Bert made a grab for the gum, but Kid was
-too quick for him. Nan looked a trifle discouraged.
-
-“And I haven’t any money myself,” she grieved. “We’re all dreadfully
-poor, aren’t we?” Then she brightened. “But we’ve got three months,
-haven’t we? If we all do our very best I’m sure we’ll succeed!”
-
-“Can’t fail,” said Kid. “You can count on me for ten sure. Making
-money’s one of the easiest things I do!”
-
-
-
-
- X
-
- KID MAKES AN INVESTMENT
-
-
-After the meeting had adjourned Kid retired to his room, which he
-shared with Stanley Pierce, a senior, and stretched himself out on the
-window-seat to think things over. Stanley was out and Kid was glad of
-it, for the problem confronting him demanded a lot of study. How was he
-to make some money? He had read or heard of boys who earned money and
-he tried to remember how they had done it. Usually, it seemed to him,
-they sold papers or ran errands. There were no papers to be sold at Mt.
-Pleasant Academy and nobody wanted any errands run except the upper
-class fellows, and Kid’s wildest imaginings failed to picture them
-paying for such service. If you didn’t run the errands, he reflected
-ruefully, you got paid all right, but it wasn’t with money! He tried to
-recall how the heroes of the various stories he had read had risen to
-fortune. In the Alger books the hero, having been left behind in the
-great city through some astounding combination of circumstances, had
-a pretty hard time of it until he dashed in front of a pair of runaway
-horses and rescued the beautiful daughter of the wealthy banker from
-certain death. After that it was plain sailing. But Kid didn’t quite
-see how he was to rescue any bankers’ daughters. He abandoned that idea
-with a sigh, for he rather fancied himself as a hero.
-
-He had heard that boys sometimes made money selling books or
-subscriptions to magazines, and after he had considered and rejected
-various other schemes he went back to the canvassing plan and thought
-it over again. Of course, there weren’t many folks here at school who
-would be likely to subscribe. Even if he was successful with the Doctor
-and the two instructors, Mr. Crane and Mr. Folsom, he would still be a
-long way from that ten dollars. Perhaps he might persuade one of the
-older fellows to subscribe; Stanley, for instance, or Steve Lovell;
-Steve was good natured to a fault; but that was very doubtful. So that
-meant that he would have to try his fortunes in the nearby villages,
-Mt. Pleasant, Riveredge and Whittier. Then he wondered how much you
-made on a subscription and what magazines he had best honor with his
-support.
-
-He tumbled off the window-seat and rummaged about the closet shelf
-until he had found an old number of a magazine which Stanley had
-brought from home. It wasn’t a very high-class publication, but Kid had
-read the entire contents of it and approved. He nestled down amongst
-the pillows again and turned to the advertising pages. Bathtubs,
-breakfast foods, bonds, furniture, patent medicines, agents wanted.
-Ha! He would be an agent! Kid scanned the columns eagerly. Somebody
-wanted an agent in every town to sell a suction cleaner and promised
-150 per cent. profits. Another concern had a razor strop that folks
-bought on sight, but the profit was only 100 per cent. and Kid passed
-it over. A family needle-case sounded more promising, the profit
-being estimated at from 200 to 500 per cent. Kid liked that until he
-discovered that an initial outlay of twenty-five cents was necessary.
-Kid only possessed thirteen cents. Another advertiser assured him that
-he could make “big money” silvering mirrors in his spare moments, but
-as the advertiser neglected to state what he considered “big money” Kid
-sniffed suspiciously and read on.
-
-The difficulty was that those who guaranteed large results demanded
-from twenty-five cents to a dollar, while those who were willing
-to send samples without cost were cruelly silent on the subject of
-profit. But at last Kid found something that promised well. Tinkham’s
-Throat-Ease was plainly a wonderful discovery. It――or they, since they
-were tablets “put up in attractive boxes to fit the pocket”――was――or
-were a certain cure for hoarseness, sore throat, quinsy, tonsilitis,
-bronchitis, canker of the mouth, cough, gumboils and many other
-afflictions. Agents had made as much as forty dollars a day. The
-demand was terrific. They sold themselves. And all you had to do was
-to send ten cents in stamps or silver to the Tinkham Chemical Company,
-Waterloo, Illinois, and receive two dozen boxes of the tablets. You
-then sold the tablets for twenty-five cents a box, remitted two dollars
-to the company and kept the balance. Kid seized a pencil and figured
-rapidly, with frowning brow, on the margin of the magazine. Why, that
-was six dollars! And two dollars out left four dollars! That was――how
-much per centum was it? It took some time to figure that, but he
-finally decided that it was nearly two hundred. And if he sold a box
-to every fellow in school he would have four dollars in no time! Then,
-of course, he could buy forty-eight more boxes, which would――more
-figuring――leave him with eight dollars. And eight dollars and two
-dollars――no, four dollars――made twelve dollars! He had only agreed to
-earn ten. He would have two whole dollars for spending!
-
-Kid rushed to the table and indited the following epistle then and
-there:
-
- TINKHAM CHEMICAL CO.,
-
- GENTLEMEN:
-
- Please send me immediately one agent’s outfit like you
- advertise to send in Puffer’s Popular Monthly for ten cents.
- Here’s the ten cents. Please send it immediately to Mr. James
- Fairchild, Mt. Pleasant Academy, Mt. Pleasant, New York, and
- oblige,
-
- Respectfully,
- JAMES FAIRCHILD.
-
- P. S. I haven’t got a dime and I send you two nickels which I
- trust will be agreeable to you.
-
- J. F.
-
-
-I must acknowledge that it took a good deal of resolution on Kid’s
-part to drop those two nickels in and seal them up. They looked very
-large and desirable just then. And after he had sealed the letter he
-was strongly tempted to recover his money and postpone embarking in
-business until after the receipt of his next remittance from home. But
-to his credit be it said that he nobly resisted the temptation and,
-lest his resolution might not hold out, hurried downstairs and dropped
-the letter irrevocably in the post box outside the front door. Then,
-somewhat excited by the prospect of so much wealth, he returned to
-the window-seat and with pencil and paper carried on his business in
-imagination to a point where he had disposed of some ten dozen boxes
-of Tinkham’s Throat-Ease and was rich beyond the dreams of avarice. He
-would have been still richer if the dinner bell had not sounded just
-then.
-
-After that there was nothing to do but wait for the tablets to arrive.
-Kid tried to bear himself modestly, but the thought of so much riches
-couldn’t fail to reflect itself on his countenance and in his bearing.
-Stanley Pierce asked him what the trouble was and Kid, smiling
-knowingly, said “Nothing, thank you.”
-
-“You look like the cat that swallowed the canary,” growled Stanley.
-“You’ve been up to some mischief, that’s what, Kid. What you been
-doing?”
-
-“Nothing,” replied Kid virtuously.
-
-Stanley viewed him suspiciously. “Well, don’t try anything on me, Kid,
-or I’ll tan your hide for you. No more mutinies, either. Run over and
-tell Sam I want to borrow his lexicon; left mine in hall.”
-
-The next day Small appeared with his design for the trophy. As the
-school at large was to know nothing about it until the presentation was
-made, Small had to be very careful with his design, and it was only
-exhibited when none of the older fellows were about. That is why Small
-hung around Kid’s room until Stanley took offense and put him out.
-Later, though, Small, having watched through the crack of his door for
-Stanley’s departure, returned stealthily and Kid was accorded a look at
-the drawing.
-
-“If anyone comes,” whispered Small, “shove it out of sight quick. Here,
-you’ve got it upside down!”
-
-“Oh, have I?” Kid viewed it earnestly. “I thought it was going to be a
-mug,” he ventured at last.
-
-“We――ell, mugs are so common, I thought I’d make it a vase. Don’t you
-think that’s a very graceful shape? Nan’s tickled to death with it.”
-
-“What’s all this?” Kid pointed to the embellishment. “What’s that
-thing?”
-
-“That’s a wreath of laurel leaves,” replied Small a trifle exasperatedly.
-“And those are crossed bats, and that’s a ball. The inscription will be
-underneath there; see? I didn’t put that on because I don’t letter very
-well. Do you like it?”
-
-“I guess it will do,” replied Kid, “but I don’t know that I just like
-the shape of it. It looks too much like a water pitcher, doesn’t it?”
-
-“No, it doesn’t! If you knew anything about art you’d know that that is
-a very beautiful shape. It――it’s Etruscan.”
-
-“Is it? Well, just the same it looks like a pitcher and I may decide to
-have it changed.”
-
-“_You_ may decide to have it changed!” Small laughed hoarsely. “What
-have you got to say about it? I’m the one that’s doing this, Kid.”
-
-“Well, I’m the one that’s paying for it, ain’t I?”
-
-“Why――why, you’re paying some, maybe,” faltered Small. “But you haven’t
-any more say about it than the rest of us.”
-
-“I guess if that mug’s ever made it’ll be my money that pays for it,”
-replied Kid calmly. “The rest of you fellows haven’t any more idea of
-earning money than――than――than nothing at all! I’m the only one that
-will have any when the time comes and I guess I’ll have to pretty much
-foot the whole bill.”
-
-Small laughed again, quite insultingly this time. “Gee, you hate
-yourself, don’t you, Kid? To hear you talk anybody’d think you were a
-John D. Rockefeller――until he thought again! I’ll bet I’ll have more
-money than you, Kid!”
-
-Kid smiled patiently. “Piffle! A couple of piffles! You wait and see,
-Small; that’s all I ask you to do; just wait and see! I may not be any
-John D. Rockefeller, son, but I’ve got more business head than you ever
-thought of having.”
-
-“Huh! You! Give me my drawing! You make me tired, you do!” Small was
-plainly incensed and Kid suddenly recalled the fact that it wouldn’t
-do to have Small angry if he was to be asked to purchase a box of the
-celebrated Tinkham’s Throat-Ease.
-
-“Well, you needn’t get huffy,” said Kid. “I didn’t say anything, did I?”
-
-“Yes, you did! You said this looked like a water pitcher!”
-
-“Well, aren’t water pitchers all right, Small? Can’t there be――be
-beauty in a water pitcher? I didn’t say I didn’t like your drawing, did
-I?”
-
-“You said maybe you’d have it changed, didn’t you?”
-
-“Can’t you take a joke? Gee, you’re getting touchy! I guess it’s the
-artistic temper in you, Small. Artists are always touchy. I didn’t say
-I didn’t like it. I couldn’t say that, because I do like it――awfully.”
-
-“Yes, you do!” growled Small, mollified nevertheless.
-
-“I do, honest! Cross my heart, Small! I think it’s a dandy drawing.
-Wish I could draw like that.”
-
-Small viewed him suspiciously, but Kid’s cherubic countenance seemed
-without guile. Small, much flattered and highly pleased, stammered that
-it wasn’t much and that he could show Kid how to do it if he, Kid,
-wanted him to. Kid thanked him and promised to give the matter thought.
-Then,
-
-“Say, you’ve got a cough, haven’t you?” he said.
-
-Small looked surprised. “Who? Me? No, I haven’t any cough.”
-
-“Then what are you coughing for?” demanded Kid.
-
-“I’m not! I haven’t coughed all winter.”
-
-“Oh! Then I suppose I imagined it. You want to be careful of a cough
-this time of year. First thing you know you’ll have tonsilitis or――or
-pneumonia or something.”
-
-Small looked concerned and promptly coughed. The cough surprised him
-and when Kid kindly thumped him on the back and asked where it hurt
-him, Small went into a regular paroxysm of coughing that left him
-crimson-faced and alarmed.
-
-“Gee,” he exclaimed, when he could get his breath, “I didn’t know I had
-any cough! Funny how things kind of――kind of creep up on you, ain’t it?”
-
-“Insidious, that’s the word for it,” replied Kid sympathetically.
-“Insidious. They say a cough’s the worst sort of a symptom. It leads
-to other things, you see, things like quinsy and diphtheria and
-bronchitis, Small. If I was you I’d take good care of myself for a
-while. Don’t ever get your feet wet, Small.”
-
-“I guess they’re wet now,” muttered Small, feeling of his shoes. “They
-are! I guess I’ll get ’em off.” He coughed again, a truly alarming,
-hollow cough that produced a sad shake of the head from Kid.
-
-“Haven’t anything you can take, have you?” he asked solicitously.
-Small, unhappy, shook his head.
-
-“What――what’s good for it?” he asked huskily.
-
-Kid reflected. “Well, if it was me, I’d most certainly take some
-Tinkham’s Throat-Ease. They’re the very best things I know of, Small,
-and they’re only a quarter a box.”
-
-“Have you got any, Kid?”
-
-“No, I always mean to have some on hand, but I’m all out of them just
-now. Maybe you might get some in the village, but I don’t know. They
-don’t have many up-to-date things there, and Tinkham’s Throat-Ease is
-a――a new remedy, a modern discovery.”
-
-“I suppose something else would do,” reflected Small. “Sam Perkins has
-some licorice pastilles that are dandy――――”
-
-“Keep away from them!” advised Kid, with a shake of his head. “They’re
-good to taste, Small, but they have no――no healing virtues. I tell you.
-I’ve sent for some Tinkham’s and they ought to be here in a day or so,
-and then I’ll let you have some.”
-
-“Thanks,” said Small gratefully.
-
-“Twenty-five cents a box is all they are,” continued Kid.
-
-“Oh!” Small swallowed. Then he coughed. “Much obliged,” he murmured.
-
-“That’s all right. I’d do it for you any day, Small. And they are large
-boxes, too. A quarter’s worth will last you a long time and cure the
-most stubborn cough. Meanwhile, though, you want to be awfully careful
-of yourself. If I was you I wouldn’t go out much, and I’d eat as little
-as I could――especially sweets.”
-
-“I guess it ain’t that bad yet,” murmured Small.
-
-“You can’t tell,” said Kid darkly. “Lots and lots of folks have
-neglected a cough or a cold and been terribly ill. And over-eating is
-one of the worst things you can do. If I was you――”
-
-“If you were me,” interrupted Small querulously, “I suppose you’d eat
-nothing but milk toast and give your puddings and preserves and things
-to the other fellows! Well, you don’t get ’em!”
-
-Kid looked virtuously indignant. “I don’t want your pudding, Small;
-and if you think I do, why you go right on and eat it and see how sick
-you’ll be. Then don’t say I didn’t warn you; that’s all; don’t say I
-didn’t warn you, Small!”
-
-“What’s the use of making so much fuss? I haven’t coughed but once
-since I came in here.”
-
-“Three times, Small!”
-
-“Well, all right; but I’m not coughing now, am I?”
-
-“You’re going to,” responded Kid with uncanny certainty.
-
-“Bet you I don’t!”
-
-“Bet you you do! You’re trying not to, but you can’t keep it in for
-long, Small.”
-
-“I’m not trying not to! I don’t want to cough; I couldn’t cough if I
-tried!”
-
-“Then stop holding your breath. I don’t care if you want to be ill,
-Small; you don’t need to get waxy with me about it. Besides, a cough’s
-nothing to be ashamed of. If I wanted to cough I’d cough!”
-
-“I don’t _want_ to cough, I tell you!” cried Small exasperatedly.
-
-“And, anyhow,” went on Kid imperturbably, “I’ve heard it’s injurious to
-try to――to restrain coughter――I mean coughing.”
-
-“I tell you――oh, you make me tired!”
-
-“Go on, Small; let it out.”
-
-“Let what out?”
-
-“That cough. You’re only hurting your lungs.”
-
-“There isn’t any cough!” Small shrieked. “If you say cough to me
-again――――”
-
-He stopped there, not for lack of words, but because he was suddenly
-seized with a paroxysm of coughing that rendered speech impossible. Kid
-turned away, apparently with a delicate consideration for the other’s
-embarrassment, but in reality to grin triumphantly and wink wickedly at
-the doorknob. Small, with one hand clutching convulsively at his chest
-and the other accusingly outstretched toward Kid, rushed from the room,
-coughing and sputtering.
-
-“Don’t forget!” admonished Kid. “Tinkham’s Throat-Ease! Twenty-five
-cents a box! _Accept――no――substitutes!_”
-
-Kid had to yell the latter part of the injunction since Small’s
-footsteps were dying away down the corridor. Then came the sound
-of a slammed door――and silence. Silence, do I say? No, for, faint
-yet unmistakable above the silence of a Sunday afternoon, came the
-evidences of Small’s awful malady!
-
-
-
-
- XI
-
- AND STARTS IN BUSINESS
-
-
-The Junior Four met again on Wednesday after morning school. The thaw
-had passed and the winter world was frozen hard again. Icicles hung
-from the gutters and the porches and even now, in the middle of the
-day, only an occasional drop pattered down under the faint ardor of the
-sun. In the harness room it was particularly cold. The sunlight created
-a little warmth by the window and Kid thoughtfully suggested to Lanny
-that it might be well if he changed places with Small.
-
-“Let him have the sun on his back, Lanny. You don’t mind, do you? Go
-on, Small, sit over there; it’s warmer.”
-
-So Small, by this time convinced that he was an object of pity and
-interest, took the upturned feed-pail with a sigh and coughed a hollow
-cough. Kid viewed him anxiously.
-
-“I don’t like the sound of that, Small,” he observed, with a shake of
-his head. “Does it still hurt you?”
-
-“Not much,” Small replied with an air of Christian fortitude. “Just
-a little here sometimes.” He laid a mittened hand on his chest. Kid
-nodded understandingly. It was evident to the rest that in spite
-of Small’s attempted cheerfulness he was suffering. Nan was deeply
-affected and was for throwing her ulster about his shoulders. But Small
-gallantly refused and Bert, remembering seeing a carriage robe in the
-Doctor’s buggy, fetched it and drew it solicitously about Small’s
-pathetic form. Small declared that he was quite warm and the meeting
-got down to business. The president requested information as to the
-present condition of the fund. Lanny reported fifty cents, Small a
-quarter, Nan thirty-five cents, Kid nothing and Bert himself a dollar.
-
-“Two dollars and ten cents,” said Nan delightedly. “Why, it won’t take
-us any time at all to get the money, will it?”
-
-“How much is the mug going to cost?” Lanny inquired.
-
-“We don’t know that,” Bert said. “We’ve got to approve the design first
-and then send it to someone who makes such things.”
-
-“I move that the design submitted by Small be approved and accepted,”
-said Lanny.
-
-“Second the motion,” said Kid. Small looked across at him gratefully.
-
-“It is moved and seconded,” announced Bert, “that the design be
-accepted. All in favor will signify it by saying Aye.”
-
-There was a small chorus of Ayes.
-
-“Contrary, No. It is a vote. Now the question is whether the cup is to
-be made of silver or pewter.”
-
-“That’ll depend on how much money we raise, won’t it?” asked Lanny. “I
-think, though, it ought to be silver.”
-
-“Of course it ought,” declared Nan. “We wouldn’t want to present a
-pewter cup, would we?”
-
-“The hockey cup is only pewter,” said Bert.
-
-“I know, but we wouldn’t want to present anything to the school that
-we’d be ashamed of,” responded Nan. “Besides, a silver one wouldn’t
-cost more than ten or twelve dollars, would it, Bert?”
-
-“I shouldn’t think so. It would depend on how big it was. How big had
-you figured it to be, Small?”
-
-Small shook his head. “I didn’t think about that. I guess it could be
-any size.”
-
-“About six inches high?” suggested Lanny.
-
-“Eight would be better,” said Bert. “Let’s say eight, shall we? We can
-get a――an estimate on it right away and then we’ll know how much money
-we’ll need. How’s that ten dollar contribution of yours getting on,
-Kid?”
-
-“I’ll have it when you’re ready for it,” responded Kid calmly. “You can
-count on that all right. If the rest of you fellows do half as well we
-won’t have any trouble.”
-
-“Kid, you never can get ten dollars,” said Nan reproachfully, “and you
-know it. Why, how could you?”
-
-“You leave it to me, Nan,” replied Kid with a swagger. “I’ve said I’d
-get it. All you’ve got to do is to sit tight and wait. Pull that rug
-around you, Small.”
-
-“Well, somebody ought to send the drawing somewhere and find out how
-much it’s going to be. I suppose that’s the secretary’s job, isn’t it?”
-
-Kid viewed Lanny reproachfully. “I wasn’t elected corresponding
-secretary,” he said. “I’m just plain secretary.”
-
-“Yes, you’re plain enough, all right.”
-
-“Of course it’s your place to do it,” said Bert. “Don’t be so lazy.
-Here, you take the drawing and get busy. We ought to get an estimate
-by this time next week surely.”
-
-“But where’ll I send it?” demanded Kid. “I don’t know anyone who makes
-silver cups.”
-
-“Well, find out; ask someone. Mr. Crane can tell you, I guess.”
-
-“Who’s going to pay for the postage stamp?” asked Kid.
-
-“It will be paid for out of the fund, of course.”
-
-“Oh, all right.” Kid looked about inquiringly. “Come across, someone.
-Two cents, please.”
-
-“Haven’t you got two cents?” asked Lanny disgustedly.
-
-Kid cheerfully shook his head. “I have not. And if I had I wouldn’t
-waste it on stamps.”
-
-Bert supplied two pennies and Kid dropped them into his pocket. “You
-see that you buy a stamp with them, though, and not candy,” admonished
-Lanny. Kid grinned.
-
-On Thursday a small package arrived by mail for Kid. The other fellows
-evinced a good deal of curiosity regarding it, and Harold Cupples
-asserted that he smelled candy. Kid declared that Harold was mistaken,
-and was finally allowed to bear the package away. He was a little
-bit disappointed in the size of it. He had unconsciously expected
-it to arrive by express and be more of the dimensions of a packing
-case. As Stanley was in the room, Kid bore the bundle downstairs to
-the laboratory, which was empty at that hour, and opened it. First of
-all there was a whole lot of advertising matter; a banner which when
-unrolled was nearly a foot and a half long and proportionately wide, a
-dozen circulars and an equal number of cards, all extolling the merits
-of Tinkham’s Throat-Ease. The banner was enticingly colored in black
-and red and its legend was: “Take a Tablet――Tinkham’s Throat-Ease Never
-Fails――Cure That Cough Now.” The circulars contained many testimonials
-which Kid postponed reading for the present. The cards held the picture
-of a little black imp tickling the throat of an agonized gentleman
-with a straw and the inscription: “Stop that Tickling! Use Tinkham’s
-Throat-Ease! Fifty Tasty Tablets for Twenty-five Cents! All Druggists
-Everywhere! If You Can’t Find Them Write to Us! Tinkham Chemical Co.,
-Waterloo, Ill.”
-
-The tablets were put up in little square pasteboard boxes, and in Kid’s
-judgment lacked attractiveness. He pushed open one box and viewed the
-contents. The tablets were very tiny, dark brown in color, and smelled
-like a drug store. Selecting one, Kid tasted it tentatively. It was
-distinctly unpleasant.
-
-“All the better, though,” he reflected. “A fellow always thinks more of
-a medicine that tastes ugly. Gee, those things ought to scare a cough
-to death!”
-
-He replaced the tablet in its box, carefully putting the damp side
-down, and considered the advertising matter. The black and red banner
-ought to be hung prominently somewhere, but where? Over the mantel in
-the hall would be the best place, but he was sure that they wouldn’t
-allow it to remain there. Why not in the gymnasium, then? Brilliant
-idea!
-
-Luckily it was possible to get to the gymnasium from the laboratory
-without passing through the hall. Kid secured a tack and ascended the
-stairs. The gymnasium was empty and it took but a moment to hang the
-banner on the wall under the clock, reaching the place by climbing onto
-the dumb-bell rack. Jumping down, he viewed it critically. It certainly
-looked well there and added a much-needed note of color to the room.
-Then he distributed a few circulars about and retired. He managed
-to get the tablets up to his room without being seen by anyone, and
-was relieved to find that Stanley had gone out, probably for hockey
-practice. In fact, the sleeping floor seemed utterly deserted, and Kid
-decided that he could have no better opportunity for disposing of his
-cards. So he went from room to room and placed a card in plain sight on
-every bureau, usually leaning it against a hair brush. That done, he
-put six boxes of the tablets in his pocket and started out on the track
-of his prey.
-
-The hockey teams were hard at work on the rinks, and Small, Bert and
-Lanny were watching the House players. Kid drew Small aside.
-
-“You’d better button your coat up around your throat,” he advised him.
-Small obeyed. “How are you feeling? Is the cough any better?” Small
-coughed so that Kid might judge for himself. Evidently Kid found the
-cough not at all reassuring, for he looked troubled. “Feet warm?” he
-asked next. Small assured him that they were, likening their condition
-to toast. As a matter of fact, since Small had been standing in the
-snow for twenty minutes, his feet were decidedly cold and numb, but
-he wasn’t going to acknowledge it for fear that Kid would bully him
-into returning indoors. “Well, you’ll be all right now,” said Kid,
-brightening. “They’ve come.” He slapped Small reassuringly on the back.
-
-Small immediately went off into another fit of coughing. When he could
-speak he demanded: “Who’s come?”
-
-“The Tinkham’s Throat-Ease,” returned Kid triumphantly. “They came half
-an hour ago.”
-
-“Oh! Was that what was in the package you got?”
-
-Kid assented. “They didn’t get here any too soon, either,” he said.
-“That cough of yours is getting pretty bad, Small. Well, here you are.”
-He pulled forth one of the boxes. “Take one tablet every half hour
-until relieved.” Then he had a better idea. “The best way, though, is
-to take one whenever you feel that you want to cough. Take plenty of
-them. They won’t hurt you. They’re quite harmful.”
-
-“What!”
-
-“I mean harmless. Here you are.”
-
-Small accepted the box and viewed the contents. Then he smelled of it
-and made a face. “Gee, but they smell awful, don’t they?” he asked.
-
-Kid nodded. “Sure. That’s the drugs in them. That’s what does the
-business. Better take one now, Small.”
-
-Small selected one of the little tablets, viewed it distastefully and
-finally put it into his mouth. Kid watched interestedly. For a moment
-Small gazed blankly across the rink. Then, with a gurgle of disgust he
-spat the tablet into the snow.
-
-“What are you doing?” cried Kid. “Don’t waste them like that!”
-
-“Gee, they’re awful, Kid! I can’t eat those things! I――I’d rather have
-the cough!”
-
-“What did you think?” demanded Kid indignantly. “You don’t expect
-medicine to taste like candy, do you?”
-
-“No, but I don’t expect it to taste like that, either. Why, they’re the
-worst things I ever put in my mouth. I’d rather go on coughing.” He
-thrust the box back at Kid. Kid refused to see it.
-
-“Yes, go on coughing and get pneumonia or something like that and die,”
-he said disgustedly. “Don’t be a silly chump, Small. Why, those things
-aren’t anything to what you may have to taste if you don’t cure that
-cough! I wish you could taste the stuff they gave me when I had scarlet
-fever last year! These things are fine compared with that, Small!”
-
-“I’d rather take those licorice pastilles that――――”
-
-“I dare say you would! But they won’t help you a bit. They just taste
-good, that’s all. You might as well eat sweet chocolate or gum drops!
-These things will cure you, don’t you see? Go on now, Small, be
-sensible, can’t you? Try another one. Honest, after you’ve got used to
-them you’ll like them awfully!”
-
-“I don’t believe I need ’em,” muttered Small, viewing the box
-doubtfully. “My cough’s a good deal better than it was, and――――”
-
-“Better! It’s a whole lot worse, Small. I’ve been noticing it. You
-think it’s better, I dare say, but that’s just one of the symptoms.
-Why, folks that have tuburcu――tub――that have consumption don’t ever
-realize how sick they are, Small! They keep on thinking all the time
-that they’re getting better.”
-
-Small looked genuinely uncomfortable. He laughed a hollow laugh and
-coughed.
-
-“Quick!” cried Kid. “Now’s the time! Take one!”
-
-Small made a wild dash at the box, spilled several of the tablets in
-the snow and finally got one into his mouth. Almost at once, after a
-few choking sounds, the coughing stopped. Small looked at Kid in alarm.
-
-“Gee!” he muttered hoarsely. “I swallowed it whole!”
-
-Kid was equal to the emergency. “Fine!” he exclaimed. “You get the
-effect quicker that way. Have another!”
-
-But Small shook his head and hastily dropped the box of tablets in his
-pocket. “I don’t believe I want any more just yet,” he said.
-
-“Well, it’s a good plan to keep one dissolving in your mouth all the
-time.”
-
-“You said I was to take them only when I felt like coughing,” charged
-Small.
-
-“I know, but it stands to reason that the more often you take them the
-sooner they’re going to cure you, don’t it?”
-
-That sounded reasonable, and Small had to agree. So he put another
-one into his mouth and proceeded to make faces at the landscape. Kid
-stifled a chuckle.
-
-“Well, I must be going,” he said. “I want to see Lanny. Have you got
-that quarter with you, Small?”
-
-“What quarter?” asked Small innocently.
-
-“For the tablets. They’re a quarter a box. I told you that. Don’t you
-remember? They’re cheap, too. If you had to have a doctor he’d charge
-you a dollar just for looking at you and then your medicine would be
-extra.”
-
-“Oh!” Small became very intent on the practice game. “I haven’t got it
-right now, Kid, but I’ll give it to you soon.”
-
-Kid shook his head. “I’m willing to trust you, Small, but you see I
-have to pay cash for these. You’d better give me that quarter in your
-pocket and then you won’t have to think about it again.”
-
-“What quarter?” asked Small blankly.
-
-“Why, the quarter you saved for the Fund. You know you told us you had
-a quarter, Small.”
-
-“Well, I know, Kid, but I can’t give you that! That’s――that’s owing to
-the Fund!”
-
-“I know, but you won’t have to pay up for a month or more. You give me
-that quarter and put the next one into the Fund; see?”
-
-Small didn’t seem to see at first, and it took a lot of eloquence
-on Kid’s part to separate Small from his twenty-five cent piece.
-But finally persistence prevailed and Kid strolled off, the quarter
-jingling cheerfully against a hitherto lonely penny in his trousers
-pocket, leaving Small to scowl upon his retreating back and
-surreptitiously remove the remains of Tinkham’s Throat-Ease tablet from
-his mouth.
-
-Lanny was the next victim marked for despoliation. Kid took up a
-position beside him and watched practice for a minute. Then,
-
-“Gee, Lanny,” he said, “aren’t your feet frozen?”
-
-Lanny acknowledged that they were, and, being reminded of physical
-discomforts, took out a handkerchief at the cost of much trouble, and
-applied it to his nose. “Did you see that goal of Ben’s a minute ago,
-Kid?” he asked with a sniffle. “It was a peach!”
-
-“Yes,” Kid nodded gravely. “Say, you’re getting a cold, aren’t you?” he
-asked more solicitously.
-
-“No, I guess not. George is skating a good deal better than he did the
-first of the winter, isn’t he?”
-
-“Lots. The trouble with me is that when I get to sniffling like you are
-my throat feels funny. Sort of raw and――and scrapy. Does yours get that
-way?”
-
-Lanny experimented with his throat and nodded. “Yes, it feels sort of
-that way now.”
-
-“I thought it did. I can tell. I’ve got something that’s wonderful for
-sore throat, Lanny. Ever use Tinkham’s Throat-Ease?”
-
-“Ever use what?”
-
-“Tinkham’s Throat-Ease. They’re tablets and you just hold them in your
-mouth, you know, and they make your throat feel fine. They’ll cure
-hoarseness or cough or most anything like that.”
-
-“Never heard of them. Taste good, do they? Where do you get them?”
-
-“Any first-class drug store. Of course, you can’t get them around here,
-though.”
-
-“What’s the good of talking about them then? Did you say you had some?”
-
-“I think so.” Kid searched laboriously in his pocket. “I think I’ve got
-a box left somewhere, if I can find it. Here it is.” He held it out and
-Lanny accepted it. Trustingly he pushed the box open, took out a tablet
-and put it into his mouth. Kid edged away.
-
-“_Jee-rusalem!_” Lanny swung around and gazed menacingly at Kid. “What
-are they made of?”
-
-“I don’t know, but they’re the best remedy there is for sore throat.
-You can have that box, Lanny.”
-
-“Hm; much obliged.” Lanny sucked at the tablet and scowled. “Maybe
-they’re good for your throat, but they’re mighty unpleasant to your
-taster, Kid. I guess they’ve got wild cherry in them, haven’t they?”
-
-“That’s one of the things,” answered Kid. “Wild cherry and――and
-paregoric, I think. Paregoric’s a very powerful drug, you know. Puts
-you to sleep if you take too much of it.”
-
-“I know.” Lanny nodded wisely. “And wild cherry’s awfully good for
-throats. They don’t taste very nice, but you can tell they’re powerful.
-Much obliged, Kid.”
-
-“Don’t mention it. Maybe I can get another box. They’re only
-twenty-five cents, you see.”
-
-Lanny started. “What’s twenty-five cents?” he demanded.
-
-“Why, those tablets. Twenty-five cents a box. There are fifty in a box
-and they last a long time――――”
-
-“Look here, Kid, do you mean you expect me to pay you a quarter for
-these things?”
-
-“Sure! That’s the regular price. I’m not trying to cheat you, Lanny,
-honest!”
-
-“But I thought you were giving them to me!” Lanny searched hurriedly
-for the box which he had dropped into a cavernous pocket of his ulster.
-“I don’t want them that bad.”
-
-“I’d give them to you in a minute,” said Kid warmly, “but I just can’t
-afford to, Lanny. Anyhow, you needn’t pay me now. To-morrow’ll do just
-as well.”
-
-“Pay you! Pay you a quarter for these nasty things? I guess not! Here,
-you take them back, Kid.”
-
-But Kid shook his head. “They’re no good to me now,” he said sadly. “It
-isn’t a full box, you see. You’ve eaten one of them. Of course, if I’d
-known you didn’t want to pay for them――――”
-
-“You didn’t say anything about paying for them,” remonstrated Lanny
-crossly. “You said you had a box I could have――――”
-
-“For a quarter.”
-
-“You didn’t say anything about any quarter!”
-
-“You didn’t ask me, Lanny. If you’d asked me――――”
-
-“You offered them to me!”
-
-“I thought of course you’d want to pay for them. I had to. Anyhow,
-there’s no hurry. Any time’ll do, Lanny.”
-
-“I hope you choke on one of them!” Lanny dug down in his trousers
-pocket and fished up some small coins. Angrily he selected two dimes
-and a nickel and thrust them at Kid. “There’s your old quarter!
-And there――” he sent the box of tablets spinning off into the
-snow――“there’s your old nasty medicine! Now get out of here before I
-rub your face with snow!”
-
-Kid shook his head sorrowfully over the other’s display of unreasonable
-anger, but didn’t tarry. Lanny had a way of keeping his promises!
-
-As he went his right-hand trousers pocket gave forth a cheerful jingle.
-
-
-
-
- XII
-
- “TOOTS” BUYS SOME TABLETS
-
-
-“What’s Tinkham’s Throat-Ease?” demanded Ben Holden in hall that
-evening before supper.
-
-“That’s what I’d like to know,” said Sam Perkins, with a laugh. “I
-found a card about it in my room a while ago. What’s the joke?”
-
-“Ask Kid,” said Lanny grimly.
-
-Kid, perusing the absorbing adventures of “Hairbreadth Harry, the
-Gentleman Scout,” in a far corner of the hall, went on reading. To
-all appearances Kid was improving his mind with a large volume of
-the Encyclopedia Britannica, the story paper being held out of sight
-against the open pages. Such fiction as “Hairbreadth Harry” was not
-countenanced at Mt. Pleasant Academy, and it behooved Kid to use
-discretion.
-
-“Kid!”
-
-“Huh?” Kid dragged his eyes from the text and looked over the top of
-the volume.
-
-“What’s Tinkham’s Throat-Ease?” demanded Stanley Pierce.
-
-“The best remedy for coughs, colds, pneumonia, sore throat――――”
-
-“Also good on bread,” interpolated Dick Gardner.
-
-“Bronchitis, tonsilitis and all affections of the throat and repsi――”
-Kid floundered――“repsi――repsitory organs.”
-
-“Fine! But what about it?” asked Steve Lovell. “Why do I get a card on
-my bureau? What’s the idea?”
-
-Kid closed the encyclopedia carefully, so that no tell-tale edges
-of the story paper were visible, and laid it aside. He was sorry
-to abandon Hairbreadth Harry in the gulch surrounded by a horde of
-shrieking redskins, but business was business!
-
-“I put the card there, Steve. I’m the agent in this territory for
-Tinkham’s, you see.”
-
-“You! What for? Who said so?”
-
-“Well, here’s how it is.” Kid looked grave. “I――I have to make a little
-money, fellows. You see, my folks don’t――don’t send me much of an
-allowance now.” He paused and looked thoughtfully into the fire. The
-smiles faded on the faces of the others. Kid gulped and went on. “Of
-course, I can’t――can’t be self-supporting――yet, but I thought I could
-make enough to――to help, you know.” His voice trailed off into silence
-and there was a sympathetic silence around the fireplace. At length,
-
-“Do you mean that you are going to sell the――the stuff?” asked Ben
-Holden.
-
-“Yes. The tablets are only twenty-five cents a box. Of course that
-isn’t all profit, not by any means, but I make a little on each box. I
-don’t expect to sell many here at school, but maybe in the village and
-over at Riveredge and Whittier I can do pretty well.”
-
-“I’m afraid you’ll never get rich that way,” said Steve Lovell kindly.
-“But you may make a little. Are the things really any good, Kid?”
-
-“Fine! I’ve got some unsolicited testimonials I’d like you to read,
-Steve. I’ll get you a copy if you like.”
-
-“No, never mind. Got any of the pills with you?”
-
-Kid fished in his pockets doubtfully and seemed quite surprised when
-three boxes rewarded his search. He passed one to Steve, doing his best
-to avoid the indignant gaze of Small. Lanny was viewing him doubtfully,
-suspiciously, but it was Small that Kid feared might spoil the
-impression he had created. And so Kid, recalling that someone had once
-said that the way to make war was to start first was quite prepared.
-Steve sniffed at the tablets and made a face.
-
-“Well, they smell bad enough,” he said.
-
-“If you think they smell bad, you ought to taste ’em!” broke forth
-Small. “They’re the nastiest tasting things I ever――――”
-
-“But they cured your cough, didn’t they, Small?” interrupted Kid
-eagerly. “He just took one of them, fellows, and I don’t believe he has
-coughed since! Have you, Small? He had a fierce cough too; you fellows
-know how bad it was. I was getting real worried about him.”
-
-Small gazed at Kid with open mouth, and Kid almost held his breath for
-fear that Small’s emotion would precipitate a spasm of coughing. But it
-didn’t. The temptation to be for a moment a person of importance was
-too much for him. He closed his mouth and nodded gravely.
-
-“That’s so,” he said. “I took one of the tablets――swallowed it
-whole――and it stopped my cough at once. I don’t think I’ve coughed
-since then. You haven’t heard me, have you, Kid?”
-
-“No, I haven’t. It was marvelous the way they worked with you, Small.
-And you certainly did have a mean old cough, didn’t you?”
-
-“It was awful,” replied Small solemnly. “Sometimes at night I thought
-I’d never get to sleep!”
-
-“Funny I never noticed it,” said Sam Perkins, his roommate.
-
-“It was usually after you’d gone to sleep,” said Small hastily. “And
-then the way it hurt me!” He laid a hand cautiously over the top button
-of his waistcoat as though the gentlest touch was excruciating pain.
-The assemblage was impressed. That is, most of it was. Lanny still
-looked suspicious, and Bert, although his face was quite serious,
-somehow gave the impression of being secretly amused by something.
-
-“What made you think of throat tablets?” asked Ben Holden. “Seems to me
-something else would have sold better.”
-
-“Well, at this time of year,” replied Kid, “almost every fellow has a
-cough or a cold or a scrapy throat. I guess most of us have one now, if
-we stopped to think about it.” Several fellows cleared their throats
-experimentally. “We don’t notice at first, but after a while we wake up
-some morning with tonsilitis or――or quinsy or diphtheria or something.
-It’s taking a little medicine in time that does the business. That’s
-where Tinkham’s Throat-Ease comes in, you see. The first time you feel
-the least bit scratchy in your throat you just dissolve one of these in
-your mouth and you don’t have any more trouble. They’re great little
-things!”
-
-“Gee, you talk like a patent medicine almanac!” declared Ben
-admiringly. “Here, I’ll take a box of them, Kid. And here’s your
-quarter.”
-
-“Thank you.” Kid gravely handed him a box of the tablets and as gravely
-accepted his quarter. Then he turned away as though to go back to his
-reading, as though the idea of further sales didn’t occur to him. But
-Steve Lovell was already hunting for the price of a package of the
-invaluable Tinkham’s Throat-Ease. And after Steve had purchased Dick
-Gardner fell into line. And after Dick came Stanley Pierce, and then
-Kid had to climb the stairs to get more of the remedy. George Waters
-only had fifteen cents with him and Sam Perkins had only a dollar bill
-which was so badly torn that Kid balked at it. Kid said politely that
-he would trust them both. Whereupon Harold Cupples and Sewall Crandall
-said they’d each take a box too if Kid didn’t mind waiting a few days
-for payment. Kid secretly did mind, but declared he didn’t.
-
-“Well, you’ve done pretty well, Kid,” said Steve Lovell when the final
-transaction was over. “How many boxes is that you’ve sold?”
-
-“You haven’t sold any to Lanny or Bert,” said George Waters. “Get after
-them, Kid. What’s the matter with you, Lanny? Loosen up and patronize
-home industries.”
-
-“He bought a box this afternoon,” said Kid hastily. “He liked them very
-much, didn’t you, Lanny?”
-
-Kid’s look was so imploring that Lanny nodded. “Pretty good,” he said.
-“Taste beastly, but I guess they’ll do you good, all right.”
-
-“Well, here’s Bert yet,” insisted George. “Why don’t you take a chance,
-Bert?”
-
-“I――I’m flat broke,” replied Bert.
-
-“Well, that’s all right. Kid’ll trust you, won’t you, Kid?”
-
-“Of course.” Kid held a box of tablets toward Bert. As that youth
-made no move to take them Stanley Pierce kindly relayed them to him.
-“I’ll be very glad to trust him,” said Kid. “There’s no hurry, either;
-to-morrow or next day will do, Bert.”
-
-Bert scowled formidably, but dropped the box in his pocket. And then
-the supper gong sounded and twelve hungry boys trooped into the
-dining-room. Kid and Small sat next to each other at Mr. Crane’s
-table, and it wasn’t long before Kid noticed that Small wasn’t much
-more than trifling with his food.
-
-“Don’t you want your apple sauce?” whispered Kid. Small shook his head
-and pushed it over to him. Later Kid came in for Small’s cake and Small
-watched the transfer with scowling brow. “Thanks,” Kid murmured.
-
-“You can thank those beastly tablets,” Small growled. “My mouth’s all
-drawn up and everything tastes like――like paregoric! I hope that cake
-chokes you!”
-
-After supper Bert waylaid Kid on the stairs. “Here they are,” he
-announced, seeking to thrust a box of Tinkham’s tablets into Kid’s
-elusive hand.
-
-“What?” asked Kid in surprise.
-
-“Why, those old tablets. You didn’t think I wanted them, did you?”
-
-Kid looked pained. “Why not? They’re the best things you could have,
-Bert, and if you start in taking them now your cold will be all gone by
-morning.”
-
-“I haven’t got any cold,” denied Bert.
-
-“Then why do you keep blowing your nose all the time?”
-
-“What nose? I mean――――”
-
-“I suppose you did it unconsciously,” said Kid. “Probably you didn’t
-notice it, but at the supper table――――”
-
-“I didn’t! And I’m not going to get stung a quarter for these pesky
-things. So you can just take them back.”
-
-“Well, of course, if you don’t want them I will, only――――”
-
-“Only what?” Bert demanded crossly.
-
-“Only――well, maybe you’d better keep them, Bert, just for――for
-appearances. You see, the other fellows have all bought tablets, and if
-you didn’t they might think you were stingy, don’t you see? Of course,
-I might give you the tablets and pretend that you’d paid for them, but
-that would be telling a lie, wouldn’t it?”
-
-“I guess it wouldn’t hurt you after the fibs you’ve told already
-to-night,” said Bert scathingly.
-
-“Fibs I’ve told?” Kid was pained and indignant. “What fibs did I tell,
-I’d like to know!”
-
-“Why――why, you made the fellows think that your folks had met with
-trouble and that you weren’t getting any money from home.”
-
-“I said nothing of the kind,” retorted Kid warmly. “I only said they
-weren’t sending me _much_ money now, and they aren’t. Why, whenever I
-want an extra dollar I have to write and say that I must have a hair
-cut. Honest, Bert, my hair’s been cut three times this month! I’m
-awfully afraid it’ll get discouraged and not grow any more!”
-
-“Well, you made them think you needed the money――――”
-
-“So I do! Didn’t I promise to give ten dollars to the Fund for the
-trophy, Bert? Ten dollars isn’t so easy to make, either. Of course I
-don’t want your quarter if you begrudge it to me――”
-
-“Well, I do,” growled Bert.
-
-“But I’d hate to have to say that you’re the only fellow in House who
-hasn’t helped me.” And Kid smiled sweetly.
-
-Bert glared at him a moment. Then his sense of humor came to his rescue
-and he grinned. “You’re a wonder, Kid!” he exclaimed. “Well, all right,
-I’ll take your old smelly tablets and I’ll give you a quarter for them
-some time. But I’ll get even with you, Kid, some day, don’t worry.”
-
-“It’s only a quarter,” said Kid soothingly, “and you know you have a
-whole dollar saved――”
-
-“I have, eh? Well, you don’t get any of that dollar, Kid. You’ll just
-wait now until I get some more money, you――you little Shylock!”
-
-The next day it became known to the day pupils that Kid Fairchild was
-selling throat tablets to pay his tuition at school and support his
-starving family. By evening Kid had disposed of the last of his boxes
-and had five dollars and seventy cents rattling around in the bottom
-of a collar-box in his bureau drawer. He was still thirty cents short
-because Bert persisted in owing him and one of the day boys had passed
-a Canadian twenty cent piece on him in lieu of a quarter. But Kid was
-well satisfied with the results of his excursion into trade. The only
-fly in the ointment of his contentment was the realization that if he
-purchased a further supply of Tinkham’s Throat-Ease he would have to
-go to the village to sell it. Those of the fellows who had given the
-tablets a fair trial were anything but enthusiastic over their taste
-and Kid despaired of securing reorders. Meanwhile that five dollars
-and seventy cents was occasioning him a good deal of uneasiness. It
-wasn’t that Kid feared having it stolen. The trouble was that he had
-never been a believer in the hoarding of wealth. In Kid’s judgment
-money was meant to spend, and to go to bed night after night with all
-those quarters and dimes and nickels lying idle in the bureau drawer
-was excruciating torment to him. Of course he fully meant to send two
-dollars of it to the Tinkham Chemical Company to pay for the tablets,
-and he also meant to add twenty cents for another four dozen boxes
-of the remedy, but if Kid hated to see the money lying there idle he
-hated even more to see any part of it devoted to such base ends as the
-payment of just debts. And while he still hesitated Fate took a hand
-and the matter was decided for him.
-
-On Saturday morning Doctor Merton summoned Kid to his office and
-complimented him. He had heard, he explained, of the unfortunate
-trouble that had overtaken James’s family and hoped sincerely that
-their embarrassment would prove only temporary. Meanwhile he thought
-James was showing much courage and enterprise in seeking to aid
-them by the sale of――was it Tinker’s Hair Balsam? No? Ah, Tinkham’s
-Throat-Ease! Well, in any case, he congratulated James on his
-thoughtfulness and was sure that his parents――and he was going to write
-to them and acquaint them with the circumstances――would be touched by
-the manly course James was pursuing. And――er――if James had any more
-of the excellent liver pills he would gladly purchase a package. Kid
-regretted that he hadn’t and embarrassedly withdrew. Outside, Nan, who
-had been waiting for him, slipped a quarter into his hand.
-
-“Oh, Kid,” she whispered, “I think you’re just splendid. Mr. Folsom
-told us all about it last evening. You’re just as――as brave and――and
-manly as can be! And I want some of the――the medicine things, too, Kid
-and there’s my quarter! And――――”
-
-“I ain’t got any more,” sighed Kid sadly, looking longingly at the
-coin. “So I guess you’d better take this back――――”
-
-“But you’re going to send for some more, aren’t you?”
-
-“Maybe,” replied Kid doubtfully. “I don’t know.”
-
-“Oh, but you must! Why, just think how well you’ve done already!
-Mr. Folsom said you’d sold dozens and dozens of bottles or boxes or
-whatever it is, Kid! You keep that and when you get some more of it you
-can give me one. I _do_ so want to help, Kid!”
-
-To Kid’s credit, be it said, he refused the money. It pained him to
-do it, but he did. It had also pained him to be unable to get the
-quarter offered by the Doctor, in view of the fact that the Doctor
-was about to get him into a peck of trouble by writing home to his
-parents and commiserating with them on their sudden loss of fortune.
-Yes, Kid strongly wished that he had two more boxes of the tablets. But
-necessity is the mother of invention. Kid put his mind on the problem
-and by the time he had floundered through a history recitation――Mr.
-Folsom proving very gentle with him because of his troubles――he had
-evolved a plan.
-
-“Say, Stanley,” he asked his roommate while that youth was brushing his
-hair for dinner, “did you like those tablets?”
-
-Stanley viewed him coldly. “Like them! They’re punk!”
-
-“Don’t you want your box, then?”
-
-“I do not.”
-
-“May I have it?”
-
-“Yes, if you swallow them all,” replied Stanley venomously.
-
-Kid didn’t agree to do that, but he got the box. It lacked just one
-tablet. In the course of the next half-hour Kid had gained possession
-of four other boxes by similar methods, and it was only the work of a
-minute to make three full boxes from the four. Then he waited on the
-Doctor and Nan and returned fifty cents richer. The sight of Mr. Crane
-on the porch suggested more dickering, for Mr. Folsom had purchased
-and Mr. Crane had not, owing to the supply of tablets having given out
-before his application had been entered. By the end of afternoon school
-Kid had given pleasure to Mr. Crane by selling him a box of Tinkham’s,
-too, and Kid’s assets had gone up to six dollars and forty-five cents.
-
-But, as is so often the way, wealth did not bring happiness. Kid was
-troubled. To use his own phraseology, there was going to be an awful
-row when his father received that letter from Doctor Merton. For a
-while Kid wished that the baseball trophy had never been thought of.
-Also, all enthusiasm for the merits of Tinkham’s Throat-Ease had
-passed. He would settle with the people for what he had had and the
-fund would have to be satisfied with four dollars and forty-five cents
-instead of ten dollars. He was through with merchandizing!
-
-And doubtless he would have stuck to that resolution if he had not,
-on the way to the rink in the afternoon to see the hockey game, by
-chance kicked up the box of tablets that Lanny had thrown away. Kid
-did not recognize at first the snow-covered object that his foot had
-struck, but examination revealed forty-nine perfectly good tablets,
-and Kid brushed the crust of snow from the box and dropped it into his
-pocket. Just one of those tablets would make complete the box he had
-in his room, and, thoughtfully, Kid turned and retraced his steps,
-although Mr. Crane was at that instant blowing the whistle to start the
-game. But Kid’s errand was soon completed and he was back at the rink,
-sandwiched in between Small and Bert.
-
-That was a good game. The House Team, by hard practice, had secured
-a degree of team play that very nearly offset the playing of the Day
-Team’s individual stars. The first half ended with the score a tie at
-4 to 4, and house students and day students, players and onlookers
-alike, were keyed up to a state of wild enthusiasm. Lanny, who had
-played hard and brilliantly and somewhat heedlessly, at right wing in
-place of Cupples, joined his classmates at the barrier, struggling into
-his sweater and panting for breath. He perched himself on the top of
-the boards and examined proudly a set of skinned knuckles. Bert was
-concerned, but Kid, constantly oppressed by the knowledge of coming
-calamity, chose to be sarcastic.
-
-“How’d you cut you? Burn you?” he asked. “Say, Lanny, it’s a wonder
-you wouldn’t have them take you to the infirmary with that awful wound.”
-
-“Don’t get fresh,” responded Lanny scowlingly. Kid smiled his sweetest.
-
-“You’re fresher than I am, Lanny; you’ve been on the ice most of the
-time! Hasn’t anyone ever explained to you that it’s part of the game to
-stay on your feet?”
-
-Lanny maintained a dignified silence.
-
-“Also,” proceeded Kid thoughtfully, “if you stay back of the puck you
-may get a chance to make a shot, Lanny.”
-
-“Cut it out, Kid! Lanny played a mighty good game.” Bert frowned his
-disapproval.
-
-“Not bad, for a beginner,” responded Kid, sauntering away. Morgan,
-known familiarly as “Toots,” was the goal-tend on the Day Team. “Toots”
-was one of the few day pupils who had not aided Kid’s starving family
-by purchasing a box of Tinkham’s Throat-Ease, and Kid, spying “Toots”
-tightening his leg-guards at the end of the rink, decided that the
-omission ought to be corrected.
-
-“Hello, ‘Toots.’”
-
-“Hello, Kid! How are you?” grunted “Toots,” giving a final tug to a
-strap.
-
-“So, so. Going to beat us, ‘Toots’?”
-
-“Surest thing you know!”
-
-“I dare say.” Kid was quite evidently distrait and depressed, a
-state so far removed from his usual condition that even “Toots” took
-notice. Then he remembered that Kid’s father had gone bankrupt, that
-the old home was to go under the hammer and that Kid――plucky little
-duffer!――was selling some sort of cough medicine to aid the fallen
-fortunes. Kid, apparently looking sadly about the rink, shot a glance
-at “Toots” and uncannily followed his thoughts. “Did you try those
-throat tablets, ‘Toots’?” he inquired.
-
-“Toots” colored faintly. “I――I didn’t get any, Kid. I didn’t have any
-money with me yesterday.”
-
-Kid nodded as though in dismissal of the subject. “Toots” cleared
-his throat and watched Kid’s pathetic listlessness during a moment’s
-silence. Finally,
-
-“I heard you’d sold out, Kid,” he said hopefully.
-
-“All the fellows were very kind,” answered Kid, with an evident effort
-to be brave in the face of adversity. “I only had twenty-four boxes of
-them.”
-
-“Well――er――if you ever get any more, Kid, I’ll be glad to buy one.”
-
-Kid smiled gratefully. “They’re mighty good things,” he said. “Fine to
-hold in your mouth when you’re playing; keeps your mouth from getting
-dry, you know.”
-
-“That so? A fellow’s mouth does get awfully ‘cotton-woolly’ sometimes.
-Well, if you have any more come and see me, Kid. I――I was sorry to hear
-that――that your folks――――”
-
-Kid slowly, abstractedly pulled a box of the tablets from his pocket
-and view it regretfully. Then he held it out to the surprised “Toots.”
-“You can have this, I guess,” said Kid generously. “I was keeping it
-for myself, but I guess I need the money more than the tablets. I’m
-glad I saved it now, because you’re pretty nearly the only fellow who
-hasn’t got any of them.”
-
-“Toots” took the box, turned it this way and that, cleared his throat,
-flushed and yielded. “I――I haven’t any money in these clothes, Kid,” he
-muttered, “but I’ll pay you to-morrow sure.”
-
-Kid nodded. “That’ll be all right, ‘Toots.’ Any time to-morrow before
-noon will do. I’m sending some money away to-morrow, or I wouldn’t ask
-you to pay so soon.”
-
-“Toots” placed the box at a corner of the net, having no pocket on him,
-thumped the ice with his stick, smiled bravely and turned away. Kid,
-outwardly disconsolate, inwardly triumphant, sauntered off.
-
-The second half began with a fine exhibition of individual playing by
-Spooner and White and a speedy goal to the credit of the Day Team.
-After that the fortunes of the opponents see-sawed back and forth and
-there was no more scoring for a good ten minutes. Finally Ben Holden
-got the puck in the middle of the rink, the offense lined up quickly
-and, with the rubber darting back and forth like a shuttle, the House
-players rushed down the ice. Grimshaw, the Day Team’s cover-point,
-darted at the puck too late. A quick dribble on the part of Waters
-fooled him. The point made a wild dash with a slashing stick, but in
-vain, and Stanley Pierce, skating up from behind, secured the disk
-and slammed it into the net. After that Day fought desperately and
-only the excellent work of Gardner at goal kept them from swamping
-their opponents. There were five tries before Grimshaw, stealing the
-puck near his own goal, skated the length of the rink and passed to
-O’Connell, who scored. A minute or two later a lucky “lift” by Perkins
-scored the House’s sixth goal and the score was again tied. With less
-than a minute to play now all the indications pointed to an extra
-period. Ben Holden and White faced off, the whistle shrilled and the
-sticks slammed helter-skelter. Science, team-play, all the niceties of
-the game were forgotten. Each team, excited and reckless, fought wildly
-for that deciding goal.
-
-In front of the Day Team’s net “Toots” Morgan watched the puck and
-the players warily. He would be glad when the game was over, he told
-himself, for he had had plenty of work and some hard knocks, and his
-mouth was as dry as the inside of a bake-oven. Suddenly remembering the
-box of tablets and Kid’s recommendation he glanced down to where it lay
-snuggled against the corner of the net. The play was far up the rink.
-Stooping, he reached the box, spilled several tablets out with his
-gloved hands and finally managed to pop one into his mouth. There was
-no time then to put the box back in a place of safety, for the whole
-field of players was rushing down upon him, so he tossed it behind him,
-gripped his stick, thrust his guarded legs together and awaited the
-onslaught. But Cupples overskated and there was a moment’s delay while
-Pierce hooked the puck, swept across the rink with it and, eluding a
-day player, started ahead again.
-
-“Toots” was aware that something unpleasant was happening to him but
-was too intent on the game and too excited to realize for a moment that
-the unpleasantness was in his mouth. Then, when he did realize it,
-“Toots’” thoughts ran something like this:
-
-“Holden’s got it!... Great Scott, what a nasty taste!... Oh, check him,
-Dave, check him!... Missed him!... Wonder what this thing’s made of!
-Ugh!... Here they come! Play back, Grim!... I can’t stand this! I’ll
-have to spit it out!...”
-
-And then, with the play only twenty feet away in front of goal, “Toots”
-turned his head for an instant and the obnoxious tablet of Tinkham’s
-Throat-Ease dropped to the ice. And at the same instant there was
-a sudden cry of “_Look out! Shot!_” something sang through the air
-waist-high and “Toots,” sighting it only when it was almost at him,
-plunged wildly to the left. But, alas, out went his feet, down went
-“Toots,” and the puck fell with a soft thud to the ice at the back of
-the net! And House had won, 7 to 6!
-
-Let us draw a veil over the incidents of the next few minutes. Billy
-Spooner was disappointed and vexed and some of the things he said to
-the unfortunate “Toots” were doubtless quite unjust. We will let
-them pass unheeded――even if “Toots” didn’t. House shouted its glee,
-waved its sticks and cavorted, and Lanny, who by rare chance had shot
-the winning goal, was seized by admiring team-mates and conveyed,
-shoulder-high, to the barrier, where, owing to the fact that someone
-let go too soon, he toppled into a snow bank! High above all other
-sounds of rejoicing piped Kid’s shrill voice in a pæan of triumph:
-
- “_Day Team, Day Team, your playing’s rocky!
- Better go home and learn some hockey!_”
-
-
-
-
- XIII
-
- KID RUNS AWAY
-
-
-Kid’s home was in New York City――worse luck!――and if the Doctor had
-written, as he had intimated, on Saturday, why, then by Tuesday at
-the latest the cat would be out of the bag and Kid would be trying to
-explain to the principal how the rumor had got around that his father
-had met with financial reverses. And Kid didn’t know, couldn’t think
-for the life of him how he was going to explain. It meant that Mr.
-James Fairchild was destined to punishment. Kid wondered just what
-form the punishment would take. Probably he would be put “in bounds,”
-for one thing, and that meant that he wouldn’t be allowed to go to the
-village. Kid didn’t like that, for the village had attractions for him.
-There was a quite remarkable shop in Mt. Pleasant where they sold all
-sorts of enticing things in the stationery, bakery and confectionery
-line. Kid thought sadly of the chocolate éclairs which, when consumed
-with the aid of a glass of root beer, were quite the best things life
-afforded. He also recalled the cocoanut bars. Pink and white they
-were and exceedingly toothsome. He had only to close his eyes and see
-them reposing in the little flat glass tray just crying, “Eat me!
-Eat me, Kid!” No more of those for a while after Tuesday, he thought
-regretfully. Life looked pretty dark just then, and the wealth reposing
-in the collar-box was as dust in his mouth.
-
-Kid mooned through Sunday, miserable and dejected. He could face
-trouble when it arrived with an admirable equanimity, but trouble in
-anticipation was too much for him. He found the name of a firm who
-manufactured silver mugs and other trophies and wrote to them on Sunday
-afternoon, enclosing Small’s design. But his heart was not in it. To
-add to his depression he realized that he had allowed “Toots” Morgan
-to fool him, for “Toots” had agreed to pay him that quarter for the
-tablets “to-morrow.” And “to-morrow” was to-day, and to-day was Sunday;
-and of course “Toots” didn’t come near the school on Sunday! (I may as
-well state here that “Toots” never did pay that quarter. Not only did
-he decline firmly and emphatically to do so, but he unreasonably laid
-the blame for losing that second game on Kid! Was anything ever so
-unjust and unfair? Kid said as much, but “Toots” would not reconsider.
-The only thing he would do was to indicate as nearly as possible the
-place where he had thrown the remaining forty-nine tablets.) But to-day
-Kid was spared the knowledge of this defection, which was just as well,
-since he was low enough in spirits without it.
-
-I fancy that it must have been some time during Sunday evening――I trust
-it wasn’t during prayers――that the idea came to Kid to have one final
-fling before the sword fell; in short, to meet Nemesis satiated with
-pleasure. All day Monday there was a reckless gleam in Kid’s eyes,
-and just as soon as school was over in the afternoon, he ascended to
-his room, emptied the contents of the collar-box in his trouser’s
-pocket――weighting them evenly――and departed for the village.
-
-To trace Kid’s career that afternoon between four and six would be
-monotonous. Suffice it to say that at ten minutes to six he drove up to
-the door in Mr. Higgins’s sleigh surrounded by packages and palpably
-weary. His advent occasioned both surprise and indignation. House in
-general gathered on the porch while Kid paid his quarter to the Pirate,
-emerged from the sleigh with an effort and then deliberately and with
-criminal extravagance tipped that worthy ten cents!
-
-“Well!” ejaculated Ben Holden. “You’re a nice help to your folks, you
-are! Driving around in sleighs and throwing tips at the Pirate! What
-have you got in those bags?”
-
-Kid walked nonchalantly, almost disdainfully, to the foot of the
-stairs. There he turned and faced the outraged House and, protruding
-his tongue for an instant, remarked succinctly:
-
-“Find out!”
-
-Kid didn’t eat any supper that evening and displayed no interest in the
-evident fact that he was in disgrace with his fellows. He was cheeky
-and altogether insufferable and would answer no questions. He merely
-sat and stared sleepily at his food, eating not nor talking.
-
-When Stanley Pierce came in from tobogganing at a little before nine he
-found Kid in bed, very pale in the face and moaning feebly. The doctor
-reached the scene twenty minutes later and took command. Unfortunately
-he was accompanied to the room by Mr. Folsom, and it was Mr. Folsom who
-discovered six cream-cakes (very oozy), a dozen bananas, four apples
-and three pears, two pounds of candy, some chewing gum, two pickled
-limes and three cakes of sweet chocolate. All these things Mr. Folsom
-heartlessly appropriated. But Kid was much too miserable to care at the
-time. Life was at a very low ebb with Kid.
-
-The doctor gave it as his opinion that if Kid abstained from food for
-a day and took the medicine prescribed he would pull through. Kid,
-listening uninterestedly, assimilated the sense of the verdict and
-sincerely hoped the doctor might prove mistaken. He didn’t want to
-live. Life held no pleasures for him. He wanted them to leave him alone
-to die.
-
-But in the morning he felt quite differently about it. The sun was
-shining in at the window and a beam was dancing on Stanley’s nose with
-interesting and amusing effect. Kid was surprised to find that he could
-smile. But when he moved the smile fled. All was not well with him yet
-and it was only by keeping still that he could be comfortable. When,
-finally, Stanley stopped snoring, tossed back and forth a few times
-and awoke with a start, Kid closed his eyes and simulated slumber.
-He wished to avoid conversation. Stanley tiptoed over and looked at
-him anxiously, appeared satisfied, dressed and stole out as quietly
-as possible. Then Kid, luxuriating in the privilege of staying in
-bed through morning prayers in spite of his discomfort, set his mind
-at work. By noon, he decided, he would be well enough to get up.
-The New York mail would arrive at ten or thereabouts. As long as he
-remained ill the Doctor wouldn’t say anything to him. Neither would
-the fellows. If he could stave off the evil hour until dinner time all
-might be well, for as soon as everyone was in the dining-room he would
-unostentatiously depart. He was firmly convinced that as soon as the
-fellows found out that his family had not met with financial reverses
-they would demand their money back and make it very unpleasant for him.
-Of course, he had not absolutely told them that his father had gone
-into bankruptcy; they had jumped to that conclusion themselves; but he
-felt that they would be incapable of calm reasoning. No, the best place
-for him was away.
-
-Just where he would go he had not decided. He had always entertained
-a secret desire to be a sailor and it was perhaps possible that the
-moment to satisfy that desire was at hand. But the first thing was to
-get quietly away from school. At the cost of much uneasiness around
-the pit of his stomach and many groans, he managed to reach out and
-drag his trousers to him. The subsequent search of the pockets was
-disappointing. Only a dollar and twelve cents remained of his fortune.
-But a dollar was a lot of money if used carefully, and it would stand
-between him and poverty for at least two days. By that time――well, he
-might be a cabin boy on a merchantman! Kid’s spirits rose. Life which
-last evening had seemed full of gloom and sorrow began to be tinged
-with the roseate hues of adventure.
-
-The scraping of chairs in the dining-room below indicated that
-breakfast had begun. Kid wondered disgustedly how fellows could be such
-slaves to their stomachs. Kid didn’t want to eat a bit! And when, half
-an hour later, Mrs. Merton came with a bowl of thin gruel and milk, Kid
-viewed it distastefully and turned away his head. But of course he ate
-it finally――or some of it; fellows always did as Mother asked sooner
-or later. She fussed with his pillow, smoothed his bed clothes, laid
-a firm, cool hand on his forehead, gave him his medicine, replenished
-the water glass and informed him that he was to remain in bed all day.
-Kid said “Yes’m” very meekly and looked as much like an innocent cherub
-as he could; and with his round face, china-blue eyes and yellow-brown
-hair Kid’s impersonation of a cherub wasn’t at all bad. Mrs. Merton
-said very kindly that she would be up to see him again after a while
-and went off, bearing the remains of the gruel. Just before school
-time Stanley stole noiselessly in, so noiselessly, in fact, that Kid
-didn’t have time to make believe he was asleep. But Stanley asked no
-embarrassing questions and did not demand the return of his quarter. He
-asked in bated breath how Kid was and Kid told him in a weak, enfeebled
-voice that he was much better, thanks. Then Stanley produced a book.
-
-“Nan sent this to you,” he explained in his best sick-room manner.
-“There’s a note in it somewhere, unless I dropped it out.”
-
-“Thanks.” Kid listlessly satisfied himself that the note was still
-there, and dropped the volume from a nerveless hand. Stanley declared
-he was awfully sorry and hoped Kid would be better soon. Kid thanked
-him again in tones that promised scant hope of recovery and Stanley
-embarrassedly backed out of the room. Kid could almost hear his sigh of
-relief as the door closed behind him.
-
-Kid turned his attention to Nan’s note. It was folded in the proper
-cocked-hat shape and bore the inscription, “James Fairchild, Esq.,
-Kindness of Bearer.” Kid unfolded it with difficulty and read the
-contents.
-
- Oh, Kid [she had written], how could you be so silly and wrong?
- You have disappointed us terribly just when we thought you so
- noble and courageous. But I should not admonish you now that
- you are in dire tribulation. Please get well and all will be
- speedily forgiven and forgotten. I send you a book to read. It
- is a dandy one. I have read it three times. I hope you will
- enjoy it as much as I have. Perhaps mama will allow me to go up
- and see you this afternoon. I am so sorry you are ill, Kid, and
- no matter what anyone says I shall continue to believe that you
- are more sinned against than sinning.
-
- Always your friend,
- NAN MERTON.
-
- P. S. Some of the boys say that you cheated them out of the
- money, but I know that it was a mistake and that you will make
- restitution.
-
-Kid dropped the note with a scowl and took up the book. The title,
-“Sally Lund’s Christmas Party,” didn’t impress him at all favorably,
-nor did a hurried perusal of the first page, the twenty-fifth page
-and the last page better his first impression. And the pictures were
-only mildly interesting. It was palpably a girl’s story, and Kid
-never could stand girl’s stories. He wished, as he discarded Nan’s
-offering, that he could get hold of “Hairbreadth Harry” without
-painful effort. Whereupon the appalling knowledge flashed upon him
-that “Hairbreadth Harry” was reposing between the leaves of the fifth
-volume of the Encyclopedia Britannica in the hall library! In the
-excitement of disposing of Tinkham’s Throat-Ease he had quite forgotten
-the story-paper! Well, he was already a criminal and one more crime
-would matter but little. Besides, he would be far, far away by the
-time “Hairbreadth Harry” came to light. Nevertheless he decided to
-ask Stanley to rescue him if possible. Later, when he had an address
-Stanley could mail the story-paper to him. He disliked the thought of
-going through life without ever knowing just how the hero extricated
-himself from the embarrassing situation in which he had left him.
-
-He’d be sorry to leave Stanley, too. Stanley had always been mighty
-nice to him. And he’d be sorry to leave old Lanny, as well; and Small
-and Bert and Nan. Nan was a real good sort for a girl. She had ought to
-have been a boy by rights. And――and, why, yes, strange as it seemed, he
-was absolutely affected by the thought of leaving the school! He had
-had some pretty good times since September and had grown more fond of
-the place than he had ever realized before. Well, life was doubtless
-full of partings, and regrets were idle. To-day he was to put aside
-childish things and face the World. Therefore he resolutely winked back
-the tears that had begun to leak around the corners of his eyes and
-told himself sternly to “be a man, Kid!”
-
-He listened for sounds from below. They were having arithmetic now,
-Bert and Lanny and Small and Nan. Then came history. Kid was glad he
-was where he was, for his lessons were not well prepared to-day. On
-Saturday Mr. Folsom had been very lenient with him, having learned
-of his trouble, but Kid shuddered to think what it would have
-been like to-day down there! The morning passed laggingly but not
-uninterestingly. He had much to think of. Of course, the place to
-strike for would be the Hudson River, for, although it lay almost forty
-miles north and east, it seemed likely that he might find passage on
-a steamer to New York. Even a canal boat might do. Once in New York,
-being careful to avoid the vicinity of his home, he would make for
-the docks. He wondered whether cabin boys received any wages. Or did
-they just serve for the experience? At all events, he knew that by
-shipping as a cabin-boy he would be starting in the approved manner,
-for he vividly recalled a book entitled, “From Cabin Boy to Captain,”
-which dealt with the fortunes of a fellow who, like he, had run away
-from school. The only thing that caused Kid to hesitate about adopting
-the seafaring life was the fact that he was usually seasick on the very
-slightest provocation. However, he had heard it said that you get over
-that in time, and probably by the time the ship reached Singapore――he
-hoped it would go to Singapore, for that place had always fascinated
-him――he would be a hardened old salt. He wished that it were possible
-for him to sneak into the house in New York long enough to secure “From
-Cabin Boy to Captain” and “The Boy’s Book of Sailing,” each of which,
-he thought, would be a great aid to him at the start of his nautical
-career.
-
-Along toward twelve o’clock he felt considerably better, having
-dutifully taken his medicine every half hour――when he had thought of
-it. He was able to sit up and even move around without that sinking
-feeling in his insides and without his head being dizzy. So he reached
-the table and got paper and pencil. He had decided to leave a note of
-farewell in which he would forgive everyone and ask them to judge him
-as leniently as possible. But after four attempts he gave it up. What
-he finally did write was only this:
-
- DEAR STANLEY: Please look in the Encyclopeda Britancus and get
- the story I left there Friday about Hairbreadth Harry. I don’t
- want the Doc to find it. I am going away forever. Some day I
- will send you my address which will likely be Singapore and you
- can send me the story. And if you want me to I will send back
- that quarter after I have made some money, but don’t expect it
- too soon for I will probably have a hard struggle for a while
- all by myself. Maybe by that time you won’t want it. Tell the
- other fellows the same, only after all a quarter isn’t very
- much. Wish you were coming along with me, Stanley. You and I
- have always gotten along mighty well, haven’t we? I will stop
- now with best wishes for your happiness.
-
- J. F.
-
-
-Kid tucked the note between the leaves of the book which he knew
-Stanley to be reading in his leisure moments and crawled back into bed
-just in time. Mrs. Merton entered with a bowl of chicken broth and some
-very dry toast. Kid was hungry and the broth tasted very well. Also
-the toast, but he did wish there had been butter on it. After Mrs.
-Merton had gone again he half wished that Stanley would come up. But
-he didn’t. And after a while the fellows went in to dinner and the
-time for action had come. Kid dressed as quietly as possible so that no
-one underneath would hear him moving around and suspect anything. He
-would like to have put on his best clothes, but commonsense told him
-that he would stand a much better chance of being engaged as cabin-boy
-if he wasn’t too well dressed. A few small belongings he tucked in his
-pockets, deciding to be burdened with no baggage. An old red sweater
-went on over his waistcoat and his ulster he hung over his arm. A
-last look about the room, with a sort of choking sensation deep down
-in his throat and a mistiness in his eyes, and he went out quietly,
-closing the door behind him and stole down the front stairs. From the
-dining-room came the cheerful clatter of dishes and the hum of voices.
-Kid’s courage almost deserted him then and he hesitated on the landing,
-invisible hands seeming to drag him back toward the security and warmth
-of his bed. But with something that sounded suspiciously like a sob,
-Kid trampled upon his weakness, dodged across the hall until out of
-sight of the diners and so gained the front door.
-
-He took a last glance about the place and his gaze fell on the
-bookcases along the wall. “Hairbreadth Harry!” Why not rescue him now?
-But even as Kid took the first step toward the books a chair scraped
-in the dining room and in a panic Kid pulled open the front door and
-passed out into the cold world.
-
-
-
-
- XIV
-
- HEROISM AND A REWARD
-
-
-I said “cold world” because it sounded appropriate. As a matter of fact
-the world was anything but cold to-day. The sun seemed warm enough for
-April, the paths in places were inches deep in slush and water and
-from the eaves of the building there fell a miniature Niagara. Kid
-thought wistfully of his arctics, reposing uselessly in his closet
-upstairs, as he hurried down the drive, plowing through snow and slush.
-By the time he was out on the road his shoes were very wet, his old
-red sweater too warm and the ulster over his arm too heavy. Half a
-mile from school he was thinking distastefully of the forty long miles
-stretching between him and the Hudson. He didn’t feel nearly so well as
-he had in bed; at the end of the first mile, while he was skirting the
-village, he became weak and dizzy and had to sit down on a stone wall.
-The dizziness passed, however, and presently he took up his journey
-again. But already the first enthusiasm was gone. The world looked
-extremely large, much too large for a small boy with two very wet feet
-and a “goneness” in his tummy. The shortest way to the river was by the
-railroad, whose single line of track ran almost due east, and so Kid,
-once beyond Mt. Pleasant, climbed up the embankment and began walking
-the ties. For a while the novelty interested him. Then, the ties having
-been laid all wrong for such short legs, he tried walking on the rails.
-
-About that time he approached a group of workmen and pulled his cap
-down further over his face as he passed. One sang out to him in Italian
-and Kid hurried his steps. They were not a nice looking lot of men. By
-two o’clock Kid had done some three miles. That left only thirty-seven,
-he reflected. If he walked ten miles more before dark――his heart sank.
-Where was he to spend the night? Two silver half-dollars, a dime and
-two pennies looked horribly small just then. He would either have to
-beg or run out of funds long before he reached the river. He stopped
-and gazed irresolutely back toward Mt. Pleasant. He sort of wished he
-had waited until he had more money. Running away to be a sailor was
-fast losing its glamour. With a very, very little encouragement Kid
-would have turned and retraced his steps. But there was no one there
-to offer the encouragement; only the spires of the churches in Mt.
-Pleasant which, showing above the trees, seemed to beckon him. But it
-was too late now, Kid told himself with a sigh that was almost a sob;
-the die was cast; he must go on! So on he went, his legs getting tired
-and tireder and his stomach, weak from his sickness and empty of food,
-rebelling more and more. Progress was slow. A curve in the track shut
-off the distant view of the spires and it seemed to Kid that the last
-bond had been severed.
-
-The track here had been cut through the side of a low hill and the
-banks of earth arose high on each side of him so that his footsteps on
-the wet ties echoed back and made him feel more depressed and lonesome
-than ever. The cut extended for several hundred feet, always turning
-gradually around the base of the hill. On the south side the snow
-covered the bank and tiny glaciers had formed, but across the track the
-warmth of the sun had melted the snow and little rivulets of water were
-wearing runways into the gravel. Kid had passed the middle of the cut
-and the Banks on either side had diminished in height when he saw that
-a few yards ahead one rail was buried almost a foot deep in sand and
-gravel and small stones. Kid hurried forward. There had been a slide of
-earth from the bank. Frost and sun had combined to deposit a ton or so
-of earth between the bank and the middle of the track, and the rail on
-that side for a space of several feet was hidden deep. Kid was vaguely
-troubled. He didn’t know much about such matters, but it seemed to him
-that if a train came along it would have some difficulty getting over
-it. Well, he supposed it was no affair of his. The engineer would see
-it and stop the train and shovel it off; that was about what would
-happen, he supposed. Only, because of the curve, perhaps the engineer
-wouldn’t see it in time. Then there’d be an awful jounce――worse than
-when you went over a curbing in an automobile; Kid had done that once
-and knew――and perhaps the wheel might get off the rail and there’d be
-an accident. He wished the track were straighter so the engineer would
-be certain to see the obstruction in time. He began to think that
-perhaps it was his duty to do something about it, to tell someone. But
-who was there to tell? The track-workers were a mile behind by now
-and a train might come long before he could reach them. Besides, he
-reflected, since they were Italians, he wasn’t at all certain he could
-make them understand!
-
-Kid sat down on a convenient rock across the track and frowned over
-the problem. Of course, as there was only one pair of rails, trains
-could only come from one direction at a time. If he only knew which
-direction the next train would come from he could go that way and warn
-the engineer. He tugged at his leather fob and grunted until a small
-silver watch slipped into sight. Nearly half past two. The afternoon
-train from New York reached Mt. Pleasant at――why, it was almost due
-there now! Kid bounded to his feet and set off down the track as fast
-as his legs would take him. He reached the end of the cut and the track
-straightened ahead of him for a quarter of a mile. There was nothing in
-sight. Out of breath and tuckered, he stopped and listened. At first
-he heard nothing but the pounding of his heart. Then there came a low
-hum from the distance, which might or might not be the sound of an
-approaching train. Kid remembered that if you laid your ear to a rail
-you could hear a train a long way off. He tried it, listening only
-for a moment. Then he was on his feet, tossing his ulster to the side
-of the road and wriggling out of his jacket. The jacket went on top
-of the ulster. Then off came the old frayed red sweater and at that
-very instant there was a screech down the track and the train, with a
-white billow of steam over the engine, slid into sight. Kid seized the
-sweater by the arms and sped down the center of the track, waving it
-vigorously. On came the train, nearer and nearer, and the rails rang
-with the clangor of its wheels. Kid stopped running and sought a place
-of safety at the side of the road. But he still waved the sweater,
-wondering why the train didn’t stop. And then, just when he was sure
-that his warning was wasted and that the passengers in the cars were
-going to have an awful bump, the engine whistle stabbed the air with
-short shrieks, there came a terrific grinding and squeaking of brakes
-and the train came to a stop, the couplings jarring, with the engine
-almost in front of Kid.
-
-[Illustration: “On came the train, nearer and nearer.”]
-
-“What’s the matter, kid?”
-
-A man with his body half out of the cab window and another standing
-where you climbed into the engine were both asking at once, and Kid,
-wondering how they knew his name, and feeling withal not a little
-important, pointed ahead toward the cut.
-
-“There’s a lot of dirt on the rail up there,” he stammered, being
-very much out of breath and a little embarrassed, “and I thought maybe
-you wouldn’t see it in time to stop.”
-
-The conductor, who had run up, seized Kid by the arm and swung him
-around. As Kid had not heard the approach of this formidable-looking
-man in blue uniform and brass buttons he was both surprised and
-confused.
-
-“What are you up to?” demanded the conductor in terrifying tones.
-
-“N-nothing, please, sir,” stammered Kid. “I――I didn’t know――――”
-
-“He says there’s a slide in the cut, Tom,” interrupted the engineer.
-“Put him on and we’ll run ahead and have a look.”
-
-“You come along with me.” The conductor seized Kid firmly by the arm
-and pulled him toward the car steps. “If you’ve stopped us for nothing,
-kid, you’ll get into trouble. Get in there.”
-
-Kid climbed the steps into the arms of a grinning brakeman. The
-whistle spoke again and the train crawled forward. The brakeman was
-asking questions. Kid tried to explain but he was so busy watching
-for his jacket and ulster along the track that his explanations were
-fragmentary at best. The conductor, leaning from the car steps, was
-watching the track ahead. Now they were entering the cut, for the banks
-began to appear.
-
-“I don’t see anything,” muttered the conductor.
-
-“Sure, he was trying to have a joke on us,” said the brakeman. “Don’t
-you know any better than to do a thing like that?”
-
-But at that moment the slowly moving train stopped so abruptly that the
-brakeman stumbled against the platform railing. The conductor leaped
-to the ground and the brakeman followed him. And then, as there was no
-one to stop him, Kid slid down, too, and followed the others. When he
-reached the head of the engine the engineer was looking grimly at the
-innocent pile of gravel.
-
-“If we’d have struck that, Tom,” he said, with a laugh that somehow
-didn’t sound real, “we’d been in the ditch now. Get your shovel, Gus.”
-
-Passengers joined the group, exclaiming, questioning. The fireman came
-back with his coal shovel and set to work. The crowd gathered about
-him and watched. Kid watched, too. It was all very interesting and
-exciting. It was the conductor who spied Kid and made a grab for him
-through the crowd. Kid saw him coming, though, and would have got away
-if he had not stumbled over the end of a tie and sprawled his length on
-the ground.
-
-“Here’s the kid that signaled us,” announced the conductor, picking him
-up. “I guess if it hadn’t been for him we’d have been late getting in
-to-night. Much obliged, kid. What’s your name?”
-
-“You’re welcome, sir. James Fairchild’s my name.”
-
-“What? What?” a nervous, officious-looking little man with bushy side
-whiskers pushed his way through the group. “Did I hear you say this boy
-saved the train, Conductor?”
-
-“That’s about what it amounts to, I guess.”
-
-The bewhiskered man wrung Kid’s hand until it hurt. The throng――and
-it seemed now that the entire train of five cars had emptied itself
-of passengers――crowded closer, voicing admiration and gratitude. Kid,
-growing more embarrassed and uncomfortable every moment, strove to back
-away, but he was surrounded on all sides. Others began to shake his
-hand, and one very large, motherly looking lady actually kissed him, in
-spite of his struggles! The bewhiskered man was talking a steady stream
-of words in which the phrase “young hero” occurred at intervals. Kid
-didn’t follow his discourse very closely; for one thing, he couldn’t
-because folks kept crowding around and shaking his hand and asking
-questions, and for another thing he was much too uncomfortable. What
-he wanted was to rescue his ulster and jacket and get away. Evidently
-the bewhiskered one had ended in a real burst of eloquence, for
-something very like a cheer went up from the crowd. The speaker removed
-his derby hat and it began to circulate from one to another. There came
-the jingle of coins. It took Kid a minute to realize that a collection
-was being taken up, and when he did realize it he wanted to get away
-more than ever. He even muttered something about his coat and tried to
-squeeze through the throng, but there was always someone to shake him
-by the hand and tell him what a fine, brave boy he was. The black derby
-came into sight and disappeared again, jingling louder than before, and
-the voice of the man with the bushy whiskers still kept on.
-
-“Give generously, good people! This is a time for practical gratitude!
-Let us show that we fully appreciate the heroic conduct of this brave
-lad!” And so on and on until Kid hated the bewhiskered one with a great
-hatred. Finally the hat came back for good just as the fireman finished
-clearing the rail and the conductor summoned them back to the cars. The
-bewhiskered man, the derby in one hand and a firm grip of Kid’s sweater
-in the other, hurried back to the nearest car. At the steps Kid made a
-stand.
-
-“I――I’ve got to go back and get my things,” he declared.
-
-“Eh? What things, my boy?”
-
-“My jacket and ulster. I left them by the track back there.” Kid nodded
-toward the end of the cut. At that instant the whistle summoned the
-flagman in.
-
-“Well, well, never mind,” said the man with the whiskers, forcibly
-propelling Kid up the car steps, “you’ll have money enough to get a new
-ulster. Look here!” He displayed a pile of coins and a few bills in the
-hollow of the hat. Kid glanced at them but still struggled.
-
-“Please, sir, let me go! I must get them!”
-
-“No, no, my boy, the train will start before you can get half way
-there. Come inside and we’ll count the collection.” Still protesting,
-Kid was conducted into the car. The man with the whiskers seated
-himself with his derby between his knees and other passengers again
-gathered. Someone donated a felt hat and the bewhiskered man began
-counting the money from the derby into the felt.
-
-“Three――four――five――――”
-
-The train started slowly.
-
-“Six――seven――and two is nine――ten――――”
-
-Kid squirmed from the seat and dashed for the door.
-
-“Hey!” cried the bewhiskered man. But Kid was through the open door and
-on the platform, with the train still running slowly. He pulled his cap
-down onto his head and――
-
-“Here, what you trying to do? Break your neck?” It was the brakeman,
-and he had a firm grasp on Kid’s arm.
-
-“I want my ulster and my jacket!” cried Kid, struggling to get away.
-“I――I――Oh!”
-
-The last ejaculation was filled with surprise and relief, for over the
-brakeman’s arm hung Kid’s garments.
-
-“These them?” asked the brakeman. “I saw them by the track as I came
-in. Here you are.”
-
-Kid accepted them with a sigh of gratitude and struggled into his
-jacket. Then he resignedly allowed himself to be conducted back to the
-car. Everybody seemed to take it for granted that he wanted to go to
-Mt. Pleasant and there was nothing to do now but accept his fate. He
-heard the conductor joking with a couple of men across the aisle about
-whether a boy who saved a train from the ditch was allowed to travel
-free. Meanwhile the bewhiskered man, who had lost his count when Kid
-dashed through the door and had been compelled to go over the donations
-a second time, announced the result.
-
-“Ladies and gentlemen,” he said, addressing the car at large, “I find
-that――ah――we have contributed exactly seventeen dollars and fifty cents
-to our――ah――preserver. I must own that I am a little disappointed in
-the amount. It seems to me that in view of the circumstances some of
-us might have given more liberally. Still, the spirit is shown and
-doubtless our young hero, to whom we are all so grateful, will find a
-commendable use for the reward. Still, if any of you care to increase
-your contributions, or if there are any who――ah――were overlooked, the
-purse is still open.”
-
-No one, however, seemed impatient to take advantage of the invitation,
-although the bewhiskered man waited blandly for a moment.
-
-“Very well, then. Young sir, in behalf of the passengers whose lives
-or limbs you have so heroically saved, I take pleasure in presenting
-to you this slight token of our appreciation and gratitude.” He made
-a bow and held the hat toward Kid. Kid backed away, shaking his head
-vehemently. “Oh, come now, we insist! Your modesty becomes you, my
-boy, but we shall feel much hurt if you refuse. Come now, come!”
-
-“I’d rather not,” muttered Kid. “It――it wasn’t anything.”
-
-But Kid’s reluctance accomplished nothing. The money was scooped
-from the hat and thrust into his pockets amidst laughter and he was
-slapped on the back many times, while one confirmed joker amused the
-passengers by suggesting ways of spending the reward. Houses, steam
-yachts and automobiles were among the things Kid was advised to invest
-his seventeen dollars in. And just then the train began to slow down,
-the brakeman called “Mt. Pleasant! Mt. Pleasant! Change for Riveredge,
-Greenwood, Tidaholm and all stations on the Mt. Pleasant Branch!” and
-in the subsequent confusion Kid wormed his way through the throng about
-the rear door of the car and was one of the first to alight as the
-train rolled into the station. Once on the platform he wasted no time;
-there was no knowing what that awful man with the whiskers might do
-next if he had the chance; and so Kid darted through the waiting room,
-out the opposite door and gained the street. There he breathed easier,
-but kept on going nevertheless, and before he realized it he was three
-blocks toward school! There was a little knife-scarred bench there
-where folks waited when they wanted the trolley car for Whittier and
-Kid seated himself on it and considered.
-
-What was he to do now? Scarcely more than two hours ago he had set
-forth into the world to be a sailor, had said farewell to home and
-school, had, in short, virtually burned his bridges behind him! And now
-here he was back almost where he had started from! Gee, but it was a
-funny world!
-
-Of course, now that his resources were increased to nearly nineteen
-dollars, it was the simplest thing possible to start over again. He
-could take a train at about five o’clock that would put him down in
-New York City at half past six. Then he could pay for lodgings――at
-a sailor’s boarding house, of course――and in the morning look for a
-berth. It was all simple and easy. In fact, it was too simple and easy.
-The glamour had gone from it. Anybody could run away and be a sailor
-with nineteen dollars in his pocket!
-
-On the other hand, with his new wealth he could return to school with
-his head up, pay all his debts and still be a person of affluence. It
-would be rather good fun, too. When the fellows came demanding their
-quarters returned he could smile carelessly and pull a whole handful
-of silver from his pocket and pay them. Still, it would be distinctly
-unsatisfactory to be a man of means and have to keep “in bounds” for
-a month or six weeks. And the Doctor might think of some even more
-horrible method of punishment, too! And if he had to donate ten dollars
-of the eighteen-sixty-two to the trophy fund and pay back all the
-fellows who had invested in Tinkham’s Throat-Ease, why, he wouldn’t
-be so rich after all. Whereas, if he didn’t go back he would not only
-escape punishment but retain his wealth. It was a good deal of a
-problem.
-
-And perhaps he would have sat there a good deal longer without arriving
-at any decision if, at what was a psychological moment, there had not
-stolen out to him from the little white-clapboarded, green-shuttered
-house behind him an appealing odor of cooking. Kid sat up and sniffed.
-It smelled like stew, probably lamb stew; lamb stew with onions and
-carrots and turnips and potatoes all cut up in it and smothered in a
-rich, thick white gravy! Kid’s stomach decided the matter for him. Kid
-got up from that bench and, with feet and legs that were very sore and
-tired, tramped back to school.
-
-On the way he prepared his explanation. He need say nothing about
-running away. If anyone asked him he need only explain that he had
-grown tired of staying in bed and had gone for a walk. He would be
-scolded, probably, but scoldings didn’t hurt. Besides, he had only to
-thrust a hand into any one of three pockets to feel the comforting
-assurance of wealth. But when he walked up the drive from the gate to
-the front door, doing it as unostentatiously as possible and assuming
-the languid, careless air of an invalid out for exercise, he was both
-surprised and relieved to find no one in sight. A moment’s reflection
-told him that, as it was still short of four o’clock, all the fellows
-were in the schoolrooms. Why, he might even reach his own room without
-anyone being the wiser!
-
-He opened the big front door very cautiously, very quietly, and stepped
-inside. The hall was empty and not a sound reached him save the ticking
-of the big clock on the landing of the stairs. He grinned and moved
-noiselessly toward the clock, past it and to his room. With the door
-closed behind him he chuckled. Then he looked around him curiously. Not
-a thing was changed! Of course he knew that he had been away less than
-three hours, but it seemed more like a week to him! A great deal had
-happened in those three hours! He emptied his pockets of the money――it
-almost filled the collar-box!――removed the few trinkets he had started
-away with and then, undressing quickly, got back to bed. Half an hour
-later, when Stanley opened the door cautiously, Kid was fast asleep.
-
-
-
-
- XV
-
- LANNY TRIES HIGH FINANCE
-
-
-When Kid awoke it was to the feeling that he was not alone. But a
-sleepy glance around the room failed to discover anyone and it was only
-when his eyes reached the door and he saw the portal slowly closing
-that he was certain his senses had not deceived him. He sat up and
-said, “Hi, there!” and the door reopened, revealing Mrs. Merton and Nan.
-
-“I’m afraid we woke you, James,” said the Doctor’s wife. “I’m so sorry!”
-
-“I guess I’ve slept enough, ma’am,” said Kid.
-
-“Nan wanted to pay you a visit and I thought I’d just look in myself
-and see that you were all right. You are better, aren’t you, much
-better? You have a very good color now. Perhaps you’ll be hungry enough
-to eat some supper after a while.”
-
-“Yes’m, I’m awfully hungry now. Is it almost supper time?”
-
-“Not for an hour. What would you like? Was the chicken broth good?”
-
-“Yes’m, but I think I’d rather have some meat and potatoes and a cup
-of cocoa and some toast and preserves and a piece of cake.” Kid paused.
-Then, “or two,” he added.
-
-Mrs. Merton smiled. “I’m afraid you can’t have all those things,”
-she replied, “but perhaps a chop and a baked potato――just a small
-one――won’t hurt you if you’re so hungry. And you seem to be!”
-
-“Yes’m, I guess it was the walk――――” Kid almost bit his tongue trying
-to stop.
-
-“Walk?” echoed Mrs. Merton with a laugh. “I guess you’ve been dreaming,
-James.”
-
-“Yes’m, I think I have,” responded Kid with gusto. “I――I dreamed I was
-walking on the railroad and a train came along――” But he stopped again.
-Maybe he had better not overdo it. “And――and that’s all I remember,” he
-added.
-
-Mrs. Merton and Nan laughed.
-
-“Well, I’ll see that your supper is hearty enough to satisfy that
-hunger, James. Shall I leave Nan here a few minutes? Or would you
-rather sleep again?”
-
-“No’m, I’d like her to stay, please.”
-
-So Mrs. Merton departed and Nan drew a chair to the side of the bed.
-“You are better, aren’t you, Kid?” she asked anxiously.
-
-Kid nodded. “I’m all right,” he assured her. “I could eat the roof off
-the house, I’m so hungry.”
-
-“That’s nice! I wanted to come and see you before, but mama thought I’d
-better wait until now. Did you like the book I sent?”
-
-“I――I haven’t read much of it yet,” replied Kid. “You see, I slept a
-good deal.”
-
-Nan nodded. “You will like it when you do read it,” she said. “You’ll
-be perfectly crazy about it! How far have you got?”
-
-“Not very far,” answered Kid, avoiding her eyes. “Say, Nan, want to do
-me a favor?”
-
-“Of course!”
-
-“Then you sneak downstairs and look in the Encyclopedia Britannica and
-get a story-paper I left in it, will you? It’s called ‘Hairbreadth
-Harry, the Gentleman Scout,’ and if anyone finds it I’ll get thunder.
-Will you? I think it’s in the fifth volume, but you try them all. If
-you want to, I’ll let you read it when I’m through.”
-
-Nan’s nose went up in disdain. “One of those horrid detective stories,”
-she said. “Thank you, but I don’t care for such literature, Kid!”
-
-“Detective story nothing! It’s an Indian story; I should think you
-could tell that by the name! And, anyhow, it’s a heap more interesting
-than a story all filled with girls and dolls and――and Christmas
-presents!”
-
-“For those that like it,” replied Nan in a superior manner. “You know
-you’re not allowed to have dime novels, Kid, and papa said――――”
-
-“It isn’t a dime novel; it’s a half-dime novel, Miss Smarty!”
-
-“Well, if you get caught reading it――――”
-
-“I’ll tell them you lent it to me,” declared Kid with a wicked grin.
-“So you’d better go down and get it for me.”
-
-“If I do you must promise that you won’t read any more of them in
-school, Kid.” Nan was very earnest, and Kid reflected a moment. After
-all, he could afford to make the promise for it would soon be warm
-enough to read outdoors, and that wouldn’t be reading “in school.”
-So he said, “All right,” and Nan stole downstairs for “Hairbreadth
-Harry.” Kid crawled out of bed then and found the note he had written
-to Stanley. His first impulse was to save it, for it had cost him much
-effort and it was barely possible that he might decide to carry out his
-running away project later. But a hasty perusal of it showed him that
-the note wouldn’t answer at all for another occasion and so he tore it
-into little pieces and dropped them behind the radiator where they
-wouldn’t be found for a very long time. Then he scuttled back into bed
-just in time, for Nan knocked a second later and entered empty-handed.
-
-“I couldn’t get it,” she announced. “There are lots of boys down there
-and as soon as I took one of the books out Steve Lovell came over and
-wanted to know what I was looking up, and I couldn’t think of anything
-and so I said ‘Nothing, thanks,’ and came away. I’m sorry, Kid.”
-
-Kid nodded. “All right. I guess I can get it in the morning.”
-
-Nan sat down again and in doing so kicked one of Kid’s shoes which he
-had placed under the bed. Being an orderly young lady, Nan reached
-down to put the shoe in its place again. Then there was an exclamation
-of surprise, and she was holding one wet shoe up and staring at it
-bewilderedly.
-
-“Why, Kid, look at your shoe!” she cried.
-
-Kid looked. “Wh-what’s the matter with it?” he asked innocently.
-
-“Why, it’s soaking wet, just _soaking_! And inside, too! Kid, you
-_have_ been out!”
-
-“Out! Me?” Kid laughed disdainfully.
-
-“Then how did your shoes get wet?”
-
-Kid thought hard. “I suppose,” he observed, “that I wore them in my
-dream. I remember it was very sloppy on the railroad track――――”
-
-“The idea! You don’t expect me to believe that, do you?”
-
-“Why not?” asked Kid stoutly. “I did dream that I was walk――――”
-
-“You’ve been outdoors, Kid, and you know it; and I know it too, and so
-there’s no use fibbing about it. You might have caught your death, and
-I’ve a good mind to tell mama――――”
-
-“I don’t see any use in making such a fuss about it,” he protested.
-“A fellow can’t stay cooped up here all day when there’s nothing the
-matter with him; he needs fresh air; every doctor says you need fresh
-air!”
-
-“Every doctor doesn’t say you need wet feet,” replied Nan severely.
-“Where did you go?”
-
-“Who go?”
-
-“You.”
-
-“Me? Where’d I go? Oh, just――just around.” Kid waved an arm vaguely
-toward the north and east. “Just for a walk. Perhaps――perhaps you’d
-better put them over by the radiator.”
-
-“And have everyone see that they’re wet! Very well, if you want to get
-into trouble I will.”
-
-“I guess you’d better not,” said Kid.
-
-“Humph!” Nan placed the shoes carefully on their sides and as far under
-the bed as she could reach and there was silence. Finally, “Of course,
-if you don’t want to tell me, all right,” she observed.
-
-“I will tell you some time,” said Kid. “I can’t now; it――it’s a secret.”
-
-“I won’t breathe a word of it to anyone,” said Nan eagerly.
-
-But Kid, looking important, shook his head. “I’d like to, Nan, honest,
-but――but I mustn’t now. Some day――――”
-
-“You’ll forget all about it,” she charged.
-
-“No, I won’t. Not likely!” Kid sighed. “A fellow doesn’t forget――such
-things!”
-
-“What things?”
-
-“Er――like that.”
-
-Nan studied him a moment and Kid stood the ordeal rather well. But Nan
-wasn’t satisfied. “You just don’t want to tell me,” she said at last.
-“You could if you wanted to. And I think you might, Kid.”
-
-“Haven’t I told you it’s a secret?” he asked testily. “You don’t expect
-a fellow to――to go back on his word, do you?”
-
-Nan was silenced for a moment. Then, “Well, is it――is it anything about
-money?” she questioned.
-
-“Money? What money?” asked Kid evasively.
-
-“The money you owe the boys.”
-
-“Who says I owe them any money?”
-
-“They say so. They say you made them think you needed it because your
-folks had lost all their money, and then you went down to the village
-and spent it all on candy and sweets. That Morgan boy says you could
-be――be persecuted for false pretenses.”
-
-“I never said my folks had lost their money,” denied Kid indignantly.
-“They――they just thought that themselves. And, anyhow, the tablets were
-all right and worth the money they paid for them. I can show you heaps
-of testimonials.”
-
-“Well, they say you ought to take the tablets back and return their
-money, Kid.”
-
-“I’m willing,” replied Kid instantly, looking quite noble. “Any fellow
-who has a full box left can come and get his money any time, and you
-may tell them so from me.”
-
-“But you know very well none of them has a full box, Kid; they’ve all
-tried them.”
-
-“That’s not my fault. You can’t expect me to――to take back damaged
-goods, Nan. No one ever does that.”
-
-“I think you ought to,” said Nan sadly.
-
-“And lose money myself?” he asked. “That would be fine, wouldn’t it?
-Any fellow with a full box――――”
-
-“Oh!”
-
-“What?” asked Kid suspiciously.
-
-Nan smiled. “I――I just thought of something.”
-
-“What is it?” he asked uneasily.
-
-“Why, one of us can donate a box of tablets to the others. There are
-fifty tablets in each box and no one has eaten more than one of them.
-That leaves forty-nine――――”
-
-“Oh, if you want to cheat!” said Kid indignantly.
-
-“And those forty-nine would fill all the other boxes, don’t you see?”
-
-Kid saw, but didn’t seem appreciative. “That’s dishonest,” he declared
-warmly. “And no one but a girl would think of such a――a low, sneaky
-thing!”
-
-“It’s not nearly so sneaky as getting money to help your family and
-then spending it on candy!” Nan retorted.
-
-“I didn’t ask for their old money to help my family. I never said there
-was anything wrong with my family!”
-
-“You must have, Kid. Everyone believed it. Why, papa was talking about
-it and saying what a fine boy you were to――to try to earn money.
-And mama was so sorry for your poor mother. And I thought you were
-a regular hero, like you read of in books. And now you’ve gone and
-spoiled it all!”
-
-“I never!” muttered Kid. “And, anyhow, if they get their money back
-again I don’t see what they’ve got to be sore about!”
-
-“You know you can’t pay them back now, Kid; you’ve spent all the money,
-I guess.”
-
-“I have, have I? That’s all you know about it! I’ve got plenty of money
-to pay everyone back――if I want to.”
-
-“Where’d you get it, Kid?”
-
-“That’s my affair,” he replied haughtily. “I’ve got it.”
-
-“Is it――is it honest?” she asked anxiously.
-
-“Of course it’s honest! You make me tired, Nan. A girl never knows
-anything about――about finance, anyway.”
-
-“And you’ll really pay the boys back, Kid?”
-
-“Every one of them. You may tell them so.”
-
-“I will. They’ll be so glad. And――and I’m sure you’ll feel better about
-it, too.”
-
-Perhaps he would, but he didn’t say so. And after she had gone he tried
-to figure out in his head how many boxes would be returned and how much
-his ill-advised and now regretted promise would cost him.
-
-As it happened the first boy Nan encountered was Lanny. Lanny was
-coming upstairs as Nan was going down and Nan told him at once how
-willing Kid was to make amends. Lanny hearkened and was struck with a
-brilliant thought.
-
-“I wouldn’t say anything to any of the fellows about it to-night,” he
-said. “They――they’d just bother poor Kid, you see, and he isn’t well
-enough to stand it yet. If I were you, Nan, I’d wait until to-morrow.”
-
-“We-ll,” she hesitated. “All right, Lanny. Don’t you say anything about
-it, either, will you?”
-
-“No, indeed,” he answered emphatically. “I won’t say a word!”
-
-And he didn’t. What he did do was go up to his room and count his
-money. Including the fifty cents he had promised to the trophy fund,
-he possessed exactly ninety-four cents. Luckily for his purpose, it
-was mostly in dimes and nickels. He put the money in his pocket and
-hurried downstairs again. Sam Perkins was easily persuaded to give up
-his box of Tinkham’s Throat-Ease for five cents, but George Waters
-held out for ten and the deal fell through for the time. Bert wanted
-to sell, but explained that he hadn’t paid for his box yet and thought
-he oughtn’t to. Small’s box was short five tablets and he was glad to
-take a nickel for what remained. By supper time Lanny was the possessor
-of seven boxes of Throat-Ease for which he had expended the trifling
-sum of forty cents. (Fearing a rise in the market, he had paid George
-Waters the price demanded.) After supper he tried to secure more,
-but the rumor had gone around that Lanny was buying Tinkham’s and
-the price ascended to ten cents and finally to fifteen. He took over
-Sewall Crandall’s holdings at ten, and stopped. By that time the market
-was pretty nearly exhausted and Lanny’s only regret was that he had
-so foolishly thrown away his own box in a fit of anger. He still had
-forty-four cents in capital left and he hoped to be able to acquire a
-few more boxes from day pupils in the morning before it became known
-that Kid was willing to buy back at the original price. Just to be sure
-that he wasn’t wasting his money, Lanny popped his head in Kid’s door
-during the evening. Kid was making an effort to study his Latin. It
-was something of a come-down from wafting over the sea on the deck of
-a merchantman to grinding over Latin in bed, and Kid was not happy. He
-scowled at Lanny’s face in the doorway and told him to “beat it.”
-
-“They say you’re going to do the right thing, Kid,” he observed
-questioningly, disregarding Kid’s hostility and smiling brightly upon
-him.
-
-“What right thing?” growled Kid.
-
-“Why, buy back those tablets you sold us.”
-
-“Well, what if I am? That doesn’t concern you, does it? You threw yours
-away.”
-
-“I know I did. But maybe I found ’em again, Kid.”
-
-“Maybe that’s a whopper! I found them myself and sold them to ‘Toots’
-Morgan.”
-
-“You hadn’t any business to; they were mine!”
-
-“You threw them away, didn’t you? And I found them, didn’t I? But if
-you want a box, Lanny, I’ll sell you one to-morrow for fifteen cents.
-The price has gone down.” And Kid smiled engagingly.
-
-Lanny returned the smile. “You bet it has!” he agreed. “Good night,
-Kid.”
-
-Kid stared at the door for a full minute after it had closed. “Now what
-did he mean by that?” he asked himself crossly. “He always talks that
-way when he’s up to some mean trick!”
-
-Of course everyone wanted to know why Lanny was buying up Tinkham’s
-Throat-Ease and Lanny’s replies were so far from satisfactory that he
-spent a most unpleasant evening. In the morning he was around bright
-and early, waiting for the day scholars to appear, but Nan was earlier.
-Lanny managed to make only two purchases at five cents a box before the
-news got around that Tinkham’s Throat-Ease was quoted at twenty-five
-cents. Waters found Lanny and offhandedly offered him twelve cents for
-the return of his box.
-
-“I guess I’d better keep them, Lanny,” he said. “I might have a cold
-any time, you see. They’re nasty, but I guess they’re good for you.
-What do you say? Got my box with you?”
-
-Lanny grinned. “Price has gone up, George, since you sold. They’re
-worth twenty-five this morning.”
-
-Waters expressed his opinion of Lanny at some length, but Lanny didn’t
-wait to hear it all. He wanted to find Kid. It didn’t seem plausible
-to him that Kid had enough money on hand to redeem all the Tinkham’s
-that would be offered, and he wanted to get there early. But Kid was
-elusive. Sam Perkins didn’t know where Kid was and offered Lanny ten
-cents for the box of tablets he had sold the evening before for five.
-Lanny expressed his regrets and hurried away. The word that followed
-him sounded very much like “Cheat!” Not discovering Kid indoors, Lanny
-dashed outside.
-
-“He’s hiding,” he muttered. “He doesn’t want to pay up!”
-
-That, however, was not quite the true explanation of Kid’s absence from
-his usual haunts. To be sure, Kid did not want to “pay up,” but he was
-not hiding. He was facing Dr. Merton in the latter’s office, whither he
-had been summoned a few minutes before. No, Kid wasn’t hiding, but he
-wished he were!
-
-
-
-
- XVI
-
- KID FINDS HIMSELF FAMOUS
-
-
-“Ah, Fairchild, Doctor Merton would like to see you in the office,
-please.”
-
-Mr. Crane looked at Kid so peculiarly as he gave the message that had
-the latter entertained any doubt as to the reason for the summons such
-a doubt would have been instantly dispelled. Kid experienced a sinking
-of the heart as he muttered “Yes, sir,” and turned toward the Doctor’s
-sanctum. Well, it had to be faced! Probably the Doctor had had a reply
-to that letter and the worst had come. It was all well enough to tell
-Nan that he hadn’t said a word about his people losing their money, but
-the story wouldn’t serve with the Doctor, who drew a very fine line
-between truth and falsehood, and who maintained that an untruth could
-be implied as well as spoken. Kid’s feet dragged all the way to the
-office, and when he was outside the door, which happened to be closed,
-he stood there for several moments listening to the loud and irregular
-thumping of his heart and wishing ever so hard for the deck of that
-merchantman! Then he summoned his courage and knocked. And then, in
-response to a cheerful “Come in!” he opened the door and entered.
-
-The Doctor was seated at his broad-topped desk, a shiny mahogany desk
-it was, piled high with books and papers and all sorts of business-like
-objects; in short, a desk to dispel the last particle of assurance in
-the culprit. But Kid, with a supreme effort, summoned the cherub-look
-to his countenance and faced his fate.
-
-The Doctor, who was reading the Whittier _Standard_, laid aside the
-paper and looked across the desk at Kid. There was nothing formidable
-in that look. Rather it was friendly and smiling, and Kid would
-have taken courage had he not known that the Doctor possessed a
-disconcerting habit of smiling before he smote. Kid’s round blue eyes
-gazed innocently at the Doctor.
-
-“You――you sent for me, sir?” he asked in a wee small voice.
-
-“Yes, James.” The Doctor’s smile vanished and he frowned portentously
-across the litter of books and papers. “Sit down, please.” He nodded
-at a chair, and Kid, wondering, seated himself on the edge of it. Never
-before had he been invited to seat himself in the Doctor’s office.
-Plainly the interview was to be both protracted and painful! “Well,
-sir,” continued the Principal, “and what’s this you’ve been doing?”
-
-Kid tried to retain his look of cherubic innocence, but it faded away
-and he lowered his head.
-
-“I――I――nothing, sir, if you please.”
-
-“Nothing! So you call it nothing, do you? I should say it was a good
-deal. Do you perform these brilliant feats very often, James?”
-
-“No, sir,” murmured Kid miserably. “And I won’t ever do it again, sir.”
-
-To his surprise the Doctor went off into a peal of laughter. Kid looked
-and stared. Of course the laughter was ironic, but it didn’t sound so.
-Was it possible that the Doctor was going to view the affair in its
-humorous aspect? Kid found courage to grin faintly.
-
-“Won’t ever do it again, eh?” chuckled the Doctor finally. “Well, I
-guess that is so. You probably will never have the chance, James.”
-
-Kid’s heart stopped beating for an instant. Expelled! He was to be
-sent home! What would his father say? And his mother? The tears began
-to creep up toward his eyes; he felt them coming. And he didn’t care!
-
-“No, one doesn’t have an opportunity to do a thing like that more than
-once, James,” went on the Doctor, smiling that peculiar smile. “In
-fact, James, a good many of us never have the chance to be a hero even
-once. Or perhaps we see the chance and miss it, eh?”
-
-Kid stared bewilderedly.
-
-“I suppose your modesty kept you from speaking of the incident, James?
-Well, modesty is very becoming in a hero, my boy. And if I am to judge
-by what the paper tells me you were undoubtedly a hero. How does it
-feel to be a hero, James?”
-
-Kid’s mouth was wide open but no sound came from it.
-
-“Embarrassing, is it?” the Doctor laughed. “Well, I’ll spare your
-blushes. Maybe, though, you’d like to see what the _Standard_ has to
-say about you?” The Doctor picked the paper from the corner of the desk
-and held it out. Kid took it mechanically and his eyes followed the
-direction of the Doctor’s finger. But for a moment he saw nothing.
-Then, quite suddenly, the black type leaped at him and he was reading
-the headlines:
-
- BOY HERO SAVES MANY LIVES
-
- JAMES FAIRCHILD FINDS LANDSLIDE
- ON TRACK AND SIGNALS EXPRESS
-
- TWO HUNDRED PASSENGERS PRAISE PROMPT ACTION
- OF TWELVE-YEAR-OLD YOUTH AND SHOW GRATITUDE
- BY LIBERAL PURSE OF MONEY
- FEARFUL ACCIDENT NARROWLY AVERTED
-
-Kid read no further. He drew a long, long sigh of relief. Then he
-looked up at the Doctor.
-
-“I don’t believe there were as many passengers as that,” he stammered.
-
-“No? Well, the papers like to improve on a good story. Now suppose you
-tell me just what happened, my boy.”
-
-And so Kid, after a moment’s hesitation, told his story. He didn’t
-say that he had started to run away to sea and the Doctor asked no
-embarrassing questions; but he told all the rest. And when he had
-finished the Doctor said:
-
-“And this ‘liberal purse of money,’ James; may I inquire how much it
-amounted to?”
-
-“Seventeen dollars and a half, sir.”
-
-The Doctor chuckled. “Liberal, indeed,” he said. “I agree with you
-that the paper’s estimate of the number of passengers is undoubtedly
-exaggerated. Otherwise we must suppose that the passengers valued their
-lives at something like eight and three-quarters cents apiece, and
-that’s a low estimate, isn’t it?”
-
-Kid grinned. “Yes, sir.”
-
-“Still, seventeen dollars is seventeen dollars, and while you, of
-course, signaled the train without thinking of any accruing reward,
-you are justly entitled to it. I suppose you will――ah――send it home to
-your folks. And that reminds me, James. I fully intended writing to
-your father last week and informing him how you had so pluckily set to
-work to make money. I neglected to do it, though. I was very busy at
-the time, and afterwards it slipped my memory. Now, however, I shall
-have to write at once. He will be very proud, I’m sure, to learn what
-his boy has been doing. We’re proud, too, James. You’re an honor to the
-school, sir. Of course, I cannot commend your conduct in disobeying
-instructions and leaving your room yesterday. That was wrong, wasn’t
-it?”
-
-“Yes, sir,” replied Kid.
-
-“Yes. Still, in view of your subsequent conduct, my boy, we will say no
-more about it. Only please remember that heroes obey orders, James.
-Will you try to remember that?”
-
-“Yes, sir. And――and please, Doctor, would you mind not saying anything
-to my father about――about my earning money, sir?”
-
-“Why――ah――if you feel that way about it, certainly not. But I shall
-write him about the rest, James. You don’t object to that, I trust?”
-
-“No, sir; thank you, sir.”
-
-“Yes. Well, that’s all then.” The Doctor shook hands. “Better run along
-now. Even heroes have duties, eh?”
-
-Kid withdrew, dazed. The Sword of Damocles which he had imagined
-suspended over his head had turned out to be a wreath of laurel!
-Instead of a culprit he was a hero! The Doctor had not written to his
-father as he had intended and now he had agreed not to. Neither Mrs.
-Merton nor Mr. Folsom had, it seemed, acquainted the Doctor with the
-real reason of his illness. And, another favor from Fortune, only
-one boy, Comstock, a day pupil, had presented his box of Tinkham’s
-Throat-Ease for redemption! Kid made his way into the hall with his
-head held higher than it had been held for days.
-
-“Io triumphus!” murmured Kid.
-
-And then, just when he was triumphing, his eyes encountered the
-long line of bookshelves across the hall and the recollection of
-“Hairbreadth Harry” spoiled it all. But there was no time to rescue
-that daring adventurer, for the classes had already assembled, and
-all Kid could do was to throw a longing look in the direction of the
-Encyclopedia Britannica and hurry to the schoolroom.
-
-The fellows in Mr. Crane’s room were in their seats when Kid arrived
-at the swinging doors with their oval windows and glanced in. The
-instructor’s voice died away, there was a rustling as of a newspaper
-being folded and a hum and shuffling of feet from the boys. It was at
-that dramatic moment that Kid entered. As the green doors swung to
-behind him there commenced a clapping of hands that increased in volume
-as he strolled leisurely across the floor toward his seat. Kid was
-hoping that Mr. Crane would rebuke him for being tardy so that he might
-explain that he had been detained by Doctor Merton and so “have one on
-the instructor.” But Mr. Crane didn’t do anything of the sort. Instead
-he smiled at Kid and clapped his hands quite as loudly as anyone there.
-Now, hand clapping in class room was indulged in only when a visitor
-appeared or when, after a baseball or football game, some athletic
-hero entered. So, naturally, Kid, wondering, turned to see who had
-followed him in. Seeing no one, he looked the surprise he felt, and
-laughter began to creep into the _pat, pat_ of hands. And then Kid
-realized that Mr. Crane had seen the morning paper, had acquainted the
-class, and that the applause was for him, Kid!
-
-All his sang-froid left him and he scuttled for his seat with blushing
-cheeks. As he sank into it with all eyes upon him, Small, who was his
-neighbor on the right, leaned over, grinning, and clapped his hands
-almost under Kid’s nose.
-
-“Aw, cut it out!” muttered Kid with a scowl.
-
-Then, as Small declined to “cut it out,” Kid reached over quickly and
-deftly with his foot and kicked Small’s shin. Fortunately, the ensuing
-expression of grief from Small was drowned in the diminishing applause.
-
-
-
-
- XVII
-
- A DONATION TO THE FUND
-
-
-After school Kid had to tell all about it. By that time he had grown
-used to being a hero and every time he narrated his adventure the
-story improved in interest. Mr. Folsom and Mr. Crane had shaken
-hands with him, Nan had become his admiring and willing slave and
-Mrs. Merton had beamed upon him. No wonder that his head had become
-a little bit turned, then. And no wonder――considering Kid’s healthy
-imagination――that by the time he got to the fifth or sixth rendition of
-the story his heroism had attained marvelous proportions.
-
-“You said you only ran about a quarter of a mile,” objected Small.
-
-Kid viewed him untroubledly. “Only about a quarter of a mile to the end
-of the cut,” explained Kid. “After that it was a good quarter of a mile
-to where the train stopped.”
-
-“Shut up, Small,” censured Ben Holden. “Don’t you suppose Kid knows
-how far he had to run?”
-
-“Yes,” chimed in Steve Lovell, “who saved the train, anyhow? Then what
-happened, Kid?”
-
-“Then,” continued Kid, warming to his work, “I saw that they were going
-to stop and I sank exhausted at the side of the track.”
-
-“It was lucky you had that red sweater,” said Billy Spooner. “Red’s the
-danger color, you know.”
-
-“Sure I know! Don’t you think I thought of that?” demanded Kid
-witheringly. “And that’s funny, too, fellows. Something told me to put
-that sweater on when I went out. I didn’t need it, for it was real
-warm yesterday, but something seemed to whisper to me ‘Put on your red
-sweater! Put on your red sweater!’ And I did, and I was pretty glad
-afterwards, you can bet!”
-
-“What happened when the train stopped?” asked Lanny.
-
-“Why, the engineer leaned out of the engine and said ‘What’s the
-matter, Kid?’ and I――――”
-
-“How did he know your name?” asked Small suspiciously.
-
-Kid shrugged his shoulders. “I don’t know,” he replied, “but that’s
-what he said. Then I said ‘There’s been a slide in the cut and if you
-go on you’ll be ditched.’ Then he said ‘Good Heavens!’ just like that;
-‘Good Heavens!’ And then the conductor came running up and I told him
-and he shook my hand and said I’d saved many lives――three hundred, I
-think it was――――”
-
-“The paper said only two hundred,” Small objected.
-
-“Oh, papers never get things right,” said Ben. “Shut up, Small, and let
-him tell it.”
-
-“And after that,” continued Kid, “I got on the train and told them to
-go slow and when we got to the place the fireman got a shovel and we
-went to where the dirt was on the rails and we shoveled it off. Of
-course, by that time everyone in the train had heard about it and they
-all came out of the cars and insisted on shaking hands with me and
-being silly. Then a gentleman suggested taking up a collection and they
-did it. I told them I hadn’t done anything much and wouldn’t accept a
-reward, but they insisted――――”
-
-Small here interrupted the narrative by a fit of choking and had to be
-thumped on the back by Sam Perkins. Kid viewed him suspiciously and
-finally went on with increased dignity.
-
-“After the track was clear we went on to Mt. Pleasant and the
-gentleman who had started the collection made a speech and presented
-the money to me. Of course, I wasn’t going to take it――――”
-
-Small had a relapse and again interrupted proceedings.
-
-“But they all insisted and put the money into my pockets. I didn’t have
-any say about it at all. And then――then they gave a cheer and we――we
-got into the station and I sneaked off in a hurry because I’d heard
-them saying something about introducing me to the president of the
-railroad.”
-
-“The president doesn’t live in Mt. Pleasant, does he?” asked Sewall
-Crandall.
-
-“I don’t know. Perhaps he happened to be there yesterday, though,”
-replied Kid. “They travel around a good deal, you know.”
-
-“How much money did you drag out of it?” asked Small.
-
-Kid frowned. “They _presented_ me with a liberal reward,” he answered
-with much dignity. “I haven’t had time to count it yet, but I guess it
-won’t amount to over a hundred.”
-
-“Phe-ew!” Small whistled expressively and eyed Kid with envy. Then,
-“But I thought you said before it was only about fifty, Kid?” he said.
-
-“Well, as I say, I haven’t counted it yet. Maybe it will be nearer
-fifty than a hundred. I’d much rather they hadn’t given me anything.
-I――I only did my duty, you know.”
-
-“It’ll be quite a feather for the school,” remarked Ben. “I hope the
-Maplewood fellows will read about it. They think over there since
-they’ve got an ex-President’s son that they’re the whole thing! I
-haven’t heard of _him_ getting out and saving any lives!”
-
-After the group had broken up Lanny followed Kid over toward the
-bookcase, whither the latter’s steps led him every now and then.
-
-“When are you going to take back the tablets, Kid?” he asked carelessly.
-
-Kid turned with an abstracted, far-away expression. “What tablets do
-you mean, Lanny?”
-
-“Why the Tinkham’s, of course. You said you’d pay back a quarter for
-every box returned, didn’t you?”
-
-“Did I?” Kid reflected deeply. “Perhaps I did. So much has happened――――”
-
-“You said so just last night,” insisted Lanny with annoyance. “Aren’t
-you going to?”
-
-“Why, yes, if the fellows feel that I ought to. There’s no hurry, is
-there? Besides, what’s it to you? You haven’t any of them.”
-
-“Haven’t I? I’ve got ten boxes of them and I want two dollars and a
-half for them!”
-
-Kid stared. “Ten boxes!” he ejaculated finally. “Where did you get
-ten boxes, I’d like to know. I only sold you one and you threw that
-away――――”
-
-“I thought I might need them,” answered Lanny with a grin, “and so I
-got some of the fellows to sell me theirs.”
-
-“You did, eh?” asked Kid disgustedly. “Say, you’re a regular financier,
-aren’t you? You and Rockefeller must look just alike at a distance, eh?
-I suppose you told the other fellows you had a bad cold and they gave
-their tablets to you?”
-
-“No, I told them I was hard up and needed them for my starving family,”
-responded Lanny sweetly.
-
-Kid flushed. Then, after a moment’s pause, “Well, you want two dollars
-and a half, do you?” he asked so loudly that the boys across the room
-in front of the hearth heard and turned around to listen.
-
-“Well don’t yell it,” muttered Lanny. “You said you’d take the tablets
-back――”
-
-“Yes, I agreed to take them back,” Kid replied loudly. “It seemed only
-fair, as some of you fellows were dissatisfied. There’s nothing the
-matter with them, of course. They’re perfectly good tablets and they’d
-do all I said they would. Still, if you fellows feel that you’ve been
-cheated――――”
-
-“What’s the row?” asked Ben Holden, sauntering over, followed by others.
-
-“Nothing,” replied Lanny, visibly annoyed.
-
-“Not a thing,” said Kid sweetly. “We were only talking about the
-Tinkham’s Throat-Ease. Lanny says you’re all dissatisfied with them and
-wants me to pay back――――”
-
-“You agreed to do it!” exclaimed Lanny warmly.
-
-“I am ready to do it, Lanny. Get your tablets. You say you have ten
-boxes of them?”
-
-“That’s why he bought ours for five cents a box!” exclaimed Sam
-Perkins. “Of all the underhand tricks――――”
-
-“Who said we were dissatisfied with the tablets, I’d like to know?”
-inquired George Waters. “Even if we were it wouldn’t be any of your
-business, Lanny.”
-
-“And we’re not, Kid.” This from Ben Holden. “And you ought to be
-ashamed, Lanny, to try to hold up Kid like that.”
-
-“Oh, I’m quite ready to buy them back,” said Kid nobly. “I don’t want
-anyone dissatisfied. If Lanny will get his boxes――――”
-
-“You’ll do nothing of the sort,” retorted Ben indignantly. “Lanny, if
-you say another word about your tablets we’ll take every one away from
-you! The idea of bothering Kid with a thing like that after what he’s
-done for the school!”
-
-“You might as well take ’em,” muttered Lanny glumly. “I don’t want ’em.
-Kid distinctly said he’d buy ’em back――――”
-
-“I’m going to!” Kid dived into his pocket, but Ben seized his arm.
-
-“No, you shan’t, Kid! It isn’t going to be allowed, is it, fellows?”
-
-“No, sir!” said Dick Gardner. “Let it be a lesson to you, Lanny, not to
-be sneaky. You heard Kid say he’d take the things back and instead of
-coming and telling us like――like a man you made believe you liked the
-things and made us sell you ours cheap. Now you take your medicine!”
-
-“If he does he will die,” murmured Bert. “I wouldn’t take one for fifty
-dollars!”
-
-“That’s it!” cried Stanley Pierce. “Let’s make him eat one, fellows.
-Come on!”
-
-But Lanny, with one fearful howl of fright, broke through the group,
-eluding the restraining hands that reached for him, and fled upstairs.
-Above the laughter of those in the hall came the sound of a slamming
-door and of a bolt driven home. Ben turned to Kid, laying a hand
-protectingly on his shoulder.
-
-“Don’t you pay him a cent, Kid. And if he bothers you any more you come
-to me.”
-
-“Thanks, Ben. Still, rather than have him or anyone else feel that I
-hadn’t acted square――――”
-
-“No one says that, Kid. The idea! Why, I――I didn’t half dislike those
-tablets, honest! _We_ don’t want you to take them back, do we, fellows?”
-
-Everyone agreed that he didn’t, Bert louder than any. Kid shot a
-reproachful look at him and Bert grinned.
-
-“Besides,” added Stanley Pierce, “if you must spend some of your money,
-Kid, you’d better spend it on eats and have a banquet, eh?”
-
-The idea was hailed enthusiastically by everyone save Kid. Kid smiled
-bravely and said it was a fine scheme, but when the others wanted him
-to set a date he was evasive. And before they could pin him down to a
-flat promise the dinner gong summoned them. Lanny came down a little
-late and slipped into his seat as unobtrusively as possible. And when
-Kid deftly exchanged his own pat of butter for Lanny’s, which happened
-to be larger, Lanny never said a word. He was thoroughly chastened.
-
-After school was over for the day Kid encountered Bert in the corridor
-upstairs. “When are you going to pay me that quarter?” inquired Kid.
-
-“Oh, some day,” Bert replied. “You don’t need the money now, Kid.”
-
-“Why don’t I? I need it as much as you do. Besides, it――it’s a debt of
-honor, Bert.”
-
-“Oh, I’ll pay it. I said I would, didn’t I? But a fellow with a hundred
-dollars doesn’t need――――”
-
-“I haven’t got a hundred dollars,” replied Kid sadly.
-
-“Well, then, fifty.”
-
-“I――I haven’t got fifty, Bert.”
-
-“You said you had. Now you’re afraid you’ll have to spend some of it, I
-suppose.”
-
-“Honest I haven’t. If you don’t believe me, Bert, come on and see for
-yourself.” Bert followed him into Number 3 and Kid got the collar-box
-out and emptied its contents on the bed. “That’s every cent, Bert,
-honest injun!”
-
-“How much?” asked Bert.
-
-“Seventeen and a half. Count it yourself.”
-
-Bert counted it. “There’s eighteen-sixty-two, Kid.”
-
-“I had a dollar and twelve cents. I’d forgotten that. But all they gave
-me for saving their old lives was seventeen dollars and a half!”
-
-“But the paper said――”
-
-“The paper didn’t know.” Kid viewed the pile of bills and coins
-thoughtfully. Finally he counted out ten dollars of it and pushed it
-resolutely toward Bert. “Say, you take charge of that for me, will you?
-That’s for the Fund, you know. If I have it it’ll be gone in a week.”
-
-“I’d rather not, Kid. Suppose I lost it or it was stolen.”
-
-“It wouldn’t be any worse than if I kept it here,” answered Kid sadly.
-“It would be gone just the same. I――I don’t seem to be able to save
-money. Besides, Bert, you’re president of the Junior Four and you ought
-to take charge of the funds, anyway.”
-
-“That’s up to the treasurer, Kid.”
-
-“We haven’t any treasurer. And if we had maybe I wouldn’t want to trust
-him with so much money. No, you’d better take it. You see, I agreed to
-give ten dollars toward the Fund and there it is.”
-
-“Well――” Bert counted the money, rolled it in a piece of paper and
-dropped it into his pocket. Kid viewed the proceedings wistfully,
-looking very much as though on the point of changing his mind. But he
-didn’t. He only heaved a deep sigh and said as the money disappeared
-from sight: “Perhaps――perhaps, Bert, you’d better give me some kind of
-a receipt for it!”
-
-
-
-
- XVIII
-
- CONFESSION AND PUNISHMENT
-
-
-After Bert had gone, having pledged himself to secrecy regarding the
-amount of Kid’s reward, Kid wandered downstairs. That is, he appeared
-to be wandering, but in reality he had set forth on a very definite
-errand, which was to rescue “Hairbreadth Harry” from the Encyclopedia
-Britannica. Practically all the fellows were out of doors, on slide
-or rink, and Kid, too, was eager to get his little red sled and go
-coasting. But that story-paper must be found first. Having escaped
-detection and its unpleasant results so far, Kid had no mind to get
-into trouble. In fact, realizing that Fortune had dealt most kindly
-with him of late, Kid was grateful and had firmly resolved to lead a
-better life.
-
-The hall was empty when he came nonchalantly down the stairs, whistling
-idly, and, when he had paused beside the newel post to listen and had
-heard no alarming sounds, he loitered across to the bookshelves and
-stretched his hand out for Volume V of the encyclopedia. Then he stared
-and his jaw dropped in dismay. Volume V was gone!
-
-Attached to the woodwork was a little black tin box filled with narrow
-slips of cardboard and it was the rule that when a book was taken
-from the hall the borrower should write his name on one of the slips
-and substitute it for the book. The slip was there and Kid raised it
-anxiously and read the name written.
-
-“Folsom!”
-
-Kid groaned. Fortune had deserted him utterly. Mr. Folsom, sternest of
-disciplinarians, would find the story-paper, would ask who had left
-it there and Kid would have to confess. Of course, as long as the
-instructor merely asked _who_ he could maintain a discreet silence; a
-fellow didn’t have to incriminate himself; but Mr. Folsom wouldn’t stop
-there. He would begin with Ben Holden and ask each boy in turn and when
-it came Kid’s time to answer he would have to own up. After that the
-deluge! Mr. Folsom was notoriously opposed to the sort of literature
-represented by “Hairbreadth Harry.”
-
-Hoping against hope, Kid ran feverishly through the remaining volumes
-of the encyclopedia, but the paper was not there. He seated himself on
-the window-seat, burrowed in the cushions and tried to think calmly.
-Perhaps it was not yet too late. Perhaps “Hairbreadth Harry” was still
-reposing between the pages. If only he might get at the book before
-Mr. Folsom! He would try it! Fortune is said to favor the brave. Kid
-determined to make a bid for favor.
-
-Mr. Folsom’s door was closed, but Kid’s knock elicited a genial “Come
-in!” and he entered to find Mr. Folsom, looking comfortable and
-informal in his shirt-sleeves, in the act of lighting his pipe.
-
-“Hello, Fairchild,” he greeted. “Come in, my boy. What can I do for
-you?”
-
-Mr. Folsom held the match to the bowl, emitted a huge cloud of smoke
-and sighed contentedly. Kid’s eyes surreptitiously searched the table.
-There lay the fifth volume unopened. Kid sighed, too, but with relief
-rather than contentment.
-
-“I saw you had Volume V of the encyclopedia, sir,” he said. “I wanted
-to look up something and so I thought maybe you wouldn’t mind if I
-borrowed it a minute if you’re not using it.”
-
-“Certainly, certainly.” The instructor waved his pipe at the book.
-“Help yourself, Fairchild, help yourself. I’m glad to see this thirst
-for information.”
-
-“Thank you, sir.” Kid gripped the book tightly under his arm. “I won’t
-keep it but a minute, sir.”
-
-“Oh, don’t bother to lug it out. Sit right down there and use it.
-There’s paper beside you and pen and ink in front there. No use
-carrying a heavy book like that out just for a minute, you know.”
-
-“No, sir; thank you, sir,” murmured Kid, depositing the volume in its
-place again and sinking into the swivel chair. “I just thought maybe
-you wouldn’t want me to bother you. It may take me a while to find what
-I want.”
-
-“Take all the time you want,” replied Mr. Folsom heartily. He was
-evidently in a most genial mood this afternoon. While Kid opened the
-volume carefully so as not to display the story-paper, he looked on
-benignly and puffed at his pipe. Kid, frowning, turned page after page,
-in the hope that Mr. Folsom would turn his back long enough for him to
-pull the paper out. But Mr. Folsom didn’t turn. He just stood there
-behind Kid and his eyes seemed to be boring into the back of Kid’s
-head. Kid turned the pages more wildly, seeing nothing.
-
-“Maybe I can help you,” suggested the instructor presently. “What is
-it you’re looking for, Fairchild?”
-
-“Er――er――” Kid’s mind was a blank. What _was_ he looking for?
-“Why――er――” Horrors! He had almost blurted “Hairbreadth Harry!”
-
-“Well, well!” Mr. Folsom laughed. “Surely you haven’t forgotten!”
-
-“No, sir; I’m looking for――for ‘tristichous’.”
-
-“For _what_?”
-
-“Tristichous, sir.” Somewhere, months ago, Kid had come across the word
-and, as frequently happens, it had stuck in his memory. He hadn’t the
-slightest idea as to its meaning and Mr. Folsom’s surprise caused him
-an uneasy fear that perhaps tristichous was something he oughtn’t to
-know about.
-
-“Tristichous,” mused the instructor. “That’s new to me, Fairchild. Of
-course we know what a tristich is――”
-
-“Yes, sir,” murmured Kid, who hadn’t the least idea what it was.
-
-“But tristichous――” Mr. Folsom paused and frowned. “Perhaps of the
-nature of a tristich, but that isn’t entirely satisfactory, is it?”
-
-“No, sir,” agreed Kid. “That’s what I thought.”
-
-“How was the word used? Do you recall the sentence?”
-
-“N-no, sir, I don’t.”
-
-“Well, we’ll look it up.” Mr. Folsom advanced to the table and laid
-hands on the book. “I’m curious myself about it. I fancy we’ll find
-that it is a scientific term, perhaps used in botany or architecture.”
-
-Kid was in a panic. If the instructor turned the pages it was a
-foregone conclusion that he would discover “Hairbreadth Harry.”
-
-“I’ll find it, sir!” exclaimed Kid. He began to turn the leaves
-hurriedly, working away from the front of the volume where the
-story-paper reposed.
-
-“Look for T,” murmured Mr. Folsom. “Why, my dear boy, this isn’t the
-volume you want! This is D!”
-
-“Oh!” Kid stared at the book. “So it is!”
-
-Mr. Folsom laughed. “How did you think it was spelled, eh?”
-
-“I――I guess I was thinking it began with D,” muttered Kid confusedly.
-“I――I’ll get the right volume, sir.”
-
-He jumped up, seized the book from the table, and started for the
-door. But with his hand on the knob he heard the instructor’s fateful
-protest.
-
-“Hold on, Fairchild, you might leave that volume here. I’m not through
-with it.”
-
-Kid paused at the open door. “I――I was just going to put it back while
-I took the other one, sir. You know the rule is you can’t have but one
-book out at a time.”
-
-“I guess that doesn’t apply to me, Fairchild,” Mr. Folsom laughed.
-“Still――well, take it along. As a matter of fact, my boy, I’ve
-forgotten what I was going to look up. This tristichous business of
-yours has knocked the other thing out of my head!”
-
-“Yes, sir; I’m sorry, sir,” murmured Kid. Then he closed the door
-behind him, heaved a deep sigh of relief, dexterously transferred
-“Hairbreadth Harry” to his pocket and scuttled down the stairs. Two
-minutes later he was at the rink, Mr. Folsom and “tristichous” quite
-forgotten.
-
-Practice was almost over when he joined the small audience along the
-barrier. On the further rink the Day Team had for once assembled in
-full strength and its members were putting in some hard licks in
-preparation for the final contest on the following Saturday. Kid
-watched them contemptuously for a while and then turned his attention
-to the House Team. Lanny, since his lucky shot in the last game, had
-been taken onto the team as a regular and was charging wildly around
-the ice, slashing and stumbling.
-
-“Lanny’s getting better all the time,” remarked Bert.
-
-“If he gets much better,” Kid responded, “he will break his neck!”
-
-This witticism elicited a hearty laugh from his hearers. Kid was
-discovering that since he had become a hero his faintest efforts to be
-humorous met with flattering success, and his words were listened to
-with a new and almost disconcerting respect. And Kid was a philosopher
-and he determined to make the most of his glory. That is why, when,
-presently, the fellows returned to the hall, Kid selected the most
-comfortable chair in front of the big fireplace and stretched his
-legs out until his wet shoes rested comfortably on the edge of the
-fender. Ordinarily Kid’s place was, with the rest of the youngsters,
-outside the circle. But only Dick Gardner uttered any protest, and that
-half-heartedly.
-
-“Well, you believe in making yourself comfortable, don’t you, Kid?” he
-inquired dryly.
-
-“Did you want this chair?” Kid asked politely, moving as though to
-relinquish it.
-
-“No, there are others,” answered Dick, relenting. “Keep your seat,
-Kid.”
-
-So Kid kept it and the upper class fellows ranged themselves beside
-him, and Bert, Lanny and Small sat outside the pale and observed him
-enviously. Kid felt very content and was wondering how he could bring
-the conversation around to the subject of his heroism without seeming
-to do so when Mr. Folsom descended the stairs. He was making for Doctor
-Merton’s room when his glance, sweeping over the group in front of the
-hearth, lighted on Kid.
-
-“Ah, Fairchild!” He stopped and smiled at the hero. “Did you find that
-word?”
-
-“Er――no, sir.”
-
-“Really? Did you look thoroughly?”
-
-“I――I didn’t have time. I’m going to look it up after supper, sir.”
-
-“No time like the present, my boy. Come along.”
-
-So Kid yielded his chair with a sigh and joined the instructor at the
-bookcase. And when, five minutes later, it had been discovered that
-“tristichous” meant “arranged on the stem in three vertical rows,” and
-when, ten minutes later, Mr. Folsom had concluded his short lecture
-on the derivation of the word and its application to the science of
-botany, Kid returned to the hearth to find Sewall Crandall occupying
-his chair. And, although Kid was not in the least deficient in
-assurance, he somehow found himself unequal to the emergency, and so
-sank into a seat in the outer darkness without a protest.
-
-It was on Friday morning that Kid got a letter from his father, and,
-with it, a shorter note from his mother. Doctor Merton’s news had
-reached them――the Doctor had also sent a clipping from the local
-paper――and they were both very proud and happy. Of course Kid’s father
-strove to write as though his son had performed quite an everyday,
-ordinary bit of heroism, praiseworthy, to be sure, but nothing to boast
-of. But his efforts weren’t altogether successful, for his pride showed
-through here and there. Kid’s mother’s note sounded almost tearful, and
-Kid got a little choky himself when he read it. On the whole, those
-two epistles didn’t contribute greatly to his peace of mind. He felt
-rather ashamed of himself, in fact. He almost wished that the Doctor
-had written about the other matter, too. The more he considered his
-recent efforts to become a merchant prince the more he was convinced
-that he had acted dishonestly. It had all been――been very unfortunate,
-he sighed. He hadn’t really meant to deceive anyone; he hadn’t really
-meant to go to the village and embark on that orgy of candy and pastry
-and root beer; it seemed now, as he reviewed the recent happenings,
-as though some malignant fate had just simply dragged him on from one
-indiscretion to another. Kid gloomed over the matter until afternoon.
-Then he reached a heroic resolve. He would confess!
-
-But a good half-hour intervened between the resolution and the act. It
-wasn’t so easy, after all. And in the end it was not the Doctor whom he
-sought, but Mrs. Merton. Even then it was a difficult task, and it was
-some time before he succeeded in convincing her of his crimes. “I――I
-thought the Doctor ought to know,” ended Kid.
-
-“Of course, James, but why didn’t you go to him?”
-
-Kid hung his head and was silent.
-
-“Shall we go to him now and tell him?” asked Mother gently.
-
-Kid nodded readily but with no enthusiasm, and they made their way from
-Mrs. Merton’s sitting-room to the Doctor’s office. There Kid, helpfully
-prompted by the Doctor’s wife, made a clean breast of it all; how, in
-order to sell his throat tablets, he had allowed the fellows to think
-that financial disaster had overtaken his family, how he had gone to
-the village and spent almost all his earnings and how he had stolen
-away from school to become a sailor. More than once the Doctor turned
-and busied himself with a book or a paper to hide the trembling of his
-lips, and once Kid, glancing up suddenly, surprised Mrs. Merton with
-a broad smile on her face. But the Doctor spoke very gravely when Kid
-had concluded his narrative, and Kid guessed he must have been mistaken
-about that smile. The upshot of it all was that Kid was to made a clean
-breast to the fellows and ask their pardons for the deception he had
-practiced. Also he was to remain in bounds for two weeks. Kid came away
-from that interview almost happy and filled with noble resolves to be
-a better boy. The punishment was nothing compared to the relief of
-getting that load from his mind!
-
-He rather funked the task that remained, however, and when the fellows
-had assembled in the hall as was customary during the half-hour before
-supper he roamed restlessly about for quite ten minutes before he
-gained sufficient courage to speak his piece. And when he did begin
-his voice was so low and husky that no one heard his first request of
-attention.
-
-“Say, you fellows,” began Kid again, clearing his throat.
-
-“What?” asked Sam Perkins lazily.
-
-“I――I’ve got something to say,” proceeded Kid.
-
-“Out with it, then. Been doing any more blooming heroics?”
-
-“No, it――isn’t about that――exactly,” Kid faltered. By this time his
-audience was attentive, for it was evident from Kid’s embarrassment
-that something was up. “It’s about my――my folks.”
-
-“Go ahead,” said Ben Holden. “What about ’em, Kid? Haven’t had bad
-news, have you?” Ben was gruffly kind and anxious.
-
-“No. That’s it. I mean――――”
-
-“Stop walking around and let’s hear it,” advised Stanley Pierce.
-“You’ve been up to some prank, I’ll bet!”
-
-“My folks are all right,” blurted Kid.
-
-“Glad to hear it. Do you mean that they’ve got their money back again,
-Kid?”
-
-“They――they never lost it.”
-
-“Oh! Well, what made you think they had?” asked Ben.
-
-“I――I didn’t. I just let you fellows think that so you’d buy those
-Tinkham things.”
-
-There was an ominous silence for a moment. Then Stanley, half rising
-from his chair, ejaculated: “You young rascal!”
-
-“Hold on,” said Ben. “Let’s get this right, Stanley. You mean you told
-that whopper just to work on our――our sympathies, Kid?”
-
-“I――I didn’t really _say_ it,” faltered Kid. “I just said they didn’t
-send me much money now, and you fellows thought I meant――――”
-
-“Cut it out! You meant us to think it, Kid. Now didn’t you?”
-
-“I――I suppose so,” Kid murmured.
-
-“You ought to get a hiding!” exclaimed Stanley.
-
-“What made you fess up now, Kid?” asked George Waters.
-
-“I told the Doctor and he said I ought to tell you fellows and ask your
-pardons.”
-
-“Oh, so you told the Doctor, eh? What did he do to you?”
-
-“In bounds two weeks,” replied Kid gloomily.
-
-“And mighty soft,” said Ben. “He ought to have put you on probation for
-a month. After you’d got us pitying your people and buying your nasty
-old tablets to help you you went down to the village and spent all the
-money and made yourself sick. That’s a fine game, isn’t it?”
-
-Kid was silent. Someone chuckled.
-
-“What’s the joke, young Bryant?” demanded Ben coldly.
-
-Bert turned his chuckling into a cough.
-
-“Better take a Tinkham’s Throat-Ease for that,” advised Sewall Crandall
-sotto voce. A smile went around the circle. Even Ben’s face relaxed
-from its frown.
-
-“Still,” said Sam Perkins, “Kid did save that train, you know. You
-can’t get around that.”
-
-“How do we know he did?” asked Ben. “Maybe he lied about that, too!”
-
-“How about it?” demanded Stanley Pierce. “Did you really save that
-train, Kid, or was that more of your――your lively imagination?”
-
-“That was just like I said,” responded Kid, “mostly.”
-
-“Mostly!”
-
-“I mean――I――I exaggerated a little, maybe――――”
-
-“I knew it!” exclaimed Ben.
-
-“Well, the paper had it, didn’t it?” asked Sam Perkins. “Of course he
-saved the train. You did, didn’t you, Kid? And got a lot of money for
-it, too, eh?”
-
-“Not――not so much as I let you think,” replied Kid uneasily.
-
-“Oh! Well, how much, then?”
-
-“Seventeen dollars and a half, Sam.”
-
-There was a laugh. “Do you mean they only gave you seventeen dollars
-and a half for saving their lives?” ejaculated Ben. “Why, the paper
-said there were two hundred of ’em!”
-
-“That’s all they gave me, though,” responded Kid. “I showed it to Bert.
-He saw it. You ask him.”
-
-“That’s right, fellows; I counted it,” confirmed Bert.
-
-“Look here,” said Ben, “let’s get the hang of this, fellows. Kid, you
-sit down there and tell the whole thing just as it happened. And no――no
-fancy embroidery, do you understand? What made you start selling those
-Tinkham things, in the first place?”
-
-So Kid, seated on the edge of a chair and looking as truthful as one
-of Raphael’s cherubs, began at the very beginning and told everything;
-how he had agreed to give ten dollars to the Junior Four Fund and had
-sent for the Tinkham’s Throat-Ease tablets to make the money; how,
-yielding to sudden temptation, he had fabricated the fiction regarding
-his family’s financial losses and how Dr. Merton had threatened to
-write to his folks and tell them how plucky he was; how with disgrace
-staring him in the face he had resolved to have one grand final spree
-in the village before the sword fell; and how having determined to run
-away to sea rather than face the results of his course, he had found
-the slide on the railroad track and become a hero and been brought back
-willy-nilly to Mt. Pleasant.
-
-When he had at last finished his narrative it was Stanley Pierce who
-voiced the general verdict.
-
-“Well, Kid,” said Stanley in a voice of reluctant admiration, “you’re
-certainly a wonder!”
-
-“I――I’m sorry,” said Kid earnestly. “And I’ll give back the money,
-honest!”
-
-“What money?” asked Ben.
-
-“What you fellows paid for the Tinkham’s.”
-
-“Oh, that! We don’t want the money, I guess. That part’s all right. In
-fact――” He paused and looked about him. “I guess you’ve got what was
-coming to you, Kid, already. What do you say, fellows?”
-
-“Sure,” responded Steve Lovell.
-
-“Vote we accept the gentleman’s apologies,” laughed George Waters.
-
-“Of course.” This from Sam Perkins. “Kid’s all right. If it wasn’t
-for Kid life here would be one long dull and dreary grind. Besides,
-‘Toots’ Morgan swears it was one of those Tinkham’s things that made
-him miss that puck the other day and gave us the game.”
-
-“That’s so,” agreed Ben. “Kid, you’re forgiven, but you want to behave
-yourself after this; hear? No more fibs, my son. Lying isn’t manly.”
-
-“I don’t believe Kid meant to lie,” said Stanley. “Not really, that is.
-Did you, Kid?”
-
-Kid shook his head. “No, I never mean to, Stanley, only somehow――first
-thing I know――fellows get――get a wrong impression――――”
-
-There was a howl of laughter. “Well,” Ben chuckled, “after this, Kid,
-you look out and see that we don’t get wrong impressions!”
-
-“Just the same,” ventured Lanny eagerly, “I think he ought to be made
-to buy back those Tinkham’s, Ben. He promised he would!”
-
-“Dry up, Lanny! If I hear any more out of you about your old Tinkham’s
-I’ll make you eat ’em. Hear?”
-
-Lanny heard and subsided. And at that moment the supper bell sounded
-and House filed into the dining-room in high good humor.
-
-The deciding hockey game took place the following afternoon, and I’d
-like to be able to record a brilliant triumph for House, since I am
-sure your sympathies are with the House Team. But I can’t. That final
-contest was never for a moment in doubt after Billy Spooner slapped the
-puck into the net for the first score scarcely a minute after the game
-started. Day simply ran away with the game. Five to one it was at the
-end of the first half, and twelve to two when the last whistle blew.
-All Kid’s eloquence, all the combined cheering of the House rooters
-failed to disturb the equanimity of the Day Team’s players. They
-mowed everything before them and won the grudging admiration of their
-opponents by the brilliancy of their work. And finally they trooped
-away down the hill, cheering and exulting and waving their sticks, with
-the Hockey Cup borne aloft in triumph.
-
-
-
-
- XIX
-
- THE TROPHY IS PRESENTED
-
-
-A week later the last of the ice had disappeared, the boards about the
-rinks had been stored for another season and the tennis courts lay
-exposed where the ring of skates had sounded on the winter air. Mild
-weather came with a jump and almost before one knew it baseballs had
-made their appearance and spring was at hand.
-
-But meanwhile the Junior Four had held meetings in the harness
-room――sometimes with the window wide open and the warm breath of an
-early spring day creeping in to them――and settled the matter of the
-trophy. First of all, an estimate had been received from a manufacturer
-in New York. The trophy was to be eight inches in height, of solid
-silver, to rest on a little ebony base, and to cost sixteen dollars. At
-first this had seemed a prohibitive price.
-
-“We can never get that much money,” exclaimed Nan in despair. “Why, I
-haven’t saved anything yet! I had a quarter, but I――I bought some of
-Kid’s tablets with it.”
-
-“So did I,” said Small.
-
-“Same here!” laughed Bert.
-
-Lanny only scowled. Kid smiled sweetly.
-
-“I guess by the time we have to pay the money,” he said nonchalantly,
-“we’ll have enough. Anyhow, just as a starter――――”
-
-He reached into his pocket and handed a slip of paper to Nan. She read
-it to herself and then aloud for the benefit of the others: “Received
-from Kid Fairchild ten dollars for the Junior Four Fund. Bert Bryant,
-Treasurer.”
-
-“Do you really mean it, Kid?” Nan demanded delightedly. “Are you really
-going to give ten dollars?”
-
-“I’ve already given it,” replied Kid carelessly. “Bert’s got it――unless
-he’s lost it.” Kid’s voice had an anxious tone toward the end, but Bert
-shook his head.
-
-“I’ve got it,” he said. “And I’ve saved seventy-five cents myself. So
-all we need now is four dollars and a quarter. We can get that all
-right. I dare say this fellow won’t get the mug made for a month or
-so.”
-
-“Of course we can!” declared Nan delightedly. “Only――only it doesn’t
-seem quite fair for Kid to give so much, does it?”
-
-“He’d better pay his debts with it,” growled Lanny.
-
-“Well, he will have his name first on the cup,” said Small. “That ought
-to be worth something.”
-
-“Will this man who makes it put the names on?” Nan inquired. Bert shook
-his head.
-
-“I suppose he would if we wanted him to, but I think we’d better have
-it done here. Besides, we don’t know yet whose name will come next to
-Kid’s. And we haven’t settled on――on the inscription.”
-
-“We’ll do that now, then,” said Nan. “Who has a pencil?”
-
-Only Small possessed such a thing and it was so dull that Nan had to
-gnaw the point of it before it would write. Much discussion ensued and
-it was some time before an inscription satisfactory to everyone had
-been evolved. The final draft read as follows:
-
- JUNIOR FOUR BASEBALL TROPHY
- PRESENTED TO MOUNT PLEASANT ACADEMY TO BE
- CONTESTED FOR BY HOUSE AND DAY TEAMS
- THE GIFT OF――
-
-“Then will come our names,” said Bert.
-
-“You mean your names,” amended Nan sadly.
-
-“Yours too,” replied Bert stoutly. “Don’t you say so, fellows?”
-
-They did say so, emphatically, and Nan was so pleased that she blushed
-very prettily and declared that she wouldn’t think of such a thing!
-
-It was the second week in April when the trophy actually arrived. It
-was all they had hoped for and more. I fancy the maker had improved
-somewhat on Small’s design, but no one hinted at such a thing and
-Small was decidedly proud. The trophy was urn-shaped, with two
-square-shouldered handles, and held on one side in relief a wreath of
-laurel leaves enclosing crossed bats and a ball. The other side had
-been left bare for the inscription. There was a little polished ebony
-base for it to stand on and a purple canton flannel bag to keep it in.
-Everyone was greatly pleased with it and it was passed from hand to
-hand and admired and set up on the grain-chest and re-admired until Nan
-grew fearful that they would wear it out!
-
-“It’s just superb!” she declared ecstatically. “That’s what it is, it’s
-just superb!”
-
-“Dandy!” agreed Lanny. “And, say, look inside, fellows; it’s gold
-inside!”
-
-“Just gold-washed, I suppose,” said Bert. “Pretty, though, isn’t it?”
-
-“I tell you what it is,” said Kid suddenly, “we’ve got to win that
-ourselves, fellows. We mustn’t let the day fellows get it, must we?”
-
-“I should say not!” exclaimed Bert in horror.
-
-“Why, the very idea!” ejaculated Nan.
-
-“Well, what’s to keep them from getting it?” asked Small uneasily.
-“They beat us last year, didn’t they?”
-
-“Did they, Nan?” asked Bert.
-
-Nan nodded. “Terribly!” she sighed.
-
-“Then we’ll just have to get busy and practice,” said Kid. “Gee, we
-can’t let those dubs get it!”
-
-“Never!” cried Lanny. “Let’s see Ben and tell him about it.”
-
-“Maybe we’d better show it to them now,” suggested Bert. “Maybe if they
-saw it they’d work harder.”
-
-“No, let’s wait until we’ve had the inscription put on it,” said Lanny.
-“Then we’ll have the Doctor or Mr. Crane announce it, eh?”
-
-“We could have the inscription put on any time now, couldn’t we?” Nan
-asked. “We know what it’s to be and how the names are going and all.”
-
-“That’s right,” agreed Bert. “The sooner the better. We’ll take it to
-that jeweler chap in Whittier; he’s the best, they say; and he ought to
-be able to do it in a couple of days. Then we’ll give it to the Doctor
-and ask him to show it in class and make the announcement.”
-
-“Then the day fellows will know about it, too,” objected Kid. “And
-they’ll be as anxious to get it as our fellows, and――――”
-
-“It wouldn’t be fair to show it to House alone,” said Bert firmly. “I
-know I suggested it, but I didn’t think. After all, we’re presenting it
-to the school and not to the house.”
-
-“I guess that’s so,” Kid murmured. “I wish, though, that Ben would
-hurry up and start practice.”
-
-“He’s going to start Monday,” replied Lanny. “He told me so yesterday.
-After that if we don’t win this it’s up to us, fellows.”
-
-“Don’t you worry,” said Kid. “We’re going to win it. You just wait and
-see!”
-
-Baseball practice didn’t start the following Monday for the reason that
-it began to rain on Sunday and kept it up for three days. By Tuesday
-afternoon disconsolate fellows were wondering how there could possibly
-be any more moisture left in the sky. Kid was exceeding wroth and
-said so many unkind things about the climate that it is really quite
-possible that the rain kept up just for revenge.
-
-“If only we had a baseball cage indoors somewhere!” sighed Ben Holden,
-who was captain of the House Nine. It was Tuesday afternoon and Ben was
-in Stanley’s room.
-
-“There wouldn’t be room for one anywhere,” said Stanley. “I should
-think, though, that the battery might practice in the gymnasium.”
-
-“We tried that year before last. If you have the lights on you can’t
-judge the balls at all and if you don’t have them on you can’t see.
-Besides, George heaved a ball through a window and the Doc made us
-stop practicing in there. Last year the day fellows held pitching and
-batting practice in the old freight shed down at the station two weeks
-before we could get out to do anything. And I suppose they’re at it
-again this year.”
-
-“I don’t believe so. I haven’t heard anything about it.”
-
-“You wouldn’t. They don’t tell much.” He turned disgustedly to the
-window and looked out at the sodden, dripping world. “Even if it stops
-raining to-night it will be too wet to practice to-morrow.”
-
-“We’ll put on rubbers,” responded Stanley cheerfully. “It will be a
-heap better than staying indoors. Let’s see that batting list again,
-Ben.”
-
-“I haven’t got it here, but I remember it. Steve first, then you, then
-me, then Cupples, Crandall, Gardner, Perkins, Waters and Grey.”
-
-“It sounds pretty weak in the middle, Ben.”
-
-“I know, but what can you do? Besides, Cupples isn’t so bad with
-the bat sometimes. And this new fellow, Bryant, may turn out to be
-something and I can use him in place of Gardner. Who are those fellows
-coming up the road?”
-
-“Lanny and Bert and Kid. They’ve been to the village. They look about
-half drowned, don’t they? I don’t think it’s raining as hard as it was,
-though.”
-
-“It’s raining hard enough,” growled Ben. “Got anything to read? I’m
-down to hard-pan.”
-
-“I don’t believe so. I’m reading ‘Kidnapped’ for about the sixth time.
-Maybe Kid’s got something, though.” He walked around to his roommate’s
-side of the table and examined the dozen or so volumes there. “Hm;
-‘Masterman Ready,’ ‘Aid to the Composition of English,’ ‘Student’s
-Dictionary,’ ‘Holy Bible,’ ‘Two Years Before the Mast’――ever read that?”
-
-“Ages ago. What’s the big book?”
-
-“This?” Stanley pulled it out and looked at the title. “It’s somebody’s
-botany; Kid had an idea last fall that he wanted to study botany,
-and――hello!” Something had fallen from the pages of the big book
-and Stanley picked it up and unfolded it. “‘Hairbreadth Harry, the
-Gentleman Scout,’” he read. “Well, what do you think of that young
-rascal? Supposing someone had found that!”
-
-“Let’s see it,” said Ben. “Hm; looks rather good. Mind if I borrow it?”
-
-“Help yourself,” laughed Stanley, “only don’t say you got it from me if
-it gets pinched!”
-
-“I won’t. I guess it will help to keep me going until supper time.
-Well, so long. Tell Kid I borrowed this.”
-
-Stanley replied that he would, but he promptly forgot all about it, and
-when, ten minutes later, Kid came in to change his wet shoes for dry
-ones Stanley was deep in “Kidnapped.”
-
-The next morning in class Doctor Merton made the announcement regarding
-the Junior Four Baseball Trophy. The house fellows had heard rumors
-about the cup, but to the rest it was news, and when the Doctor drew
-the silver trophy from its purple bag and set it on the corner of
-his desk there were murmured exclamations of admiration followed by
-a hearty clapping of hands. Bert and Lanny and Small strove to look
-unconscious when their names were given as being donors, but Kid beamed
-and winked when the fellows turned to regard him. As they passed out
-the fellows stopped at the desk to examine the trophy. The inscription
-had been neatly engraved and read as follows:
-
- JUNIOR FOUR BASEBALL TROPHY
- PRESENTED TO MOUNT PLEASANT ACADEMY TO BE
- CONTESTED FOR BY HOUSE AND DAY TEAMS
- THE GIFT OF
- JAMES FAIRCHILD
- ALBERT PAYSON BRYANT
- LANSING STONE GREY
- THOMAS KIRKWOOD FRYE
- NANCY MERTON
-
-The trophy created a sensation and was the subject of conversation for
-the rest of the day. Will Turner, captain and first baseman of the Day
-Team, declared that it was as good as won.
-
-“Huh,” said Sam Perkins, who had overheard him, “when you fellows get
-even one leg of that you’ll know it! That little cup has our name all
-over it!”
-
-Ben Holden was delighted and told the juniors that they were bricks,
-that he was proud of them and that the cup would look fine on the hall
-mantel. “But I don’t see how you fellows ever got enough money together
-to buy a thing like that!”
-
-“Kid gave most――――” began Bert. But Kid interrupted.
-
-“We worked hard and saved our money,” said Kid. “And it’s nobody’s
-business who gave most, Bert. We all gave.”
-
-“Well, it’s dandy, Kid. I never saw a handsomer one. Where’d you get
-it?”
-
-“New York. Small designed it, though, didn’t you, Small?”
-
-Small nodded in embarrassment. Ben told him he was a smart kid.
-
-“And now what we’ve got to do,” continued Ben resolutely, “is to work
-hard and win it! Practice begins at three-thirty sharp this afternoon.
-Every fellow put rubbers on, for the ground’s sopping wet. And every
-fellow come out. No excuses accepted to-day!”
-
-But Ben needn’t have feared for a full attendance, for the Junior Four
-Trophy had awakened an earnest enthusiasm in house and day pupils alike
-and at the appointed time every fellow in school was on the field.
-
-There were two diamonds and so both teams were able to practice at
-once, and, save that the outfielders were forced to intermingle, there
-was plenty of room for each. With only twenty-four candidates to pick
-from, Mt. Pleasant Academy was handicapped when it came to contesting
-with other schools and so only a few outside games were scheduled
-each year. The big game was played just before graduation day with
-Maplewood School, which had only a few more pupils than Mt. Pleasant
-but which usually managed to win. There were, besides, games with the
-neighboring high school teams in June. But the early season was sacred
-to intrascholastic contests in which day students and house students
-fought for supremacy. When all was said the games between House and
-Day aroused more interest than the contests with outside nines. When
-the question of the school championship had been settled then the best
-players of House and Day forgot their recent rivalry and combined to
-form the school team.
-
-Of course with twelve players only neither House nor Day could put
-two full teams on the diamond, but they managed to get along pretty
-well in spite of that fact. One year Day Team had played a game with
-Whittier High School and House had protested. The ruling was then made
-that neither team was to take part in any contest outside the series.
-As a consequence, when House and Day met for the first game each nine
-was decidedly green and inexperienced, but that fact only added to the
-interest and suspense.
-
-To-day the practice was short, for the field was like a quagmire and
-the players’ rubbers, which Ben had insisted on their wearing, were
-continually coming off in the mud. There was some batting practice and
-a little throwing to bases, and both George Waters and Sam Perkins,
-first and second choice pitchers respectively, limbered up their arms a
-little, but it was no day for hard work and Ben soon called a halt. But
-even as it was there were several sore backs that evening, and Sewall
-Crandall proudly displayed a badly swollen finger, the first honorable
-scar of the season.
-
-Kid had given ten dollars to the trophy fund and had sent two dollars
-to the Tinkham Chemical Company――after several reminders――in payment
-for the celebrated throat tablets. After which he had had a little over
-six dollars left. During the term of his punishment he had been unable
-to get rid of much of this balance, although he had sent fifty cents
-of it away by mail in the purchase of what an enticing advertisement
-had called “The Magician’s Cabinet of Magic.” The cabinet consisted
-of a small paper box containing a pack of cards and scant directions
-for performing tricks with them. Kid had promptly written to the
-advertiser and explained his opinion of the cabinet, but that had
-ended the matter. But once released from bounds Kid had succeeded in
-squandering three of his remaining six dollars in the village. And
-now, during the first week of baseball practice, Kid went bankrupt in
-the purchase of a wonderful fielder’s glove and a bat. The bat had the
-name of a celebrated member of the baseball profession printed on it
-in large letters, but Kid couldn’t see that it enabled him to hit the
-ball any more frequently than before. Kid was a substitute outfielder,
-and, save that he couldn’t begin to get the ball further than a baseman
-when throwing it in after a catch, he performed remarkably well. He
-really had an eye like a hawk’s when it came to judging flies and he
-was fairly certain of holding them if they struck his glove. On the
-whole, Kid bade fair to become in time a very useful member of baseball
-society at Mt. Pleasant. Of the other juniors Bert was a substitute
-outfielder also, Lanny played in center and Small was a substitute
-infielder with few chances to play. The great trouble with Small was
-that when a ball came his way he was too apt to turn his back to it――if
-he didn’t absolutely run away from it!――and stop it by allowing it to
-bounce off some portion of his anatomy.
-
-Small was also official scorer, and he was much more of a success on
-the bench with the score-book on his knee than in the field. However,
-we can’t all be Wagners or Doyles!
-
-April ran its course, half smiles and half tears, and the merry month
-of May came in, and with it the first game in the House vs. Day
-series. By this time George Waters’ pitching arm was in fair shape,
-Ben Holden’s fingers had become hardened against foul-tips and Harold
-Cupples, on third, had learned to throw across the diamond without
-missing Stanley Pierce, at first, by more than six feet. The first
-contest was played on the first Saturday afternoon in May, and, since
-the batting order for that game remained practically unchanged during
-the succeeding contests, I will give it here.
-
- HOUSE TEAM. DAY TEAM.
- Lovell, 2b. White, c.
- Pierce, 1b. Turner, 1b.
- Holden, c. O’Connell, c.f.
- Cupples, 3b. Briggs, r.f.
- Crandall, s.s. Grimshaw, 2b.
- Gardner, l.f. Spooner, 3b.
- Perkins, r.f. Tucker, s.s.
- Waters, p. Sibley, l.f.
- Grey, c.f. Morgan, p.
-
-
-
-
- XX
-
- DAY WINS AND LOSES
-
-
-Imagine, please, a mild, damp afternoon, quite windless, with a pale
-blue sky in which a half-hearted sun played hide-and-seek behind a
-field of lazy, ragged clouds. There was a suggestion of rain in the
-air, but the sun was shining genially enough when, at three o’clock,
-Mr. Crane, attired in a faded blue sweater and a pair of disgracefully
-worn gray flannel trousers, called “Play!”
-
-House had won the toss and had taken the field. George Waters started
-in the box for House and in that first inning only four Day batters
-faced him. George had a drop that was a puzzler, a curve that kept even
-the catcher guessing and a straight fast ball that was perhaps harder
-to hit safely than either of his other offerings.
-
-The small audience who watched the game from the settees along the
-first base line clapped as the house players trotted to the bench.
-Kid, squeezed tightly against Small, generously supplying unsolicited
-assistance in scoring, cheered shrilly as Steve Lovell went to bat.
-Steve allowed two of “Toots” Morgan’s wide ones to pass unchallenged
-and then lighted on a good ball and drove it far into right field.
-Briggs, a small, chunky day boy, did his level best to get under that
-fly, but Briggs’ legs were never meant for sprinting and the ball
-dented the soft turf while Steve, too excited to watch the progress of
-events, slid into third base feet foremost amidst the amused applause
-of his friends and the ironic jeers of his enemies. That hit appeared
-to unnerve “Toots,” and Pierce, Holden and even Harold Cupples hit
-safely through the infield. After that Crandall popped a foul to the
-catcher, Gardner struck out miserably and Sam Perkins hit a hot one
-square at first baseman. It looked very much as though the latter tried
-his best to get out of the way. If he did he wasn’t successful, for
-the ball struck him squarely on the chest, bowled him over and rolled
-toward the bag. Morgan raced over, scooped it up and tagged the bag a
-yard ahead of Perkins and the inning was over. But House had gathered
-three runs and the world looked bright.
-
-As may be supposed, there were lots of errors in that game, and a
-good deal of what I might call, were I addicted to slang, “bone-head”
-ball-playing. But you can’t expect Big League work from a lot of
-youngsters playing their first game of the season. And, besides, the
-misplays made for interest and excitement.
-
-Gardner added his quota to the excitement when, in the third inning,
-with two day boys on bases, he caught a fly and then allowed it to
-trickle through his hands. This performance cast such a gloom over his
-spirits that for an instant he merely stood and stared at the ball at
-his feet and was only recalled to the duties of the occasion when the
-rest of the team began to yell frantically to him “throw it home!” By
-the time he had obeyed the runner on second had scored and the man on
-first had gone to third.
-
-But that lone tally was all that Day managed to secure for a while,
-and, on the other hand, House, now that Morgan had settled down again,
-could do no better. In the fourth she got men on all three bases with
-only one out and then watched Waters and Grey perish before Morgan’s
-fatal curves.
-
-It had clouded up ominously by the time the fifth inning commenced
-and the House supporters were anxious for their heroes to dispose of
-the Day batters before they could add to their score. But that fifth
-inning proved strange and wonderful. In the first place, just to start
-the chapter of misfortunes, Waters struck the first man up on the arm,
-and, after the injured member had been massaged by almost the entire
-Day Team in turn, the batter took his base. Waters worked one strike
-on the next batter and then threw him four balls. A moment later the
-runners decided to pull off a double steal. Ben Holden pegged the ball
-to Cupples, at third, but Cupples was apparently quite unprepared for
-such an emergency and allowed the ball to whisk over his head into
-left field. Gardner raced in for it, got it on the run and threw to
-third just as the second runner rounded that bag. This time Cupples
-caught the ball, but his heave to Ben was yards away from the plate
-and Day had tied up the score. Then they began to find Waters and hits
-sped hither and yon and the House outfield raced their legs off while
-five more tallies came over! The damage seemed done then, and perhaps
-it would have been as well to let Waters remain in the box and redeem
-himself, but Ben thought otherwise, and Sam Perkins was hurried in from
-right field to take his place.
-
-Of course Sam had had no warming up and his pitching arm was stiff.
-But in spite of that he managed to close that half of the inning with
-only one more run coming across. The score now was nine to three and
-every moment it threatened to rain and stop further proceedings. But
-the clouds held up during the rest of the fifth, while House managed
-to send another run across, and the sixth began with the head of Day’s
-batting list coming up. With one out, two bases on balls and an error
-by Crandall, at shortstop, filled the bags. Day howled and danced along
-the base lines and did all it could to rattle Perkins. But the luck
-changed a bit then. The next batter hit a slow roller toward third
-and Cupples and Pierce worked the double. Encouraged by that, Perkins
-struck out the next batter.
-
-With Ben calling on Pierce to “hit it out, Stan!” the last of the
-sixth began. Stanley obeyed instructions and lined a hot one just
-over shortstop’s head and, by taking a chance, reached second on a
-close decision. Ben laid down a bunt in front of the base and Morgan,
-who fielded it, chose to throw it to third. Unfortunately, the third
-baseman had been coaxed in by the bunt and was yards off his station
-when the ball reached him. Pierce was safe and Small scored “fc”
-after Ben’s name. Then Ben stole beautifully and House began to whoop
-things up. But Harold Cupples could do no better than arch a fly to
-shortstop and Stanley didn’t dare move from his base. Crandall waited
-until Morgan had two strikes and two balls on him and then shot a hard
-one between short and third. Pierce and Holden raced home and Crandall
-reposed on first. Then the unexpected happened.
-
-Gardner, who had been playing very ragged ball, was taken out and Bert
-went in. Bert struck at the first delivery, caught it squarely on the
-nose and sent it flying far out into deep right field. So astounded
-was he that he had to be almost pushed from the batter’s box before
-he would begin his trip to first. As a result, while Crandall came
-all the way home from first base, beating the ball by yards, Bert got
-only as far as second. Morgan went up in the air then and Sam Perkins,
-Waters and even Lanny Grey made hits, Waters’s being a two-bagger that
-scored Bert and Perkins. Then Lovell, amidst the howls of his eager
-team-mates, strode to the plate looking fierce and heroic――and popped
-a little foul into the catcher’s mitt! Pierce, up for the second time
-in the inning, managed to send up a Texas Leaguer that might have been
-caught and wasn’t, and Lanny, who could run like a rabbit, raced around
-third and headed for home. The ball got there first, however, and
-instead of scoring the tying run he made the third out.
-
-But with the tallies nine to eight the game was still not won――if the
-rain would hold off. House took the field determined to hold the enemy
-at bay for its half of the seventh and then go in and at least even
-things up. But with the very first ball pitched the drops began to
-fall. Captain Turner jumped from the bench and demanded that the game
-be called. Mr. Crane shook his head. The first batter went out, third
-to first, and still the shower was not much more than a patter. Then
-just as the next man had streaked a long hit over the tips of Perkins’s
-glove the clouds opened up and the torrents descended. Such a scurrying
-as there was on the part of the spectators! Doctor Merton――who had come
-out only an inning before――seized Mrs. Merton by the hand and scampered
-sans dignity for shelter. Nan, gayly encouraging them to renewed
-efforts, sped ahead. In a jiffy the field was deserted and the first
-game of the series had gone to the Day Team, the score 9–8.
-
-The Day Team, unable to get home in such a downpour, flocked into the
-hall, and for a half-hour the game proceeded verbally. House declared
-warmly that if it hadn’t rained it would have “licked the stuffing” out
-of Day. (I quote the language without approval.) Day retorted that it
-had just begun to hit the ball when the elements had so unnecessarily
-interfered. And so it went, with the biggest sort of a hubbub indoors
-and a wild pelting of raindrops outside. And meanwhile Small, official
-Scorer for the House Team, and “Goldie” Duffield, who held a like
-position with the opposing team, were having it hot and heavy, their
-score-books spread before them. Except that they had each reached the
-same decision regarding the number of runs tallied, their records were
-totally at variance. It was strange how many hits Small had credited to
-the House and how few to its opponents, but not a whit stranger than
-the fact that Duffield had reversed the proceeding. And as for errors!
-Why, Small’s record credited Day with ten and House with six, while
-Duffield’s book plainly proved that House had perpetrated eleven and
-Day only eight! And the strangest thing of all was that each believed
-himself ab-so-lute-ly right!
-
-By half past five the rain had stopped and Day went off homewards with
-a swagger, viewed gloomily from the porch by House.
-
-But after the first disappointment House cheered up and looked on the
-bright side of things. It really did believe that had the game run its
-full nine innings it would have overhauled the enemy and defeated it.
-And that was good grounds for believing that the next time would tell
-a different story. On Monday practice began again and George Waters,
-smarting under the slur cast upon his science by the Day Team, worked
-like a Trojan. When George couldn’t be found in the house you had only
-to walk around the corner to discover him “pitching ’em in” to anybody
-he could persuade to don a catcher’s glove and stand up in front of
-him. Day did a good deal of exulting that week and told how well the
-Junior Four Trophy would look alongside the Hockey Cup. House let them
-talk and bided their time.
-
-But, all the same, Ben Holden realized that House had a good deal of a
-task ahead of it. Day could afford to lose one of the remaining games,
-but House had to win them both. He didn’t doubt but what George Waters
-could be relied on to pitch the team to victory in one contest, but he
-didn’t believe that George could do it twice or that Sam Perkins was
-capable of presenting a very strong front to the enemy. But win the
-next game they must! And that meant that George must go into the box.
-With the series tied at one game each, there would be time enough to
-bother about the third game. And so, for fear that George’s enthusiasm
-would lead him to tire himself out in practice, Ben laid down the law
-on Wednesday.
-
-“After this, George, you practice fifty balls every afternoon, and
-that’s all. First thing you know you’ll have a bad arm!”
-
-Bert, who since his remarkable two-bagger that should have been a
-three, had become a keen ball player, worked hard at the batting net.
-Up until Thursday he was plainly discouraged, for, in spite of that
-wonderful hit in the game, he couldn’t locate a ball to save his life.
-But on Thursday the unexpected again happened. He landed on two of
-Sam’s offerings and cracked them into the field. After that Bert was
-encouraged and began to fancy himself a bit. Kid pestered Ben from
-morning until night to be allowed to get into the next game and Ben
-finally promised, to get rid of him, that if they got a safe lead Kid
-might go into the outfield for a couple of innings. Whereupon Kid
-moistened his glove in the inelegant but approved manner of all great
-players and begged whoever was within hearing to “slam him one!”
-Undeniably Mt. Pleasant Academy had become baseball mad.
-
-And the Saturday came, and it rained all the morning until half-past
-eleven. But at twelve the sun was out hot and at two Mr. Crane
-telephoned to Captain Turner in the village that the grounds were dry
-enough to play on. Warned by their previous experience, Mrs. Merton
-and Nan came to the game with waterproofs. But, as it turned out, they
-didn’t need them. The clouds floated off into the east and the weather
-proceeded to give an excellent imitation of a mid-June day.
-
-I shan’t burden you with a detailed description of that second game
-because, since House won, a third contest was made necessary and you’ll
-have to read about that. Waters pitched a fine game and Day made only
-twelve hits off him in nine innings. On the other hand, Sibley, who
-started in the points for the Day Team, was easy for the enemy and
-lasted only three innings. Then “Toots” Morgan came in from left field
-and took his place. But by that time House was leading six runs to
-two, and during the rest of the performance she managed to hold Day
-down to a total of five runs and at the same time amass a very tidy
-little bunch of twelve for herself. In the sixth Perkins relieved
-Waters on the mound. Kid played through two whole innings, had two
-chances and accepted them both, went once to bat and was passed to
-first and stole second by sheer cheek. That he was finally left on
-third base was no fault of his.
-
-Bert played four innings, had little to do in the field and secured a
-scratch hit in the fifth inning, scoring Cupples from third. The errors
-on each side were fewer to-day and both teams played a steadier game.
-Flushed with victory, House went off the field cheering, while Nan,
-having nothing else handy, waved her raincoat in ecstasy.
-
-Day was disappointed. It had firmly expected to win the series in two
-games. Now it must play a third and there was only Morgan to depend on,
-for Sibley had proved himself a very simple conundrum for the enemy.
-And Ben Holden and Waters and a half-dozen others, “doping it out” that
-evening, found cause for encouragement.
-
-“They’ll pitch Morgan again next Saturday,” said Ben. “If we can only
-find him we can win, fellows. They won’t dare put in Sibley. He hasn’t
-a thing.”
-
-“The best that ‘Toots’ has is that slow ball of his,” observed Stanley
-Pierce. “I get fooled on that every time. It looks so good until you
-swing for it!”
-
-“That’s so, it’s a puzzler and no mistake,” said Steve Lovell. “But we
-may get onto it better the next time. The trouble is that even if you
-do hit it it’s dollars to doughnuts you pop up an easy fly!”
-
-“And you can’t bunt it no matter how hard you try,” said Waters. “I’d
-have scored Sam this afternoon in the fourth if I could have laid down
-a bunt along first base line.”
-
-“Well, we’ll do ’em up brown the next time,” promised Pierce. “There’s
-one thing about those fellows, and that is if we can once get them
-started they’ll go up in the air like a kite.”
-
-“So would we, maybe,” said Cupples.
-
-“No use trusting to that sort of thing,” Ben observed. “Hit the ball.
-That’s the way to win. Knock ‘Toots’ out of the box in the first inning
-or so, the way we did Sibley, and we’ve got ’em nailed.”
-
-“I don’t wish Morgan any harm,” sighed Sam Perkins, “but if he caught
-the mumps or the measles or something between now and Saturday it would
-be an awful help to us!”
-
-“We might send him a bottle of microbes,” laughed Lovell. “Who’s going
-to start the pitching for us, Ben?”
-
-“I don’t know yet,” answered Ben Holden. “What do you think, George?”
-
-“I’m ready, all right, but I think it would be just as well to give Sam
-a chance if he feels fit when the time comes.”
-
-“I’d rather you started it, George,” said Perkins. “Then if we get a
-few runs to the good I’ll do my best to hold ’em. Still, I’m perfectly
-willing to start it if you want me to.”
-
-“There’s plenty of time to decide that,” said Ben. “For that matter,
-I’m not afraid in either case. If we can hit Morgan we can win. And so
-it’s up to us to get busy this week at the net and find our batting
-eye. And we’re going to have some work on the bases, too, fellows.
-We’ve been pretty punk on the bases so far.”
-
-“Well, look at the coaching we get,” challenged Cupples. “I could have
-scored twice from third this afternoon if Steve hadn’t held me there
-each time!”
-
-“You could not!” denied Lovell. “The first time you didn’t have a ghost
-of a chance to get home. The ball was in second baseman’s hands before
-you’d made the turn!”
-
-“Indeed it wasn’t! Second didn’t get the ball until I’d rounded the bag
-and you grabbed me!”
-
-“I’ll leave it to anyone! You saw it, Ben. Wouldn’t he have been
-out――――”
-
-“I don’t know, Steve. Anyway, post-mortems aren’t any good. Besides,
-there’s no use taking big chances on bases as long as you’re ahead and
-the other team’s playing steady. Once they’re up in the air, why, then
-I say steal ’em! The more you risk the more you bother ’em and the more
-you gain. There’s a time for playing it safe and a time for running
-wild. Now you fellows beat it; I’m going to bed.”
-
-Kid, who had been a silent listener to the discussion, followed Stanley
-Pierce across to their room very thoughtfully. Just before he crawled
-into bed he asked:
-
-“Say, Stanley, if they didn’t have Morgan to pitch for them next
-Saturday we wouldn’t have any trouble winning, would we?”
-
-“Of course not. We’d drive Sibley into the cellar in about two
-innings!”
-
-Later, when the light had been out a good five minutes, Kid piped up
-again.
-
-“Say, Stanley?”
-
-“Go to sleep!”
-
-“But――――”
-
-“Well, what is it?”
-
-“You can’t really get microbes in bottles, can you, like Steve said?”
-
-Stanley pulled himself into a sitting posture in the dark and glared
-sternly in the direction of his roommate.
-
-“No, you can’t! And don’t you go and get any fool schemes in that silly
-little head of yours, Kid. If I catch you up to any tricks――――”
-
-“The idea!” murmured Kid. “Good night, Stanley.”
-
-
-
-
- XXI
-
- “HAIRBREADTH HARRY”
-
-
-House surely got down to hard work on Monday. Never before perhaps
-had ten boys labored more heroically to win a game of ball. There was
-batting practice between morning school and dinner, pitching practice
-whenever Waters and Perkins could get ten minutes of time, and general
-work in the afternoon. On Wednesday Ben called in Small and Kid and
-made up two teams of six each. Neither team had any outfield and when
-a long hit was made the game stopped while a baseman trotted after the
-ball. But the plan worked very well in spite of that. Perkins pitched
-for one team and Waters for the other and the six inning contest gave
-the fellows a chance to practice base running. As Bert said afterwards,
-it was worth a lot of money to see Small trying to steal second and
-being invariably caught between bases. Since the first game the Day
-Team had been holding practice in the village, a very satisfactory
-arrangement for them and for their opponents. As may be imagined,
-studies suffered these days and only the most dire threats from Dr.
-Merton kept the students to any semblance of labor. House awoke on
-Friday full of hope. It retired Friday night filled with gloom and
-apprehension.
-
-Just before morning school was dismissed Mr. Crane announced that
-Doctor Merton wished to see Holden and Bryant in his office at a
-quarter past twelve. Uneasy and questioning glances passed from seat
-to seat, and in the hall the House fellows clustered anxiously around
-Ben, demanding to know what was up. Ben only shrugged his shoulders and
-declared that he hadn’t any idea what was wanted of him. But he looked
-a little worried, nevertheless, and he and Bert made their way down the
-corridor to the office at the appointed time.
-
-“Boys,” said the Doctor, “what do you know about this?”
-
-“This” was a much-tattered story-paper which the Doctor held to view.
-Across the top of the first page ran the legend “Hairbreadth Harry, the
-Gentleman Scout.” Bert looked blank, but Ben flushed. The Doctor viewed
-them gravely and waited. As there was no reply he addressed Ben.
-
-“Holden,” he asked, “is this your property?”
-
-Ben hesitated for an instant. Then, “No, sir,” he answered.
-
-The Doctor turned to Bert. “It was found in your room this morning,
-boys. It must belong to one of you. Is it yours, Bryant?”
-
-Bert did some hard thinking in a small fraction of time. Then he nodded
-without speaking. Ben shot a look of amazement at him and the Doctor,
-watching narrowly, saw and frowned.
-
-“Hm. You’re quite certain it isn’t yours, Holden?” he asked again.
-Again Ben hesitated. Finally,
-
-“I――no, sir, it isn’t mine,” he replied.
-
-“I’m glad to hear it,” said the Doctor. “You’re an old boy here and
-you, at least, should know better than to bring such――such indecent
-trash into school. There is perhaps a little more excuse for Bryant. He
-has not been with us very long. However, that is not excuse enough. The
-rule prohibiting such literature is well known. You knew of it, Bryant?”
-
-“Yes, sir,” answered Bert in a low voice.
-
-“Quite so. Well――” The Doctor hesitated, turning the pages of the
-obnoxious pamphlet. “As this is your first misdemeanor of any sort
-since you have been in school, Bryant, I propose to be lenient with
-you. I want first, however, your promise that as long as you are with
-us you will not again own or read such stuff as this. Very good. As
-punishment I will prohibit you from taking part in the baseball game
-to-morrow. Another time you will not escape so easily. That is all. You
-may go, boys.”
-
-Once out in the corridor, Ben turned to Bert. “Why did you tell him it
-was yours?” he demanded in a hoarse whisper.
-
-“Why not?” replied Bert. “He was after one of us. It wouldn’t have made
-it any different if you’d told him you’d just borrowed it. He’d have
-punished you just the same, I guess. It doesn’t matter if I don’t play
-to-morrow, but it would make a heap of difference if you didn’t, Ben.
-You’re the only fellow we’ve got who can catch a little bit.”
-
-“I know, but――but it isn’t your funeral,” grumbled Ben. “The thing
-belongs to Kid and Kid ought to be the goat.”
-
-“That wouldn’t do you any good, Ben. You borrowed it. It was in our
-room, you see. Besides, there’s no use in lugging Kid into it. I don’t
-mind not playing――much.”
-
-“It’s a shame!” said Ben. “I don’t like it. It’s up to me and I ought
-to face the music.”
-
-“Yes, and then we lose the game,” replied Bert with a shrug. “That’s
-a bully idea, isn’t it? You keep quiet and it will be all right. I’m
-sorry I had to lie about it, but I hated to see Day get that trophy!”
-
-Ben said no more then, but all during dinner Bert noticed that he was
-unusually quiet and worried looking. Afterward, in the hall before
-afternoon school, Bert managed to whisper to him:
-
-“Look here, Ben, don’t you go and do anything silly about that, will
-you? It’s all right. I don’t mind not playing. Besides, maybe you
-wouldn’t need me anyhow. Just you keep mum, Ben.”
-
-Ben nodded, but the nod didn’t seem to promise much. Still, Bert
-thought the other looked more cheerful and that doubtless meant that
-he had abandoned any quixotic notions he might have entertained of
-assuming the blame.
-
-But if Bert had followed Ben from the classroom after school he would
-not have felt so easy in his mind, for Ben marched straight to Dr.
-Merton’s office and waited there until the Doctor came in.
-
-“Ah, Holden!” The Doctor looked a little surprised. “Want to see me, do
-you?”
-
-“Yes, sir, if you please. It’s about ‘Hairbreadth Harry,’ sir.”
-
-“About――_who_?” asked the Doctor bewilderedly.
-
-“About that――that dime novel, sir.”
-
-“Oh!” The Doctor frowned. “What about it, Holden?”
-
-“Well, sir, you asked if it was mine and I said it wasn’t. It isn’t
-mine, but I――I was reading it. It――it was in my possession.”
-
-“So? And whose is it?”
-
-“I’d rather not say, sir, if you please.”
-
-“But Bryant told me it belonged to him. Ah, I see. It belongs to Bryant
-and you were reading it.”
-
-“No, sir, it isn’t his, Doctor. He――he hadn’t anything to do with it. I
-had nothing to read one day and somebody had this and I――I borrowed it.
-I’m sorry.”
-
-“And why do you tell me this, Holden?” asked the Doctor gently.
-
-“It didn’t seem fair, sir, for Bryant to take the blame and the
-punishment. He said it was his for fear you wouldn’t let me play in
-to-morrow’s game. You see, there isn’t any one else to hold Waters――”
-
-“To hold water?”
-
-“No, sir, to hold Waters――George Waters; that is, to catch him?”
-
-“Oh, I see. And Bryant was afraid you’d get beaten. Is that it?”
-
-“Yes, sir.”
-
-“And so he told a lie.”
-
-Ben was silent. The Doctor swung about and looked through the open
-window for a minute. At last, “Well, Holden, I’m sorry about this,” he
-said, facing the culprit again. “But what was mete for Bryant is none
-too severe for you. In fact, as you are an older boy, the punishment
-in your case ought of right to be more severe. But as you have done
-an honest, manly thing in coming and telling me, my boy, I’ll be as
-lenient as I may. I’m sorry, but I don’t think I can let you take part
-to-morrow.”
-
-“Yes, sir,” replied Ben mournfully. “And Bert, sir? You’ll let him off,
-won’t you? He’s just a kid yet, and――――”
-
-“I’m afraid that is not possible, Holden. His lie was, perhaps, told
-impulsively and with the desire to shield you, but a lie is a lie,
-Holden, and I cannot condone untruthfulness. Bryant’s sentence must
-stand. I’m sorry for you both. I realize that it will be a great
-disappointment to you not to be able to play to-morrow.”
-
-“I can stand it, sir, but it――it means that we get beaten.” And Ben
-gulped. The Doctor nodded.
-
-“I’m sorry. Was there anything else?”
-
-“No, sir, thank you.”
-
-“Thank you, Holden, for coming and telling me.”
-
-Ten minutes later it was known that the House Team would play to-morrow
-without its captain, and the gloom hung heavy. Some of the fellows
-censured Ben for confessing to the Doctor. There had been no call for
-such a silly course, they declared. Every one agreed that certain
-defeat stared them in the face. Ben said very little, but what he did
-say was to the point.
-
-“I can’t play, but I’m still captain. Somebody else will have to catch
-and I guess it had better be Steve. Kid, you run up and get my mitt.
-We’re not beaten, yet, so don’t let’s talk like it. Steve, you and
-George and Sam come down to the net with me. You’ve got to learn the
-signals.”
-
-The rest of the team, which was to have no work to-day, followed
-gloomily and stood around while Steve Lovell, with Ben’s big catcher’s
-mitt on his hand, stood up in front of the net and let Waters and
-Perkins take turns in slamming the ball in to him, while Ben stood by
-and explained and coached, sometimes swinging at a ball with the bat
-to accustom Steve to the work before him. It was almost dark when Ben
-called a halt and Steve, tired and nervous, pulled the mitt off with a
-sigh of relief.
-
-“I’ll make a fearful mess of it to-morrow, Ben,” he groaned. “I know I
-shall!”
-
-“You mustn’t,” answered Ben grimly. “You can’t afford to. If you do as
-well as you’ve done to-day we’ll get by.”
-
-“Who’s going to play my bag?” asked Steve.
-
-“Sam. Kid goes into right.”
-
-Steve laughed mirthlessly. “Gee, we’re going to be a wonderful
-aggregation of ball players, we are!” he said as he followed Ben up the
-path. “I can see Kid when a fly comes his way!”
-
-“It’s the best we can do,” answered Ben. “And it can’t be helped now.”
-
-“Say, Ben,” said Kid in the hall, later, “I’ve been thinking that maybe
-if I went to the Doc and told him that dime novel was mine he might let
-up on you and Bert.”
-
-“He wouldn’t, Kid. You keep your mouth shut tight.”
-
-“But he might. And I’d be glad to do it, Ben. He couldn’t do anything
-to me to hurt the game.”
-
-“He couldn’t, eh? You’re going to play right field to-morrow, Kid.”
-
-“I am? Honest, Ben?” Kid’s eyes grew round with excitement. “You’re not
-fooling?”
-
-“No, I’m not fooling. You’ll play right field and bat in Perkins’
-place. So shut up now and get out.”
-
-House spent the evening discussing what was going to happen to-morrow
-when their crippled team met Day. But there was a more hopeful tone
-apparent and the fellows who had condemned Ben in the first flush of
-disappointment now acknowledged that he had done the square thing.
-
-“It took a lot of pluck to do what Ben did,” declared Steve Lovell,
-“and I guess if it had been me I’d have flunked it. And, anyhow,
-whether we win or we lose, we’ve got the whitest fellow in school for
-captain. Besides, winning games isn’t everything, I guess.”
-
-
-
-
- XXII
-
- “TOOTS” HAS A TREAT
-
-
-“Where are you going, Kid?” called Nan from the side porch the next
-morning.
-
-Kid, half-way down the drive, turned, waved a hand and replied
-importantly: “To the village to buy balls. Ben just found we only had
-three. Want to come along?”
-
-Nan shook her head. “I can’t. I wish I could. Kid, are we going to get
-beaten this afternoon?”
-
-“Beaten! I should say not! Why, I’m going to play in right field!” And
-Kid grinned broadly.
-
-“If we do they’ll take our trophy off with them, Kid. Won’t that be
-awful?”
-
-“Fierce, but they won’t do it! You wait, Nan. We’ll lick ’em to
-smithereens; they haven’t got a chance!” And Kid went on, whistling
-blithely.
-
-It was, he told himself, a dandy day, just the sort of a day for a ball
-game. And he was going to play! That was certainly bully. He’d show the
-fellows that he could play ball even if he was little! He paused in
-the middle of the drive and swung at an imaginary ball with an equally
-imaginary bat, and then, still in imagination, watched the ball flying
-high and far against the blue Spring sky.
-
-“I’ll show ’em!” he murmured.
-
-He had completed the purchase of three new balls in their neat red and
-white boxes and was out on the village street again when he heard his
-name spoken.
-
-“Hello, Kid, what are you doing?”
-
-It was “Toots” Morgan, “Toots” who still owed him that quarter,
-“Toots” who was to serve them with his puzzling curves and drops that
-afternoon. Kid scowled.
-
-“Picking blueberries,” he replied flippantly.
-
-“Think you’re smart, don’t you?” returned Toots with a frown.
-
-“I think――” began Kid aggressively. Then he stopped and gazed for a
-moment thoughtfully at the adversary. Then, to “Toots’” surprise, he
-smiled genially. “I’ve been buying balls, ‘Toots.’ Ben found we hadn’t
-enough.”
-
-“You’ll need a lot when we get at you,” replied “Toots,” amiably. “What
-kind did you get?”
-
-Kid exhibited them and “Toots” approved, explaining at some length as
-he lounged along at Kid’s side why he preferred that particular make
-to any other. “Toots” was in very good humor this morning, it seemed,
-and Kid’s brain became active. He listened most respectfully to the
-other’s words of wisdom and viewed him admiringly.
-
-“I guess you fellows won’t have much trouble licking us to-day,
-‘Toots,’” he said finally. “I suppose you’ve heard about Ben?”
-
-“Yes.” “Toots” nodded. “We’d have licked you anyway, though. It’s a
-cinch now.”
-
-Kid nodded sadly. “Yes, they’ve had to put me in right field. Bert
-Bryant’s out of it, too, you see.”
-
-“Toots” grinned. “I’ll let you down easy when you come to bat, Kid,” he
-said. “You’re a pretty good little chap, even if you did lose me that
-hockey game.”
-
-“I’ve always been sorry about that, ‘Toots,’” said Kid sweetly. “Of
-course, I didn’t mean to do it, but I know it was my fault. It――it has
-troubled me a whole lot.”
-
-“Toots” studied the face upturned to his own suspiciously, but the
-expression was so frank, so guileless that “Toots” was touched. “That’s
-all right, Kid. You couldn’t tell I was going to put one of the nasty
-things in my mouth and lose a stop. I know that. Maybe I’ll give you
-a straight, easy ball this afternoon, Kid, and let you get a hit――if
-we’re ahead and there’s no one on.”
-
-“Will you, honest?” asked Kid eagerly. “I wish you would, ‘Toots’! I’d
-love to get a hit! Gee, wouldn’t it surprise those stuck-up chaps who
-say I can’t play? But how will I know when to hit it, ‘Toots’?”
-
-“Toots” laughed amusedly. “Gee, you’re a green one, aren’t you, Kid?
-Well, say, I’ll give you a signal, see? Like this. When I put my hand
-up and wiggle my fingers this way――see?――you take a swing. I’ll put it
-over slow and easy for you, Kid. You’re not a bad sort.”
-
-“That――that’s awfully kind of you,” stammered Kid. “I――I――say, ‘Toots,’
-let me buy you some tonic, will you? I’d love to!”
-
-“Sure,” laughed “Toots.” “Come on over to Haley’s. I don’t mind having
-money spent on me.”
-
-“And maybe they’ve got some of those dandy éclairs,” mused Kid as he
-accompanied “Toots” across the street, “the kind with chocolate on top.
-Don’t you love those, ‘Toots’?”
-
-“They’re not bad, and that’s a fact. You must have money, Kid.”
-
-“I’ve got almost a dollar, ‘Toots.’” He didn’t explain that it was the
-change from the five dollar bill supplied him by Ben to buy balls
-with. “And I’m awfully hungry. Walking always makes me hungry.”
-
-“Well, it’s sort of late to eat,” said “Toots” as he led the way into
-Haley’s store, “but if they have any of those éclairs, Kid, I guess I
-can spoil one.”
-
-They had, as it proved; a whole tin tray full of them; and not only
-were there chocolate éclairs but vanilla and maple éclairs as well, and
-“Toots” was unable to decide which to take.
-
-“Try a chocolate one first,” advised Kid, jingling his money loudly,
-“and then have one of the others. Those maple ones are great.”
-
-That seemed a sensible idea and “Toots” followed it. And they each
-had a bottle of root beer. And after the two éclairs were finished
-Kid suggested bananas and more root beer. “Toots” declined the root
-beer but accepted two bananas. Meanwhile they sat on stools and swung
-their feet and talked baseball. “Toots” told all about his different
-deliveries, and about how he had had to practice months and months
-before he had mastered that “fade-away” of his, which, if Kid knew
-about such things, he would realize was just like Christy Mathewson’s.
-And Kid listened attentively, admiringly, with open mouth and wide
-eyes, and called for two apple turnovers and two dill pickles. It was
-almost half-past twelve when “Toots” brushed the crumbs of a peach
-tart from his jacket and lowered himself from the stool with a groan
-of repletion. Kid’s money was spent to the last cent and so there was
-no use remaining any longer. If “Toots” had not been so taken up with
-his own recital of his deeds and prowess he might have noticed that Kid
-had not eaten half of the pastry and fruit and pickles he had seemed
-to. The floor was littered with food and one of Kid’s pockets was mushy
-with half-eaten tarts and turnovers.
-
-“Well, much obliged, Kid,” said “Toots” lazily. “That was a bully
-treat. I’ll stand you some day. I must waddle home to dinner now. Gee,
-but I’m full! Well, see you later. Don’t forget the signal; like this;
-see?”
-
-And “Toots” wiggled his left hand in front of his forehead.
-
-“I won’t forget. Thank you, ‘Toots.’” Kid watched the other make his
-way down the sidewalk. “You bet I won’t forget, ‘Toots.’ You watch me!”
-he murmured to himself. Then, smiling his cherub smile, Kid hurried
-back to school.
-
-
-
-
- XXIII
-
- KID TRIUMPHS!
-
-
-Quite an audience assembled for that final game. Day fellows brought
-their sisters and their chums, and now and then a father or a mother,
-while a few boys from the village, unable to follow their high school
-nine away on a trip, came up to cheer for the Day Team. And of course
-the Doctor and Mrs. Merton were there; the Doctor enjoyed a game of
-baseball or football as much as any one; and equally, of course, Miss
-Nancy Merton was on hand. Yes, it was quite a fair-sized audience,
-and it couldn’t have had a finer day to sit on the settees along the
-base lines and watch eighteen eager and excited youths do battle
-for baseball supremacy. The sun was warm, but a little west breeze
-mitigated its ardor. The sky was cloudless, the world green and fresh
-and the air as soft and gentle as a caress.
-
-The Junior Four Trophy stood imposingly on its ebony base in the
-middle of a table for all to see. It glistened bravely in the sunlight
-and the Junior Four and the Honorary Member were very proud of it. More
-than once Nan, who sat a few feet away, bent forward to read her name
-engraved on the silver cup. Mr. Folsom, who was to umpire on bases,
-thus lending quite an air of Big League importance to the contest, was
-surreptitiously studying the rules behind first base. But he hadn’t
-progressed very far when Mr. Crane called “Play ball!”
-
-House took the field and Day went to bat. Out in right field, a
-ridiculously small figure in that expanse of green sward, stood Kid,
-thumping his fielder’s glove with a bare fist impatiently. On second
-base Sam Perkins called encouragement and tried to make himself believe
-that he felt at home there. Behind the bat was Steve Lovell, looking
-not a little nervous. Waters pitched, for it had been decided to get
-the jump on Day at the start, if such a thing was possible, and win
-the game in the first few innings. Ben, although barred from playing,
-was directing the team from the bench. Beside him sat Bert, a bit
-downhearted at being out of it.
-
-White, first man up for Day, started the excitement with the first
-ball pitched. It was “in the groove,” and White banged it down to
-Perkins, waist-high. Sam caught it, dropped it, snatched it up again
-and pegged it to first. But the throw was short and the ball struck the
-ground a yard in front of Pierce, and, although that youth succeeded
-in stopping it, the runner was safe. Turner worked a neat sacrifice.
-O’Connell tried to score White from second and sent a fly to Lanny in
-center. Lanny caught it, but his throw in was weak and White went to
-third. Then Briggs slammed a liner between Crandall and Cupples, scored
-White and took second himself. Grimshaw hit two fouls, both of which
-Steve Lovell tried for and missed, and then placed a neat base-hit in
-short left. Spooner should have been an easy out at first, but Stanley
-Pierce dropped the ball and the bases were full. Waters was plainly
-worried, and when, a moment later, Lovell let a pitch get by him and
-two runs came in, Waters went straight up in the air. Tucker was
-passed and so was Sibley. Day’s coachers danced and shrieked and their
-supporters kept up a constant din intended to add further to Waters’
-discomfort. But, strange to say, just when Ben was wondering whether
-perhaps it would not be best to take Waters out before the game was
-lost beyond recovery, the pitcher settled down and struck out “Toots”
-Morgan with three pitched balls!
-
-It was House’s turn to applaud and they didn’t miss it. But with three
-runs against them the outlook wasn’t particularly bright. Captain
-Turner surprised House by sending Sibley in to pitch, Morgan going into
-the field. Ben was tickled indeed and saw in imagination all sorts of
-hits streaking over the landscape. But Sibley wasn’t as easy to-day.
-In spite of the fact that the first two batters up hit him safely,
-he managed to crawl out of an awkward situation without having a run
-scored against him.
-
-There was no scoring by either team in the second. Day got a man to
-third, but he died there when Lovell raced into the crowd and pulled
-down a foul. House had hopes when George Waters hit a two-bagger, but
-there were already two men out and Lanny, who followed him at the
-plate, couldn’t make good and was thrown out easily at first.
-
-Day started the third inning by hitting a long fly into right field.
-Kid had to travel back to reach it and then let it bounce out of that
-famous glove of his. The error was good for three bases. A passed ball
-let the runner score. But after that Waters again settled down and
-there were no more hits in the inning. House failed to reach first
-and, with the score four to nothing, the fourth inning began. Day went
-out in order, and for House Cupples found Sibley for a bunt and beat
-out the ball, going to second a minute later when Crandall trickled the
-ball along the first base line and was tagged out by Sibley. Gardner
-offered at two deliveries and then waited and got his base. Kid struck
-out miserably, swinging at everything that came. Waters again got a hit
-and Cupples raced in from second for the first tally. Lanny flied out
-to shortstop.
-
-The fifth inning was filled with errors on each side, but no runs were
-scored. The sixth gave Day another tally when Grimshaw banged the ball
-out for a home run. Then Waters struck out Spooner, made Tucker pop
-a fly to Pierce and passed Sibley only to catch him napping a moment
-later off first base. House went into the sixth with the score five
-to nothing and Ben was gnawing his finger-nails on the bench. Perkins
-leaned against the first delivery and the shortstop found it too hard
-to handle. He went to second when Pierce flied out to left field. Then
-Sibley let down and Lovell hit safely past third and Perkins scored
-House’s second run. Cupples drew a pass. Crandall advanced the runners
-but went out at first. Gardner was ordered to bother Sibley and try
-for a pass. So he waved his bat back and forth and jumped around in
-the box, while the House coachers yelled themselves hoarse back of
-the bases. Two balls――one strike――three balls――two strikes――and then,
-“Four balls; take your base,” said Mr. Crane. A shriek of triumph went
-up from House. Turner ran over from first base and Sibley tossed the
-ball down. “Toots” was already trotting in from left field. Turner was
-taking no chances, it seemed.
-
-Morgan stepped into the box with two out and three on bases.
-Unfortunately for House, it was Kid’s turn at bat. Had there been any
-one to take his place Ben would have pulled Kid out of the game then
-and there, but there wasn’t, and so Kid was told to seem eager to hit
-but to offer at nothing. Ben, knowing Morgan to be cold, trusted that
-he would be unable to put three strikes over. But although Kid looked
-anxiously for that secret signal that was to give him a hit he didn’t
-see it. And a moment later he was trotting dejectedly out to the field,
-disposed of with four pitched balls.
-
-Day filled the bases in the seventh with one out, the out being Morgan.
-Briggs banged the ball to Crandall and Crandall dropped it long enough
-to let Day add her sixth run and for Briggs to reach first in safety.
-Grimshaw went out on a long fly and another tally came over. Then, to
-the immense relief of House, Spooner hit a liner to Waters, who knocked
-it down and threw it to first for the third out.
-
-But House was beaten. There could be no doubt of that. The score was 7
-to 2 and only three innings remained for House. With Morgan pitching
-his customary good game it was very doubtful whether House could score
-once, to say nothing of five times! But Ben declared that it was
-the lucky seventh and House supporters took up the cry and shouted
-encouragingly as Waters tapped the plate with his bat. Morgan seemed a
-little slower than usual to-day. Ben, watching intently from the bench,
-was puzzled. Usually “Toots” sent in his deliveries almost as fast as
-White could get the ball back to him. But this afternoon there was an
-appreciable delay each time. “Toots” took longer for his “wind-up” and
-when the ball left his hand it appeared to lack its usual snap. Ben
-wondered whether it was possible that Morgan was a little off-color.
-He called Lanny, who was waiting to bat, and whispered to him. Lanny
-nodded doubtfully. At that instant there was a sharp _crack_ and Waters
-was speeding to first. But the ball was only a long fly and the Day
-Team’s center fielder got under it after a hard race and pulled it
-down. Lanny was fooled twice on what “Toots” called his “fade-away” and
-then slammed a hit past second baseman. Perkins went to bat and Lanny
-immediately took what looked like a dangerous lead off first. Morgan
-turned and watched him a second, threw the ball across half-heartedly
-and then paid no more attention to the runner. On the second ball
-Perkins swung, and Lanny sped to second. House howled gleefully. Then
-a pop fly to third baseman turned Perkins away and made it two out.
-Pierce, however, got a lift by reason of second baseman’s error, and
-Lanny went to third and might have scored in the subsequent confusion.
-But with Steve Lovell up a run still looked likely and House clamored
-for it. The best Steve could do, however, was to get a pass to first.
-And then, with the bases full, Cupples trickled an easy grounder to
-third baseman and the latter had only to step back and tag the bag with
-his foot for the final out of the inning.
-
-Day added still another run to her swelling score in the first of the
-eighth, a base hit, an error by Crandall and a wild pitch by Waters
-contributing.
-
-House was losing hope. Day had a lead of six runs now. Crandall went
-out promptly, third baseman to first. Gardner drove a long screecher
-into right field and only a hair-raising one-handed catch by Briggs
-stopped him. Then, with two out, Kid again came to the sacrifice. Kid
-had lost all hope of getting that hit by now. It seemed to be his part
-to stand at the plate and let the opposing pitcher toy with him! But
-he squared himself bravely enough, swung his bat knowingly and seemed
-to dare Morgan to do his worst. It seemed that Morgan was going to
-do it too, for his first ball was high and wide and his next one hit
-the plate. The coachers, thinking he was faltering, began to dance
-and shout. Kid waited for the next delivery, hoping that it would be
-another ball. Perhaps, at least, he was to win the honor of reaching
-first on a pass! But what was this? Why was “Toots” fingering his cap?
-The catcher had given the signal. What――then Kid suddenly realized that
-“Toots” had not forgotten his promise, after all, that he was going to
-pitch a straight and easy one so that Kid might make a hit! Kid seized
-the bat firmly, his heart thumping, and waited while Morgan lazily
-wound up and then shot his hand forward. Straight and true came the
-ball. Kid watched it breathlessly. Was it going to break? But no, there
-was no “stuff” on that ball. It came right over the center of the
-plate a foot above Kid’s knees, and Kid’s bat took it squarely on the
-trade-mark.
-
-_Bang!_
-
-Kid dropped his bat and scurried for first. Over second baseman’s
-head went the ball. Kid swung around first and headed for second. The
-coachers were shouting unintelligible things to him as he ran. Out
-between center field and right O’Connell and Briggs were racing. Kid
-reached second and turned to look. What had happened? Two fielders
-were scurrying along with their backs to him. From somewhere came the
-insistent cry: “_Come on, Kid! Come on! Take third!_” Kid started
-again, his small legs twinkling above the dust. Out in deep field
-Briggs was throwing the ball to second baseman. At third Steve Lovell,
-shouting and waving, sent Kid toward home. His heart was pounding
-against his ribs like a sledge-hammer as he made for the plate where
-White, with outstretched hands and anxious, puckered face, awaited the
-ball. Somehow, without seeing, Kid knew that the ball was coming. He
-was still a dozen feet away from the plate. Twenty voices were crying
-to him to slide, but Kid didn’t hear them. He did slide, but he did it
-instinctively. Kid struck the plate at the instant the ball landed in
-the catcher’s mitten. And although White swung for him frantically, Kid
-was safe. He had made a home run!
-
-They picked him up from between White’s legs and thumped him on the
-back and yelled hoarsely in triumph. Kid, rescuing his cap, grinned
-toward where “Toots,” hands on hips and his face eloquent of surprise
-and chagrin, was standing. Then in a voice that easily carried to
-“Toots” Kid observed carelessly: “He isn’t hard to hit!”
-
-After that it should have been all over, but to-day the unexpected
-happened. “Toots,” still dazed, as it seemed, passed Waters in spite
-of that youth’s attempt to hit, bounded the ball off Lanny’s knee and
-then, with first and second bases occupied, let Perkins drive out a
-clean-cut hit! Waters romped home, Lanny went to second and House
-became frantic. How the coachers yelled! For that matter how every one
-yelled! “Toots” was going fast. He was plainly in distress. Stanley
-Pierce smashed out a two bagger, scoring Lanny and sending Perkins to
-third. Lovell drew a pass, Cupples singled, Crandall doubled, Gardner
-reached his base on an error by shortstop, and Kid came again to the
-bat.
-
-The score was tied at 8 to 8 and the bases were filled. House yelled
-for another “homer.” Kid, outwardly calm and assured but inwardly
-trembling, again faced “Toots.” “Toots” observed him puzzledly. The
-first delivery was wild and White barely stopped it from getting by
-him. Kid grinned and, raising one hand to his cap, wiggled his fingers!
-Morgan looked and faltered. Two balls! White hurried down to talk it
-over. They whispered together. White thumped “Toots” encouragingly
-on the back. “Toots” nodded and braced his shoulders. But Kid saw
-the look of distress that flitted across the pitcher’s face, and he
-grinned cruelly. Again he wiggled his fingers, while the audience
-shouted excitedly or held their breath in suspense. “Three balls!”
-cried Mr. Crane. Bedlam was let loose then! Ben jumped from the bench
-and executed a Highland fling and threw handfuls of grass in the air.
-Behind first Perkins did a hand-spring. Turner ran over to “Toots” and
-pleaded with him. “Toots” was seen to place a hand on the region of his
-stomach and shake his head. “Play ball!” shrieked House. Turner talked
-and talked and “Toots” nodded dispiritedly and faced his fate. The ball
-sped forward, Kid let it pass and dropped his bat. But, “Strike one!”
-cried Mr. Crane.
-
-Kid viewed him reproachfully, and recovered his bat. “He can’t do it
-again, Kid!” shouted Ben. But he did do it again, nevertheless, even
-though the effort caused him a good deal of discomfort, as Kid could
-see. Then it all depended on the next ball. “Toots” wound up slowly,
-his face scowling with pain, and out went his arm. The ball started
-well, but the break was wrong. Down and down it came. Kid stepped back
-from the plate and the ball thumped into White’s mitt.
-
-“Four balls,” said Mr. Crane. “Take your base!”
-
-Amidst pandemonium Harold Cupples trotted home from third with House’s
-ninth run! Kid went to first and the bases were still full. With Waters
-at bat at least one more tally seemed possible, but Fortune came to the
-aid of “Toots.” Waters swung at the first offering and the ball danced
-up into the sunlight to settle in third baseman’s glove!
-
-Heroically Day struggled to retrieve her lost lead. But George Waters
-arose grandly to the occasion and was as firm as a rock. The first man
-was struck out and the second went out at first. Then it was Morgan’s
-turn at bat. But a substitute went in instead. This wasn’t finesse, but
-necessity, for poor “Toots” was being half led and half carried to the
-house where, for the next hour or so he was dosed with Jamaica ginger
-and similar remedies. It was a most mysterious attack and the only two
-persons who could have thrown light on it remained silent, “Toots”
-himself because he was much too unhappy to explain and Kid because, so
-far, Ben had forgotten all about the change from that five dollar bill!
-
-And, besides, just at present, Kid was much too busy. That substitute
-batter had insisted on prolonging the agony. With two strikes on him he
-refused to acknowledge himself beaten. Anxious to bring the game to an
-end, Waters put one over “in the groove.” _Whack!_ Out into right field
-sped the ball, high and far. Around the bases raced the batsman. Day,
-scenting victory at the eleventh hour, arose to their feet and shrieked
-their triumph. But they were reckoning without their host. Far out in
-the field a pair of small legs were streaking over the sod. A glance
-over his shoulder, and Kid paused and wheeled. Up went his hands. What
-was a catch like that to the fellow who had batted “Toots” Morgan for
-a home run? Down came the ball, hesitantly at first, then with a rush.
-Straining eyes watched as it thumped into Kid’s big glove. Then a roar
-of joy went up from House. Kid had caught it! The game was over! House
-had won!
-
-[Illustration: “Straining eyes watched as it thumped into Kid’s big
-glove.”]
-
-Two minutes later, with Ben proudly bearing the Junior Four Trophy
-and striding ahead, the victorious team marched back to the school,
-cheering and shouting. And close at Ben’s elbow marched Kid, his hands
-still tingling from the ball.
-
-“_Io Triumphus!_” he chanted.
-
-
- THE END
-
-
-
-
- Transcriber’s Notes:
-
- ――Text in italics is enclosed by underscores (_italics_).
-
- ――Except for the frontispiece, illustrations have been moved to
- follow the text that they illustrate.
-
- ――Printer’s, punctuation and spelling inaccuracies were silently
- corrected.
-
- ――Archaic and variable spelling has been preserved.
-
- ――Variations in hyphenation and compound words have been preserved.
-
-*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE JUNIOR TROPHY ***
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the
-United States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
-the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
-of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
-copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
-easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
-of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
-Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may
-do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
-by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
-license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country other than the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where
- you are located before using this eBook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that:
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
-the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
-forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
-Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
-to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website
-and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without
-widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/old/66055-0.zip b/old/66055-0.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index 577e8de..0000000
--- a/old/66055-0.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/66055-h.zip b/old/66055-h.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index 017569c..0000000
--- a/old/66055-h.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/66055-h/66055-h.htm b/old/66055-h/66055-h.htm
deleted file mode 100644
index 84a0692..0000000
--- a/old/66055-h/66055-h.htm
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10735 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
- <head>
- <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" />
- <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
-
- <title>
- The Junior Trophy, by Ralph Henry Barbour—A Project Gutenberg eBook
- </title>
-
- <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" />
-
- <style type="text/css">
-
-/* DACSoft styles */
-
-body {
- margin-left: 10%;
- margin-right: 10%;
-}
-
-/* General headers */
-h1 {
- text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
- page-break-before: always;
- clear: both;
-}
-
-/* Chapter headers */
-h2 {
- text-align: center;
- font-weight: bold;
- margin: .75em 0;
-}
-
-div.chapter {
- page-break-before: always;
-}
-
-h2.nobreak {
- page-break-before: avoid;
-}
-
-/* Indented paragraph */
-p {
- margin-top: .51em;
- margin-bottom: .49em;
- text-align: justify;
- text-indent: 1em;
-}
-
-/* Unindented paragraph */
-.noi {text-indent: 0em;}
-
-/* Centered unindented paragraph */
-.noic {
- text-indent: 0em;
- text-align: center;
-}
-
-/* Drop caps */
-p.cap {text-indent: 0em;}
-
-p.cap:first-letter {
- float: left;
- padding-right: 3px;
- font-size: 250%;
- line-height: 83%;
-}
-
-/* Non-standard paragraph margins */
-.p2 {margin-top: 2em;}
-.p4 {margin-top: 4em;}
-.p6 {margin-top: 6em;}
-
-.pad4 {
- margin-top: 4em;
- margin-bottom: 4em;
-}
-
-/* Horizontal rules */
-hr {
- width: 33%;
- margin-top: 2em;
- margin-bottom: 2em;
- margin-left: 33.5%;
- margin-right: 33.5%;
- clear: both;
-}
-
-hr.tb {
- width: 35%;
- margin-top: 1em;
- margin-bottom: 1em;
- margin-left: 32.5%;
- margin-right: 32.5%;
-}
-
-hr.chap {
- width: 65%;
- margin-left: 17.5%;
- margin-right: 17.5%;
-}
-
-/* Lists */
-ul {list-style-type: none;}
-
-li {
- text-indent: 0em;
- padding-left: 0em;
-}
-
-/* Tables */
-table {
- margin-left: auto;
- margin-right: auto;
-}
-
-/* Table cell alignments */
-.tdl {text-align: left;}
-
-.tdlp {
- padding-left: 2em;
- text-align: left;
-}
-
-.tdrb {
- text-align: right;
- vertical-align: bottom;
-}
-
-.tdrt {
- text-align: right;
- padding-right: 0.75em;
- vertical-align: top;
-}
-
-th {
- font-weight: normal;
-}
-
-.pr {
- padding-right: .5em;
-}
-
-/* Physical book page and line numbers */
-.pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */
- /* visibility: hidden; */
- position: absolute;
- right: 3%;
-/* left: 92%; */
- font-size: x-small;
- font-style: normal;
- font-weight: normal;
- font-variant: normal;
- text-align: right;
- color: gray;
-} /* page numbers */
-
-/* Blockquotes */
-.blockquot {
- margin-top: 1em;
- margin-left: 10%;
- margin-right: 10%;
- margin-bottom: 1em;
-}
-
-/* Alignment */
-.right {text-align: right;}
-
-.flright {
- float: right;
-}
-
-.x-ebookmaker .flright {
- float: right;
-}
-
-/* Text appearance */
-.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;}
-
-/* Small fonts and lowercase small-caps */
-.smfont {
- font-size: .8em;
-}
-
-.smfontc {
- font-size: .75em;
- text-align: center;
-}
-
-.smfontr {
- font-size: .75em;
- text-align: right;
-}
-
-/* Illustration caption */
-.caption {
- font-size: .75em;
- font-weight: bold;
-}
-
-/* Images */
-img {
- max-width: 100%; /* no image to be wider than screen or containing div */
- height:auto; /* keep height in proportion to width */
-}
-
-.figcenter {
- margin: auto;
- text-align: center;
- page-break-inside: avoid;
- max-width: 90%; /* div no wider than screen, even when screen is narrow */
-}
-
-.logocenter {
- margin: auto;
- width: 6em;
- max-width: 100%;
-}
-x-ebookmaker .logocenter {width: 6em;}
-
-/* Poetry */
-.poetry-container {text-align: center;} /* to keep poem centered on page */
-
-.poetry {
- display: block;
- text-align: left;
- margin-left: 10%;
- margin-right: 10%;
-}
-
-.poetry .stanza {margin: 1em auto;}
-
-.poetry .verse {
- padding-left: 3em;
- text-indent: -3em;
-}
-
-/* Poetry indents */
-.poetry .indent0 {padding-left: 3em;}
-.poetry .indent1 {padding-left: 3.5em;}
-
-/* Transcriber's notes */
-.tnote {
- background-color: #E6E6FA;
- margin-left: 10%;
- margin-right: 10%;
- padding: .5em;
-}
-
-.tntitle {
- font-size: 1.25em;
- font-weight: bold;
- text-align: center;
- clear: both;
-}
-
-/* Title page borders and content. */
-.title {
- font-size: 1.75em;
- font-weight: bold;
- text-align: center;
- clear: both;
-}
-
-.halftitle {
- font-size: 1.5em;
- text-align: center;
- clear: both;
-}
-
-.author {
- font-size: 1.25em;
- text-align: center;
- clear: both;
-}
-
-.works {
- font-size: .75em;
- text-align: center;
- clear: both;
-}
-
-/* Advertisement formatting. */
-.adbox {
- border: 2px solid black;
- padding-left: .5em;
- padding-right: .5em;
- margin: auto;
- max-width: 22em;
-}
-
-.x-ebookmaker .adbox {
- border: 2px solid black;
- padding: 1em;
- margin: auto;
- max-width: 100%;
-}
-
-.adauthor {
- font-size: 1.25em;
- text-align: center;
- clear: both;
-}
-
-/* Hanging indent. */
-.hang {
- text-indent: -2em;
- padding-left: 3em;
-}
-
- </style>
- </head>
-<body>
-<p style='text-align:center; font-size:1.2em; font-weight:bold'>The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Junior Trophy, by Ralph Henry Barbour</p>
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
-at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you
-are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the
-country where you are located before using this eBook.
-</div>
-
-<p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Title: The Junior Trophy</p>
- <p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Author: Ralph Henry Barbour</p>
-<p style='display:block; text-indent:0; margin:1em 0'>Release Date: August 13, 2021 [eBook #66055]</p>
-<p style='display:block; text-indent:0; margin:1em 0'>Language: English</p>
- <p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em; text-align:left'>Produced by: Donald Cummings and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net</p>
-<div style='margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:4em'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE JUNIOR TROPHY ***</div>
-
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="cover">
- <img src="images/cover.jpg" alt="cover" title="cover" />
-</div>
-
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p class="noi halftitle">THE JUNIOR TROPHY</p>
-</div>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<div class="adbox">
-<p class="noic adauthor">BY RALPH HENRY BARBOUR.</p>
-
-<ul>
-<li class="hang">The Junior Trophy.</li>
-<li class="hang">Change Signals!</li>
-<li class="hang">For Yardley.</li>
-<li class="hang">Finkler’s Field.</li>
-<li class="hang">Winning His “Y.”</li>
-<li class="hang">The New Boy at Hilltop.</li>
-<li class="hang">Double Play.</li>
-<li class="hang">Forward Pass!</li>
-<li class="hang">The Spirit of the School.</li>
-<li class="hang">Four in Camp.</li>
-<li class="hang">Four Afoot.</li>
-<li class="hang">Four Afloat.</li>
-<li class="hang">The Arrival of Jimpson.</li>
-<li class="hang">Behind the Line.</li>
-<li class="hang">Captain of the Crew.</li>
-<li class="hang">For the Honor of the School.</li>
-<li class="hang">The Half-Back.</li>
-<li class="hang">On Your Mark.</li>
-<li class="hang">Weatherby’s Inning.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p class="noic">D. APPLETON &amp; COMPANY, NEW YORK.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<div class="figcenter" id="i_frontis">
- <img src="images/i_frontis.jpg" alt="" title="" />
- <div class="caption">
- <p class="noic"><a href="#Page_75">“‘Be careful,’ cautioned Ben, his teeth chattering.”</a></p>
- </div>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<h1>THE<br />
-JUNIOR TROPHY</h1>
-
-<p class="p2 noic">BY</p>
-
-<p class="noi author">RALPH HENRY BARBOUR</p>
-
-<p class="noi works">AUTHOR OF<br />
-“CHANGE SIGNALS,” “FOR YARDLEY,” “THE HALF-BACK,” ETC.</p>
-
-<div class="pad4">
-<div class="logocenter" id="logo">
- <img class="logocenter" src="images/logo.jpg" alt="logo" title="logo" />
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class="noic">ILLUSTRATED</p>
-
-
-<p class="p4 noic adauthor">NEW YORK AND LONDON<br />
-D. APPLETON AND COMPANY<br />
-1913</p>
-
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p class="noic smcap">Copyright, 1913, by</p>
-
-<p class="noic">D. APPLETON AND COMPANY</p>
-
-<p class="p6 noic">Printed in the United States of America</p>
-</div>
-
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CONTENTS">CONTENTS</h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<table border="0" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Contents">
-<col style="width: 20%;" />
-<col style="width: 70%;" />
-<col style="width: 10%;" />
-<tr>
- <th class="pr smfontr">CHAPTER</th>
- <th class="tdl"></th>
- <th class="smfontr">PAGE</th>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdrt">I.</td>
- <td class="tdl smcap"><a href="#I">What the Cat Brought In</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">1</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdrt">II.</td>
- <td class="tdl smcap"><a href="#II">The Declaration of Independence</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">9</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdrt">III.</td>
- <td class="tdl smcap"><a href="#III">Revolt</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">20</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdrt">IV.</td>
- <td class="tdl smcap"><a href="#IV">The First Skirmish</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">32</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdrt">V.</td>
- <td class="tdl smcap"><a href="#V">Battle Royal</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">48</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdrt">VI.</td>
- <td class="tdl smcap"><a href="#VI">A Rescue</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">65</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdrt">VII.</td>
- <td class="tdl smcap"><a href="#VII">Lanny Confesses</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">80</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdrt">VIII.</td>
- <td class="tdl smcap"><a href="#VIII">The First Hockey Game</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">86</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdrt">IX.</td>
- <td class="tdl smcap"><a href="#IX">The Society Meets Again</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">94</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdrt">X.</td>
- <td class="tdl smcap"><a href="#X">Kid Makes an Investment</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">104</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdrt">XI.</td>
- <td class="tdl smcap"><a href="#XI">And Starts in Business</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">119</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdrt">XII.</td>
- <td class="tdl smcap"><a href="#XII">“Toots” Buys Some Tablets</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">137</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdrt">XIII.</td>
- <td class="tdl smcap"><a href="#XIII">Kid Runs Away</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">160</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdrt">XIV.</td>
- <td class="tdl smcap"><a href="#XIV">Heroism and a Reward</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">175</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdrt">XV.</td>
- <td class="tdl smcap"><a href="#XV">Lanny Tries High Finance</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">193</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdrt">XVI.</td>
- <td class="tdl smcap"><a href="#XVI">Kid Finds Himself Famous</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">208</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdrt">XVII.</td>
- <td class="tdl smcap"><a href="#XVII">A Donation to the Fund</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">217</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdrt">XVIII.</td>
- <td class="tdl smcap"><a href="#XVIII">Confession and Punishment</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">229</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdrt">XIX.</td>
- <td class="tdl smcap"><a href="#XIX">The Trophy is Presented</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">248</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdrt">XX.</td>
- <td class="tdl smcap"><a href="#XX">Day Wins and Loses</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">264</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdrt">XXI.</td>
- <td class="tdl smcap"><a href="#XXI">“Hairbreadth” Harry</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">280</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdrt">XXII.</td>
- <td class="tdl smcap"><a href="#XXII">“Toots” Has a Treat</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">290</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdrt">XXIII.</td>
- <td class="tdl smcap"><a href="#XXIII">Kid Triumphs!</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">296</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="ILLUSTRATIONS">LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS</h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<table border="0" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Illustrations">
-<col style="width: 90%;" />
-<col style="width: 10%;" />
-<tr>
- <th> </th>
- <th class="smfontc">FACING<br />PAGE</th>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdl hang"><a href="#i_frontis">“‘Be careful,’ cautioned Ben,
-his teeth chattering”</a>      <span class="flright"><i>Frontispiece</i></span></td>
- <td class="tdrb"> </td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdl hang"><a href="#i_fp054">“The soft snow thudded and spattered against the
-two flying seniors”</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">54</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdl hang"><a href="#i_fp180">“On came the train, nearer and nearer”</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">180</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdl hang"><a href="#i_fp306">“Straining eyes watched as it thumped into Kid’s
-big glove”</a></td>
- <td class="tdrb">306</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_1"></a>[1]</span></p>
-
-<p class="noi title">THE JUNIOR TROPHY</p>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="I">I<br />
-<small>WHAT THE CAT BROUGHT IN</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="cap">The train from the west that bore Bert Bryant
-to New York was two hours late, for all the
-way from Clinton, Ohio, where Bert lived,
-the snow had been from four inches to a foot in
-depth. Consequently he had missed the one o’clock
-train for Mt. Pleasant and had spent an hour with
-his face glued to a waiting-room window watching
-the bustle and confusion of New York. Now, at
-four o’clock, he was seated in a sleigh, his suit-case
-between his feet, winding up the long, snowy road
-to Mt. Pleasant Academy. In the front seat was
-the fur-clad driver and beside him was Bert’s small
-trunk.</p>
-
-<p>It was very cold and fast growing dark. It
-seemed to Bert that they had been driving for miles
-and miles, and he wanted to ask the driver how
-much farther they had to go. But the man in the
-old bearskin coat was cross and taciturn, and so<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_2"></a>[2]</span>
-Bert buried his hands still deeper in his pockets
-and wondered whether his nose and ears were getting
-white. And just when he had decided that
-they were the sleigh left the main road with a sudden
-lurch, that almost toppled the trunk off, and
-turned through a gate and up a curving drive lined
-with snow-laden evergreens. Then the academy
-came into view, a rambling, comfortable-looking
-building with many cheerfully lighted windows
-looking out in welcome. At one of the windows
-two faces appeared in response to the warning of
-the sleigh bells and peered curiously down. The
-sleigh pulled up in front of a broad stone step and
-Bert clambered out, bag in hand. The driver lifted
-the trunk, opened the big oak door without ceremony,
-deposited his burden just inside and
-growled: “Fifty cents.”</p>
-
-<p>Bert paid him, the door closed, the bells jingled
-diminishingly down the drive and Bert looked
-around. He was in a big hall from which a broad
-stairway ascended and from which doors opened
-on all sides. Through one of them he caught sight
-of four tables already set for supper. The hall was
-evidently a living-room as well, for a wood fire
-crackled in a big fireplace and easy chairs and
-couches were all around, while the floor was spread<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_3"></a>[3]</span>
-with a number of rugs of varying sizes whose deep
-colors added warmth to the room. Bert waited,
-drawing off his coat and gloves. Presently, as no
-one appeared, he went to the fireplace and held his
-numbed feet to the blaze. Somehow the place
-didn’t look like any school he had ever seen and
-he began to wonder whether by mistake he had
-stumbled into some one’s private house. But from
-above came unmistakable sounds; boys’ voices in
-laughter and the scurrying of feet. Bert began to
-study the many closed doors, intending presently,
-if no one came, to knock at one of them. But before
-he had made a choice some one did come.</p>
-
-<p>A door behind him opened suddenly and a girl
-of about fourteen burst in, caught sight of the newcomer
-and paused in surprise. Bert turned and
-for a moment the two observed each other in frank
-curiosity.</p>
-
-<p>What Bert saw was a girl in a sailor suit of
-some dark blue material, a girl with a pretty, animated
-face, blue eyes and golden-brown hair which
-at the back descended to her waist in a long braid.
-What the girl saw was a good-looking boy of her
-own age with a sturdy figure, a pleasant countenance,
-brown eyes and hair and a good supply of
-freckles.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_4"></a>[4]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Hello,” she said finally.</p>
-
-<p>“How do you do?” responded Bert.</p>
-
-<p>“You’re the new junior, aren’t you?” she went
-on. “I forget your name. Mine’s Nan. Doctor
-Merton’s my father.”</p>
-
-<p>“My name is Albert Bryant. I didn’t see anyone
-about——”</p>
-
-<p>“Daddy’s talking with Mr. Crane in the office,
-mamma’s in the village and Mr. Folsom hasn’t come
-back yet. I’m all there is, you see, and so you’ll
-have to put up with me until daddy’s ready for
-you. I guess it was pretty cold driving up from
-the station, wasn’t it?”</p>
-
-<p>“It was, rather,” acknowledged Bert, rubbing
-his fingers together. “My train was late in New
-York and I missed the train I was expecting to
-get.”</p>
-
-<p>Nan nodded. “Lots of the boys were late. Two
-of them haven’t got here yet; Mr. Folsom, too. He
-lives in Syracuse and there’s been heaps of snow
-up that way. I like snow, though, don’t you?
-We’ve got a dandy toboggan slide. Do you like to
-toboggan?”</p>
-
-<p>“I never tried it,” answered Bert. “I should
-think, though, it would be good fun.”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s grand! Did the Pirate bring you up?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_5"></a>[5]</span></p>
-
-<p>“The Pirate?”</p>
-
-<p>“Mr. Higgins. The boys call him the Pirate
-because he looks like one. I know he did, though,
-because he’s put your trunk as near the door as he
-could. He says he doesn’t get paid to handle
-trunks inside the house. Did you say your name
-was Albert?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes; Bert, though, usually.”</p>
-
-<p>“I like that better,” she responded, seating herself
-on the arm of a chair and continuing to examine
-him calmly. “I shall call you Bert, though
-I suppose the boys will find a nickname for you
-pretty soon. Funny you came after Christmas recess.
-Why didn’t you come in the fall?”</p>
-
-<p>“I was going to, but I got sick in September,
-and when I was well again it was too late. And
-mother thought I’d better wait and get quite well.”</p>
-
-<p>“You don’t look sick now,” she said critically.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m not. I never was sick before, not really
-sick, that is.”</p>
-
-<p>“You’re to room with Ben Holden. I hope he
-will like you. He’s a senior.”</p>
-
-<p>“Why don’t you hope I’ll like him?” laughed
-Bert.</p>
-
-<p>Nan Merton raised her eyebrows. “Oh, that
-isn’t so important. You see, if Ben shouldn’t like<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_6"></a>[6]</span>
-you he might make your life a veritable burden.”
-(Bert soon discovered that Nan was fond of using
-queer phrases which she got out of the stories she
-read.) “He—he’s that sort, you know.”</p>
-
-<p>“Is he? Well, I shouldn’t like to have my life
-a burden,” replied Bert with a smile. “How old is
-this chap?”</p>
-
-<p>“Ben? He’s seventeen, I think. He’s one of
-the big boys. We have twelve here in the house,
-four seniors, two upper middlers, two lower middlers
-and three juniors; no, four now you’ve come.
-You see, the juniors sort of do what the seniors
-and upper middlers tell them to.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh! Well, suppose they didn’t?” asked Bert.</p>
-
-<p>“Why—why—” But such a supposition seemed
-beyond Nan’s imagination. “They <em>have</em> to,” she
-said. There was the sound of a closing door somewhere.
-“Mr. Crane’s gone. Come on and I’ll take
-you to daddy.”</p>
-
-<p>She led the way through the door by which she
-had entered, past a somewhat formal room furnished
-as a parlor, and down a hallway. This, as
-Bert guessed correctly, was the family’s part of the
-house. The office door was open and Bert followed
-Nan inside.</p>
-
-<p>“Here’s the new boy, daddy,” she announced<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_7"></a>[7]</span>
-in businesslike tones. A middle-aged gentleman,
-grizzled of hair and comfortably stout, arose from
-his desk chair and turned to Bert with a kindly
-smile and outstretched hand.</p>
-
-<p>“Glad to see you, Bryant. You had a pleasant
-journey, I hope. That was quite a trip for a boy
-of your age to make alone. Let me see, now, you’re
-fifteen, is it?”</p>
-
-<p>“Fourteen, sir.”</p>
-
-<p>“Ah, yes. And you’re going into the junior
-class. I remember. Well, Mrs. Merton is absent
-and so I’ll ask—hm, I forgot. I’ll show you your
-room myself. Later we’ll have a talk together.
-Come this way, Bryant.”</p>
-
-<p>Bert rescued his bag, coat and cap in the hall
-and followed the Doctor up the stairs. In front of
-a partly opened door the Doctor paused and
-knocked.</p>
-
-<p>“Come in!” called a voice gaily. When they
-entered Bert saw five boys lounging about the
-room. At sight of the Doctor, however, they
-sprang respectfully to their feet.</p>
-
-<p>“Ben,” announced the Doctor, “this is your
-new room-mate, Albert Bryant. Bryant, this is
-Benson Holden. And here is Lovell, and Perkins
-and Pierce and Waters.” Bert shook hands all<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_8"></a>[8]</span>
-around somewhat embarrassedly. “Make Bryant
-at home, boys,” continued the Doctor. “One of you
-might give him a hand with his trunk, if you will.
-Everything all right, Ben?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, sir, thank you.”</p>
-
-<p>The Doctor withdrew and Bert was left facing
-the curious and critical glances of the older boys.
-It was Benson Holden who first broke the ensuing
-silence. Ben dropped on the bed, threw out his
-hands in utter despair and nodded at Bert.</p>
-
-<p>“Look!” he wailed. “Look what the cat’s
-brought in!”</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_9"></a>[9]</span></p>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="II">II<br />
-<small>THE DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="cap">Bert didn’t like Ben. He came to that conclusion
-just twenty-four hours after his arrival
-at Mt. Pleasant Academy. Ben had
-had his room to himself all the fall and resented
-Bert’s appearance on the scene. He also resented
-having a junior put in with him. To be sure it
-was the custom at the academy to have the younger
-boys room with the older, but Ben, who had been
-there three years and a half, and was the oldest
-boy in the house, thought he ought to be exempt
-from such annoyances. And he didn’t scruple to
-let Bert understand that he was anything but welcome.
-Benson Holden was a big chap, big even
-for his seventeen years, with a dark, good-looking
-and somewhat arrogant face and a masterful manner
-where the younger boys were concerned. He
-had made up his mind, evidently, that if he must
-have Bert with him Bert was to pay in services.
-After Bert had been an occupant of Number 2 just
-half an hour it began. “Bryant, get my slippers<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_10"></a>[10]</span>
-out of the closet.” “Bryant, throw that towel over
-here. And be quick, too, kid!” “Put those shirts
-in my second drawer, Bryant, and put the bag in
-the closet. Don’t muss ’em up, now!” Bert very
-quietly obeyed, but he had already begun to do
-some thinking that was to bear fruit in the shape
-of action.</p>
-
-<p>Later that evening the last two boys reached
-school. These were juniors, Tom Frye, nicknamed
-“Small,” and James Fairchild, alias “Kid.” With
-their arrival the roster of twelve pupils was complete.
-After supper was over, Bert had his talk
-with the Doctor in the office, and met Mrs. Merton,
-a sweet-faced woman whom the boys called Mother
-and worshiped devotedly. Later, too, he met the
-rest of the teaching force, Mr. Folsom and Mr.
-Crane, both youngish men, the former short, stout
-and pompous and the latter tall, cheerful and jolly.
-Before that first evening was past he had made
-friends with the three other members of his class,
-“Small” Frye, “Kid” Fairchild and Lansing
-Grey. He liked them all; and some of the older
-fellows were nice to him, notably Steve Lovell,
-upper middler. He saw nothing more of Nan that
-evening. The next morning studies began in the
-schoolrooms which occupied one end of the building.<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_11"></a>[11]</span>
-Besides the twelve boarders there were as
-many day pupils who came from Mt. Pleasant and
-Whittier and Riveredge, the nearby towns. Altogether
-Mt. Pleasant Academy cared for twenty-four
-boys. Bert got through the first day of lessons
-creditably enough, and at half past three was
-free for the rest of the afternoon.</p>
-
-<p>Young Grey, known as “Lanny” for short, had
-taken a fancy to the new boy and after school took
-him on a tour of the building and grounds. Bert
-saw the gymnasium, above the schoolroom, the
-laboratory downstairs, the heating and lighting
-plant, the snow-covered athletic field and finally the
-two rinks where, by the time they arrived, some
-dozen and a half fellows were hard at work practising
-hockey.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s the House Team over there,” explained
-Lanny. “Ben’s captain. This is the Day Team.
-The captain’s that short, round-faced fellow, Billy
-Spooner. The first match comes off a week from
-next Saturday. Do you play hockey?”</p>
-
-<p>Bert shook his head. “No, I never tried it.
-Do you?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, and if Ben was fair he’d give me a
-chance on the House Team. I can play a heap
-better than Cupples.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_12"></a>[12]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Won’t he let you play?” asked Bert.</p>
-
-<p>“No, I’m a junior. All juniors are good for
-is to run errands and fetch and carry. It makes
-me tired.”</p>
-
-<p>“I guess it’s going to make me tired, too, pretty
-soon,” said Bert. “Seems to me I’ve been on the
-go for Holden or Gardner about every minute since
-I got here.”</p>
-
-<p>Lanny nodded. “Yes, they always take it out
-of a new fellow. Good work, Dick!” They had
-stopped at the barrier beyond which, on the smooth
-surface of hard ice, the House Hockey Team was
-practising, and Lanny’s shout of praise had been
-elicited by a clever stop at goal by Dick Gardner.
-“He’s a dandy goal-tend,” explained Lanny.
-“Never gets rattled for a minute.”</p>
-
-<p>“What has he got on his legs?” asked Bert.</p>
-
-<p>“Leg-guards. That puck is pretty hard when
-it hits. There’s Small over there; and Kid, too.
-Let’s go over.”</p>
-
-<p>But at that moment Ben Holden, swinging by,
-caught sight of the two boys and skated up to the
-boards.</p>
-
-<p>“Say, Bryant, run up to the room, will you, and
-find a pair of hockey gloves on the table. I forgot
-them.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_13"></a>[13]</span></p>
-
-<p>“I’m tired, Holden,” replied Bert quietly.
-“Send some one else.”</p>
-
-<p>Ben stared in surprise. Then he frowned and,
-leaning over the barrier, seized Bert’s ear. “Tired,
-eh? Well, you forget that, kid, and run along and
-do as I tell you. You’re much too fresh for this
-place.”</p>
-
-<p>Bert jerked away, rubbed the ear and smiled
-sweetly. “I’d like mighty well to know what you
-did before I came, Holden,” he said. “I’m wearing
-my shoes out running errands for you.”</p>
-
-<p>“Are you going?” demanded Ben threateningly.</p>
-
-<p>“No, I’m not!”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll get them,” volunteered Lanny Grey.</p>
-
-<p>“All right,” said Ben, “but get a move on.
-They’re on the table or the bureau or somewhere
-there. As for you,” he added, scowling at Bert,
-“I’ll teach you to do as you’re told before you’ve
-been here much longer.”</p>
-
-<p>Bert turned away without reply and, while
-Lanny sped back to the house, walked around the
-rink to where the other two juniors, Kid and Small,
-were standing. They greeted him eagerly.</p>
-
-<p>“What was the row over there?” asked Small.</p>
-
-<p>“Nothing much. Holden wanted me to run and<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_14"></a>[14]</span>
-get his gloves from the room and I said I was too
-tired.”</p>
-
-<p>The others looked at Bert in mingled amazement
-and admiration.</p>
-
-<p>“Gee!” breathed Kid. “You’ll get it!”</p>
-
-<p>“What for?” demanded Bert defiantly.</p>
-
-<p>“For not shacking,” replied Kid with a knowing
-shake of his blond head. Small nodded affirmatively
-and eyed Bert with sympathy.</p>
-
-<p>“Why should I?” asked Bert. “I didn’t come
-here to shack, as you fellows call it, for every chap
-in school. Let them run their own errands!”</p>
-
-<p>“I wish they would,” sighed Kid. “Stanley
-Pierce says I’ve got to work on the toboggan slide
-after supper.”</p>
-
-<p>“We all have to,” said Small gloomily. “And
-my hands get so cold and my feet ache so——!”</p>
-
-<p>“What do you mean?” Bert questioned. “Who
-has to work where?”</p>
-
-<p>“Juniors and lower middlers have to fix up the
-slide after supper,” explained Small. “Put snow
-on the boards and wet it down so it will freeze
-to-night.”</p>
-
-<p>Bert turned and regarded the slide which began
-back of the house and swept down the hill to<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_15"></a>[15]</span>
-the meadow beyond. He shook his head. “I shall
-be very busy this evening,” he said. “Sorry.”</p>
-
-<p>“But you’ll have to!” exclaimed Small in horrified
-tones. “It—it’s the rule.”</p>
-
-<p>“Who made the rule? I didn’t see it in the
-catalogue.”</p>
-
-<p>“Of course not, but it’s a rule just the same.
-And it isn’t so hard. In fact, it’s sort of fun—if
-the weather isn’t very cold.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, the weather is cold to-day,” responded
-Bert. “Much too cold for me to go out after
-supper.”</p>
-
-<p>“You’ll go, just the same,” said Kid with a
-grin.</p>
-
-<p>“I think not,” replied Bert quietly. “Not only
-that, but I’ve made up my mind that after this I’m
-not going to shack for any one.”</p>
-
-<p>“You can’t help yourself,” said Small. “Of
-course, you’re new here and don’t understand, but
-the juniors always shack for the seniors and upper
-middlers. It—it’s always been done.”</p>
-
-<p>“Not by me,” replied Bert, cheerfully. “The
-rest of you can do it if you like, but I’ve quit.”</p>
-
-<p>“But—but—” stammered Kid, “they—they’ll
-do things to you!”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_16"></a>[16]</span></p>
-
-<p>“What sort of things, Fairchild?”</p>
-
-<p>Kid stared blankly at Small and Small shook
-his head at a loss. “I don’t know,” said Kid
-finally, “because no fellow has ever—ever——”</p>
-
-<p>“Mutinied?” suggested Bert with a smile.</p>
-
-<p>“They’ll fix you somehow, though,” said Small
-darkly. At that moment Lanny Grey joined them
-and Kid breathlessly told him of the new boy’s
-rash resolve. Lanny listened in silence, frowning
-the while. Then,</p>
-
-<p>“Good stuff!” he growled. “They make me
-tired. I ran my legs off all the fall and I’m sick
-of it. Just now I went all the way to the house
-for Ben’s gloves and they weren’t there. And when
-I came back and told him so he said I was a ninny.
-What <em>is</em> a ‘ninny’?”</p>
-
-<p>“Idiot,” said Small.</p>
-
-<p>“Dunce,” said Kid.</p>
-
-<p>“Let him find his own gloves then,” growled
-Lanny. “I’ve a good mind to quit, too.” He
-looked doubtfully at Bert.</p>
-
-<p>“Let’s all quit,” suggested Bert cheerfully.
-“Let’s make a declaration of independence. They
-can’t punish us all, you know. And even if they
-do make it warm for us we can stand it, I guess.
-What do you say, you fellows?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_17"></a>[17]</span></p>
-
-<p>There was a moment of silence. Lanny looked
-from Small to Kid. Then, although he found little
-encouragement in their countenances, he thrust his
-hands resolutely into his pockets.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m with you!” he said.</p>
-
-<p>“And me!” cried Kid excitedly. Kid was only
-thirteen years old but of the stuff of which heroes
-are made. Only Small hesitated longer. “What—what
-do you suppose they’ll do to us?” he asked.</p>
-
-<p>Lanny shrugged his shoulders.</p>
-
-<p>“Pull our ears, probably. Cuff us a bit. I
-don’t know, and I don’t care. But Bryant’s right.
-If we stand together this shacking business has
-got to stop. And to-night there’s the slide to fix,
-too.”</p>
-
-<p>“Bryant says he isn’t going to,” murmured
-Small awedly.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m not,” said Bert. “I have a very delicate
-constitution and the night air is extremely bad for
-it.” Lanny grinned.</p>
-
-<p>“Me, too. The doctor has told me to stay indoors
-after dark.”</p>
-
-<p>“Do you fellows really mean it?” asked Small
-doubtfully.</p>
-
-<p>“We do,” answered Lanny. “Are you with
-us?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_18"></a>[18]</span></p>
-
-<p>Small’s eyes grew very big and round with contemplation
-of the awfulness of what he was pledging
-himself to, but he answered promptly, even if
-his voice shook a little, “Yes!”</p>
-
-<p>“Good!” said Bert. “Now let’s go back to the
-house and draw up a proclamation. We must do
-this thing right, you know.”</p>
-
-<p>When, an hour later, darkness drove the House
-Team from the rink and they came stamping into
-the hall the proclamation, imposingly inscribed on
-a sheet of cardboard, confronted them from the
-mantel. It was George Waters who first saw it
-and, having perused the first paragraph, broke into
-a laugh.</p>
-
-<p>“Hi, fellows! Come over here!” he called.
-“Read this. It’s killing!”</p>
-
-<p>The others gathered around in front of the
-fireplace and this is what they read:</p>
-
-<div class="blockquot">
-
-<p class="noic">PROCLAMATION!</p>
-
-<p>Know all men by these Presents that we, the
-Junior Grade members of this Academy, in solemn
-conclave gathered, hereby declare and resolve that
-all men are created free and equal; that the custom
-of shacking so long extant in this institution is<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_19"></a>[19]</span>
-unjust, unwise and degrading; that said custom
-or practice is a base survival of an undemocratic
-custom pertaining to the educational institutions of
-Great Britain, whose yoke we so gloriously renounced
-in 1776; that hereafter shacking shall be
-abolished in this school.</p>
-
-<p>For the support of this Declaration we mutually
-pledge to each other our lives, our fortunes and
-our Sacred Honor. God defend the right!</p>
-
-<p class="right smcap">Albert Payson Bryant,<br />
-Lansing Stone Grey,<br />
-Thomas Kirkwood Frye,<br />
-James Fairchild.</p>
-
-<p>P.S. After this when you fellows want anything
-done you’ll have to do it yourself.</p>
-</div>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_20"></a>[20]</span></p>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="III">III<br />
-<small>REVOLT</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="cap">“It’s that young Bryant that’s at the bottom
-of it,” growled Ben Holden. “He’s the freshest
-kid I ever saw.”</p>
-
-<p>“Young rascals!” laughed Steve Lovell.</p>
-
-<p>“I guess we’d better find them,” observed Dick
-Gardner grimly, “and convince them of the—er—error
-of their way.”</p>
-
-<p>“Rather!” said Waters. “Come on. I guess
-they’re upstairs.”</p>
-
-<p>“Wait a bit,” counseled Stanley Pierce. “The
-best thing to do is to make believe we haven’t seen
-this at all. Just leave it here and let on we don’t
-know anything about it. Then, when we go up,
-each of us will think of something we want done.
-See? I left my algebra in the gym. I’ll send Kid
-for it. When he comes back one of you fellows
-send him for something else. We’ll keep them busy
-until supper time and nip this—this revolt in the
-bud.”</p>
-
-<p>“All right,” agreed Ben doubtfully. He was<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_21"></a>[21]</span>
-always a bit doubtful, or seemed so, of advice not
-given by himself. So they all trooped upstairs,
-all save Sewall Crandall and Harold Cupples, who,
-being lower middlers and but lately emancipated
-from the iron heel of upper-classdom held a sneaking
-sympathy for the mutineers.</p>
-
-<p>“Plucky kids, eh?” whispered Crandall, with a
-grin.</p>
-
-<p>Cupples agreed, adding, however, “They’re
-making a lot of trouble for themselves, though.”</p>
-
-<p>Meanwhile the four seniors and the two upper
-middlers had climbed the stairs. To their surprise
-none of the mutineers were to be found. Every
-room was empty. “Try the gym,” suggested
-Pierce, and the gymnasium was tried without results.
-Likewise the schoolroom. Then the search
-was given over. “They’ll have to come back some
-time,” said Holden. “And then we’ll get ’em.”</p>
-
-<p>One of the places they didn’t look was the
-parlor. Had they walked in there after reading
-the proclamation they would not only have found
-the four missing juniors but would very likely have
-upset the equilibrium of Mr. James Fairchild, who,
-against the remonstrances of his fellow conspirators,
-held his ear to the keyhole.</p>
-
-<p>After the tyrants had stamped upstairs, Bert,<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_22"></a>[22]</span>
-who during the momentous period had reclined
-calmly on the brocaded divan, sat up, thrust his
-hands into his pockets and frowned thoughtfully.
-“I guess we made a mistake, fellows,” he said.
-“We ought to have been upstairs. They’ll think
-now that we’re afraid of them. And we aren’t.”</p>
-
-<p>“Not a bit!” declared Lanny stoutly, glancing
-apprehensively at the hall door.</p>
-
-<p>“N-no,” murmured Small nervously.</p>
-
-<p>“So let’s go up now and face them, eh?” Bert
-said.</p>
-
-<p>Dead silence greeted this suggestion. Lanny
-whistled softly and seemed to be giving the plan
-careful consideration. Small became deeply interested
-in the snow-covered and lamp-lighted
-drive and Kid, catching Bert’s eye, winked mischievously.</p>
-
-<p>“Sure,” he said, “let’s go up and defy them!”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s all well enough for you,” said Small.
-“You’re such a little fellow that they won’t hurt
-you!”</p>
-
-<p>“I’m only a year younger than you are,” replied
-Kid warmly, “and I’m ’most as big. You’re
-afraid, that’s what’s the matter with you!”</p>
-
-<p>“Cut it out, you two,” said Lanny. “What
-time is it?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_23"></a>[23]</span></p>
-
-<p>Bert peered at the ornate clock on the mantel.
-“’Most six,” he answered. “We’ve got to go up
-pretty soon, whether we want to or not.”</p>
-
-<p>That couldn’t be denied.</p>
-
-<p>“Perhaps we’d better go now,” said Lanny.
-“It will look better. I kind of wish, though, we
-hadn’t added that postscript at the last; it sounds
-awfully cheeky.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, whose idea was it?” demanded Small.
-“I told you not to do it.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, we might as well be killed for sheep as
-lambs,” remarked Bert cheerfully. “Come on, fellows;
-brace up; they can’t kill us. But remember,
-now, no shacking!”</p>
-
-<p>“Let’s talk about something on the way up,”
-said Lanny. “It—it’ll sound as though we weren’t
-scared.”</p>
-
-<p>“Talk about me,” chirped up Kid pertly. “I’m
-awfully interesting.”</p>
-
-<p>“Talk about the skating races Saturday,” said
-Lanny. “There’s a race for juniors, you know.
-Who’s going in for it?”</p>
-
-<p>With that Bert opened the door and the four
-crossed the hall with a bit of a swagger and
-mounted the stairs, talking volubly but very much
-at random.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_24"></a>[24]</span></p>
-
-<p>“It’s a quarter of a mile,” said Lanny, “and I
-think that’s too short, don’t you?”</p>
-
-<p>“I must have my skates ground,” said Kid.</p>
-
-<p>“Why don’t they have a handicap race?” asked
-Bert.</p>
-
-<p>“The mile is sure to go to Ben,” said Small.
-“He’s a peach of a skater.” Small’s voice was
-unnecessarily loud and Bert turned to him with a
-frown.</p>
-
-<p>“Quit swiping, Frye,” he hissed, adding in an
-equally penetrating voice: “I shouldn’t think
-Holden could skate much; he looks so awkward.”</p>
-
-<p>Small shuddered. Then they parted to seek
-their own rooms.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, where have you been?” growled Ben
-as Bert entered Number 2. “I’ve been waiting for
-you for half an hour.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, just around,” replied Bert vaguely.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, find my slippers for me.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, no,” answered Bert. “We’re not doing
-that any more. It’s out of fashion.”</p>
-
-<p>Ben glared fearsomely. “We’ll see whether it’s
-out of fashion, my fresh young kid!” He arose
-and started around the table after Bert. Bert held
-his ground, although I’m not pretending that he
-was quite easy of mind.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_25"></a>[25]</span></p>
-
-<p>“You touch me, Holden,” he said evenly, “and
-I’ll kick your shins. I’ve given you fair warning.”</p>
-
-<p>Then Ben seized him, Bert kicked him and there
-was a very pretty little fracas for a minute or two,
-from which Bert emerged somewhat breathless and
-unscathed and Ben with one painful contusion on
-his left shin. For Ben, in spite of his bullying
-proclivities, was not cruel, and had only sought
-to tweak Bert’s ears. Still, it wouldn’t do to acknowledge
-defeat, and so as he drew off he said in
-a fierce tone: “Now, then, find those slippers!”</p>
-
-<p>But Bert shook his head. “Can’t, Holden; I’ve
-joined the union. Didn’t you read the proclamation?”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t care about any proclamation,” replied
-Ben wrathfully. “<em>You get those slippers!</em>”</p>
-
-<p>“No, I won’t. What’s more, Holden, I’m
-through running errands and waiting on you. I
-didn’t come here to be any fellow’s servant.”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s the—the custom here, Bryant, and you’ve
-got to do it!”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t approve of the custom,” answered Bert
-coolly. “It’s a very silly one. Why should I wait
-on you any more than you on me?”</p>
-
-<p>“Because you’re a junior and I’m a senior.
-I’m older than you, and——”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_26"></a>[26]</span></p>
-
-<p>“If you’re older you’re also stronger,” said
-Bert, “and so you’re better able to do things than I
-am. Anyway, I’m through. And so are the others.
-We’ve struck.”</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll see about that, you fresh kid! Once
-more, now; I shan’t ask you again; will you get
-those slippers?”</p>
-
-<p>“For the last time, Holden, I won’t.”</p>
-
-<p>“Very well. You’ll be mighty sorry, though.”
-Ben took refuge in dignity. “It isn’t likely that
-we’re going to stand for having a new boy come
-in here—and disrupt the school. We—we’ll deal
-with you later.”</p>
-
-<p>Bert, without replying, washed for supper, and
-a moment later the bell rang. Ben went down to
-the dining-room in his shoes. The twelve boys sat
-at two tables, the seniors and upper middlers at
-one, presided over by Mr. Folsom, and the lower
-middlers and juniors at the other, under the supervision
-of Mr. Crane. Doctor Merton, with his wife
-and daughter, occupied a small table at the end
-of the room. Whispering was not countenanced,
-and so the mutineers could not compare notes.
-Lanny looked flustered and defiant, Kid excited
-and happy and Small worried. Once Bert encountered<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_27"></a>[27]</span>
-Nan’s eyes across the room and received a
-look that he couldn’t fathom, not knowing that Nan
-had learned of the mutiny and was doing her best
-to convey to him that she was just terribly excited
-and was dying to hear all about it. Then Mr.
-Crane, helping the last portion of cold roast beef,
-remarked:</p>
-
-<p>“Well, you boys want to eat plenty, you know.
-There’s hard work ahead this evening.”</p>
-
-<p>This pleasantry elicited no response and he pretended
-to be surprised. As a matter of fact, Mr.
-Crane had found the proclamation on the mantel,
-had laughed over it with Mr. Folsom and had subsequently
-taken it to Doctor Merton.</p>
-
-<p>“Eh?” he went on. “Isn’t this the night we
-fix the slide, Crandall?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, sir, I believe so,” replied Crandall.</p>
-
-<p>“I thought so. Well, there’s plenty of snow.
-Last year you had rather hard work, if I remember.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, sir, we did.”</p>
-
-<p>“How are you with a snow shovel, Bryant;
-pretty husky?”</p>
-
-<p>“Only fair, sir. No good at all after dark.”</p>
-
-<p>“How’s that?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_28"></a>[28]</span></p>
-
-<p>Bert shook his head. “I hardly know how to
-explain it, sir,” he replied, “but I can’t seem to
-hold a shovel in the evening.”</p>
-
-<p>“Dear, dear! Quite remarkable, Bryant. You
-must have a new sort of disease.” Kid was grinning
-delightedly. “Well, you haven’t any trouble
-of that sort, have you, Fairchild?”</p>
-
-<p>“I’m afraid I have,” piped the boy. “The
-thought of a snow-shovel makes me quite ill, sir.”</p>
-
-<p>“Good gracious! The disease is catching!
-And you, Grey? Are you experiencing the symptoms,
-too?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, sir,” muttered Lanny.</p>
-
-<p>“What? Why, this is—is surprising! I must
-ask the Doctor to look into it. Frye, you—don’t
-tell me you have it, too!”</p>
-
-<p>Small looked at his plate and nodded silently.
-Mr. Crane leaned back in his chair astounded.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, well! But let’s learn the worst, Crandall?”</p>
-
-<p>“No, sir,” replied Crandall with a grin.</p>
-
-<p>“Ah! And Cupples?”</p>
-
-<p>“Not yet, sir.”</p>
-
-<p>“Good! There is hope! But what about the
-slide? You don’t think, Bryant, that you could—ah—overcome
-this—this aversion?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_29"></a>[29]</span></p>
-
-<p>“No, sir,” answered Bert cheerfully. “It has
-a firm hold on me.”</p>
-
-<p>“Really! And I can see by your countenance,
-Grey, that you, too, are past recovery. And Frye,
-and Fairchild. Why, it looks to me as though Crandall
-and Cupples would have to do all the work.
-That’s too bad.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’m willing to do my share,” said Crandall,
-“but I don’t propose to go out there and cover that
-slide alone.”</p>
-
-<p>“But you’ll have Cupples to help you.”</p>
-
-<p>“Not much, Mr. Crane. What’s the matter
-with the upper grade fellows doing it?”</p>
-
-<p>“Tut, tut, Cupples! You surely wouldn’t propose
-that seriously? Why, they might get their
-feet cold!”</p>
-
-<p>“I guess they have the same disease we have,”
-said Kid.</p>
-
-<p>“Um; maybe; perhaps another form of it.
-Well, things look bad for the slide, don’t they?
-Perhaps the Doctor and Mr. Folsom and I will
-have to attend to it this time.”</p>
-
-<p>Kid grinned at the idea. “I’d like to see you,”
-he said.</p>
-
-<p>After supper, in the hall, Pierce remarked pleasantly:</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_30"></a>[30]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Well, juniors and lowers, this is the night we
-fix the toboggan slide, you know.”</p>
-
-<p>“Do you?” asked Kid interestedly. “May I
-come and watch you, Dick?”</p>
-
-<p>A roar of laughter greeted this, even Ben being
-obliged to smile.</p>
-
-<p>“You may come and get busy with a shovel
-and pail, little smarty,” responded Gardner. “And
-all the rest of you. Now get a move on, for you’ve
-only got about an hour before prayers.”</p>
-
-<p>But Kid shook his head. “No, thanks. It’s too
-cold out there, Dick. The doctor said I must be
-very careful of my health and avoid night air.”</p>
-
-<p>Gardner frowned and glanced inquiringly at
-the others. Ben came to his support.</p>
-
-<p>“You fellows think you’re awfully smart, I suppose,”
-he said, “but you’re making fools of yourselves.
-Either you go out and get that slide ready
-or you keep off it altogether. It’s either work or
-no tobogganing for you chaps.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’d like to know when we’d get a show at it,
-anyway,” said Lanny. “You fellows would be
-using it all the time. It would be just like the rinks.
-A lot of fun we juniors get there!”</p>
-
-<p>“You’re entitled to use the rinks whenever we
-aren’t practising,” said Ben.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_31"></a>[31]</span></p>
-
-<p>“What of that? You always are practising!”</p>
-
-<p>“Then you can use the slide,” said Steve Lovell.
-“Come on, Lanny, don’t be silly.”</p>
-
-<p>“No, sir, we aren’t going to fix that slide,” responded
-Lanny, emphatically. “We aren’t going
-to do any more errands for anyone, or any more
-shacking.”</p>
-
-<p>“You mean you won’t fix that slide?” demanded
-Ben.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s what I mean!”</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll be glad to go out and help,” remarked
-Bert calmly, “if you fellows will do your share.
-That’s fair enough, isn’t it?”</p>
-
-<p>“You’ll do it all or it won’t be done,” snapped
-Ben.</p>
-
-<p>“Then it won’t be done,” said Bert.</p>
-
-<p>The upper grade fellows went into secret session
-in front of the fireplace. Crandall and Cupples
-attempted to persuade the youngsters to give in,
-but without success. Then Ben announced the
-ultimatum.</p>
-
-<p>“We are going to fix that slide ourselves,” he
-said sternly, “and if we catch any of you juniors
-sliding on it we’ll wallop you good and hard. Come
-on, fellows!”</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_32"></a>[32]</span></p>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="IV">IV<br />
-<small>THE FIRST SKIRMISH</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="cap">The war was on.</p>
-
-<p>The juniors may be said to have won the
-first skirmish, for the upper grade fellows,
-assisted by the two lower middlers, labored the
-better part of an hour that night, shoveling and
-carrying snow to the wooden part of the toboggan
-slide and subsequently sprinkling it with water so
-that it might freeze over night into a good foundation
-for further improvements; and this without
-help from the mutineers, who from the darkened
-windows of Small’s room, watched the work in
-warmth and comfort.</p>
-
-<p>“First blood for our side,” murmured Kid
-gleefully.</p>
-
-<p>When the workers returned with benumbed fingers
-and ice-coated boots it was evident that their
-attitude toward the offending juniors was to be
-one of silent contempt. Bert, Lanny, Small and
-Kid were absolutely ignored by all save Cupples
-and Crandall, who, so far, observed a difficult<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_33"></a>[33]</span>
-neutrality. During study hour Bert and Ben sat
-at opposite sides of the green-topped table and exchanged
-never a word, Bert deciding ruefully
-toward the end of the evening that much of that
-sort of thing would probably become very tiresome.</p>
-
-<p>In the morning the revolutionists gained a convert.
-The convert was Nan. Nan was greatly
-excited and very enthusiastic. And she assured
-Bert and Lanny, who had gone out after breakfast
-to slide down the short coast afforded by the
-sloping driveway, that she was heart and soul with
-the Cause. They must never give in, she declared.
-She also said many other things about Tyranny,
-the Despot’s Heel, Right and Justice and Suffering
-for a Principle. The latter phrase misled Lanny
-until Nan explained that she was not referring to
-her father. Her words sounded very fine and the
-two boys were quite heartened. They had not
-thought of the thing as a Cause before and now
-Lanny began to look quite noble and heroic, or as
-noble and heroic as it is possible to look with a
-green plaid Mackinaw jacket and ear-muffs.</p>
-
-<p>“What you must do, though,” continued Nan,
-sinking her voice to a sort of frozen whisper, “is
-to form a Society!”</p>
-
-<p>“What sort of a society?” asked Bert.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_34"></a>[34]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Why, a—a Society for Mutual Help and Protection.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh!” murmured Lanny, much impressed.
-“How would you do it?”</p>
-
-<p>“Just—just do it, silly! I tell you what; come
-to the stable after morning school and organize.
-And meanwhile I’ll think up a good name for the
-Society. You must bring Small and Kid, too, you
-know. And you must have a password and—and a
-grip.”</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll have the grippe all right if we sit
-around the stable long,” said Lanny. “It’s as
-cold in there as—as——”</p>
-
-<p>“A barn,” suggested Bert. “All right, we’ll be
-there, Miss Merton, right after school.”</p>
-
-<p>“What do you call her Miss Merton for?”
-asked Lanny after Nan had hurried indoors again.
-“Her name’s Nan; except when you want to get
-her mad, and then it’s Nancy.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, I don’t know her very well yet,” answered
-Bert in excuse. “She seems a pretty good
-sort.”</p>
-
-<p>“She is. She’s all right—for a girl. Girls
-always want to stick their noses into things, though.
-Just as though we couldn’t get up a society without
-her help!”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_35"></a>[35]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Well, we wouldn’t have thought of it, I guess.
-And I’m glad she did. It’ll be rather fun, won’t
-it?”</p>
-
-<p>“Sure. It must be a secret society, too. And
-we’ll vote for officers.”</p>
-
-<p>This settled, they went on with the matter in
-hand, which was to start at the corner of the house
-and see how far they could make their sleds go
-around the corner into the road.</p>
-
-<p>At ten minutes past twelve the four crept into
-the stable with appropriate stealthiness and found
-Nan already there. She led the way into the harness
-room, closed and locked the door and took
-command of the situation. There was a stove in
-the harness room, but as there was no fire in it it
-couldn’t be said to help the situation much. It was
-undoubtedly cold and Small remarked sarcastically
-that he didn’t see why the hall wasn’t good enough.</p>
-
-<p>“Because,” replied Nan scathingly, “you can’t
-form a Secret Society with the whole world hearing
-every word you say. You’d be surrounded by your
-enemies in the hall.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’d be surrounded by some heat, anyway,”
-muttered Small ungraciously.</p>
-
-<p>“Dry up, Small,” commanded Lanny. “Now,
-then, what’s the first thing, Nan?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_36"></a>[36]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Choose a name. I’ve thought of several that
-might do. What do you think of ‘The League of
-Emancipators’?”</p>
-
-<p>“Um,” said Bert. “But I think something
-shorter would be better.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, then, there’s ‘The Secret Four.’”</p>
-
-<p>“What’s the matter with ‘The Four’?” asked
-Small.</p>
-
-<p>“‘The Junior Four’ sounds pretty well,” Bert
-suggested. And the rest agreed that it did, Nan
-concurring and nobly striving to hide her disappointment
-over the fact that her names had been
-rejected.</p>
-
-<p>“‘The Junior Four’ it is, then,” said Lanny
-briskly, breathing on his fingers to warm them.
-“Now what?”</p>
-
-<p>“A password,” said Nan. “I couldn’t think of
-anything very—very striking.”</p>
-
-<p>“Justice!” suggested Lanny.</p>
-
-<p>“No surrender!” said Small.</p>
-
-<p>“Non plus ultra!” piped Kid.</p>
-
-<p>“You’re a goose,” laughed Nan. “That means
-‘None better.’”</p>
-
-<p>“I know what it means,” replied Kid. “I guess
-I’ve studied as much Latin as you have.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_37"></a>[37]</span></p>
-
-<p>“I guess you haven’t!” responded Nan indignantly.
-“The idea!”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ve got a good one,” interrupted Lanny, who
-had been scowling ferociously at the stove. “‘All
-for one, one for all!’”</p>
-
-<p>“You got that out of ‘The Three Musketeers,’”
-charged Small. “And, anyway, it’s ‘One for all
-and all for one.’”</p>
-
-<p>“It is not! Is it, Bert?”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t know, but it sounds all right. ‘One
-for all and all for one.’”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s fine!” declared Nan. “Now you must
-have officers.”</p>
-
-<p>“What kind of officers?” asked Kid.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, a—a president and a vice-president, I
-should think, and a secretary, and—and——”</p>
-
-<p>“A sergeant-at-arms,” said Small.</p>
-
-<p>“I think Bert ought to be president,” declared
-Lanny, “because he started it all.”</p>
-
-<p>That was agreed to, and finally Lanny was
-made vice-president, Small sergeant-at-arms and
-Kid secretary.</p>
-
-<p>“I think,” said Bert, “we’d ought to make Miss—make
-Nan a member.” Nan clapped her hands,
-but her face fell the next instant.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_38"></a>[38]</span></p>
-
-<p>“I couldn’t be, though, because, don’t you see,
-the name is The Junior Four. And I’m not a
-junior, and I’d be the fifth.”</p>
-
-<p>“You could be an honorary member,” said
-Lanny. And so Nan was duly elected and with a
-flattering unanimity. After that Small thought
-they ought to have a grip and showed them three
-he knew of. Then Lanny demonstrated one he
-liked and there was much handshaking and confusion
-for several minutes. In the end Small won
-and they all learned his grip. And as by that time
-the hour for dinner was near at hand the first meeting
-of The Junior Four was adjourned, subject
-to the call of the secretary. Kid, still smarting a
-little under Nan’s aspersion on his knowledge of
-Latin, wanted to adjourn sine die and had the
-pleasure of explaining that sine die meant “without
-day.” Small said it sounded more like “without
-sense” and refused to adjourn in any such
-manner. Nan cautioned them that it would be
-best to avoid suspicion, and to this end they left
-the stable one by one, at minute intervals; all except
-Small, who, left the last, refused to freeze to death
-for any principle or cause and sneaked out long
-before his time was up.</p>
-
-<p>All this was on Thursday, and for the rest of<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_39"></a>[39]</span>
-the day The Junior Four stayed very close together,
-not knowing at what moment the upper grade fellows
-might tire of their present attitude of contemptuous
-silence and indulge in violence. By the
-time afternoon school was over the day students
-had learned of the situation and had already begun
-to take sides, and by the next noon the school was
-sharply divided into camps. The rivalry between
-house students and day students was for the time
-forgotten and upper grade fellows hastened to the
-support of Ben and his cohorts and lower grade
-boys flocked to the standard of Bert and Lanny
-and the others. Being at last forced to choose
-sides, Cupples and Crandall threw in their lots
-with the revolutionists, and with their enlistment
-the last semblance of peace vanished. Every room
-was divided against itself, for every room was occupied
-by an upper grade fellow and a lower grade
-fellow. The second floor of the house these evenings
-was strangely quiet. To be sure, when study
-hour was over the lower grade fellows managed
-to get together somewhere, while Stanley Pierce’s
-room became the regular meeting place for the
-enemy. But as these meetings were generally councils
-of war the usual chatter of voices and ring of
-laughter were missing. The first real engagement<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_40"></a>[40]</span>
-of the opposing forces occurred on Friday afternoon
-and resulted in a victory for the revolutionists,
-as you shall see.</p>
-
-<p>Small resided in Number 5 with George
-Waters. Waters had been, from the first, in favor
-of strong methods and the heavy hand in dealing
-with the mutiny, and on this occasion his patience
-deserted him. Hurrying upstairs after school, he
-found Small struggling into a sweater. Waters was
-after an extra skate strap, and, after searching
-everywhere in vain, he charged Small with having
-hidden it. Small denied it indignantly, and Waters,
-having worked himself into a fit of bad temper,
-insisted that Small should help look for it.
-Small, inwardly quaking, refused. There was a
-wordy war, and in the end Waters took the key
-from the inside of the door.</p>
-
-<p>“You’ll stay here until you find that, Small,”
-he declared from the doorway. “We’ll see whether
-you’ll do as you’re told!”</p>
-
-<p>With that Waters departed, locking the door
-after him and pocketing the key. Left imprisoned,
-Small merely grinned and shrugged his shoulders.
-He had promised to go skating on the creek with
-the other juniors and Nan, but he much preferred
-a warm room and a book to read. Ten minutes<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_41"></a>[41]</span>
-later, his feet on the radiator and a rattling good
-book in his hands, Small had quite forgotten Waters,
-his imprisonment, the Cause and all else.
-Half an hour passed unheeded and then voices
-called from outside:</p>
-
-<p>“Small! O you Small!”</p>
-
-<p>Small, unheeding, read on. The hero was cutting
-his way through the jungle of South Africa
-closely pursued by a band of head-hunters.</p>
-
-<p>“<em>Small! Where are you, Small?</em>”</p>
-
-<p>This time Small heard and looked out of the
-window. Down below in the snow stood Lanny and
-Bert, come in search of him. Small opened the
-window.</p>
-
-<p>“Hello,” he said. “I can’t come out. Waters
-has locked me in.”</p>
-
-<p>Bert and Lanny thrilled. Here was war to the
-knife!</p>
-
-<p>“Did he take the key?” asked Bert.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t know; I guess so. It’s all right,
-though; I don’t mind staying here.”</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t you worry,” cried Lanny, “we’ll get
-you out.”</p>
-
-<p>They hurried into the house and upstairs. The
-second floor was deserted. Every key they could
-lay their hands on was tried, but none fitted. From<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_42"></a>[42]</span>
-beyond the door Small begged them not to trouble,
-assuring them that he was quite resigned.</p>
-
-<p>“One for all and all for one!” cried Lanny,
-undismayed. “Keep up your courage. We’ll get
-a ladder.”</p>
-
-<p>“Bully!” said Bert.</p>
-
-<p>“But I don’t want—” began Small. It was
-quite lost, however, for the others were already
-halfway down the stairs. Luckily the room was
-on the back of the house, out of sight of the rink;
-although it is probable that Waters was much too
-busy playing hockey to notice what might be happening
-at the house. It was only a minute’s work
-to carry the long ladder from the basement and set
-it up outside Small’s window, one end in a rhododendron
-clump and the other against the sill. Small
-viewed it doubtfully.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t want to climb down that thing,” he
-demurred. “I might fall.”</p>
-
-<p>“Hurry up,” Bert commanded. “They may
-come back. Get your sweater and cap.”</p>
-
-<p>“But—but I tell you——”</p>
-
-<p>“Say,” interrupted Lanny impatiently, “you
-don’t want those fellows to say that they got the
-better of us, do you? Get a move on, can’t you?
-Gee, I never saw such a slow-poke!”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_43"></a>[43]</span></p>
-
-<p>At that moment Nan and Kid, having waited
-some time for the return of Bert and Lanny, appeared
-on the scene.</p>
-
-<p>“Hello,” cried Kid, “what’s the fun, fellows?”</p>
-
-<p>The matter was hurriedly explained, while
-Small frowned down from the open window rebelliously.</p>
-
-<p>“What ho! A rescue!” cried Kid. “Let me
-go up and carry him down, will you, Lanny?”</p>
-
-<p>Nan was visibly excited. “It’s perfectly lovely!”
-she declared. “Think how chagrined they
-will be when they come back and find—find the
-prey has escaped them! Oh, hurry, Small, hurry!”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t want to hurry,” growled Small. “I
-don’t intend to break my neck getting down that
-old thing.”</p>
-
-<p>“But you’ve got to,” said Bert. “How are we
-going to rescue you if you don’t?”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t want to be rescued!”</p>
-
-<p>“You’ve got to be,” declared Lanny. “Out you
-come, now. If you don’t we’ll go up there and get
-you. I’m not going to have a perfectly good rescue
-spoiled by you.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, please do,” begged Nan.</p>
-
-<p>“A rescue! A rescue!” chanted Kid shrilly,
-dancing around in the snow. Small debated with<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_44"></a>[44]</span>
-himself a minute and finally disappeared in search
-of sweater and cap.</p>
-
-<p>“You fellows make me tired,” he growled when
-he returned to the window. “Why can’t you let me
-alone? I don’t want to be rescued. I don’t want
-to go skating. I don’t want——”</p>
-
-<p>“Cut out the regrets and hurry the job,” advised
-Lanny.</p>
-
-<p>Small cautiously climbed over the sill and set
-one foot tentatively on the ladder. Then he looked
-down. It seemed an awfully long way to the
-ground. “Some one hold it,” he grumbled. Lanny
-and Nan obeyed. Small tried the second rung,
-found that it held and that he was still alive, and
-essayed the third. His head was below the window
-sill now and the rescue was progressing famously.
-At that instant Kid harkened to the voice of the
-Imp of Mischief.</p>
-
-<p>“Small,” he called, “try that next round with
-your foot before you put your weight on it. It
-looks weak.”</p>
-
-<p>Small turned and cast a horrified look at the
-rung in question, and clung desperately to the
-ladder.</p>
-
-<p>“It—it’s cracked, I think,” he stammered. “I—I
-guess I’ll go back.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_45"></a>[45]</span></p>
-
-<p>“It isn’t cracked; it’s all right,” said Bert.
-“Kid, you keep your mouth shut.”</p>
-
-<p>“I was just warning him,” muttered Kid. “Of
-course, if you fellows want to see him fall and hurt
-himself, all right. But I don’t want any man’s
-blood on my soul. I——”</p>
-
-<p>“Shut up!” yelled Lanny. “Come on down,
-Small; it’s perfectly safe.”</p>
-
-<p>“It is, is it?” chattered Small. “Then what’s
-he talking that way for? I’ll l-l-lick him when I
-g-g-get down!”</p>
-
-<p>“You ought to be ashamed, Kid,” remonstrated
-Nan. “How would you like it if——”</p>
-
-<p>But at that moment Small put the weight of one
-foot on the rung, there was a slight <em>creak</em>, he gave
-a cry of fright, tried to take his foot off again and
-scramble up the ladder and lost his footing entirely.</p>
-
-<p>“Look out!” yelled Bert. Lanny and Nan
-jumped aside and Small, yelling lustily, came down
-the ladder like a shot, his feet waving wildly and
-his arms wrapped around the sides. He reached
-the ground in a heap. Bert hurried to him and
-picked him up.</p>
-
-<p>“Are you hurt, Small?” he asked anxiously.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t know,” answered Small weakly, feeling
-himself inquiringly.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_46"></a>[46]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Oh, I’m so sorry!” cried Nan. Small, very
-white of face, concluded that no harm had been
-done. Then his eyes fell on Kid. That irrepressible
-youth was seated in the middle of a clump
-of rhododendrons doubled over with laughter.</p>
-
-<p>“It was all his fault!” cried Small, and dashed
-at Kid. But Kid recovered very suddenly from his
-laughter and rolled and scrambled out the other
-side of the shrubs just as Small came crashing
-through. Then ensued a race that presently took
-pursued and pursuer out of sight around the
-building.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s lucky he didn’t hurt himself,” said Bert,
-laughing. “I say, he left the window open. The
-room will be as cold as Greenland when Waters
-gets back.”</p>
-
-<p>“And serve him right,” said Lanny.</p>
-
-<p>“Couldn’t you go up and close it?” asked Nan.</p>
-
-<p>“I guess I will.” So Lanny ran up the ladder.
-When he reached the top, instead of closing the
-window, he disappeared into the room and was
-gone several minutes. Finally he came out again,
-drew the window shut and slid down the ladder.
-“I left the Sign of the Four,” he explained, grinning.
-At that moment Small and Kid returned,
-evidently reconciled, and the five went back to the<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_47"></a>[47]</span>
-creek to resume their skating. When an hour or
-so later, Waters, who had quite forgotten the prisoner,
-tried to open his room door and found it
-locked he was quite surprised until he recalled the
-earlier events. Then, a little conscience stricken,
-he unlocked the door and entered the darkened
-room.</p>
-
-<p>“Find that strap yet, Small?” he asked gruffly.</p>
-
-<p>There was no answer and Waters lighted the
-gas and gazed in bewilderment about the empty
-apartment. Then he looked under both beds and
-in the closet, declaring in a loud voice that Small
-might as well “come out of that now” because he
-knew just where he was. But Small didn’t appear,
-and Waters, passing the study table, caught sight
-of a sheet of paper. On it was what was evidently
-intended for a skull and crossbones, and under
-that was printed:</p>
-
-<p>“<em>One for All and All for One!</em>”</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_48"></a>[48]</span></p>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="V">V<br />
-<small>BATTLE ROYAL</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="cap">The toboggan slide was in fine shape, and as
-soon as supper was over the upper grade
-boys hurried out to it. Bert had never tasted
-the joys of tobogganing and so was quite indifferent
-to the fact that he was not to be allowed on
-the slide, but Lanny and Small were inclined to be
-rueful.</p>
-
-<p>“I wish now,” said Small, “that we’d fixed it
-for them.”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t see why we can’t use it if we want to,”
-said Kid. “It’s the school slide and not Ben’s and
-Sam’s. I guess if we asked Mr. Crane——”</p>
-
-<p>“That would be a babyish thing to do,” said
-Lanny. “Let’s go out and see them, anyway. Maybe
-they’ll let us go down a few times.”</p>
-
-<p>“They’ve got all the toboggans,” said Small,
-as they scattered for their sweaters and jackets.
-“Aren’t you coming, Bert?”</p>
-
-<p>“No, I guess not. I don’t want to stand in the
-snow and watch those fellows slide down hill.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_49"></a>[49]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Oh, come along,” begged Lanny. “Maybe we
-can have some fun.”</p>
-
-<p>So Bert accompanied them and they went out
-and stood at the foot of the incline and watched
-the more fortunate ones come scooting down the
-ice-covered planks and go, rising and dipping and
-rising again, down the long trough of snow until
-lost in the darkness of the meadow. Their feet
-were beginning to get cold and Bert had already
-announced his determination to return indoors
-when Cupples and Crandall, drawing a fine new
-toboggan that the former had received as a Christmas
-present, arrived at the foot of the incline and
-started up the steps. It was Ben who saw them
-and raised a warning shout to the others, who included
-three day students from the village.</p>
-
-<p>“Keep those fellows off!” cried Ben.</p>
-
-<p>Four or five upper grade boys barred their
-way.</p>
-
-<p>“We helped make this slide,” said Cupples indignantly,
-“and you can just believe we’re going
-to slide on it.”</p>
-
-<p>“Nothing doing,” declared Ben. “You two
-fellows have joined with the juniors. That bars
-you out.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_50"></a>[50]</span></p>
-
-<p>“It does, eh?” Cupples tried to push by.
-“We’ll see about that! Come on, Cran.”</p>
-
-<p>But the others were too many for them, and, in
-the end, Crandall and Cupples, protesting angrily
-and vowing vengeance, retreated to the ground.</p>
-
-<p>“Wouldn’t they let you slide?” asked Lanny.</p>
-
-<p>“No, but they can’t help themselves. We’ll wait
-until they’ve all coasted down,” said Cupples.</p>
-
-<p>But it was soon evident that the enemy had
-other plans, for they timed their descents so that
-there always remained four or five fellows at the
-start. This effectually held Cupples and Crandall
-at bay, but it made the tobogganing pretty slow,
-since it was necessary to wait until one couple had
-started back from the meadow before the next
-couple started down.</p>
-
-<p>“I tell you what,” said Bert. “You two can
-get one slide anyway.”</p>
-
-<p>“How?” asked Cupples.</p>
-
-<p>“Wait until those three day chaps go down together.
-Then, before they’re back, two more will
-go down. That only leaves four up there. We’ll
-rush the slide and you two chaps get started before
-the others come up again.”</p>
-
-<p>“All right,” said Crandall. “And we can take
-another down you know. Want to go?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_51"></a>[51]</span></p>
-
-<p>But Bert shook his head. “Take Kid,” he said.
-“The biggest of us had better stay behind to cover
-your retreat.”</p>
-
-<p>“To cover our own retreat, you mean,” said
-Small. “I’m not going up there.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, you are,” said Lanny. “There go the
-three chaps. Now, when they reach the bottom two
-more will start. Then we’ll try it. I hope Ben
-goes down next.”</p>
-
-<p>And Lanny had his wish, for after some two
-or three minutes had elapsed and it was safe to
-presume that the three day students were well on
-their way back, Ben and Stanley Pierce started
-down. As soon as they had flashed past the group
-at the bottom of the incline Cupples gave the word
-and the six boys started up the steps. On the
-platform at the top stood Waters, Gardner, Lovell
-and Perkins, and as soon they saw the enemy approach
-they started down to meet them.</p>
-
-<p>“On the run!” cried Cupples and, with the
-toboggan bumping along behind, he and Crandall
-leaped up the steps, slipping and stumbling on the
-ice and snow. Behind them went Bert and Lanny,
-Small and Kid, Small greatly against his inclinations
-and Kid screeching joyously. They met the
-defenders halfway up the steps. Cupples and<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_52"></a>[52]</span>
-Sam Perkins came to grips, lost their footing and
-created so much confusion on the narrow stair that
-Crandall, passing the toboggan rope back to Kid,
-gained the platform and Bert and Lanny followed.
-Lovell only laughed, leaving for the moment the
-repulsing of the invaders to Waters and Gardner,
-who proved unequal to the task. Cupples and
-Perkins finally found their feet and joined the
-others.</p>
-
-<p>“We’re going down,” declared Crandall, trying
-to get the toboggan in place, “and you can’t stop
-us.”</p>
-
-<p>“Can’t we?” asked Perkins. “You watch.”</p>
-
-<p>The ten boys pushed and scuffled on the small
-platform, Cupples and Crandall striving to get
-their toboggan ready for the start and the enemy
-kicking it out of place again. At last, however,
-Bert, Lanny, Small and Kid, engaging the attention
-of the defenders fiercely, Cupples got the
-toboggan in place, yelled to Crandall and started
-down. Crandall stumbled over someone’s foot
-and threw himself after the toboggan, just managing
-to grasp the rail on one side. All the way
-down the incline he trailed behind, bumping against
-the side board, but at the bottom, as the toboggan
-struck the ground, he managed to pull himself on<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_53"></a>[53]</span>
-to it. And away they went, Cupples sending back
-a shrill shout of triumph.</p>
-
-<p>Meanwhile, not willing to trust to the mercies
-of the enemy, the four juniors were in full retreat
-down the steps, pursued by Perkins and Gardner.
-The latter gave up the pursuit before the bottom
-was reached and the juniors drew off to a safe
-distance, Kid sending back cries of defiance and
-insult. Then the three day students trailed past
-with their toboggan, yelling as they neared the
-incline; “Who was that just went down, fellows?”</p>
-
-<p>“Cupples and Crandall,” was the reply from
-Perkins. “They rushed us, they and those kids
-down there.”</p>
-
-<p>“Get your toboggans ready,” advised one of
-the day fellows, “and we’ll all down and catch
-them.”</p>
-
-<p>“Good scheme,” answered Gardner. “Come
-on, fellows!” Down shot Gardner and Lovell,
-while Perkins pushed his toboggan into position
-for descent. The three day students rushed up the
-steps.</p>
-
-<p>“Snowball them!” whispered Lanny, kneeling
-and hurriedly fashioning his missiles. The others
-followed his example, armed themselves with four
-or five snowballs and waited for Perkins and<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_54"></a>[54]</span>
-Waters. They came. Four arms were raised and
-shot forward and <a href="#i_fp054">the soft snow thudded and spattered
-against</a> the faces and bodies of <a href="#i_fp054">the two flying
-seniors</a>. The juniors threw first as soon as the
-enemy was within range and managed to get in
-a second fusillade before they were out of shot.
-Angry remonstrances floated back on the night air.
-At the top of the incline, the three day boys had
-failed to see the attack and came down unsuspectingly.
-Again the snowballs sped to their marks
-and again the cries of the victims arose as the
-toboggan rushed away down the slope.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="i_fp054">
- <img src="images/i_fp054.jpg" alt="" title="" />
- <div class="caption">
- <p class="noic"><a href="#Page_54">“The soft snow thudded and spattered against the two
-flying seniors.”</a></p>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<p>“Fine!” laughed Bert. “We got in some good
-ones. But they’ll make it hot for us when they
-come back.”</p>
-
-<p>“I wonder if they’ll catch Harold and Sewall,”
-said Lanny. “There’s someone coming now.”</p>
-
-<p>Into the dim radiance of the two lights on the
-platform came two boys dragging a toboggan. They
-were Ben and Stanley Pierce.</p>
-
-<p>“I say,” whispered Bert, “let’s get up there
-ahead and keep them off. We can do it. Take
-all the snowballs you’ve got, fellows.” And Bert
-started for the steps on the run. Had the others
-had time to reflect they might have hesitated. As
-it was, they followed at once and had gained the<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_55"></a>[55]</span>
-platform before Ben and Pierce had reached the
-foot of the steps. When they did reach them a
-snowball, sent with beautiful accuracy, banged
-against Ben’s woolen cap and another hummed
-past Pierce’s head. The seniors stopped and held
-a council of war.</p>
-
-<p>“Quit that, you kids,” shouted Ben threateningly.</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll come up there and give you fellows a
-good licking,” added Pierce.</p>
-
-<p>“Come on!” jeered Lanny, the joy of battle
-thrilling him. “Try it!”</p>
-
-<p>They did try it, but such a shower of snowballs
-met them as soon as they set foot on the steps that
-they thought better of it. For a minute or so they
-fashioned missiles and retaliated, but throwing up
-at the platform was difficult work and their snowballs
-either sailed harmlessly overhead or wasted
-themselves against the boards. Then two boys
-with a toboggan came into sight, running hard, and
-Ben hailed them.</p>
-
-<p>“Come on, you fellows! The kids have got the
-slide!”</p>
-
-<p>The newcomers paused without answering.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s Cupples and Crandall,” whispered Bert
-joyously. At that moment the meaning of the<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_56"></a>[56]</span>
-pause was explained. Ben and Pierce found themselves
-attacked from a new quarter, while from
-the platform came a pitiless shower of snowballs.
-Discretion proved the better part of valor. Ben
-and Pierce scampered away and, with a shout,
-Cupples and Crandall rushed up the stairs and
-joined the invaders at the top.</p>
-
-<p>“Did they get you?” asked Lanny. “The
-whole crowd went down to catch you.”</p>
-
-<p>“No, we saw them first,” panted Crandall with
-a grin, “and ran like the dickens. They’re after
-us, though. Come on, Harold, let’s go down again
-before they catch us.”</p>
-
-<p>“If you do that they’ll get you sure,” said Bert.
-“Stay up here with us and we’ll stand them off.
-We can do it easily. There are some of them
-now.”</p>
-
-<p>Four figures came out of the darkness and were
-joined, at a respectful distance from the platform
-by Ben and Pierce.</p>
-
-<p>“They’ll try to rush us,” muttered Bert. “Got
-plenty of snowballs, fellows?”</p>
-
-<p>“What do you say, Harold?” asked Crandall.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, we’ll stay and help the kids,” answered
-Cupples, beginning to make snowballs as fast as<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_57"></a>[57]</span>
-he could. “Pull the toboggan up, Cran, and put
-it across the top of the slide there. We can get
-behind it if we need to. Say, fellows, there isn’t
-much snow up here. First thing we know we’ll be
-out of ammunition.”</p>
-
-<p>“Kid, you gather all the snow you can find,”
-directed Bert, “and pile it back of the toboggan.”</p>
-
-<p>“I want to fight,” demurred Kid.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, you can fight, too. Go ahead. I’ll help
-you until they start for us.”</p>
-
-<p>“They’ll wait until the other three fellows
-come,” said Cupples. “We’ll have to shoot straight,
-fellows. Don’t waste your shots now.”</p>
-
-<p>“We won’t,” muttered Lanny. “Don’t you
-worry.”</p>
-
-<p>“There are the rest of them,” said Crandall,
-patting a fine, soggy snowball into shape. “Get
-ready, fellows.”</p>
-
-<p>“Hooray!” shrieked Kid, “paste them, paste
-them!”</p>
-
-<p>The enemy, nine strong, started across the snow
-toward the foot of the incline. On the platform the
-defenders lined up and waited. Fortunately for
-them the attackers were forced to come up in single
-file, since the steps were only about eighteen inches<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_58"></a>[58]</span>
-wide. Ben led the way, Perkins at his heels and
-the others behind, yelling fearsomely.</p>
-
-<p>“Wait till they’re on the steps,” counseled Cupples,
-“and then give it to ’em! Now!”</p>
-
-<p>Six snowballs sped down at the enemy, three
-of the number taking effect on Ben. Ben shook
-his head angrily and came on. Then a lucky shot
-by Lanny struck him square on the chin, he faltered,
-slipped against the railing, and Perkins took
-his place. By that time the shots were falling thick
-and fast and there was a steady stream of snowballs.
-To advance in the face of such a fire was
-out of the question, and Perkins, ducking his head,
-turned and crowded back, putting the line into confusion.
-One of the day boys slipped and went to
-the bottom on his back. Ben, too, was in flight,
-and in a moment the enemy had withdrawn again
-to a safe distance.</p>
-
-<p>“Hurrah!” shrieked Kid, jumping about on
-the platform. “We gave it to ’em!”</p>
-
-<p>“Hurry up, fellows!” called Cupples. “More
-snowballs. They’ll be back in a minute.”</p>
-
-<p>“We can keep them off all night,” said Bert,
-“as long as they come up one at a time. That was
-a dandy shot of yours, Lanny.”</p>
-
-<p>“They’re coming again,” said Small nervously.<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_59"></a>[59]</span>
-“Let’s make terms with them before it’s too late,
-Lanny.”</p>
-
-<p>“Make terms!” cried Lanny. “Never!”</p>
-
-<p>Then they came toward the slide again, but
-more cautiously this time, halting just out of accurate
-range and then, at a signal, rushing for
-the steps and up them, Ben again in the lead. Up
-and up they came, slipping and faltering under
-the rain of missiles, but doggedly winning the
-ascent. Now there was a scant ten feet between
-Ben and the platform. Behind him, Pierce and
-Perkins and the others were crowding, their faces
-and bodies blotched with snow. They were angry
-clear through and met every broadside of shot
-stoically, stubbornly determined to gain the summit
-and wreak revenge on the foe. The garrison behind
-the toboggan fought furiously. Snowballs slammed
-down upon lowered heads and sped past protecting
-arms to spread against necks and faces. The invaders
-made no effort to retaliate, since it was difficult
-enough to make the ascent as it was; to have
-attempted to throw snowballs would have invited
-utter disaster.</p>
-
-<p>“Let ’em have it!” cried Cupples, stooping for
-more ammunition and discovering that only a few
-snowballs remained behind the breastworks. The<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_60"></a>[60]</span>
-file still came on, Ben a mass of white where the
-snowballs had struck and clung to his head and
-body.</p>
-
-<p>“Who’s got any snowballs?” gasped Lanny.</p>
-
-<p>“All gone,” answered Bert, desperately searching
-the icy boards for snow. Small and Kid, at the
-other side of the platform, farthest from the steps,
-were still firing, Small wildly and ineffectually.
-Lanny ran across and pushed him aside. Kid
-shouted shrilly and got in a splendid shot against
-Perkins’s ear that made that youth stagger against
-the railing.</p>
-
-<p>Then the firing diminished and consternation
-seized the garrison. Their ammunition was gone!
-Ben gave a roar of triumph and plunged up the
-few remaining steps, and it would have been all
-over with the defenders then and there had not
-Bert been visited by a brilliant idea. Seizing the
-toboggan, he swung it around to the steps and,
-holding the rope, sent it swiftly down. It caught
-Ben unawares and swept his feet from under him.
-He clutched wildly at the railing, saved himself
-from an actual fall, but kicked Pierce so savagely
-that the latter emitted a shriek and fell to his
-knees. Perkins stumbled, slipped, and spread the
-wildest disorder. The last of the snowballs were<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_61"></a>[61]</span>
-fired, a final volley that decided the fortunes of
-the battle. The enemy wavered, turned. Ben,
-recovering his equilibrium, strove to hold his regiment,
-but all in vain. Down the steps they fled,
-and Ben, finding himself deserted, followed.</p>
-
-<p>The garrison gave a shout of triumph. Kid
-jumped and squealed. And then Small, venturing
-too near the edge of the slide, turned the retreat
-into a veritable rout. Losing his footing, he sat
-down suddenly and forcibly just over the edge,
-and, with a shriek of despair, shot down the ice-covered
-trough on his back, legs waving, hands
-grasping at the empty air and voice raised in wild
-cries. The enemy heard and supposing that the
-entire garrison was hot upon their heels, plunged
-down the rest of the incline in mad flight and scattered
-over the snow below just as Small, going
-now at a good twenty miles an hour, flew by!</p>
-
-<p>At the top of the slide the rest of the garrison
-leaned weakly against the railing and laughed until
-the tears came. Kid was so overcome that he
-slipped to the floor and rolled over and over,
-emitting strange, gurgling sounds. Far down the
-slide, Small, an indistinct figure in the darkness,
-crawled over the bank of the slide, struggled to his
-feet, and, with one brief glance in the direction of<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_62"></a>[62]</span>
-the enemy, streaked across the snow toward school.
-Three figures gave chase and presently Small was
-in the hands of the enemy and Ben advanced toward
-the slide, one mittened hand held aloft.</p>
-
-<p>“Flag of truce, fellows!” he called.</p>
-
-<p>“All right,” answered Cupples. “What do you
-want?”</p>
-
-<p>“We’ve taken Small prisoner,” announced Ben,
-“and we’re going to wash his face with snow unless
-you give in.”</p>
-
-<p>A howl of protest from Small pierced the air.</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll yield with all the honors of war,” announced
-Cupples after a hurried conference.</p>
-
-<p>“What’s that?” asked Ben.</p>
-
-<p>“You fellows are not to touch us,” said Cupples,
-“and we’re to have the use of this slide whenever
-we want it.”</p>
-
-<p>“We won’t touch you,” replied Ben, “and you
-and Crandall can slide here. But those other little
-ruffians must keep off.”</p>
-
-<p>Cupples looked inquiringly at Crandall. The
-latter shook his head. “Tell him they must let the
-juniors slide too.”</p>
-
-<p>Cupples did so. Ben conferred. Small, captive
-between two of the day boys, waited anxiously. At
-last Ben turned toward the platform again.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_63"></a>[63]</span></p>
-
-<p>“All right,” he said. “We agree. But you’ve
-spoiled our fun and you must let us have the slide
-the rest of the time to-night.”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s all right,” agreed Bert and Lanny in
-a breath.</p>
-
-<p>Cupples graciously informed Ben that the terms
-were satisfactory.</p>
-
-<p>“Then you fellows come down,” said Ben.</p>
-
-<p>“You release your prisoner,” said Cupples.</p>
-
-<p>An instant later Small was scooting homeward
-again as fast as his legs would carry him. Then
-the garrison evacuated, Bert, Lanny and Kid
-marching gravely down the steps and Cupples and
-Crandall flying down the slide on their toboggan.
-The three juniors encountered the enemy at the
-foot of the incline. Ben scowled wrathfully.</p>
-
-<p>“You kids think you’re mighty smart, don’t
-you?” he sneered.</p>
-
-<p>Bert and Lanny smiled sweetly, but forebore to
-make reply as they turned homeward. Kid, however,
-irrepressible even in the face of danger, executed
-a weird dance in the snow.</p>
-
-<p>“Io triumphus!” exulted Kid.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p>Mr. Folsom was standing in front of the fireplace
-in the hall, watch in hand, when they entered.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_64"></a>[64]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Ha!” he said. “A close shave, Grey. It is
-thirty seconds past nine. Where are the others?”</p>
-
-<p>“On the slide, sir. May I call them? I—I
-guess they don’t know how late it is.”</p>
-
-<p>“No,” said Mr. Folsom, grimly, snapping his
-watch shut, “I will attend to them myself.”</p>
-
-<p>“Gee,” whispered Lanny as the teacher went
-in search of his hat and coat, “that means house
-bounds to-morrow morning for all of them! My,
-won’t they be peeved!”</p>
-
-<p>“O joy! O glee!” cried Kid. “We’ll have
-the slide to ourselves!”</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_65"></a>[65]</span></p>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="VI">VI<br />
-<small>A RESCUE</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="cap">And a bully time they had that next forenoon.
-To be sure, a few day students appeared at
-the slide, but the four juniors had things
-pretty much to themselves for all of that. They
-had their pick of the school toboggans and the added
-satisfaction of knowing that the hated enemy
-was envying them. For Lanny’s prophecy had
-proved true, and the offending upper grade fellows
-had been sentenced to house bounds for the entire
-morning.</p>
-
-<p>Nan, in a fetching white blanket coat with red
-border and a white and red toque, joined them at
-their invitation, and, in order to show no partiality,
-alternately went down with Bert and Kid and
-Lanny and Small. Small was in high feather this
-morning, and talked a good deal about how he had
-scared the upper grade fellows into fits by hurling
-himself down the slide after them. Small finally
-actually got to believe that he had really performed
-that sensational feat on purpose.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_66"></a>[66]</span></p>
-
-<p>It was a cloudy Saturday, but crisp and cold,
-and the slide was very fast. Starting at the platform,
-there came a breath-taking rush down the
-icy boards, then a little bump as the toboggan took
-the ground, then a slackening of speed for a moment
-over the level ground, then a long dip down
-the meadow hill, a little rise, and another and
-steeper descent and finally a gradual lessening of
-speed in the fields above the river, the whole trip
-over almost before one could really settle down to
-appreciation of it. Then came the long tramp back,
-cheeks crimson and hearts merry. There was only
-one spill all that morning, and that came when
-Lanny, yielding at last to the imploring of Small,
-allowed that youth to occupy the back of the toboggan.
-They had Nan with them that trip, and
-just after they had reached the level Small managed
-in some way to shift his position so that the
-toboggan plunged over the bank and sent them
-all sprawling in the soft snow. Nan declared, as
-she shook the snow off, that upsetting was lots of
-fun, and thereafter went down each time with the
-hope that the toboggan would overturn!</p>
-
-<p>But it never did again, and dinner time came
-all too soon. Not, however, that they were lacking
-in appetite. Bert declared that he could eat wire<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_67"></a>[67]</span>
-nails, while Kid, not to be outdone in picturesqueness
-of language, maintained that a “raw dog
-would suit him finely!” Their appetites contrasted
-strongly with those of the upper grade fellows who
-had been mooning around indoors all the morning,
-and Cupples, watching Lanny eat, sighed enviously.</p>
-
-<p>At two o’clock the big sleigh came to the door
-to take those who wished to ride down to the river
-where the annual ice carnival was to be held. A
-few of the older boys went on snowshoes, and Kid
-started off alone with his sled, but the others piled
-into the sleigh, which had a seat running lengthwise
-at each side. Everyone went, even the Doctor and
-Mrs. Merton; and Nan, of course. The river was
-frozen a good five inches and save where, here and
-there near shore, a snow-field hid the surface, was
-in the best of shape for the races. A fire was
-started on the bank and the Doctor and Mrs. Merton
-made themselves comfortable with robes from
-the sleigh. Everyone else, including Mr. Crane
-and Mr. Folsom, who had the affair in charge,
-donned skates and took to the surface. Most of the
-day students were on hand, and by half past two
-practically all of Mt. Pleasant Academy was there,
-one of the few absentees being Kid. But Kid arrived
-in time to see the finish of the two-hundred-yard<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_68"></a>[68]</span>
-dash, panting and puffing and pulling his
-beloved sled behind him.</p>
-
-<p>Spooner, one of the day boys, a short, round-faced
-chap who looked like anything but a fast
-skater, won the first event. Spooner, in spite of his
-appearance, was a wonder on skates, and by reason
-of that ability had won the captaincy of the Day
-Hockey team. Other races followed; a quarter-mile
-event for seniors and upper middlers, a race
-of the same distance for lower middlers and
-juniors, a half-mile handicap and finally a rescue
-race of a quarter of a mile. Ben Holden distanced
-the entire field of five in the senior quarter-mile
-event, Cupples captured the next, with Lanny a
-close second, and the half-mile handicap, which
-started with sixteen entries, went to a day student,
-while Sam Perkins fought every foot of the distance
-and managed to finish only some six yards
-behind. There were prizes for first and second
-places, in each case a small pewter mug with the
-date and event engraved on it and a place for the
-winner’s name. Those mugs were highly prized
-and some of the seniors, during their three years
-at Mt. Pleasant, had managed to make a very
-creditable collection of them. Mr. Crane was kept
-pretty busy hustling the events off, while Mr. Folsom,<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_69"></a>[69]</span>
-looking as serious as ever, timed each event.
-As not even a school record was broken that day
-the time need not interest us.</p>
-
-<p>Bert had entered in the handicap, but had finished
-a poor sixth, much to his chagrin since,
-although he was no hockey player, he rather prided
-himself on his skating. But the distance was too
-short for Bert to show up at his best, and when,
-after the rescue race was over, the two-mile handicap
-was announced Bert gave his name to Mr.
-Crane.</p>
-
-<p>Before this, however, the rescue race had occasioned
-not a little excitement and a great deal of
-mirth. A quarter of a mile up the river from the
-starting place four small juniors, Kid, Small and
-two day students waited each with his ankles bound
-together with a skate strap. They wore no skates.
-At the word from Mr. Crane, Pierce, Waters, Lovell
-and a day student named Tucker dashed off up
-the ice. The first to arrive at the end of the course
-was at liberty to pick his boy, and, as Kid was several
-pounds lighter than any of the other three, the
-contestants all wanted Kid. Waters got him, beating
-the others by a few yards. Then the task was to
-return to the starting place with the rescued boy.
-They could carry him, pull him or push him; the<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_70"></a>[70]</span>
-only thing was to get him back. But the mode
-generally adopted was to get the rescued boy in
-front, seize him by the elbows and push him, the
-burden slanting his body back and sliding along on
-his heels. Of course, the rescued boy was required
-to aid to the extent of keeping his body stiff and his
-feet straight ahead. But it wasn’t so easy. Now
-and then one or other would double up, or his feet
-would swing aside, or his rescuer would lose his
-hold. In either case the result was usually a spill,
-with the rescuer and rescued ludicrously mixed up
-on the ice. Kid, in spite of his light weight, proved
-a troublesome burden, for he seemed unable to keep
-his feet straight for the goal and was forever swinging
-to one side or the other, occasioning Waters
-much trouble, two upsets and a loss of temper.
-Waters insisted afterwards that Kid did it on purpose.
-As for the justice of that charge I decline
-to give an opinion. Kid was Kid, and a law unto
-himself!</p>
-
-<p>In the end Steve Lovell won with Small, who
-behaved beautifully all the way, and Pierce was
-second, Waters finishing a very bad fourth. During
-that race the upsets were not confined to the competitors,
-for most of the spectators skated along
-the edge of the course, applauding and encouraging
-and laughing, and more than one, unable to laugh<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_71"></a>[71]</span>
-and skate too, abandoned skating and decided to
-view the finish from a recumbent position.</p>
-
-<p>There were only three entries for the final event,
-the two-mile handicap, Ben Holden, Stanley Pierce
-and Bert. Holden was placed at scratch, Pierce
-was given eighty yards and Bert two hundred,
-more, as subsequent events proved, than his ability
-entitled him to. The course was up the river for
-a mile to the upper end of Candle Island, a low
-sand-bar near the shore, around the island and back
-to the starting line. This was approximately a
-mile and the distance was to be skated twice.</p>
-
-<p>Lanny and Nan skated up the river with Bert
-and Mr. Crane to Bert’s starting mark. Then Mr.
-Crane returned to post Pierce and give the word.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, I do hope you’ll win, Bert!” said Nan.</p>
-
-<p>“So do I,” agreed Lanny, “if only to beat Ben.
-You’d better let him make the pace for you as soon
-as he catches up with you.”</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t let him catch up,” said Nan. “Skate
-just as hard and fast as ever you can, Bert! And
-please be careful at the island. You know Mr.
-Crane said you must keep above the snag because
-the ice is weak there.”</p>
-
-<p>“He’s a regular old woman about thin ice,”
-said Lanny.</p>
-
-<p>“But it’s so, Lanny, and I know it. The ice is<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_72"></a>[72]</span>
-always weak at the end of Candle Island. The—the
-current or something does it. So you must
-keep beyond the snag, Bert.”</p>
-
-<p>“What sort of a thing is this snag?” asked
-Bert, taking a tighter hitch in his belt and keeping
-his eye down river for the signal.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, it’s an old dead tree that sticks up
-through the ice about—about twenty yards beyond
-the further end of the island,” explained Nan.
-“And you must—”</p>
-
-<p>“Get set,” interrupted Lanny. “He’s going to
-start you.”</p>
-
-<p>Then down the river Mr. Crane dropped the
-hand holding his cap and Bert’s skates bit into
-the ice and he was off. A two mile race, whether
-on foot or on skates, is a thing of endurance and
-soon Bert slowed down to an even, swinging pace
-that took him along quite fast enough. Ben started
-out with the idea of catching Pierce and he did it
-in the first quarter of a mile, while back at the
-starting line the watchers cheered lustily. Ben
-wasn’t bothering about Bert. He would let Pierce
-make the pace as long as he would and then pass
-him. He believed that a mile would see the junior
-out of the race. Bert reached the farther end of
-Candle Island quite alone, swung around the snag<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_73"></a>[73]</span>
-which poked itself through the ice like a gaunt
-brown arm, and swung homeward. As he passed
-the middle of the sand-bar he saw Pierce and Holden,
-only three yards apart, on the other side. Pierce
-was looking flurried already, Bert thought. So far
-Bert had maintained his lead, and he meant to do
-his very best to keep it. But on the return journey
-Ben awoke to the fact that Pierce was slowing up
-and that the third competitor had a very dangerous
-lead. So he left Pierce behind soon after the lower
-end of the island was passed and increased his
-speed. By the time the starting place was reached,
-where a barrel set on end did duty as a turning
-mark, Bert’s lead had been cut down to a scant
-hundred yards and Ben was still gaining. The
-spectators cheered and waved as the two boys made
-the turn and began the second lap, and Bert heard
-Lanny’s voice high above all others:</p>
-
-<p>“All for one and one for all!” shouted Lanny.
-Nan, a blur of red and white, waved wildly. Half
-way to the island again Bert heard Ben’s skates
-ringing on the ice close behind. For nearly a
-quarter of a mile the two boys skated twenty yards
-apart, although from the start it was difficult to
-guess the distance that divided them. Then Ben
-spurted, as the lower end of the island was reached,<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_74"></a>[74]</span>
-and Bert let him by without a challenge. Meanwhile
-Pierce was out of it and was sitting by the
-fire nursing a painful attack of cramps.</p>
-
-<p>Around the head of the island the two skaters
-went, Bert right on Ben’s heels. Ben had obeyed
-Mr. Crane’s injunction before, but now, hoping
-perhaps to steal a few yards on Bert, he swung
-around close to the end of the sand-bar, well inside
-the snag. After a moment of hesitation, which lost
-him several yards of distance, Bert followed.</p>
-
-<p>“If that ice will hold him it will hold me,”
-thought Bert.</p>
-
-<p>Near shore the ice was worn by the action of
-the current as it swept against the bar and open
-water showed in places. But Ben’s course seemed
-to bear him safely away from the weak places,
-although still some distance inside the dead tree.
-Bert followed in his tracks some six yards behind.
-Then, suddenly, there was a cracking sound, an
-exclamation from Ben and that youth wheeled half
-around and went through the ice. Bert strove to
-stop, wheeling to the right, felt the ice giving beneath
-him and threw himself face down and went
-sliding toward the snag and safety. Then he was
-on his knees, rather dizzy and frightened, peering<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_75"></a>[75]</span>
-anxiously back for Ben. Ben, clinging to the edge
-of the ice, was keeping himself afloat.</p>
-
-<p>“Got anything you can throw me?” he asked
-Bert coolly. “I can keep afloat here for a week but
-the ice won’t hold, I guess.”</p>
-
-<p>Bert pulled off his sweater, unstrapped his belt
-with shaking fingers and knotted the latter to a
-sleeve of the sweater. Then he wriggled forward
-at full length.</p>
-
-<p><a href="#i_frontis">“Be careful,” cautioned Ben, his teeth chattering.</a></p>
-
-<p>“I will,” answered Bert. “I’m lighter than
-you, Ben. I think I can get pretty nearly out there.”</p>
-
-<p>And he finally did, and then strove to throw the
-sweater where Ben could reach it. But the thing
-seemed possessed of the imp of perversity. Time
-and again Bert’s attempts put the sweater just outside
-Ben’s reach, and once the latter, struggling to
-get hold of it, lost his clutch on the edge of the ice
-and almost sank again. But finally his fingers
-caught the edge of the woolen garment. Then,
-getting a firm grip of it, he began to break the weak
-ice with his fist, while Bert, wriggling away, took
-up the slack by inches. At last hard ice was
-reached and then, taking the sweater between his<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_76"></a>[76]</span>
-teeth, Ben attempted to lift his body out of the
-water. It was hard work, and time and again when
-success was almost attained he went back. But
-finally, kicking and thrashing and struggling, with
-Bert pulling as hard as the slippery surface of the
-ice would allow, Ben got out, dripping and chilled.
-He wriggled over to where Bert lay, not daring yet
-to trust himself on his feet and scarcely in condition
-to stand up, for that matter, and sat panting
-and shaking.</p>
-
-<p>“B-b-better put your sweater on again,” he
-chattered.</p>
-
-<p>“Not me,” said Bert. “You put it on, and hurry
-up with it. If you don’t you’ll have a chill.”</p>
-
-<p>“I g-g-guess I’ve got one now,” answered Ben.
-“That w-w-wat-er was f-f-fierce!”</p>
-
-<p>“Can’t you stand up?” asked Bert.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes.” But it wasn’t easy and Ben had to cling
-to Bert in doing so. Then Bert got his sweater over
-Ben’s, which was wringing wet, Ben protesting all
-the while and weakly striving to resist.</p>
-
-<p>“I d-d-don’t need it,” he chattered. “You’ll
-c-c-catch cold, Bryant.”</p>
-
-<p>“I won’t, but you will,” replied Bert, rescuing
-his belt and putting it on again. “Now come on.
-Can you skate?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_77"></a>[77]</span></p>
-
-<p>“No, I—I’d rather sit down a minute, I
-g-g-guess.”</p>
-
-<p>“You can’t! You mustn’t! Come on, Ben, and
-get warm. Skate as hard as you can. We’ll race
-back.”</p>
-
-<p>Ben made a feeble effort, swayed, clung to Bert
-and shook his head.</p>
-
-<p>“All right, then,” said Bert. “We’ll make this
-a rescue race and I’ll slide you back.” He laughed
-and Ben tried to smile.</p>
-
-<p>“N-n-no, wait a m-m-minute,” said Ben. “I’ll
-b-b-be all right. It’s m-m-my legs, Bryant; they’re
-like ice.”</p>
-
-<p>“Stamp around, Ben! Stretch them. That’s it.
-Better? Now see if you can’t skate.”</p>
-
-<p>Ben tried and succeeded in getting started. Very
-slowly they made the turn around the end of the
-island and started back. But every movement
-helped and soon Ben’s blood was stirring again in
-his chilled body and the color began to creep back
-into his cheeks.</p>
-
-<p>“That was a fool thing to do,” he said. “But
-I thought the ice was thick enough to hold anyone.
-Gee, if you hadn’t been there I’d—I’d been frozen
-by this time! I could keep afloat all right, but the
-water was awful!”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_78"></a>[78]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Skate faster,” said Bert, “and don’t talk.”</p>
-
-<p>By the time the starting line was in sight Ben
-was making good time and to the spectators it
-looked as though they were to see a wonderfully
-close finish, for the two boys were side by side.
-There had been some uneasiness because of the
-delay and the watchers breathed sighs of relief
-when the two skaters came into sight again. Caps
-waved and voices urged them on.</p>
-
-<p>“Come on, Ben! Hit it up! You aren’t half
-skating!”</p>
-
-<p>“Beat him, Bert! Beat him! Skate! Skate!”</p>
-
-<p>Kid danced about and turned circles on his
-skates, all the time yelling shrilly, and Nan, her
-pink cheeks rosier than ever from excitement,
-clapped her hands and “rooted” for Bert. Down
-to the line came the two skaters, skating fast but
-evidently quite tuckered out and showing a lot of
-effort. The spectators skated to meet them, and
-then it was that Ben’s wet clothes were noted and
-questions fell fast. Bert had no thought of the
-race. He wanted to see Ben wrapped up warmly
-and started on his way back to school. And he
-wanted to get there himself, for he felt decidedly
-weak and sick, and every few moments a shiver
-went over him. And so he never noticed when Ben<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_79"></a>[79]</span>
-slowed down almost at the line and never noticed
-that he himself had skated across it and had won
-the race until Lanny smote him on the back, almost
-sending him on his face, and shouted:</p>
-
-<p>“You won, Bert! He didn’t cross! He didn’t
-finish!”</p>
-
-<p>But Bert paid no heed. He shouldered his way
-to Mr. Crane who was stretching out his hand in
-congratulation.</p>
-
-<p>“Ben went through the ice, sir,” he said, “and
-he ought to be taken home right away. And I guess—I
-guess you’d better take me, too.”</p>
-
-<p>Whereupon Bert sank against Mr. Crane and
-fainted dead away.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_80"></a>[80]</span></p>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="VII">VII<br />
-<small>LANNY CONFESSES</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="cap">Bert lay in bed with the remains of a satisfactory
-if simple repast on a tray at his side.
-He was feeling a little languid, but aside
-from that quite his usual self. The Doctor had
-diagnosed his case as nervous exhaustion following
-excitement, overexertion and a chill, and had
-mixed him a dark brown, nasty tasting concoction
-in a tumbler and sentenced him to bed for the rest
-of the day. Ben had been dosed thoroughly, but
-had not been put to bed, and so had gone down to
-his supper like any ordinary person.</p>
-
-<p>Bert could hear the fellows pushing the chairs
-away from the tables in the dining-room below, and
-a moment after there was a knock at the door and
-Lanny, Small and Kid came in. Kid pounced on
-the foot of the bed with a whoop of glee and was
-sternly reprimanded by Lanny.</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t you know how to behave when a fellow’s
-sick, Kid?” Lanny demanded. “Get off there and
-sit in a chair.” Kid grinned unabashed and took<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_81"></a>[81]</span>
-the Morris chair. “I sneaked an apple for you,
-Bert; want it?” continued Lanny.</p>
-
-<p>“You bet!” Bert hid it under his pillow for
-future reference.</p>
-
-<p>“How are you feeling now?” asked Small.</p>
-
-<p>“Fine and dandy,” said Bert.</p>
-
-<p>“You’re going to get the mug for winning the
-race,” piped Kid jubilantly. “Mr. Crane asked
-Ben if he wanted to protest the race and Ben said
-no, he didn’t, and Mr. Crane said then he’d give you
-the mug and Ben said he hoped he would.”</p>
-
-<p>“The Doctor said your behavior was a credit
-to the school,” said Lanny, with a grin. “You’d
-have thought to hear him that he’d told you just
-what to do.”</p>
-
-<p>“Small says he thinks Ben meant you to win
-the race,” said Kid. “He says Ben didn’t finish
-on purpose. I guess he forgot about it.”</p>
-
-<p>“No, he didn’t,” Lanny defended. “I saw him.
-He just meant that Bert was to cross and be the
-winner. You can say what you like about Ben, but
-he—he’s fair and square!”</p>
-
-<p>“Treason! Treason!” exclaimed Kid, kicking
-his feet up. “Lanny’s deserted to the enemy!”</p>
-
-<p>“No, I haven’t,” responded Lanny, “but—but
-I’ve got to tell you something.” He paused and<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_82"></a>[82]</span>
-glanced a bit shamefacedly at the others. “When—I
-came up to the room after we got back Waters
-said, ‘Lanny, I wish you’d pull these boots off,’
-and I—I didn’t think anything about it—really I
-didn’t!—and so I—I pulled them off!” He ended
-a trifle defiantly. There was silence. Bert nodded
-thoughtfully, Small looked a little embarrassed and
-Kid began to whistle softly through his teeth. At
-last,</p>
-
-<p>“I—I shacked, too,” muttered Small. “George
-Waters—”</p>
-
-<p>“Me too!” piped Kid. “I wanted to. I’m tired
-of not having anything to do and having the fellows
-pretend not to see me and—and all that!”
-And Kid’s countenance dared them to do their
-worst!</p>
-
-<p>“I feel that way too,” said Lanny. “After all,
-I guess it doesn’t do us youngsters any harm to—to
-wait on the older fellows a bit, Bert. Maybe
-it—it’s good whatdoyoucallit—discipline.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, and when we are upper grade fellows
-somebody will have to do it for us,” added Kid
-blithely.</p>
-
-<p>“I think you’re right,” said Bert. “You see,
-it makes a difference whether you like a fellow or
-not whether you want to do things for him, you<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_83"></a>[83]</span>
-know. I—I didn’t like some of the big fellows at
-first. I do now. I like them all. I—I guess shacking
-isn’t going to hurt us, fellows.”</p>
-
-<p>“Besides,” began Small, “we showed them that
-we—”</p>
-
-<p>There was a knock at the door, Bert cried
-“Come!” and Nan put her head in.</p>
-
-<p>“Mamma said I might come up and see how
-you are, Bert,” she announced. “May I come
-in?”</p>
-
-<p>“Of course,” said Bert. “Kid, give Nan that
-chair.”</p>
-
-<p>Kid obeyed with a flourish. Nan seemed just
-a wee bit disappointed at finding Bert was not
-going to be an interesting invalid for a few days.
-After his condition had been discussed and it was
-quite apparent that he would be up and about the
-next morning, Nan exclaimed; “Just think! We’re
-all here, the Junior Four. We might have a meeting,
-Lanny!”</p>
-
-<p>Lanny grinned sheepishly. “I guess there
-won’t be any more meetings, Nan. It’s all off!”
-Whereupon they explained to her and Nan was
-quite cast down.</p>
-
-<p>“Just when we had such a beautiful society!”
-she grieved.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_84"></a>[84]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Well, we don’t have to bust up the Junior
-Four,” said Kid. “Let’s keep it going.”</p>
-
-<p>“What’s the use?” asked Small.</p>
-
-<p>“Lovely!” cried Nan, clapping her hands.
-“We’ll just find a new—new purpose!”</p>
-
-<p>“What?” asked Small.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, let me see.” Nan frowned thoughtfully
-for a moment. Then, “I know!” she exclaimed.
-“Good fellowship!”</p>
-
-<p>“Good fellowship!” echoed Bert.</p>
-
-<p>“Good fellowship!” cried Lanny.</p>
-
-<p>“Here’s to the Junior Four!” shouted Kid.
-“Long may it wave!” He seized a half-empty
-tumbler from Bert’s tray and flourished it. “One
-for all and all for one!”</p>
-
-<p>The next evening Bert and Ben sat on opposite
-sides of the study table in Number 5. Ben, raising
-his eyes from his book, glanced across at his roommate.</p>
-
-<p>“Bert,” he said casually, “I wish you’d find my
-Latin dictionary for me.”</p>
-
-<p>Bert laid his pencil on the volume before him
-and pushed back his chair. “All right,” he said
-cheerfully. The dictionary was on the mantel and
-he crossed the room and got it, laying it at Ben’s
-elbow. “There you are, Ben.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_85"></a>[85]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Thanks.” Ben raised his head again and
-smiled up at the other. “How is it going?” he
-asked.</p>
-
-<p>“Hard,” replied Bert, casting a rueful glance at
-his book.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, I’ll be through here in about ten minutes
-and then I’ll help you with it.”</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_86"></a>[86]</span></p>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="VIII">VIII<br />
-<small>THE FIRST HOCKEY GAME</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="cap">On the following Saturday afternoon House
-and Day met in the first game of the series
-to settle the school hockey supremacy. The
-Day Team was credited with being better than the
-House. Last winter it had won two straight games
-without much trouble and borne off the pewter mug
-which Mr. Crane and Mr. Folsom had donated as
-a trophy two years before. The mug was to go
-finally to the team winning two out of three series,
-and so far both Day Team and House Team had one
-win to its credit and the present series would settle
-the ownership of the trophy.</p>
-
-<p>There were three star performers on the Day
-Team: White, who played center; Grimshaw, who
-played cover-point, and Morgan, who was the goal-tend.
-Billy Spooner, the captain, was an excellent
-skater, but was not a very certain performer with
-the stick. The rest of the Day Team were only fair
-players. For the House, Ben Holden was the star
-performer. Ben played center and was truly an<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_87"></a>[87]</span>
-adept with the hockey stick. Dick Gardner, at goal,
-was another brilliant player, and Pierce, rover, and
-Lovell, point, were capable of good work. Cupples,
-at right wing, was rather weak, and the same may
-be said of Waters, on the other end of the line, and
-of Perkins at cover-point.</p>
-
-<p>On the whole, the day pupils had rather the
-better of it as regards material, and if they failed
-to carry off the coveted trophy it would be largely
-because of lack of practice. They had as much
-right to use the school rinks as the house students,
-and Spooner tried his level best to get his team to
-remain after school and practice. But it was
-hard work. Every day one or more of the day
-pupils deserted for some reason or other, leaving
-the team short. Sometimes Spooner conducted
-practice with only four players out of seven!</p>
-
-<p>It was right there that Ben and his House Team
-had the advantage. His fellows didn’t have to run
-home after lessons were over and he almost always
-had enough players at hand to make a full team.
-Crandall, who was a poor skater but a hard worker,
-was usually on hand as a substitute, while Lanny
-looked on enviously from the side of the rink and
-almost daily petitioned Ben to let him play.</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Folsom and Mr. Crane acted respectively<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_88"></a>[88]</span>
-as referee and timekeeper. The audience consisted
-of a handful of boys from the village, several of
-them day students, the four juniors and Nan. Kid,
-first indicating Small and then himself, declared
-that the gathering was “small, but select.” Lanny,
-dressed for play, but at the moment impersonating
-a spectator, deftly introduced some particles of ice
-down Kid’s neck and warned him against punning.
-During the subsequent confusion Mr. Folsom
-tossed the puck onto the ice and blew his whistle
-and the game began.</p>
-
-<p>“Which side do you want to win?” asked Nan
-of Bert.</p>
-
-<p>“Our side, of course.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, I suppose you do,” she sighed. “But I’m
-in a very difficult position because, you see, both
-teams are made up of Mt. Pleasant boys, and I
-ought to be—be strictly impartial.”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t see how you can be,” replied Bert, leaning
-over the boards to watch Waters try a shot at
-goal. “Besides, I don’t see what difference it
-makes.”</p>
-
-<p>Waters made a miserable shot and the puck
-skimmed over the barrier and into the snow, and
-Small dug it out with a spare hockey stick.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s the principle of it, I think,” responded<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_89"></a>[89]</span>
-Nan. “In some ways I’d like our side—I mean
-House to win, but it wouldn’t be quite fair to the
-Day boys, would it?”</p>
-
-<p>“Wouldn’t it?” Nan’s ethics was too deep for
-Bert, and he was glad that Ben shot a neat goal at
-that moment so that he could abandon the subject.
-“Fine, Ben!” he shouted. “That’s the stuff!”
-He clapped Lanny on the back and was in turn
-pummelled by the enthusiastic Kid, who yelled,
-“Hooray for the House! Kill them, Ben!” at the
-top of his lungs. Nan maintained a discreet silence,
-her only evidence of emotion being the raising and
-lowering of herself on her toes. As it was a very
-cold afternoon, however, she may have done it only
-to keep her feet warm.</p>
-
-<p>After that the tide of battle turned deplorably
-and Day made three goals, one right after another.
-Perkins was almost useless at cover-point and Lovell
-was eluded without much difficulty. Gardner
-made several good stops, but the Day Team hammered
-at him savagely and thrice the puck got by
-him into the net. House scored again two or three
-minutes later when Ben, capturing the disk in front
-of his own goal, skated with it the length of the
-ice and passed to Pierce in front of the enemy’s
-net. Pierce fooled Turner, point, and banged the<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_90"></a>[90]</span>
-puck between Morgan’s feet. The half ended a
-minute or so after, the score 3 to 2 in favor of the
-Day Team. It was still anybody’s game, and Nan
-said she hoped it would end in a tie so that both
-sides would be satisfied. Lanny hooted at that.</p>
-
-<p>“Satisfied nothing! Gee, that would be as bad
-as being beaten! Besides, it wouldn’t do any good;
-we’d have to play the game over again.”</p>
-
-<p>“If it’s a tie,” said Kid, “they’ll play another
-period. They did last winter, Stanley says.”</p>
-
-<p>As it turned out, however, a third period was
-not necessary. Day started the next half with a
-rush that for a moment almost swept House off
-their feet. Two tallies were scored before House
-could settle down and break up the attack. Waters
-had an unfortunate mix-up with White, of the opposing
-side, and retired with a gashed lip. Crandall
-took his place, much to Lanny’s disgust, and
-from thence on to the end the game was extremely
-one-sided. The only time when Fortune smiled on
-the House Team was when, after Morgan had
-stopped a shot from Pierce’s stick, the puck was
-pushed into the net by Turner quite by accident.
-The disk didn’t get far in before Morgan swept it
-out again, but Mr. Folsom blew his whistle and declared
-it a goal, and the House supporters howled<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_91"></a>[91]</span>
-their glee. Even Nan emitted a shrill cry of delight
-and blushed rosily when Bert turned to laugh at
-her.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t care!” she said. “They’re so far behind
-that I’m glad they scored.”</p>
-
-<p>Kid jeered scathingly. “Oh, sloppy work!
-Scored against yourselves! You’re a nice lot of
-hockey players, you are!” Kid danced up and down
-in the snow and hurled insults until Lanny threatened
-to roll him in the snow. But that lucky goal
-was the final tally for House, and when the game
-came to an end Day’s victory was a decisive one,
-the score 7 to 3. Ben was disgusted and chagrined
-and when Kid, thinking to console him, enumerated
-a few of the things they would do to the day pupils
-in the next game Ben spanked him with the flat of
-his hockey stick and told him to shut up and not get
-fresh. Kid, surprised and hurt, consoled himself
-by shying a snowball at the retreating forms of
-the Day Team players and, as he boasted later with
-much elation, scoring against the back of White’s
-head.</p>
-
-<p>The contest was discussed before the big fire
-in the hall before supper, and Ben announced that
-beginning Monday there would be morning as well
-as afternoon practice for the House Team. “We<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_92"></a>[92]</span>
-have almost an hour between school and dinner,”
-he said, “and we might as well put in the time
-practicing. Those fellows don’t get more than half
-the practice that we do, and they played all around
-us to-day. So we’ve got to take a brace, fellows.
-Lanny, I’m going to try you Monday. You think
-you can play. Go ahead and show me.”</p>
-
-<p>Lanny, tongue-tied by much joy, grinned. Kid,
-who was trying to roast some chestnuts he had
-been treasuring since autumn, gurgled with delight.
-“They won’t do a thing to Lanny, will they? He’s
-so small they’ll just pick him up and—” He paused
-and fixed Lanny with a rapturous gaze. “Say,
-Lanny, wouldn’t it be funny if they mistook you for
-the puck?” he cried.</p>
-
-<p>Lanny pounced on him and there was noise
-and confusion until the older fellows parted them.
-Then everyone trooped into supper, deliciously hungry,
-and fell upon the repast like a flight of devastating
-locusts. Luckily defeat doesn’t spoil appetites.</p>
-
-<p>In spite of Ben’s plans, there was no morning
-practice on Monday, for a mantle of snow hid the
-ice and the time that was to have been devoted to
-skating and stick work was spent with snow-shovels
-in hand. There was practice in the afternoon, but<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_93"></a>[93]</span>
-that night it again snowed and Ben viewed the rink
-the next day with deep disgust. The only consoling
-thought was that the Day Team was no better
-off. Again shovels were brought into play and by
-the time the ice was cleared the barriers about the
-rinks were surrounded by deep banks of snow. Bert
-learned to be an expert with the wooden shovel, for
-he, like the rest of the under-class fellows, had to
-work hard those days. But it was all in a good
-cause and he didn’t mind it a bit. The spirit of
-mutiny was quite quelled now. The snow made the
-tobogganing better and there were some rare times
-on the slide. Having won the right to the use of
-the slide the juniors were no longer debarred from
-it, but it must be acknowledged that they were
-somewhat restricted and often had to wait a good
-while for a chance to go down. Kid alone, however,
-voiced rebellion. It seemed as if, having
-once tasted the joys of independence, he could not
-reconcile himself to slavery. But he found no encouragement
-from the other members of the Junior
-Four and his protests were wasted on the winter
-air.</p>
-
-<p>“You just wait until I’m an upper middler,”
-he threatened. “Maybe I won’t bully the juniors!
-Wow!”</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_94"></a>[94]</span></p>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="IX">IX<br />
-<small>THE SOCIETY MEETS AGAIN</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="cap">A week later the Junior Four met in extraordinary
-session. Strange to relate, it had
-been the Honorary Member who had issued
-the call for the meeting, but instead of resenting
-what looked like usurpation of authority the others
-welcomed the summons.</p>
-
-<p>It was a Saturday morning and a dull one. A
-February thaw had set in, the snow was fit only for
-snowballs, the rinks were awash and the second
-game of the hockey series had been postponed for
-another week. The day had stretched ahead of
-them featureless and unpromising, and the summons
-to the meeting had reached them at a moment
-when life seemed tame and somber.</p>
-
-<p>Having brought about the gathering, it was
-Nan’s place to explain the purpose of it, and this
-she was doing from the only chair the harness room
-afforded. (It was really a stool with one broken<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_95"></a>[95]</span>
-leg, but by careful balancing it was possible to keep
-seated.)</p>
-
-<p>“It seems to me,” Nan was explaining, “that
-when you’ve got a perfectly good secret society like
-this you ought to—to do something with it. We
-started it to—to resist the tyranny of the upper
-classes—”</p>
-
-<p>“All for one and one for all!” droned Kid in a
-sing-song voice.</p>
-
-<p>Nan frowned down the interruption and proceeded.
-“And now that we have accomplished
-that—that purpose—”</p>
-
-<p>A muffled giggle from Kid. The others looked
-elaborately unconscious.</p>
-
-<p>“—I think we ought to find another purpose,
-something—something worthy and noble.”</p>
-
-<p>“Let’s turn it into an athletic club,” suggested
-Lanny.</p>
-
-<p>“Or a debating society,” offered Small, who was
-the literary member of the coterie.</p>
-
-<p>“Let’s make it an eating club like they have in
-college,” said Kid. “We could have some dandy
-feeds out here.”</p>
-
-<p>“What were you thinking of, Nan?” Bert
-asked.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_96"></a>[96]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Well, how would it do to have it a Benevolent
-Society?”</p>
-
-<p>“What’s that?” asked Lanny finally after prolonged
-silence.</p>
-
-<p>“A Benevolent Society,” explained Nan vaguely,
-“is a society that—that does good to people.”</p>
-
-<p>“Who?” asked Kid suspiciously.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, anyone. You present beds to hospitals
-or endow something, you know. Any worthy
-cause—”</p>
-
-<p>“That takes money, doesn’t it?” asked Small.</p>
-
-<p>“Of course. We save our money—”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s a silly game!” jeered Kid. “Save
-your money! Gee, I don’t have enough now.”</p>
-
-<p>“Or we can earn it,” continued Nan. “That
-would be more fun, wouldn’t it?”</p>
-
-<p>“How could we earn any money?” Bert inquired.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, lots of ways! We must think up ways, of
-course.”</p>
-
-<p>“Earn money and then give it away to a hospital!”
-exclaimed Kid. “I guess not!”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t say to give it to a hospital,” said Nan
-indignantly. “I only said that was one way to do
-it. We could find something else to give it to. We<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_97"></a>[97]</span>
-might—might present a set of books to the school
-library. That would be a kindly deed, wouldn’t it?
-And it would say on the front of every book that
-it had been presented by the Junior Four.”</p>
-
-<p>“Would we have to read them?” asked Kid
-dubiously.</p>
-
-<p>“Of course not, not unless we wanted to. Reference
-books would be best, I suppose. Succeeding
-generations of students would appreciate our
-gift and thank us.”</p>
-
-<p>“Hm.” This from Lanny. “The succeeding
-generations don’t make much of a hit with me, Nan.
-What’s the matter with doing something for the
-present generation?”</p>
-
-<p>“Why, we would be! We’d use the books, too,
-Lanny. I only said that about succeeding generations
-to—to show that the gift would endure in
-usefulness.”</p>
-
-<p>“If we made it an eating club,” said Kid, “we’d
-get some fun out of it ourselves.”</p>
-
-<p>“There’s nothing noble about an eating club,”
-declared Nan severely. “I only thought it would
-be nice for us to—to embark on some noble enterprise
-and—and do good in the community. Of
-course, if you boys don’t care for my plan—”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_98"></a>[98]</span></p>
-
-<p>“We haven’t said we don’t,” interrupted Bert
-hastily. “We—we’re only considering it, eh, fellows?”</p>
-
-<p>“Sure,” replied Lanny. “I—I think it sounds
-pretty good, only I don’t see where the money’s
-coming from.”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s so,” said Bert. “There aren’t very
-many ways a fellow can make money in school, I
-guess.”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s easy enough to spend it, though,” philosophized
-Small. “I had a whole two-dollar bill a
-week ago, and now I’ve got about twenty cents.
-And there’s no more coming for another week!”</p>
-
-<p>“Pshaw, making money’s easy enough.” Kid
-beat a tattoo with his heels against the grain bin
-and looked as much like a captain of industry as he
-knew how.</p>
-
-<p>“I’d like to see you make any!” exclaimed
-Small.</p>
-
-<p>“Bet you I could!”</p>
-
-<p>“Bet you you couldn’t! Not unless you got it
-from home.”</p>
-
-<p>“That wouldn’t be making it,” replied Kid.
-“That would be finding it! I bet you I could
-make—” he paused and studied a moment—“make
-ten dollars in a week if I tried.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_99"></a>[99]</span></p>
-
-<p>Small hooted and Bert and Lanny smiled
-amusedly. Only Nan took the boast seriously.</p>
-
-<p>“Could you really, Kid?” she cried delightedly.
-“Why, ten dollars would be almost enough to
-buy the books!”</p>
-
-<p>Kid, flattered, nodded nonchalantly. “Pretty
-near, I guess. It wouldn’t be hard.”</p>
-
-<p>“How would you do it?” asked Nan eagerly.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh—” Kid smiled carelessly—“I know a way.
-I dare say I could make more than ten if I really
-tried; maybe fifteen or twenty!”</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe you’d make twenty cents!” Lanny said
-sarcastically. “You’re a silly little goat!”</p>
-
-<p>“Is that so?” Kid smiled in a superior manner
-and looked dreamily out the window. “Just because
-you can’t make money you think nobody else
-can. Bet you I can make ten dollars in a fortnight
-easy.”</p>
-
-<p>“You said a week!” exclaimed Small. “And
-it was fifteen or twenty you were going to make!”</p>
-
-<p>“I said if I wanted to. I don’t want to.”</p>
-
-<p>Small jeered contemptuously. “Maybe I could—if
-I wanted to; but I don’t want to!”</p>
-
-<p>“I suppose we could all earn a little money if
-we tried,” observed Bert thoughtfully. “It would
-be rather fun to try, wouldn’t it? To see which<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_100"></a>[100]</span>
-could earn the most in a week or a month? Then
-we could put it together and buy something and
-give it to somebody.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll tell you what we might do,” said Lanny.
-“We might save enough or earn enough to buy
-a trophy of some sort for the baseball clubs.”</p>
-
-<p>“How do you mean?” asked Bert.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, get a mug, you know, something like the
-one Mr. Folsom and Mr. Crane got for the hockey
-championship. We could offer it to the school to
-be played for by the House and Day teams, the
-team winning it three times to have it for keeps.
-We might call it the Junior Four Cup.”</p>
-
-<p>For the first time during the meeting genuine
-enthusiasm reigned. I think Nan would have
-preferred the books, but she was fond of baseball
-and the cup idea caught her fancy too. They discussed
-the plan at length, Small begging to be allowed
-to draw a design for the trophy. “Crossed
-bats, you know,” he explained, “with a wreath of
-laurel and the inscription underneath.”</p>
-
-<p>“‘Presented to Mt. Pleasant Academy by the
-Junior Four,’” added Lanny. “It would look fine,
-wouldn’t it?”</p>
-
-<p>“What’s the matter with having our names on
-it, too?” asked Kid. “Just so they’d know who the
-Junior Four were, you see.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_101"></a>[101]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Why not?” This from Bert. “And the fellow
-who contributed the most money to the fund
-could have his name first, and the fellow who contributed
-the next most could have his name second,
-and so on.”</p>
-
-<p>“That puts my name at the head,” observed
-Kid gravely.</p>
-
-<p>“I know a fellow who saved over seven dollars
-with a dime bank,” announced Small.</p>
-
-<p>“How long did it take him?” Lanny inquired.
-Small thought a moment. Then,</p>
-
-<p>“About nine months, I think,” he answered.</p>
-
-<p>“Nine months!” exclaimed Bert. “We’ll have
-to get the money by the first of May at the latest.
-Besides, dime banks aren’t any good. I’ve tried
-them. You get hard up and then you open them
-and take everything out. If there was any way of
-earning some money——”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, we’ll just have to think of a way,” said
-Nan. “I’m just certain sure we can do it if we
-give our minds to it. And it will be perfectly lovely,
-won’t it? We’ll be public benefactors!”</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll be patrons of sport,” said Lanny.
-“Won’t the other fellows be surprised?”</p>
-
-<p>“And pleased?” added Nan. She clapped her
-hands. “Let’s begin at once!”</p>
-
-<p>“How?” asked Bert.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_102"></a>[102]</span></p>
-
-<p>Silence ensued. Finally,</p>
-
-<p>“We could—we could begin by saving,” faltered
-the Honorary Member.</p>
-
-<p>Lanny shrugged his shoulders. “I haven’t got
-anything to save,” he said dolefully. “That’s why
-I didn’t go into town this morning. I’m flat broke
-and Haley told me last week he wouldn’t trust me
-for another penny. And I owe a quarter to the
-Pirate besides.”</p>
-
-<p>“Who’s the Pirate?” asked Bert.</p>
-
-<p>“Old Higgins, the fellow who drives the carriage,”
-Lanny explained. “I didn’t have much coin
-when I got back after Christmas and so I told him
-to charge it. And every week he writes me a letter
-and threatens to go to the Doctor.”</p>
-
-<p>“He <em>is</em> a pirate,” agreed Nan. “Hasn’t anyone
-any money to start it with?” She looked at
-Bert. Bert smiled and shook his head.</p>
-
-<p>“But I’ll have some in a day or two, Nan. I’ll
-have two dollars and I guess I could save fifty cents
-of it.”</p>
-
-<p>“How about you, Kid?”</p>
-
-<p>Kid smiled sweetly and thrust a hand in his
-pocket. When it was withdrawn and opened for
-inspection it held two nickels, three pennies and a
-piece of chewing gum. Bert made a grab for the<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_103"></a>[103]</span>
-gum, but Kid was too quick for him. Nan looked
-a trifle discouraged.</p>
-
-<p>“And I haven’t any money myself,” she grieved.
-“We’re all dreadfully poor, aren’t we?” Then she
-brightened. “But we’ve got three months, haven’t
-we? If we all do our very best I’m sure we’ll succeed!”</p>
-
-<p>“Can’t fail,” said Kid. “You can count on me
-for ten sure. Making money’s one of the easiest
-things I do!”</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_104"></a>[104]</span></p>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="X">X<br />
-<small>KID MAKES AN INVESTMENT</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="cap">After the meeting had adjourned Kid retired
-to his room, which he shared with Stanley
-Pierce, a senior, and stretched himself out
-on the window-seat to think things over. Stanley
-was out and Kid was glad of it, for the problem confronting
-him demanded a lot of study. How was
-he to make some money? He had read or heard of
-boys who earned money and he tried to remember
-how they had done it. Usually, it seemed to him,
-they sold papers or ran errands. There were no
-papers to be sold at Mt. Pleasant Academy and nobody
-wanted any errands run except the upper class
-fellows, and Kid’s wildest imaginings failed to picture
-them paying for such service. If you didn’t
-run the errands, he reflected ruefully, you got paid
-all right, but it wasn’t with money! He tried to recall
-how the heroes of the various stories he had
-read had risen to fortune. In the Alger books the
-hero, having been left behind in the great city<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_105"></a>[105]</span>
-through some astounding combination of circumstances,
-had a pretty hard time of it until he dashed
-in front of a pair of runaway horses and rescued the
-beautiful daughter of the wealthy banker from certain
-death. After that it was plain sailing. But
-Kid didn’t quite see how he was to rescue any bankers’
-daughters. He abandoned that idea with a
-sigh, for he rather fancied himself as a hero.</p>
-
-<p>He had heard that boys sometimes made money
-selling books or subscriptions to magazines, and
-after he had considered and rejected various other
-schemes he went back to the canvassing plan and
-thought it over again. Of course, there weren’t
-many folks here at school who would be likely to
-subscribe. Even if he was successful with the Doctor
-and the two instructors, Mr. Crane and Mr. Folsom,
-he would still be a long way from that ten
-dollars. Perhaps he might persuade one of the
-older fellows to subscribe; Stanley, for instance, or
-Steve Lovell; Steve was good natured to a fault;
-but that was very doubtful. So that meant that
-he would have to try his fortunes in the nearby villages,
-Mt. Pleasant, Riveredge and Whittier. Then
-he wondered how much you made on a subscription
-and what magazines he had best honor with his support.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_106"></a>[106]</span></p>
-
-<p>He tumbled off the window-seat and rummaged
-about the closet shelf until he had found an old
-number of a magazine which Stanley had brought
-from home. It wasn’t a very high-class publication,
-but Kid had read the entire contents of it and approved.
-He nestled down amongst the pillows
-again and turned to the advertising pages. Bathtubs,
-breakfast foods, bonds, furniture, patent medicines,
-agents wanted. Ha! He would be an agent!
-Kid scanned the columns eagerly. Somebody wanted
-an agent in every town to sell a suction cleaner
-and promised 150 per cent. profits. Another concern
-had a razor strop that folks bought on sight,
-but the profit was only 100 per cent. and Kid passed
-it over. A family needle-case sounded more promising,
-the profit being estimated at from 200 to
-500 per cent. Kid liked that until he discovered
-that an initial outlay of twenty-five cents was necessary.
-Kid only possessed thirteen cents. Another
-advertiser assured him that he could make
-“big money” silvering mirrors in his spare moments,
-but as the advertiser neglected to state what
-he considered “big money” Kid sniffed suspiciously
-and read on.</p>
-
-<p>The difficulty was that those who guaranteed
-large results demanded from twenty-five cents to a<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_107"></a>[107]</span>
-dollar, while those who were willing to send samples
-without cost were cruelly silent on the subject
-of profit. But at last Kid found something that
-promised well. Tinkham’s Throat-Ease was plainly
-a wonderful discovery. It—or they, since they
-were tablets “put up in attractive boxes to fit the
-pocket”—was—or were a certain cure for hoarseness,
-sore throat, quinsy, tonsilitis, bronchitis, canker
-of the mouth, cough, gumboils and many other
-afflictions. Agents had made as much as forty dollars
-a day. The demand was terrific. They sold
-themselves. And all you had to do was to send
-ten cents in stamps or silver to the Tinkham Chemical
-Company, Waterloo, Illinois, and receive two
-dozen boxes of the tablets. You then sold the tablets
-for twenty-five cents a box, remitted two dollars
-to the company and kept the balance. Kid seized
-a pencil and figured rapidly, with frowning brow,
-on the margin of the magazine. Why, that was six
-dollars! And two dollars out left four dollars!
-That was—how much per centum was it? It took
-some time to figure that, but he finally decided that
-it was nearly two hundred. And if he sold a box
-to every fellow in school he would have four dollars
-in no time! Then, of course, he could buy forty-eight
-more boxes, which would—more figuring—leave<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_108"></a>[108]</span>
-him with eight dollars. And eight dollars and
-two dollars—no, four dollars—made twelve dollars!
-He had only agreed to earn ten. He would
-have two whole dollars for spending!</p>
-
-<p>Kid rushed to the table and indited the following
-epistle then and there:</p>
-
-<div class="blockquot">
-
-<p class="noi smcap">Tinkham Chemical Co.,</p>
-
-<p class="smcap">Gentlemen:</p>
-
-<p>Please send me immediately one agent’s outfit like
-you advertise to send in Puffer’s Popular Monthly for
-ten cents. Here’s the ten cents. Please send it immediately
-to Mr. James Fairchild, Mt. Pleasant Academy,
-Mt. Pleasant, New York, and oblige,</p>
-
-<p class="noic">Respectfully,</p>
-
-<p class="right smcap">James Fairchild.</p>
-
-<p>P. S. I haven’t got a dime and I send you two
-nickels which I trust will be agreeable to you.</p>
-
-<p class="right">J. F.</p>
-</div>
-
-<p>I must acknowledge that it took a good deal of
-resolution on Kid’s part to drop those two nickels
-in and seal them up. They looked very large and
-desirable just then. And after he had sealed the
-letter he was strongly tempted to recover his money
-and postpone embarking in business until after the
-receipt of his next remittance from home. But to
-his credit be it said that he nobly resisted the temptation
-and, lest his resolution might not hold out,<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_109"></a>[109]</span>
-hurried downstairs and dropped the letter irrevocably
-in the post box outside the front door. Then,
-somewhat excited by the prospect of so much
-wealth, he returned to the window-seat and with
-pencil and paper carried on his business in imagination
-to a point where he had disposed of some ten
-dozen boxes of Tinkham’s Throat-Ease and was
-rich beyond the dreams of avarice. He would have
-been still richer if the dinner bell had not sounded
-just then.</p>
-
-<p>After that there was nothing to do but wait for
-the tablets to arrive. Kid tried to bear himself
-modestly, but the thought of so much riches couldn’t
-fail to reflect itself on his countenance and in his
-bearing. Stanley Pierce asked him what the trouble
-was and Kid, smiling knowingly, said “Nothing,
-thank you.”</p>
-
-<p>“You look like the cat that swallowed the canary,”
-growled Stanley. “You’ve been up to some
-mischief, that’s what, Kid. What you been doing?”</p>
-
-<p>“Nothing,” replied Kid virtuously.</p>
-
-<p>Stanley viewed him suspiciously. “Well, don’t
-try anything on me, Kid, or I’ll tan your hide for
-you. No more mutinies, either. Run over and tell
-Sam I want to borrow his lexicon; left mine in
-hall.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_110"></a>[110]</span></p>
-
-<p>The next day Small appeared with his design
-for the trophy. As the school at large was to know
-nothing about it until the presentation was made,
-Small had to be very careful with his design, and it
-was only exhibited when none of the older fellows
-were about. That is why Small hung around Kid’s
-room until Stanley took offense and put him out.
-Later, though, Small, having watched through the
-crack of his door for Stanley’s departure, returned
-stealthily and Kid was accorded a look at the
-drawing.</p>
-
-<p>“If anyone comes,” whispered Small, “shove
-it out of sight quick. Here, you’ve got it upside
-down!”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, have I?” Kid viewed it earnestly. “I
-thought it was going to be a mug,” he ventured at
-last.</p>
-
-<p>“We—ell, mugs are so common, I thought I’d
-make it a vase. Don’t you think that’s a very graceful
-shape? Nan’s tickled to death with it.”</p>
-
-<p>“What’s all this?” Kid pointed to the embellishment.
-“What’s that thing?”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s a wreath of laurel leaves,” replied
-Small a trifle exasperatedly. “And those are
-crossed bats, and that’s a ball. The inscription will<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_111"></a>[111]</span>
-be underneath there; see? I didn’t put that on
-because I don’t letter very well. Do you like it?”</p>
-
-<p>“I guess it will do,” replied Kid, “but I don’t
-know that I just like the shape of it. It looks
-too much like a water pitcher, doesn’t it?”</p>
-
-<p>“No, it doesn’t! If you knew anything about
-art you’d know that that is a very beautiful shape.
-It—it’s Etruscan.”</p>
-
-<p>“Is it? Well, just the same it looks like a
-pitcher and I may decide to have it changed.”</p>
-
-<p>“<em>You</em> may decide to have it changed!” Small
-laughed hoarsely. “What have you got to say
-about it? I’m the one that’s doing this, Kid.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, I’m the one that’s paying for it, ain’t I?”</p>
-
-<p>“Why—why, you’re paying some, maybe,” faltered
-Small. “But you haven’t any more say about
-it than the rest of us.”</p>
-
-<p>“I guess if that mug’s ever made it’ll be my
-money that pays for it,” replied Kid calmly. “The
-rest of you fellows haven’t any more idea of earning
-money than—than—than nothing at all! I’m
-the only one that will have any when the time comes
-and I guess I’ll have to pretty much foot the whole
-bill.”</p>
-
-<p>Small laughed again, quite insultingly this time.<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_112"></a>[112]</span>
-“Gee, you hate yourself, don’t you, Kid? To hear
-you talk anybody’d think you were a John D.
-Rockefeller—until he thought again! I’ll bet I’ll
-have more money than you, Kid!”</p>
-
-<p>Kid smiled patiently. “Piffle! A couple of
-piffles! You wait and see, Small; that’s all I ask
-you to do; just wait and see! I may not be any
-John D. Rockefeller, son, but I’ve got more business
-head than you ever thought of having.”</p>
-
-<p>“Huh! You! Give me my drawing! You
-make me tired, you do!” Small was plainly incensed
-and Kid suddenly recalled the fact that it
-wouldn’t do to have Small angry if he was to be
-asked to purchase a box of the celebrated Tinkham’s
-Throat-Ease.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, you needn’t get huffy,” said Kid. “I
-didn’t say anything, did I?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, you did! You said this looked like a
-water pitcher!”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, aren’t water pitchers all right, Small?
-Can’t there be—be beauty in a water pitcher? I
-didn’t say I didn’t like your drawing, did I?”</p>
-
-<p>“You said maybe you’d have it changed, didn’t
-you?”</p>
-
-<p>“Can’t you take a joke? Gee, you’re getting
-touchy! I guess it’s the artistic temper in you,<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_113"></a>[113]</span>
-Small. Artists are always touchy. I didn’t say I
-didn’t like it. I couldn’t say that, because I do
-like it—awfully.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, you do!” growled Small, mollified nevertheless.</p>
-
-<p>“I do, honest! Cross my heart, Small! I think
-it’s a dandy drawing. Wish I could draw like that.”</p>
-
-<p>Small viewed him suspiciously, but Kid’s cherubic
-countenance seemed without guile. Small,
-much flattered and highly pleased, stammered that
-it wasn’t much and that he could show Kid how
-to do it if he, Kid, wanted him to. Kid thanked
-him and promised to give the matter thought.
-Then,</p>
-
-<p>“Say, you’ve got a cough, haven’t you?” he
-said.</p>
-
-<p>Small looked surprised. “Who? Me? No, I
-haven’t any cough.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then what are you coughing for?” demanded
-Kid.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m not! I haven’t coughed all winter.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh! Then I suppose I imagined it. You want
-to be careful of a cough this time of year. First
-thing you know you’ll have tonsilitis or—or pneumonia
-or something.”</p>
-
-<p>Small looked concerned and promptly coughed.<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_114"></a>[114]</span>
-The cough surprised him and when Kid kindly
-thumped him on the back and asked where it hurt
-him, Small went into a regular paroxysm of coughing
-that left him crimson-faced and alarmed.</p>
-
-<p>“Gee,” he exclaimed, when he could get his
-breath, “I didn’t know I had any cough! Funny
-how things kind of—kind of creep up on you, ain’t
-it?”</p>
-
-<p>“Insidious, that’s the word for it,” replied Kid
-sympathetically. “Insidious. They say a cough’s
-the worst sort of a symptom. It leads to other
-things, you see, things like quinsy and diphtheria
-and bronchitis, Small. If I was you I’d take good
-care of myself for a while. Don’t ever get your feet
-wet, Small.”</p>
-
-<p>“I guess they’re wet now,” muttered Small, feeling
-of his shoes. “They are! I guess I’ll get ’em
-off.” He coughed again, a truly alarming, hollow
-cough that produced a sad shake of the head from
-Kid.</p>
-
-<p>“Haven’t anything you can take, have you?”
-he asked solicitously. Small, unhappy, shook his
-head.</p>
-
-<p>“What—what’s good for it?” he asked huskily.</p>
-
-<p>Kid reflected. “Well, if it was me, I’d most<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_115"></a>[115]</span>
-certainly take some Tinkham’s Throat-Ease.
-They’re the very best things I know of, Small, and
-they’re only a quarter a box.”</p>
-
-<p>“Have you got any, Kid?”</p>
-
-<p>“No, I always mean to have some on hand, but
-I’m all out of them just now. Maybe you might get
-some in the village, but I don’t know. They don’t
-have many up-to-date things there, and Tinkham’s
-Throat-Ease is a—a new remedy, a modern discovery.”</p>
-
-<p>“I suppose something else would do,” reflected
-Small. “Sam Perkins has some licorice pastilles
-that are dandy——”</p>
-
-<p>“Keep away from them!” advised Kid, with
-a shake of his head. “They’re good to taste, Small,
-but they have no—no healing virtues. I tell you.
-I’ve sent for some Tinkham’s and they ought to be
-here in a day or so, and then I’ll let you have
-some.”</p>
-
-<p>“Thanks,” said Small gratefully.</p>
-
-<p>“Twenty-five cents a box is all they are,” continued
-Kid.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh!” Small swallowed. Then he coughed.
-“Much obliged,” he murmured.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s all right. I’d do it for you any day,
-Small. And they are large boxes, too. A quarter’s<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_116"></a>[116]</span>
-worth will last you a long time and cure the most
-stubborn cough. Meanwhile, though, you want to
-be awfully careful of yourself. If I was you I
-wouldn’t go out much, and I’d eat as little as I
-could—especially sweets.”</p>
-
-<p>“I guess it ain’t that bad yet,” murmured Small.</p>
-
-<p>“You can’t tell,” said Kid darkly. “Lots and
-lots of folks have neglected a cough or a cold and
-been terribly ill. And over-eating is one of the
-worst things you can do. If I was you—”</p>
-
-<p>“If you were me,” interrupted Small querulously,
-“I suppose you’d eat nothing but milk toast
-and give your puddings and preserves and things
-to the other fellows! Well, you don’t get ’em!”</p>
-
-<p>Kid looked virtuously indignant. “I don’t want
-your pudding, Small; and if you think I do, why
-you go right on and eat it and see how sick you’ll
-be. Then don’t say I didn’t warn you; that’s all;
-don’t say I didn’t warn you, Small!”</p>
-
-<p>“What’s the use of making so much fuss? I
-haven’t coughed but once since I came in here.”</p>
-
-<p>“Three times, Small!”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, all right; but I’m not coughing now,
-am I?”</p>
-
-<p>“You’re going to,” responded Kid with uncanny
-certainty.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_117"></a>[117]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Bet you I don’t!”</p>
-
-<p>“Bet you you do! You’re trying not to, but
-you can’t keep it in for long, Small.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’m not trying not to! I don’t want to cough;
-I couldn’t cough if I tried!”</p>
-
-<p>“Then stop holding your breath. I don’t care
-if you want to be ill, Small; you don’t need to get
-waxy with me about it. Besides, a cough’s nothing
-to be ashamed of. If I wanted to cough I’d cough!”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t <em>want</em> to cough, I tell you!” cried Small
-exasperatedly.</p>
-
-<p>“And, anyhow,” went on Kid imperturbably,
-“I’ve heard it’s injurious to try to—to restrain
-coughter—I mean coughing.”</p>
-
-<p>“I tell you—oh, you make me tired!”</p>
-
-<p>“Go on, Small; let it out.”</p>
-
-<p>“Let what out?”</p>
-
-<p>“That cough. You’re only hurting your lungs.”</p>
-
-<p>“There isn’t any cough!” Small shrieked. “If
-you say cough to me again——”</p>
-
-<p>He stopped there, not for lack of words, but because
-he was suddenly seized with a paroxysm of
-coughing that rendered speech impossible. Kid
-turned away, apparently with a delicate consideration
-for the other’s embarrassment, but in reality
-to grin triumphantly and wink wickedly at the doorknob.<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_118"></a>[118]</span>
-Small, with one hand clutching convulsively
-at his chest and the other accusingly outstretched
-toward Kid, rushed from the room, coughing and
-sputtering.</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t forget!” admonished Kid. “Tinkham’s
-Throat-Ease! Twenty-five cents a box! <em>Accept—no—substitutes!</em>”</p>
-
-<p>Kid had to yell the latter part of the injunction
-since Small’s footsteps were dying away down the
-corridor. Then came the sound of a slammed door—and
-silence. Silence, do I say? No, for, faint
-yet unmistakable above the silence of a Sunday
-afternoon, came the evidences of Small’s awful
-malady!</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_119"></a>[119]</span></p>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="XI">XI<br />
-<small>AND STARTS IN BUSINESS</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="cap">The Junior Four met again on Wednesday
-after morning school. The thaw had passed
-and the winter world was frozen hard again.
-Icicles hung from the gutters and the porches and
-even now, in the middle of the day, only an occasional
-drop pattered down under the faint ardor
-of the sun. In the harness room it was particularly
-cold. The sunlight created a little warmth by the
-window and Kid thoughtfully suggested to Lanny
-that it might be well if he changed places with
-Small.</p>
-
-<p>“Let him have the sun on his back, Lanny.
-You don’t mind, do you? Go on, Small, sit over
-there; it’s warmer.”</p>
-
-<p>So Small, by this time convinced that he was
-an object of pity and interest, took the upturned
-feed-pail with a sigh and coughed a hollow cough.
-Kid viewed him anxiously.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_120"></a>[120]</span></p>
-
-<p>“I don’t like the sound of that, Small,” he observed,
-with a shake of his head. “Does it still
-hurt you?”</p>
-
-<p>“Not much,” Small replied with an air of Christian
-fortitude. “Just a little here sometimes.” He
-laid a mittened hand on his chest. Kid nodded
-understandingly. It was evident to the rest that
-in spite of Small’s attempted cheerfulness he was
-suffering. Nan was deeply affected and was for
-throwing her ulster about his shoulders. But Small
-gallantly refused and Bert, remembering seeing a
-carriage robe in the Doctor’s buggy, fetched it and
-drew it solicitously about Small’s pathetic form.
-Small declared that he was quite warm and the
-meeting got down to business. The president requested
-information as to the present condition of
-the fund. Lanny reported fifty cents, Small a quarter,
-Nan thirty-five cents, Kid nothing and Bert
-himself a dollar.</p>
-
-<p>“Two dollars and ten cents,” said Nan delightedly.
-“Why, it won’t take us any time at all to
-get the money, will it?”</p>
-
-<p>“How much is the mug going to cost?” Lanny
-inquired.</p>
-
-<p>“We don’t know that,” Bert said. “We’ve got
-to approve the design first and then send it to someone
-who makes such things.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_121"></a>[121]</span></p>
-
-<p>“I move that the design submitted by Small be
-approved and accepted,” said Lanny.</p>
-
-<p>“Second the motion,” said Kid. Small looked
-across at him gratefully.</p>
-
-<p>“It is moved and seconded,” announced Bert,
-“that the design be accepted. All in favor will
-signify it by saying Aye.”</p>
-
-<p>There was a small chorus of Ayes.</p>
-
-<p>“Contrary, No. It is a vote. Now the question
-is whether the cup is to be made of silver or
-pewter.”</p>
-
-<p>“That’ll depend on how much money we raise,
-won’t it?” asked Lanny. “I think, though, it ought
-to be silver.”</p>
-
-<p>“Of course it ought,” declared Nan. “We
-wouldn’t want to present a pewter cup, would we?”</p>
-
-<p>“The hockey cup is only pewter,” said Bert.</p>
-
-<p>“I know, but we wouldn’t want to present anything
-to the school that we’d be ashamed of,” responded
-Nan. “Besides, a silver one wouldn’t
-cost more than ten or twelve dollars, would it,
-Bert?”</p>
-
-<p>“I shouldn’t think so. It would depend on how
-big it was. How big had you figured it to be,
-Small?”</p>
-
-<p>Small shook his head. “I didn’t think about that.
-I guess it could be any size.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_122"></a>[122]</span></p>
-
-<p>“About six inches high?” suggested Lanny.</p>
-
-<p>“Eight would be better,” said Bert. “Let’s say
-eight, shall we? We can get a—an estimate on it
-right away and then we’ll know how much money
-we’ll need. How’s that ten dollar contribution of
-yours getting on, Kid?”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll have it when you’re ready for it,” responded
-Kid calmly. “You can count on that all right.
-If the rest of you fellows do half as well we won’t
-have any trouble.”</p>
-
-<p>“Kid, you never can get ten dollars,” said Nan
-reproachfully, “and you know it. Why, how could
-you?”</p>
-
-<p>“You leave it to me, Nan,” replied Kid with a
-swagger. “I’ve said I’d get it. All you’ve got to
-do is to sit tight and wait. Pull that rug around
-you, Small.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, somebody ought to send the drawing
-somewhere and find out how much it’s going to be.
-I suppose that’s the secretary’s job, isn’t it?”</p>
-
-<p>Kid viewed Lanny reproachfully. “I wasn’t
-elected corresponding secretary,” he said. “I’m
-just plain secretary.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, you’re plain enough, all right.”</p>
-
-<p>“Of course it’s your place to do it,” said Bert.
-“Don’t be so lazy. Here, you take the drawing<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_123"></a>[123]</span>
-and get busy. We ought to get an estimate by this
-time next week surely.”</p>
-
-<p>“But where’ll I send it?” demanded Kid. “I
-don’t know anyone who makes silver cups.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, find out; ask someone. Mr. Crane can
-tell you, I guess.”</p>
-
-<p>“Who’s going to pay for the postage stamp?”
-asked Kid.</p>
-
-<p>“It will be paid for out of the fund, of course.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, all right.” Kid looked about inquiringly.
-“Come across, someone. Two cents, please.”</p>
-
-<p>“Haven’t you got two cents?” asked Lanny disgustedly.</p>
-
-<p>Kid cheerfully shook his head. “I have not.
-And if I had I wouldn’t waste it on stamps.”</p>
-
-<p>Bert supplied two pennies and Kid dropped
-them into his pocket. “You see that you buy a
-stamp with them, though, and not candy,” admonished
-Lanny. Kid grinned.</p>
-
-<p>On Thursday a small package arrived by mail
-for Kid. The other fellows evinced a good deal
-of curiosity regarding it, and Harold Cupples asserted
-that he smelled candy. Kid declared that
-Harold was mistaken, and was finally allowed to
-bear the package away. He was a little bit disappointed
-in the size of it. He had unconsciously<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_124"></a>[124]</span>
-expected it to arrive by express and be more of
-the dimensions of a packing case. As Stanley was
-in the room, Kid bore the bundle downstairs to
-the laboratory, which was empty at that hour, and
-opened it. First of all there was a whole lot of
-advertising matter; a banner which when unrolled
-was nearly a foot and a half long and proportionately
-wide, a dozen circulars and an equal number
-of cards, all extolling the merits of Tinkham’s
-Throat-Ease. The banner was enticingly colored
-in black and red and its legend was: “Take a Tablet—Tinkham’s
-Throat-Ease Never Fails—Cure
-That Cough Now.” The circulars contained many
-testimonials which Kid postponed reading for the
-present. The cards held the picture of a little black
-imp tickling the throat of an agonized gentleman
-with a straw and the inscription: “Stop that Tickling!
-Use Tinkham’s Throat-Ease! Fifty Tasty
-Tablets for Twenty-five Cents! All Druggists
-Everywhere! If You Can’t Find Them Write to Us!
-Tinkham Chemical Co., Waterloo, Ill.”</p>
-
-<p>The tablets were put up in little square pasteboard
-boxes, and in Kid’s judgment lacked attractiveness.
-He pushed open one box and viewed the
-contents. The tablets were very tiny, dark brown
-in color, and smelled like a drug store. Selecting<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_125"></a>[125]</span>
-one, Kid tasted it tentatively. It was distinctly unpleasant.</p>
-
-<p>“All the better, though,” he reflected. “A fellow
-always thinks more of a medicine that tastes
-ugly. Gee, those things ought to scare a cough to
-death!”</p>
-
-<p>He replaced the tablet in its box, carefully putting
-the damp side down, and considered the advertising
-matter. The black and red banner ought to
-be hung prominently somewhere, but where? Over
-the mantel in the hall would be the best place, but
-he was sure that they wouldn’t allow it to remain
-there. Why not in the gymnasium, then? Brilliant
-idea!</p>
-
-<p>Luckily it was possible to get to the gymnasium
-from the laboratory without passing through the
-hall. Kid secured a tack and ascended the stairs.
-The gymnasium was empty and it took but a moment
-to hang the banner on the wall under the
-clock, reaching the place by climbing onto the dumb-bell
-rack. Jumping down, he viewed it critically.
-It certainly looked well there and added a much-needed
-note of color to the room. Then he distributed
-a few circulars about and retired. He managed
-to get the tablets up to his room without being
-seen by anyone, and was relieved to find that Stanley<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_126"></a>[126]</span>
-had gone out, probably for hockey practice. In
-fact, the sleeping floor seemed utterly deserted, and
-Kid decided that he could have no better opportunity
-for disposing of his cards. So he went from
-room to room and placed a card in plain sight on
-every bureau, usually leaning it against a hair
-brush. That done, he put six boxes of the tablets
-in his pocket and started out on the track of his
-prey.</p>
-
-<p>The hockey teams were hard at work on the
-rinks, and Small, Bert and Lanny were watching
-the House players. Kid drew Small aside.</p>
-
-<p>“You’d better button your coat up around your
-throat,” he advised him. Small obeyed. “How
-are you feeling? Is the cough any better?” Small
-coughed so that Kid might judge for himself. Evidently
-Kid found the cough not at all reassuring,
-for he looked troubled. “Feet warm?” he asked
-next. Small assured him that they were, likening
-their condition to toast. As a matter of fact, since
-Small had been standing in the snow for twenty
-minutes, his feet were decidedly cold and numb,
-but he wasn’t going to acknowledge it for fear that
-Kid would bully him into returning indoors.
-“Well, you’ll be all right now,” said Kid, brightening.
-“They’ve come.” He slapped Small reassuringly
-on the back.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_127"></a>[127]</span></p>
-
-<p>Small immediately went off into another fit of
-coughing. When he could speak he demanded:
-“Who’s come?”</p>
-
-<p>“The Tinkham’s Throat-Ease,” returned Kid
-triumphantly. “They came half an hour ago.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh! Was that what was in the package you
-got?”</p>
-
-<p>Kid assented. “They didn’t get here any too
-soon, either,” he said. “That cough of yours is getting
-pretty bad, Small. Well, here you are.” He
-pulled forth one of the boxes. “Take one tablet
-every half hour until relieved.” Then he had a
-better idea. “The best way, though, is to take one
-whenever you feel that you want to cough. Take
-plenty of them. They won’t hurt you. They’re
-quite harmful.”</p>
-
-<p>“What!”</p>
-
-<p>“I mean harmless. Here you are.”</p>
-
-<p>Small accepted the box and viewed the contents.
-Then he smelled of it and made a face.
-“Gee, but they smell awful, don’t they?” he asked.</p>
-
-<p>Kid nodded. “Sure. That’s the drugs in them.
-That’s what does the business. Better take one
-now, Small.”</p>
-
-<p>Small selected one of the little tablets, viewed
-it distastefully and finally put it into his mouth.
-Kid watched interestedly. For a moment Small<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_128"></a>[128]</span>
-gazed blankly across the rink. Then, with a gurgle
-of disgust he spat the tablet into the snow.</p>
-
-<p>“What are you doing?” cried Kid. “Don’t
-waste them like that!”</p>
-
-<p>“Gee, they’re awful, Kid! I can’t eat those
-things! I—I’d rather have the cough!”</p>
-
-<p>“What did you think?” demanded Kid indignantly.
-“You don’t expect medicine to taste like
-candy, do you?”</p>
-
-<p>“No, but I don’t expect it to taste like that,
-either. Why, they’re the worst things I ever put in
-my mouth. I’d rather go on coughing.” He thrust
-the box back at Kid. Kid refused to see it.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, go on coughing and get pneumonia or
-something like that and die,” he said disgustedly.
-“Don’t be a silly chump, Small. Why, those things
-aren’t anything to what you may have to taste
-if you don’t cure that cough! I wish you could
-taste the stuff they gave me when I had scarlet
-fever last year! These things are fine compared
-with that, Small!”</p>
-
-<p>“I’d rather take those licorice pastilles
-that——”</p>
-
-<p>“I dare say you would! But they won’t help
-you a bit. They just taste good, that’s all. You
-might as well eat sweet chocolate or gum drops!<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_129"></a>[129]</span>
-These things will cure you, don’t you see? Go on
-now, Small, be sensible, can’t you? Try another
-one. Honest, after you’ve got used to them you’ll
-like them awfully!”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t believe I need ’em,” muttered Small,
-viewing the box doubtfully. “My cough’s a good
-deal better than it was, and——”</p>
-
-<p>“Better! It’s a whole lot worse, Small. I’ve
-been noticing it. You think it’s better, I dare say,
-but that’s just one of the symptoms. Why, folks
-that have tuburcu—tub—that have consumption
-don’t ever realize how sick they are, Small! They
-keep on thinking all the time that they’re getting
-better.”</p>
-
-<p>Small looked genuinely uncomfortable. He
-laughed a hollow laugh and coughed.</p>
-
-<p>“Quick!” cried Kid. “Now’s the time! Take
-one!”</p>
-
-<p>Small made a wild dash at the box, spilled several
-of the tablets in the snow and finally got one
-into his mouth. Almost at once, after a few choking
-sounds, the coughing stopped. Small looked at
-Kid in alarm.</p>
-
-<p>“Gee!” he muttered hoarsely. “I swallowed it
-whole!”</p>
-
-<p>Kid was equal to the emergency. “Fine!” he<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_130"></a>[130]</span>
-exclaimed. “You get the effect quicker that way.
-Have another!”</p>
-
-<p>But Small shook his head and hastily dropped
-the box of tablets in his pocket. “I don’t believe
-I want any more just yet,” he said.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, it’s a good plan to keep one dissolving
-in your mouth all the time.”</p>
-
-<p>“You said I was to take them only when I felt
-like coughing,” charged Small.</p>
-
-<p>“I know, but it stands to reason that the more
-often you take them the sooner they’re going to
-cure you, don’t it?”</p>
-
-<p>That sounded reasonable, and Small had to
-agree. So he put another one into his mouth and
-proceeded to make faces at the landscape. Kid
-stifled a chuckle.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, I must be going,” he said. “I want to
-see Lanny. Have you got that quarter with you,
-Small?”</p>
-
-<p>“What quarter?” asked Small innocently.</p>
-
-<p>“For the tablets. They’re a quarter a box. I
-told you that. Don’t you remember? They’re
-cheap, too. If you had to have a doctor he’d charge
-you a dollar just for looking at you and then your
-medicine would be extra.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh!” Small became very intent on the practice<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_131"></a>[131]</span>
-game. “I haven’t got it right now, Kid, but
-I’ll give it to you soon.”</p>
-
-<p>Kid shook his head. “I’m willing to trust you,
-Small, but you see I have to pay cash for these.
-You’d better give me that quarter in your pocket
-and then you won’t have to think about it again.”</p>
-
-<p>“What quarter?” asked Small blankly.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, the quarter you saved for the Fund.
-You know you told us you had a quarter, Small.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, I know, Kid, but I can’t give you that!
-That’s—that’s owing to the Fund!”</p>
-
-<p>“I know, but you won’t have to pay up for a
-month or more. You give me that quarter and put
-the next one into the Fund; see?”</p>
-
-<p>Small didn’t seem to see at first, and it took a
-lot of eloquence on Kid’s part to separate Small
-from his twenty-five cent piece. But finally persistence
-prevailed and Kid strolled off, the quarter
-jingling cheerfully against a hitherto lonely penny
-in his trousers pocket, leaving Small to scowl upon
-his retreating back and surreptitiously remove the
-remains of Tinkham’s Throat-Ease tablet from his
-mouth.</p>
-
-<p>Lanny was the next victim marked for despoliation.
-Kid took up a position beside him and
-watched practice for a minute. Then,</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_132"></a>[132]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Gee, Lanny,” he said, “aren’t your feet frozen?”</p>
-
-<p>Lanny acknowledged that they were, and, being
-reminded of physical discomforts, took out a handkerchief
-at the cost of much trouble, and applied
-it to his nose. “Did you see that goal of Ben’s a
-minute ago, Kid?” he asked with a sniffle. “It was
-a peach!”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes,” Kid nodded gravely. “Say, you’re getting
-a cold, aren’t you?” he asked more solicitously.</p>
-
-<p>“No, I guess not. George is skating a good
-deal better than he did the first of the winter, isn’t
-he?”</p>
-
-<p>“Lots. The trouble with me is that when I get
-to sniffling like you are my throat feels funny. Sort
-of raw and—and scrapy. Does yours get that
-way?”</p>
-
-<p>Lanny experimented with his throat and nodded.
-“Yes, it feels sort of that way now.”</p>
-
-<p>“I thought it did. I can tell. I’ve got something
-that’s wonderful for sore throat, Lanny. Ever
-use Tinkham’s Throat-Ease?”</p>
-
-<p>“Ever use what?”</p>
-
-<p>“Tinkham’s Throat-Ease. They’re tablets and
-you just hold them in your mouth, you know, and<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_133"></a>[133]</span>
-they make your throat feel fine. They’ll cure
-hoarseness or cough or most anything like that.”</p>
-
-<p>“Never heard of them. Taste good, do they?
-Where do you get them?”</p>
-
-<p>“Any first-class drug store. Of course, you can’t
-get them around here, though.”</p>
-
-<p>“What’s the good of talking about them then?
-Did you say you had some?”</p>
-
-<p>“I think so.” Kid searched laboriously in his
-pocket. “I think I’ve got a box left somewhere,
-if I can find it. Here it is.” He held it out and
-Lanny accepted it. Trustingly he pushed the box
-open, took out a tablet and put it into his mouth.
-Kid edged away.</p>
-
-<p>“<em>Jee-rusalem!</em>” Lanny swung around and
-gazed menacingly at Kid. “What are they made
-of?”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t know, but they’re the best remedy there
-is for sore throat. You can have that box, Lanny.”</p>
-
-<p>“Hm; much obliged.” Lanny sucked at the tablet
-and scowled. “Maybe they’re good for your
-throat, but they’re mighty unpleasant to your taster,
-Kid. I guess they’ve got wild cherry in them,
-haven’t they?”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s one of the things,” answered Kid.<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_134"></a>[134]</span>
-“Wild cherry and—and paregoric, I think. Paregoric’s
-a very powerful drug, you know. Puts
-you to sleep if you take too much of it.”</p>
-
-<p>“I know.” Lanny nodded wisely. “And wild
-cherry’s awfully good for throats. They don’t taste
-very nice, but you can tell they’re powerful. Much
-obliged, Kid.”</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t mention it. Maybe I can get another
-box. They’re only twenty-five cents, you see.”</p>
-
-<p>Lanny started. “What’s twenty-five cents?”
-he demanded.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, those tablets. Twenty-five cents a box.
-There are fifty in a box and they last a long
-time——”</p>
-
-<p>“Look here, Kid, do you mean you expect me
-to pay you a quarter for these things?”</p>
-
-<p>“Sure! That’s the regular price. I’m not trying
-to cheat you, Lanny, honest!”</p>
-
-<p>“But I thought you were giving them to me!”
-Lanny searched hurriedly for the box which he had
-dropped into a cavernous pocket of his ulster. “I
-don’t want them that bad.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’d give them to you in a minute,” said Kid
-warmly, “but I just can’t afford to, Lanny. Anyhow,
-you needn’t pay me now. To-morrow’ll do
-just as well.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_135"></a>[135]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Pay you! Pay you a quarter for these nasty
-things? I guess not! Here, you take them back,
-Kid.”</p>
-
-<p>But Kid shook his head. “They’re no good to
-me now,” he said sadly. “It isn’t a full box, you
-see. You’ve eaten one of them. Of course, if I’d
-known you didn’t want to pay for them——”</p>
-
-<p>“You didn’t say anything about paying for
-them,” remonstrated Lanny crossly. “You said
-you had a box I could have——”</p>
-
-<p>“For a quarter.”</p>
-
-<p>“You didn’t say anything about any quarter!”</p>
-
-<p>“You didn’t ask me, Lanny. If you’d asked
-me——”</p>
-
-<p>“You offered them to me!”</p>
-
-<p>“I thought of course you’d want to pay for
-them. I had to. Anyhow, there’s no hurry. Any
-time’ll do, Lanny.”</p>
-
-<p>“I hope you choke on one of them!” Lanny dug
-down in his trousers pocket and fished up some
-small coins. Angrily he selected two dimes and a
-nickel and thrust them at Kid. “There’s your old
-quarter! And there—” he sent the box of tablets
-spinning off into the snow—“there’s your old nasty
-medicine! Now get out of here before I rub your
-face with snow!”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_136"></a>[136]</span></p>
-
-<p>Kid shook his head sorrowfully over the other’s
-display of unreasonable anger, but didn’t tarry.
-Lanny had a way of keeping his promises!</p>
-
-<p>As he went his right-hand trousers pocket gave
-forth a cheerful jingle.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_137"></a>[137]</span></p>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="XII">XII<br />
-<small>“TOOTS” BUYS SOME TABLETS</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="cap">“What’s Tinkham’s Throat-Ease?” demanded
-Ben Holden in hall that evening
-before supper.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s what I’d like to know,” said Sam Perkins,
-with a laugh. “I found a card about it in my
-room a while ago. What’s the joke?”</p>
-
-<p>“Ask Kid,” said Lanny grimly.</p>
-
-<p>Kid, perusing the absorbing adventures of
-“Hairbreadth Harry, the Gentleman Scout,” in a
-far corner of the hall, went on reading. To all appearances
-Kid was improving his mind with a large
-volume of the Encyclopedia Britannica, the story
-paper being held out of sight against the open
-pages. Such fiction as “Hairbreadth Harry” was
-not countenanced at Mt. Pleasant Academy, and it
-behooved Kid to use discretion.</p>
-
-<p>“Kid!”</p>
-
-<p>“Huh?” Kid dragged his eyes from the text
-and looked over the top of the volume.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_138"></a>[138]</span></p>
-
-<p>“What’s Tinkham’s Throat-Ease?” demanded
-Stanley Pierce.</p>
-
-<p>“The best remedy for coughs, colds, pneumonia,
-sore throat——”</p>
-
-<p>“Also good on bread,” interpolated Dick Gardner.</p>
-
-<p>“Bronchitis, tonsilitis and all affections of the
-throat and repsi—” Kid floundered—“repsi—repsitory
-organs.”</p>
-
-<p>“Fine! But what about it?” asked Steve Lovell.
-“Why do I get a card on my bureau? What’s
-the idea?”</p>
-
-<p>Kid closed the encyclopedia carefully, so that
-no tell-tale edges of the story paper were visible,
-and laid it aside. He was sorry to abandon Hairbreadth
-Harry in the gulch surrounded by a horde
-of shrieking redskins, but business was business!</p>
-
-<p>“I put the card there, Steve. I’m the agent in
-this territory for Tinkham’s, you see.”</p>
-
-<p>“You! What for? Who said so?”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, here’s how it is.” Kid looked grave.
-“I—I have to make a little money, fellows. You
-see, my folks don’t—don’t send me much of an allowance
-now.” He paused and looked thoughtfully
-into the fire. The smiles faded on the faces of the
-others. Kid gulped and went on. “Of course, I<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_139"></a>[139]</span>
-can’t—can’t be self-supporting—yet, but I thought
-I could make enough to—to help, you know.” His
-voice trailed off into silence and there was a
-sympathetic silence around the fireplace. At
-length,</p>
-
-<p>“Do you mean that you are going to sell the—the
-stuff?” asked Ben Holden.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes. The tablets are only twenty-five cents a
-box. Of course that isn’t all profit, not by any
-means, but I make a little on each box. I don’t expect
-to sell many here at school, but maybe in the
-village and over at Riveredge and Whittier I can
-do pretty well.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’m afraid you’ll never get rich that way,” said
-Steve Lovell kindly. “But you may make a little.
-Are the things really any good, Kid?”</p>
-
-<p>“Fine! I’ve got some unsolicited testimonials
-I’d like you to read, Steve. I’ll get you a copy if
-you like.”</p>
-
-<p>“No, never mind. Got any of the pills with
-you?”</p>
-
-<p>Kid fished in his pockets doubtfully and seemed
-quite surprised when three boxes rewarded his
-search. He passed one to Steve, doing his best to
-avoid the indignant gaze of Small. Lanny was
-viewing him doubtfully, suspiciously, but it was<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_140"></a>[140]</span>
-Small that Kid feared might spoil the impression
-he had created. And so Kid, recalling that someone
-had once said that the way to make war was to
-start first was quite prepared. Steve sniffed at the
-tablets and made a face.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, they smell bad enough,” he said.</p>
-
-<p>“If you think they smell bad, you ought to
-taste ’em!” broke forth Small. “They’re the nastiest
-tasting things I ever——”</p>
-
-<p>“But they cured your cough, didn’t they,
-Small?” interrupted Kid eagerly. “He just took
-one of them, fellows, and I don’t believe he has
-coughed since! Have you, Small? He had a fierce
-cough too; you fellows know how bad it was. I was
-getting real worried about him.”</p>
-
-<p>Small gazed at Kid with open mouth, and Kid
-almost held his breath for fear that Small’s emotion
-would precipitate a spasm of coughing. But it
-didn’t. The temptation to be for a moment a person
-of importance was too much for him. He
-closed his mouth and nodded gravely.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s so,” he said. “I took one of the tablets—swallowed
-it whole—and it stopped my cough
-at once. I don’t think I’ve coughed since then. You
-haven’t heard me, have you, Kid?”</p>
-
-<p>“No, I haven’t. It was marvelous the way they<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_141"></a>[141]</span>
-worked with you, Small. And you certainly did
-have a mean old cough, didn’t you?”</p>
-
-<p>“It was awful,” replied Small solemnly.
-“Sometimes at night I thought I’d never get to
-sleep!”</p>
-
-<p>“Funny I never noticed it,” said Sam Perkins,
-his roommate.</p>
-
-<p>“It was usually after you’d gone to sleep,” said
-Small hastily. “And then the way it hurt me!”
-He laid a hand cautiously over the top button of his
-waistcoat as though the gentlest touch was excruciating
-pain. The assemblage was impressed. That
-is, most of it was. Lanny still looked suspicious,
-and Bert, although his face was quite serious, somehow
-gave the impression of being secretly amused
-by something.</p>
-
-<p>“What made you think of throat tablets?” asked
-Ben Holden. “Seems to me something else would
-have sold better.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, at this time of year,” replied Kid, “almost
-every fellow has a cough or a cold or a scrapy
-throat. I guess most of us have one now, if we
-stopped to think about it.” Several fellows cleared
-their throats experimentally. “We don’t notice at
-first, but after a while we wake up some morning
-with tonsilitis or—or quinsy or diphtheria or something.<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_142"></a>[142]</span>
-It’s taking a little medicine in time that does
-the business. That’s where Tinkham’s Throat-Ease
-comes in, you see. The first time you feel the least
-bit scratchy in your throat you just dissolve one of
-these in your mouth and you don’t have any more
-trouble. They’re great little things!”</p>
-
-<p>“Gee, you talk like a patent medicine almanac!”
-declared Ben admiringly. “Here, I’ll take a box
-of them, Kid. And here’s your quarter.”</p>
-
-<p>“Thank you.” Kid gravely handed him a box
-of the tablets and as gravely accepted his quarter.
-Then he turned away as though to go back to his
-reading, as though the idea of further sales didn’t
-occur to him. But Steve Lovell was already hunting
-for the price of a package of the invaluable
-Tinkham’s Throat-Ease. And after Steve had purchased
-Dick Gardner fell into line. And after Dick
-came Stanley Pierce, and then Kid had to climb the
-stairs to get more of the remedy. George Waters
-only had fifteen cents with him and Sam Perkins
-had only a dollar bill which was so badly torn that
-Kid balked at it. Kid said politely that he would
-trust them both. Whereupon Harold Cupples and
-Sewall Crandall said they’d each take a box too if
-Kid didn’t mind waiting a few days for payment.
-Kid secretly did mind, but declared he didn’t.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_143"></a>[143]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Well, you’ve done pretty well, Kid,” said Steve
-Lovell when the final transaction was over. “How
-many boxes is that you’ve sold?”</p>
-
-<p>“You haven’t sold any to Lanny or Bert,” said
-George Waters. “Get after them, Kid. What’s
-the matter with you, Lanny? Loosen up and patronize
-home industries.”</p>
-
-<p>“He bought a box this afternoon,” said Kid
-hastily. “He liked them very much, didn’t you,
-Lanny?”</p>
-
-<p>Kid’s look was so imploring that Lanny nodded.
-“Pretty good,” he said. “Taste beastly, but I guess
-they’ll do you good, all right.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, here’s Bert yet,” insisted George.
-“Why don’t you take a chance, Bert?”</p>
-
-<p>“I—I’m flat broke,” replied Bert.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, that’s all right. Kid’ll trust you, won’t
-you, Kid?”</p>
-
-<p>“Of course.” Kid held a box of tablets toward
-Bert. As that youth made no move to take them
-Stanley Pierce kindly relayed them to him. “I’ll
-be very glad to trust him,” said Kid. “There’s no
-hurry, either; to-morrow or next day will do, Bert.”</p>
-
-<p>Bert scowled formidably, but dropped the box
-in his pocket. And then the supper gong sounded
-and twelve hungry boys trooped into the dining-room.<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_144"></a>[144]</span>
-Kid and Small sat next to each other at Mr.
-Crane’s table, and it wasn’t long before Kid noticed
-that Small wasn’t much more than trifling with his
-food.</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t you want your apple sauce?” whispered
-Kid. Small shook his head and pushed it over to
-him. Later Kid came in for Small’s cake and
-Small watched the transfer with scowling brow.
-“Thanks,” Kid murmured.</p>
-
-<p>“You can thank those beastly tablets,” Small
-growled. “My mouth’s all drawn up and everything
-tastes like—like paregoric! I hope that cake
-chokes you!”</p>
-
-<p>After supper Bert waylaid Kid on the stairs.
-“Here they are,” he announced, seeking to thrust
-a box of Tinkham’s tablets into Kid’s elusive hand.</p>
-
-<p>“What?” asked Kid in surprise.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, those old tablets. You didn’t think I
-wanted them, did you?”</p>
-
-<p>Kid looked pained. “Why not? They’re the
-best things you could have, Bert, and if you start
-in taking them now your cold will be all gone by
-morning.”</p>
-
-<p>“I haven’t got any cold,” denied Bert.</p>
-
-<p>“Then why do you keep blowing your nose all
-the time?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_145"></a>[145]</span></p>
-
-<p>“What nose? I mean——”</p>
-
-<p>“I suppose you did it unconsciously,” said Kid.
-“Probably you didn’t notice it, but at the supper
-table——”</p>
-
-<p>“I didn’t! And I’m not going to get stung
-a quarter for these pesky things. So you can just
-take them back.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, of course, if you don’t want them I will,
-only——”</p>
-
-<p>“Only what?” Bert demanded crossly.</p>
-
-<p>“Only—well, maybe you’d better keep them,
-Bert, just for—for appearances. You see, the other
-fellows have all bought tablets, and if you didn’t
-they might think you were stingy, don’t you see?
-Of course, I might give you the tablets and pretend
-that you’d paid for them, but that would be telling
-a lie, wouldn’t it?”</p>
-
-<p>“I guess it wouldn’t hurt you after the fibs
-you’ve told already to-night,” said Bert scathingly.</p>
-
-<p>“Fibs I’ve told?” Kid was pained and indignant.
-“What fibs did I tell, I’d like to know!”</p>
-
-<p>“Why—why, you made the fellows think that
-your folks had met with trouble and that you
-weren’t getting any money from home.”</p>
-
-<p>“I said nothing of the kind,” retorted Kid
-warmly. “I only said they weren’t sending me<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_146"></a>[146]</span>
-<em>much</em> money now, and they aren’t. Why, whenever
-I want an extra dollar I have to write and say
-that I must have a hair cut. Honest, Bert, my hair’s
-been cut three times this month! I’m awfully
-afraid it’ll get discouraged and not grow any
-more!”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, you made them think you needed the
-money——”</p>
-
-<p>“So I do! Didn’t I promise to give ten dollars
-to the Fund for the trophy, Bert? Ten dollars
-isn’t so easy to make, either. Of course I don’t want
-your quarter if you begrudge it to me—”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, I do,” growled Bert.</p>
-
-<p>“But I’d hate to have to say that you’re the only
-fellow in House who hasn’t helped me.” And Kid
-smiled sweetly.</p>
-
-<p>Bert glared at him a moment. Then his sense
-of humor came to his rescue and he grinned.
-“You’re a wonder, Kid!” he exclaimed. “Well,
-all right, I’ll take your old smelly tablets and I’ll
-give you a quarter for them some time. But I’ll
-get even with you, Kid, some day, don’t worry.”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s only a quarter,” said Kid soothingly, “and
-you know you have a whole dollar saved—”</p>
-
-<p>“I have, eh? Well, you don’t get any of that<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_147"></a>[147]</span>
-dollar, Kid. You’ll just wait now until I get some
-more money, you—you little Shylock!”</p>
-
-<p>The next day it became known to the day pupils
-that Kid Fairchild was selling throat tablets to pay
-his tuition at school and support his starving family.
-By evening Kid had disposed of the last of
-his boxes and had five dollars and seventy cents
-rattling around in the bottom of a collar-box in his
-bureau drawer. He was still thirty cents short because
-Bert persisted in owing him and one of the
-day boys had passed a Canadian twenty cent piece
-on him in lieu of a quarter. But Kid was well satisfied
-with the results of his excursion into trade.
-The only fly in the ointment of his contentment was
-the realization that if he purchased a further supply
-of Tinkham’s Throat-Ease he would have to
-go to the village to sell it. Those of the fellows
-who had given the tablets a fair trial were anything
-but enthusiastic over their taste and Kid despaired
-of securing reorders. Meanwhile that five dollars
-and seventy cents was occasioning him a good deal
-of uneasiness. It wasn’t that Kid feared having it
-stolen. The trouble was that he had never been a
-believer in the hoarding of wealth. In Kid’s judgment
-money was meant to spend, and to go to bed<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_148"></a>[148]</span>
-night after night with all those quarters and dimes
-and nickels lying idle in the bureau drawer was
-excruciating torment to him. Of course he fully
-meant to send two dollars of it to the Tinkham
-Chemical Company to pay for the tablets, and he
-also meant to add twenty cents for another four
-dozen boxes of the remedy, but if Kid hated to see
-the money lying there idle he hated even more to
-see any part of it devoted to such base ends as the
-payment of just debts. And while he still hesitated
-Fate took a hand and the matter was decided
-for him.</p>
-
-<p>On Saturday morning Doctor Merton summoned
-Kid to his office and complimented him. He
-had heard, he explained, of the unfortunate trouble
-that had overtaken James’s family and hoped
-sincerely that their embarrassment would prove
-only temporary. Meanwhile he thought James was
-showing much courage and enterprise in seeking to
-aid them by the sale of—was it Tinker’s Hair Balsam?
-No? Ah, Tinkham’s Throat-Ease! Well, in
-any case, he congratulated James on his thoughtfulness
-and was sure that his parents—and he was
-going to write to them and acquaint them with the
-circumstances—would be touched by the manly
-course James was pursuing. And—er—if James<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_149"></a>[149]</span>
-had any more of the excellent liver pills he would
-gladly purchase a package. Kid regretted that he
-hadn’t and embarrassedly withdrew. Outside, Nan,
-who had been waiting for him, slipped a quarter
-into his hand.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, Kid,” she whispered, “I think you’re just
-splendid. Mr. Folsom told us all about it last evening.
-You’re just as—as brave and—and manly as
-can be! And I want some of the—the medicine
-things, too, Kid and there’s my quarter! And——”</p>
-
-<p>“I ain’t got any more,” sighed Kid sadly, looking
-longingly at the coin. “So I guess you’d better
-take this back——”</p>
-
-<p>“But you’re going to send for some more, aren’t
-you?”</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe,” replied Kid doubtfully. “I don’t
-know.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, but you must! Why, just think how well
-you’ve done already! Mr. Folsom said you’d sold
-dozens and dozens of bottles or boxes or whatever
-it is, Kid! You keep that and when you get some
-more of it you can give me one. I <em>do</em> so want to
-help, Kid!”</p>
-
-<p>To Kid’s credit, be it said, he refused the money.
-It pained him to do it, but he did. It had also pained
-him to be unable to get the quarter offered by the<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_150"></a>[150]</span>
-Doctor, in view of the fact that the Doctor was about
-to get him into a peck of trouble by writing home
-to his parents and commiserating with them on
-their sudden loss of fortune. Yes, Kid strongly
-wished that he had two more boxes of the tablets.
-But necessity is the mother of invention. Kid put
-his mind on the problem and by the time he had
-floundered through a history recitation—Mr. Folsom
-proving very gentle with him because of his
-troubles—he had evolved a plan.</p>
-
-<p>“Say, Stanley,” he asked his roommate while
-that youth was brushing his hair for dinner, “did
-you like those tablets?”</p>
-
-<p>Stanley viewed him coldly. “Like them!
-They’re punk!”</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t you want your box, then?”</p>
-
-<p>“I do not.”</p>
-
-<p>“May I have it?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, if you swallow them all,” replied Stanley
-venomously.</p>
-
-<p>Kid didn’t agree to do that, but he got the box.
-It lacked just one tablet. In the course of the next
-half-hour Kid had gained possession of four other
-boxes by similar methods, and it was only the work
-of a minute to make three full boxes from the
-four. Then he waited on the Doctor and Nan and<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_151"></a>[151]</span>
-returned fifty cents richer. The sight of Mr. Crane
-on the porch suggested more dickering, for Mr. Folsom
-had purchased and Mr. Crane had not, owing
-to the supply of tablets having given out before
-his application had been entered. By the end of
-afternoon school Kid had given pleasure to Mr.
-Crane by selling him a box of Tinkham’s, too, and
-Kid’s assets had gone up to six dollars and forty-five
-cents.</p>
-
-<p>But, as is so often the way, wealth did not
-bring happiness. Kid was troubled. To use his
-own phraseology, there was going to be an awful
-row when his father received that letter from Doctor
-Merton. For a while Kid wished that the baseball
-trophy had never been thought of. Also, all
-enthusiasm for the merits of Tinkham’s Throat-Ease
-had passed. He would settle with the people
-for what he had had and the fund would have to
-be satisfied with four dollars and forty-five cents
-instead of ten dollars. He was through with merchandizing!</p>
-
-<p>And doubtless he would have stuck to that resolution
-if he had not, on the way to the rink in
-the afternoon to see the hockey game, by chance
-kicked up the box of tablets that Lanny had thrown
-away. Kid did not recognize at first the snow-covered<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_152"></a>[152]</span>
-object that his foot had struck, but examination
-revealed forty-nine perfectly good tablets,
-and Kid brushed the crust of snow from the
-box and dropped it into his pocket. Just one of
-those tablets would make complete the box he had
-in his room, and, thoughtfully, Kid turned and retraced
-his steps, although Mr. Crane was at that
-instant blowing the whistle to start the game. But
-Kid’s errand was soon completed and he was back
-at the rink, sandwiched in between Small and Bert.</p>
-
-<p>That was a good game. The House Team, by
-hard practice, had secured a degree of team play
-that very nearly offset the playing of the Day
-Team’s individual stars. The first half ended with
-the score a tie at 4 to 4, and house students and
-day students, players and onlookers alike, were
-keyed up to a state of wild enthusiasm. Lanny,
-who had played hard and brilliantly and somewhat
-heedlessly, at right wing in place of Cupples,
-joined his classmates at the barrier, struggling into
-his sweater and panting for breath. He perched
-himself on the top of the boards and examined
-proudly a set of skinned knuckles. Bert was concerned,
-but Kid, constantly oppressed by the knowledge
-of coming calamity, chose to be sarcastic.</p>
-
-<p>“How’d you cut you? Burn you?” he asked.<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_153"></a>[153]</span>
-“Say, Lanny, it’s a wonder you wouldn’t have them
-take you to the infirmary with that awful wound.”</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t get fresh,” responded Lanny scowlingly.
-Kid smiled his sweetest.</p>
-
-<p>“You’re fresher than I am, Lanny; you’ve been
-on the ice most of the time! Hasn’t anyone ever
-explained to you that it’s part of the game to stay
-on your feet?”</p>
-
-<p>Lanny maintained a dignified silence.</p>
-
-<p>“Also,” proceeded Kid thoughtfully, “if you
-stay back of the puck you may get a chance to make
-a shot, Lanny.”</p>
-
-<p>“Cut it out, Kid! Lanny played a mighty good
-game.” Bert frowned his disapproval.</p>
-
-<p>“Not bad, for a beginner,” responded Kid,
-sauntering away. Morgan, known familiarly as
-“Toots,” was the goal-tend on the Day Team.
-“Toots” was one of the few day pupils who had
-not aided Kid’s starving family by purchasing a
-box of Tinkham’s Throat-Ease, and Kid, spying
-“Toots” tightening his leg-guards at the end of
-the rink, decided that the omission ought to be
-corrected.</p>
-
-<p>“Hello, ‘Toots.’”</p>
-
-<p>“Hello, Kid! How are you?” grunted “Toots,”
-giving a final tug to a strap.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_154"></a>[154]</span></p>
-
-<p>“So, so. Going to beat us, ‘Toots’?”</p>
-
-<p>“Surest thing you know!”</p>
-
-<p>“I dare say.” Kid was quite evidently distrait
-and depressed, a state so far removed from his
-usual condition that even “Toots” took notice.
-Then he remembered that Kid’s father had gone
-bankrupt, that the old home was to go under the
-hammer and that Kid—plucky little duffer!—was
-selling some sort of cough medicine to aid the fallen
-fortunes. Kid, apparently looking sadly about the
-rink, shot a glance at “Toots” and uncannily followed
-his thoughts. “Did you try those throat tablets,
-‘Toots’?” he inquired.</p>
-
-<p>“Toots” colored faintly. “I—I didn’t get any,
-Kid. I didn’t have any money with me yesterday.”</p>
-
-<p>Kid nodded as though in dismissal of the subject.
-“Toots” cleared his throat and watched Kid’s
-pathetic listlessness during a moment’s silence.
-Finally,</p>
-
-<p>“I heard you’d sold out, Kid,” he said hopefully.</p>
-
-<p>“All the fellows were very kind,” answered
-Kid, with an evident effort to be brave in the face
-of adversity. “I only had twenty-four boxes of
-them.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well—er—if you ever get any more, Kid, I’ll
-be glad to buy one.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_155"></a>[155]</span></p>
-
-<p>Kid smiled gratefully. “They’re mighty good
-things,” he said. “Fine to hold in your mouth
-when you’re playing; keeps your mouth from getting
-dry, you know.”</p>
-
-<p>“That so? A fellow’s mouth does get awfully
-‘cotton-woolly’ sometimes. Well, if you have any
-more come and see me, Kid. I—I was sorry to
-hear that—that your folks——”</p>
-
-<p>Kid slowly, abstractedly pulled a box of the tablets
-from his pocket and view it regretfully. Then
-he held it out to the surprised “Toots.” “You can
-have this, I guess,” said Kid generously. “I was
-keeping it for myself, but I guess I need the money
-more than the tablets. I’m glad I saved it now,
-because you’re pretty nearly the only fellow who
-hasn’t got any of them.”</p>
-
-<p>“Toots” took the box, turned it this way and
-that, cleared his throat, flushed and yielded. “I—I
-haven’t any money in these clothes, Kid,” he
-muttered, “but I’ll pay you to-morrow sure.”</p>
-
-<p>Kid nodded. “That’ll be all right, ‘Toots.’
-Any time to-morrow before noon will do. I’m sending
-some money away to-morrow, or I wouldn’t ask
-you to pay so soon.”</p>
-
-<p>“Toots” placed the box at a corner of the net,
-having no pocket on him, thumped the ice with his<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_156"></a>[156]</span>
-stick, smiled bravely and turned away. Kid, outwardly
-disconsolate, inwardly triumphant, sauntered
-off.</p>
-
-<p>The second half began with a fine exhibition of
-individual playing by Spooner and White and a
-speedy goal to the credit of the Day Team. After
-that the fortunes of the opponents see-sawed back
-and forth and there was no more scoring for a good
-ten minutes. Finally Ben Holden got the puck in
-the middle of the rink, the offense lined up quickly
-and, with the rubber darting back and forth like
-a shuttle, the House players rushed down the ice.
-Grimshaw, the Day Team’s cover-point, darted at
-the puck too late. A quick dribble on the part of
-Waters fooled him. The point made a wild dash
-with a slashing stick, but in vain, and Stanley
-Pierce, skating up from behind, secured the disk
-and slammed it into the net. After that Day fought
-desperately and only the excellent work of Gardner
-at goal kept them from swamping their opponents.
-There were five tries before Grimshaw, stealing the
-puck near his own goal, skated the length of the
-rink and passed to O’Connell, who scored. A minute
-or two later a lucky “lift” by Perkins scored
-the House’s sixth goal and the score was again
-tied. With less than a minute to play now all<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_157"></a>[157]</span>
-the indications pointed to an extra period. Ben
-Holden and White faced off, the whistle shrilled
-and the sticks slammed helter-skelter. Science,
-team-play, all the niceties of the game were forgotten.
-Each team, excited and reckless, fought
-wildly for that deciding goal.</p>
-
-<p>In front of the Day Team’s net “Toots” Morgan
-watched the puck and the players warily. He
-would be glad when the game was over, he told
-himself, for he had had plenty of work and some
-hard knocks, and his mouth was as dry as the inside
-of a bake-oven. Suddenly remembering the
-box of tablets and Kid’s recommendation he
-glanced down to where it lay snuggled against the
-corner of the net. The play was far up the rink.
-Stooping, he reached the box, spilled several tablets
-out with his gloved hands and finally managed
-to pop one into his mouth. There was no time
-then to put the box back in a place of safety, for
-the whole field of players was rushing down upon
-him, so he tossed it behind him, gripped his stick,
-thrust his guarded legs together and awaited the
-onslaught. But Cupples overskated and there was
-a moment’s delay while Pierce hooked the puck,
-swept across the rink with it and, eluding a day
-player, started ahead again.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_158"></a>[158]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Toots” was aware that something unpleasant
-was happening to him but was too intent on the
-game and too excited to realize for a moment that
-the unpleasantness was in his mouth. Then, when
-he did realize it, “Toots’” thoughts ran something
-like this:</p>
-
-<p>“Holden’s got it!... Great Scott, what a
-nasty taste!... Oh, check him, Dave, check him!...
-Missed him!... Wonder what this thing’s
-made of! Ugh!... Here they come! Play back,
-Grim!... I can’t stand this! I’ll have to spit it
-out!...”</p>
-
-<p>And then, with the play only twenty feet away
-in front of goal, “Toots” turned his head for an
-instant and the obnoxious tablet of Tinkham’s
-Throat-Ease dropped to the ice. And at the same
-instant there was a sudden cry of “<em>Look out!
-Shot!</em>” something sang through the air waist-high
-and “Toots,” sighting it only when it was almost
-at him, plunged wildly to the left. But, alas, out
-went his feet, down went “Toots,” and the puck
-fell with a soft thud to the ice at the back of the
-net! And House had won, 7 to 6!</p>
-
-<p>Let us draw a veil over the incidents of the next
-few minutes. Billy Spooner was disappointed and
-vexed and some of the things he said to the unfortunate<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_159"></a>[159]</span>
-“Toots” were doubtless quite unjust. We
-will let them pass unheeded—even if “Toots”
-didn’t. House shouted its glee, waved its sticks
-and cavorted, and Lanny, who by rare chance had
-shot the winning goal, was seized by admiring team-mates
-and conveyed, shoulder-high, to the barrier,
-where, owing to the fact that someone let go too
-soon, he toppled into a snow bank! High above all
-other sounds of rejoicing piped Kid’s shrill voice
-in a pæan of triumph:</p>
-
-<div class="poetry-container">
-<div class="poetry">
- <div class="stanza">
- <div class="verse indent0">“<em>Day Team, Day Team, your playing’s rocky!</em></div>
- <div class="verse indent1"><em>Better go home and learn some hockey!</em>”</div>
- </div>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_160"></a>[160]</span></p>
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="XIII">XIII<br />
-<small>KID RUNS AWAY</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="cap">Kid’s home was in New York City—worse
-luck!—and if the Doctor had written, as he
-had intimated, on Saturday, why, then by
-Tuesday at the latest the cat would be out of the
-bag and Kid would be trying to explain to the
-principal how the rumor had got around that his
-father had met with financial reverses. And Kid
-didn’t know, couldn’t think for the life of him how
-he was going to explain. It meant that Mr. James
-Fairchild was destined to punishment. Kid wondered
-just what form the punishment would take.
-Probably he would be put “in bounds,” for one
-thing, and that meant that he wouldn’t be allowed
-to go to the village. Kid didn’t like that, for the
-village had attractions for him. There was a quite
-remarkable shop in Mt. Pleasant where they sold
-all sorts of enticing things in the stationery, bakery
-and confectionery line. Kid thought sadly of the
-chocolate éclairs which, when consumed with the<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_161"></a>[161]</span>
-aid of a glass of root beer, were quite the best
-things life afforded. He also recalled the cocoanut
-bars. Pink and white they were and exceedingly
-toothsome. He had only to close his eyes and see
-them reposing in the little flat glass tray just crying,
-“Eat me! Eat me, Kid!” No more of those
-for a while after Tuesday, he thought regretfully.
-Life looked pretty dark just then, and the wealth
-reposing in the collar-box was as dust in his mouth.</p>
-
-<p>Kid mooned through Sunday, miserable and dejected.
-He could face trouble when it arrived with
-an admirable equanimity, but trouble in anticipation
-was too much for him. He found the name of
-a firm who manufactured silver mugs and other
-trophies and wrote to them on Sunday afternoon,
-enclosing Small’s design. But his heart was not
-in it. To add to his depression he realized that he
-had allowed “Toots” Morgan to fool him, for
-“Toots” had agreed to pay him that quarter for
-the tablets “to-morrow.” And “to-morrow” was
-to-day, and to-day was Sunday; and of course
-“Toots” didn’t come near the school on Sunday!
-(I may as well state here that “Toots” never did
-pay that quarter. Not only did he decline firmly
-and emphatically to do so, but he unreasonably laid
-the blame for losing that second game on Kid!<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_162"></a>[162]</span>
-Was anything ever so unjust and unfair? Kid said
-as much, but “Toots” would not reconsider. The
-only thing he would do was to indicate as nearly
-as possible the place where he had thrown the remaining
-forty-nine tablets.) But to-day Kid was
-spared the knowledge of this defection, which was
-just as well, since he was low enough in spirits without
-it.</p>
-
-<p>I fancy that it must have been some time during
-Sunday evening—I trust it wasn’t during
-prayers—that the idea came to Kid to have one
-final fling before the sword fell; in short, to meet
-Nemesis satiated with pleasure. All day Monday
-there was a reckless gleam in Kid’s eyes, and just
-as soon as school was over in the afternoon, he
-ascended to his room, emptied the contents of the
-collar-box in his trouser’s pocket—weighting them
-evenly—and departed for the village.</p>
-
-<p>To trace Kid’s career that afternoon between
-four and six would be monotonous. Suffice it to
-say that at ten minutes to six he drove up to the
-door in Mr. Higgins’s sleigh surrounded by packages
-and palpably weary. His advent occasioned
-both surprise and indignation. House in general
-gathered on the porch while Kid paid his quarter
-to the Pirate, emerged from the sleigh with an<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_163"></a>[163]</span>
-effort and then deliberately and with criminal extravagance
-tipped that worthy ten cents!</p>
-
-<p>“Well!” ejaculated Ben Holden. “You’re a
-nice help to your folks, you are! Driving around
-in sleighs and throwing tips at the Pirate! What
-have you got in those bags?”</p>
-
-<p>Kid walked nonchalantly, almost disdainfully,
-to the foot of the stairs. There he turned and faced
-the outraged House and, protruding his tongue for
-an instant, remarked succinctly:</p>
-
-<p>“Find out!”</p>
-
-<p>Kid didn’t eat any supper that evening and displayed
-no interest in the evident fact that he was
-in disgrace with his fellows. He was cheeky and
-altogether insufferable and would answer no questions.
-He merely sat and stared sleepily at his
-food, eating not nor talking.</p>
-
-<p>When Stanley Pierce came in from tobogganing
-at a little before nine he found Kid in bed, very
-pale in the face and moaning feebly. The doctor
-reached the scene twenty minutes later and took
-command. Unfortunately he was accompanied to
-the room by Mr. Folsom, and it was Mr. Folsom
-who discovered six cream-cakes (very oozy), a
-dozen bananas, four apples and three pears, two
-pounds of candy, some chewing gum, two pickled<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_164"></a>[164]</span>
-limes and three cakes of sweet chocolate. All these
-things Mr. Folsom heartlessly appropriated. But
-Kid was much too miserable to care at the time.
-Life was at a very low ebb with Kid.</p>
-
-<p>The doctor gave it as his opinion that if Kid
-abstained from food for a day and took the medicine
-prescribed he would pull through. Kid, listening
-uninterestedly, assimilated the sense of the verdict
-and sincerely hoped the doctor might prove mistaken.
-He didn’t want to live. Life held no pleasures
-for him. He wanted them to leave him alone
-to die.</p>
-
-<p>But in the morning he felt quite differently
-about it. The sun was shining in at the window
-and a beam was dancing on Stanley’s nose with
-interesting and amusing effect. Kid was surprised
-to find that he could smile. But when he moved
-the smile fled. All was not well with him yet and
-it was only by keeping still that he could be comfortable.
-When, finally, Stanley stopped snoring,
-tossed back and forth a few times and awoke with
-a start, Kid closed his eyes and simulated slumber.
-He wished to avoid conversation. Stanley tiptoed
-over and looked at him anxiously, appeared satisfied,
-dressed and stole out as quietly as possible.
-Then Kid, luxuriating in the privilege of staying<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_165"></a>[165]</span>
-in bed through morning prayers in spite of his
-discomfort, set his mind at work. By noon, he decided,
-he would be well enough to get up. The
-New York mail would arrive at ten or thereabouts.
-As long as he remained ill the Doctor wouldn’t
-say anything to him. Neither would the fellows.
-If he could stave off the evil hour until dinner time
-all might be well, for as soon as everyone was in the
-dining-room he would unostentatiously depart. He
-was firmly convinced that as soon as the fellows
-found out that his family had not met with financial
-reverses they would demand their money back
-and make it very unpleasant for him. Of course,
-he had not absolutely told them that his father had
-gone into bankruptcy; they had jumped to that
-conclusion themselves; but he felt that they would
-be incapable of calm reasoning. No, the best place
-for him was away.</p>
-
-<p>Just where he would go he had not decided. He
-had always entertained a secret desire to be a sailor
-and it was perhaps possible that the moment to
-satisfy that desire was at hand. But the first thing
-was to get quietly away from school. At the cost
-of much uneasiness around the pit of his stomach
-and many groans, he managed to reach out and
-drag his trousers to him. The subsequent search<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_166"></a>[166]</span>
-of the pockets was disappointing. Only a dollar
-and twelve cents remained of his fortune. But a
-dollar was a lot of money if used carefully, and it
-would stand between him and poverty for at least
-two days. By that time—well, he might be a cabin
-boy on a merchantman! Kid’s spirits rose. Life
-which last evening had seemed full of gloom and
-sorrow began to be tinged with the roseate hues
-of adventure.</p>
-
-<p>The scraping of chairs in the dining-room below
-indicated that breakfast had begun. Kid wondered
-disgustedly how fellows could be such slaves to
-their stomachs. Kid didn’t want to eat a bit! And
-when, half an hour later, Mrs. Merton came with a
-bowl of thin gruel and milk, Kid viewed it distastefully
-and turned away his head. But of course
-he ate it finally—or some of it; fellows always
-did as Mother asked sooner or later. She fussed
-with his pillow, smoothed his bed clothes, laid a
-firm, cool hand on his forehead, gave him his medicine,
-replenished the water glass and informed him
-that he was to remain in bed all day. Kid said
-“Yes’m” very meekly and looked as much like an
-innocent cherub as he could; and with his round
-face, china-blue eyes and yellow-brown hair Kid’s<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_167"></a>[167]</span>
-impersonation of a cherub wasn’t at all bad. Mrs.
-Merton said very kindly that she would be up to
-see him again after a while and went off, bearing
-the remains of the gruel. Just before school time
-Stanley stole noiselessly in, so noiselessly, in fact,
-that Kid didn’t have time to make believe he was
-asleep. But Stanley asked no embarrassing questions
-and did not demand the return of his quarter.
-He asked in bated breath how Kid was and Kid
-told him in a weak, enfeebled voice that he was
-much better, thanks. Then Stanley produced a
-book.</p>
-
-<p>“Nan sent this to you,” he explained in his best
-sick-room manner. “There’s a note in it somewhere,
-unless I dropped it out.”</p>
-
-<p>“Thanks.” Kid listlessly satisfied himself that
-the note was still there, and dropped the volume
-from a nerveless hand. Stanley declared he was
-awfully sorry and hoped Kid would be better soon.
-Kid thanked him again in tones that promised
-scant hope of recovery and Stanley embarrassedly
-backed out of the room. Kid could almost hear
-his sigh of relief as the door closed behind him.</p>
-
-<p>Kid turned his attention to Nan’s note. It was
-folded in the proper cocked-hat shape and bore the<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_168"></a>[168]</span>
-inscription, “James Fairchild, Esq., Kindness of
-Bearer.” Kid unfolded it with difficulty and read
-the contents.</p>
-
-<div class="blockquot">
-
-<p>Oh, Kid [she had written], how could you be so
-silly and wrong? You have disappointed us terribly
-just when we thought you so noble and courageous.
-But I should not admonish you now that you are in
-dire tribulation. Please get well and all will be speedily
-forgiven and forgotten. I send you a book to read.
-It is a dandy one. I have read it three times. I hope
-you will enjoy it as much as I have. Perhaps mama
-will allow me to go up and see you this afternoon. I
-am so sorry you are ill, Kid, and no matter what anyone
-says I shall continue to believe that you are more
-sinned against than sinning.</p>
-
-<p class="noic">Always your friend,</p>
-
-<p class="right smcap">Nan Merton.</p>
-
-<p>P. S. Some of the boys say that you cheated them
-out of the money, but I know that it was a mistake and
-that you will make restitution.</p>
-</div>
-
-<p>Kid dropped the note with a scowl and took
-up the book. The title, “Sally Lund’s Christmas
-Party,” didn’t impress him at all favorably, nor
-did a hurried perusal of the first page, the twenty-fifth
-page and the last page better his first impression.
-And the pictures were only mildly interesting.
-It was palpably a girl’s story, and Kid never
-could stand girl’s stories. He wished, as he discarded<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_169"></a>[169]</span>
-Nan’s offering, that he could get hold of
-“Hairbreadth Harry” without painful effort.
-Whereupon the appalling knowledge flashed upon
-him that “Hairbreadth Harry” was reposing between
-the leaves of the fifth volume of the Encyclopedia
-Britannica in the hall library! In the
-excitement of disposing of Tinkham’s Throat-Ease
-he had quite forgotten the story-paper! Well, he
-was already a criminal and one more crime would
-matter but little. Besides, he would be far, far
-away by the time “Hairbreadth Harry” came to
-light. Nevertheless he decided to ask Stanley to
-rescue him if possible. Later, when he had an
-address Stanley could mail the story-paper to him.
-He disliked the thought of going through life without
-ever knowing just how the hero extricated himself
-from the embarrassing situation in which he
-had left him.</p>
-
-<p>He’d be sorry to leave Stanley, too. Stanley
-had always been mighty nice to him. And he’d be
-sorry to leave old Lanny, as well; and Small and
-Bert and Nan. Nan was a real good sort for a
-girl. She had ought to have been a boy by rights.
-And—and, why, yes, strange as it seemed, he was
-absolutely affected by the thought of leaving the
-school! He had had some pretty good times since<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_170"></a>[170]</span>
-September and had grown more fond of the place
-than he had ever realized before. Well, life was
-doubtless full of partings, and regrets were idle.
-To-day he was to put aside childish things and face
-the World. Therefore he resolutely winked back
-the tears that had begun to leak around the corners
-of his eyes and told himself sternly to “be a man,
-Kid!”</p>
-
-<p>He listened for sounds from below. They were
-having arithmetic now, Bert and Lanny and Small
-and Nan. Then came history. Kid was glad he
-was where he was, for his lessons were not well
-prepared to-day. On Saturday Mr. Folsom had
-been very lenient with him, having learned of his
-trouble, but Kid shuddered to think what it would
-have been like to-day down there! The morning
-passed laggingly but not uninterestingly. He had
-much to think of. Of course, the place to strike
-for would be the Hudson River, for, although it lay
-almost forty miles north and east, it seemed likely
-that he might find passage on a steamer to New
-York. Even a canal boat might do. Once in New
-York, being careful to avoid the vicinity of his
-home, he would make for the docks. He wondered
-whether cabin boys received any wages. Or did
-they just serve for the experience? At all events,<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_171"></a>[171]</span>
-he knew that by shipping as a cabin-boy he would
-be starting in the approved manner, for he vividly
-recalled a book entitled, “From Cabin Boy to Captain,”
-which dealt with the fortunes of a fellow who,
-like he, had run away from school. The only thing
-that caused Kid to hesitate about adopting the seafaring
-life was the fact that he was usually seasick
-on the very slightest provocation. However,
-he had heard it said that you get over that in
-time, and probably by the time the ship reached
-Singapore—he hoped it would go to Singapore,
-for that place had always fascinated him—he would
-be a hardened old salt. He wished that it were
-possible for him to sneak into the house in New
-York long enough to secure “From Cabin Boy to
-Captain” and “The Boy’s Book of Sailing,” each
-of which, he thought, would be a great aid to him
-at the start of his nautical career.</p>
-
-<p>Along toward twelve o’clock he felt considerably
-better, having dutifully taken his medicine
-every half hour—when he had thought of it. He
-was able to sit up and even move around without
-that sinking feeling in his insides and without his
-head being dizzy. So he reached the table and got
-paper and pencil. He had decided to leave a note
-of farewell in which he would forgive everyone and<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_172"></a>[172]</span>
-ask them to judge him as leniently as possible. But
-after four attempts he gave it up. What he finally
-did write was only this:</p>
-
-<div class="blockquot">
-
-<p><span class="smcap">Dear Stanley</span>: Please look in the Encyclopeda
-Britancus and get the story I left there Friday about
-Hairbreadth Harry. I don’t want the Doc to find it. I
-am going away forever. Some day I will send you my
-address which will likely be Singapore and you can
-send me the story. And if you want me to I will send
-back that quarter after I have made some money, but
-don’t expect it too soon for I will probably have a hard
-struggle for a while all by myself. Maybe by that time
-you won’t want it. Tell the other fellows the same,
-only after all a quarter isn’t very much. Wish you
-were coming along with me, Stanley. You and I have
-always gotten along mighty well, haven’t we? I will
-stop now with best wishes for your happiness.</p>
-
-<p class="right">J. F.</p>
-</div>
-
-<p>Kid tucked the note between the leaves of the
-book which he knew Stanley to be reading in his
-leisure moments and crawled back into bed just in
-time. Mrs. Merton entered with a bowl of chicken
-broth and some very dry toast. Kid was hungry
-and the broth tasted very well. Also the toast,
-but he did wish there had been butter on it. After
-Mrs. Merton had gone again he half wished that
-Stanley would come up. But he didn’t. And after<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_173"></a>[173]</span>
-a while the fellows went in to dinner and the time
-for action had come. Kid dressed as quietly as
-possible so that no one underneath would hear him
-moving around and suspect anything. He would
-like to have put on his best clothes, but commonsense
-told him that he would stand a much better
-chance of being engaged as cabin-boy if he wasn’t
-too well dressed. A few small belongings he tucked
-in his pockets, deciding to be burdened with no
-baggage. An old red sweater went on over his
-waistcoat and his ulster he hung over his arm. A
-last look about the room, with a sort of choking
-sensation deep down in his throat and a mistiness
-in his eyes, and he went out quietly, closing the
-door behind him and stole down the front stairs.
-From the dining-room came the cheerful clatter
-of dishes and the hum of voices. Kid’s courage
-almost deserted him then and he hesitated on the
-landing, invisible hands seeming to drag him back
-toward the security and warmth of his bed. But
-with something that sounded suspiciously like a sob,
-Kid trampled upon his weakness, dodged across the
-hall until out of sight of the diners and so gained
-the front door.</p>
-
-<p>He took a last glance about the place and his
-gaze fell on the bookcases along the wall. “Hairbreadth<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_174"></a>[174]</span>
-Harry!” Why not rescue him now? But
-even as Kid took the first step toward the books
-a chair scraped in the dining room and in a panic
-Kid pulled open the front door and passed out into
-the cold world.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_175"></a>[175]</span></p>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="XIV">XIV<br />
-<small>HEROISM AND A REWARD</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="cap">I said “cold world” because it sounded appropriate.
-As a matter of fact the world was
-anything but cold to-day. The sun seemed
-warm enough for April, the paths in places were
-inches deep in slush and water and from the eaves
-of the building there fell a miniature Niagara.
-Kid thought wistfully of his arctics, reposing uselessly
-in his closet upstairs, as he hurried down the
-drive, plowing through snow and slush. By the
-time he was out on the road his shoes were very
-wet, his old red sweater too warm and the ulster
-over his arm too heavy. Half a mile from school
-he was thinking distastefully of the forty long miles
-stretching between him and the Hudson. He didn’t
-feel nearly so well as he had in bed; at the end of
-the first mile, while he was skirting the village, he
-became weak and dizzy and had to sit down on a
-stone wall. The dizziness passed, however, and
-presently he took up his journey again. But already<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_176"></a>[176]</span>
-the first enthusiasm was gone. The world
-looked extremely large, much too large for a small
-boy with two very wet feet and a “goneness” in
-his tummy. The shortest way to the river was by
-the railroad, whose single line of track ran almost
-due east, and so Kid, once beyond Mt. Pleasant,
-climbed up the embankment and began walking the
-ties. For a while the novelty interested him. Then,
-the ties having been laid all wrong for such short
-legs, he tried walking on the rails.</p>
-
-<p>About that time he approached a group of
-workmen and pulled his cap down further over his
-face as he passed. One sang out to him in Italian
-and Kid hurried his steps. They were not a nice
-looking lot of men. By two o’clock Kid had done
-some three miles. That left only thirty-seven, he
-reflected. If he walked ten miles more before dark—his
-heart sank. Where was he to spend the
-night? Two silver half-dollars, a dime and two
-pennies looked horribly small just then. He would
-either have to beg or run out of funds long before
-he reached the river. He stopped and gazed irresolutely
-back toward Mt. Pleasant. He sort of
-wished he had waited until he had more money.
-Running away to be a sailor was fast losing its
-glamour. With a very, very little encouragement<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_177"></a>[177]</span>
-Kid would have turned and retraced his steps. But
-there was no one there to offer the encouragement;
-only the spires of the churches in Mt. Pleasant
-which, showing above the trees, seemed to beckon
-him. But it was too late now, Kid told himself
-with a sigh that was almost a sob; the die was cast;
-he must go on! So on he went, his legs getting
-tired and tireder and his stomach, weak from his
-sickness and empty of food, rebelling more and
-more. Progress was slow. A curve in the track
-shut off the distant view of the spires and it seemed
-to Kid that the last bond had been severed.</p>
-
-<p>The track here had been cut through the side of
-a low hill and the banks of earth arose high on each
-side of him so that his footsteps on the wet ties
-echoed back and made him feel more depressed and
-lonesome than ever. The cut extended for several
-hundred feet, always turning gradually around the
-base of the hill. On the south side the snow covered
-the bank and tiny glaciers had formed, but
-across the track the warmth of the sun had melted
-the snow and little rivulets of water were wearing
-runways into the gravel. Kid had passed the middle
-of the cut and the Banks on either side had
-diminished in height when he saw that a few yards
-ahead one rail was buried almost a foot deep in<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_178"></a>[178]</span>
-sand and gravel and small stones. Kid hurried forward.
-There had been a slide of earth from the
-bank. Frost and sun had combined to deposit a ton
-or so of earth between the bank and the middle of
-the track, and the rail on that side for a space of
-several feet was hidden deep. Kid was vaguely
-troubled. He didn’t know much about such matters,
-but it seemed to him that if a train came
-along it would have some difficulty getting over it.
-Well, he supposed it was no affair of his. The
-engineer would see it and stop the train and shovel
-it off; that was about what would happen, he supposed.
-Only, because of the curve, perhaps the engineer
-wouldn’t see it in time. Then there’d be an
-awful jounce—worse than when you went over a
-curbing in an automobile; Kid had done that once
-and knew—and perhaps the wheel might get off the
-rail and there’d be an accident. He wished the
-track were straighter so the engineer would be certain
-to see the obstruction in time. He began to
-think that perhaps it was his duty to do something
-about it, to tell someone. But who was there to tell?
-The track-workers were a mile behind by now and
-a train might come long before he could reach them.
-Besides, he reflected, since they were Italians, he<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_179"></a>[179]</span>
-wasn’t at all certain he could make them understand!</p>
-
-<p>Kid sat down on a convenient rock across the
-track and frowned over the problem. Of course, as
-there was only one pair of rails, trains could only
-come from one direction at a time. If he only knew
-which direction the next train would come from
-he could go that way and warn the engineer. He
-tugged at his leather fob and grunted until a small
-silver watch slipped into sight. Nearly half past
-two. The afternoon train from New York reached
-Mt. Pleasant at—why, it was almost due there now!
-Kid bounded to his feet and set off down the track
-as fast as his legs would take him. He reached the
-end of the cut and the track straightened ahead of
-him for a quarter of a mile. There was nothing
-in sight. Out of breath and tuckered, he stopped
-and listened. At first he heard nothing but the
-pounding of his heart. Then there came a low hum
-from the distance, which might or might not be the
-sound of an approaching train. Kid remembered
-that if you laid your ear to a rail you could hear
-a train a long way off. He tried it, listening only
-for a moment. Then he was on his feet, tossing
-his ulster to the side of the road and wriggling out<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_180"></a>[180]</span>
-of his jacket. The jacket went on top of the ulster.
-Then off came the old frayed red sweater and at
-that very instant there was a screech down the
-track and the train, with a white billow of steam
-over the engine, slid into sight. Kid seized the
-sweater by the arms and sped down the center of
-the track, waving it vigorously. <a href="#i_fp180">On came the train,
-nearer and nearer</a>, and the rails rang with the
-clangor of its wheels. Kid stopped running and
-sought a place of safety at the side of the road.
-But he still waved the sweater, wondering why the
-train didn’t stop. And then, just when he was sure
-that his warning was wasted and that the passengers
-in the cars were going to have an awful bump,
-the engine whistle stabbed the air with short
-shrieks, there came a terrific grinding and squeaking
-of brakes and the train came to a stop, the
-couplings jarring, with the engine almost in front
-of Kid.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="i_fp180">
- <img src="images/i_fp180.jpg" alt="" title="" />
- <div class="caption">
- <p class="noic"><a href="#Page_180">“On came the train, nearer and nearer.”</a></p>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<p>“What’s the matter, kid?”</p>
-
-<p>A man with his body half out of the cab window
-and another standing where you climbed into the
-engine were both asking at once, and Kid, wondering
-how they knew his name, and feeling withal
-not a little important, pointed ahead toward the cut.</p>
-
-<p>“There’s a lot of dirt on the rail up there,” he<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_181"></a>[181]</span>
-stammered, being very much out of breath and a
-little embarrassed, “and I thought maybe you
-wouldn’t see it in time to stop.”</p>
-
-<p>The conductor, who had run up, seized Kid by
-the arm and swung him around. As Kid had not
-heard the approach of this formidable-looking man
-in blue uniform and brass buttons he was both surprised
-and confused.</p>
-
-<p>“What are you up to?” demanded the conductor
-in terrifying tones.</p>
-
-<p>“N-nothing, please, sir,” stammered Kid. “I—I
-didn’t know——”</p>
-
-<p>“He says there’s a slide in the cut, Tom,” interrupted
-the engineer. “Put him on and we’ll run
-ahead and have a look.”</p>
-
-<p>“You come along with me.” The conductor
-seized Kid firmly by the arm and pulled him toward
-the car steps. “If you’ve stopped us for nothing,
-kid, you’ll get into trouble. Get in there.”</p>
-
-<p>Kid climbed the steps into the arms of a grinning
-brakeman. The whistle spoke again and the
-train crawled forward. The brakeman was asking
-questions. Kid tried to explain but he was so busy
-watching for his jacket and ulster along the track
-that his explanations were fragmentary at best.
-The conductor, leaning from the car steps, was<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_182"></a>[182]</span>
-watching the track ahead. Now they were entering
-the cut, for the banks began to appear.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t see anything,” muttered the conductor.</p>
-
-<p>“Sure, he was trying to have a joke on us,”
-said the brakeman. “Don’t you know any better
-than to do a thing like that?”</p>
-
-<p>But at that moment the slowly moving train
-stopped so abruptly that the brakeman stumbled
-against the platform railing. The conductor leaped
-to the ground and the brakeman followed him. And
-then, as there was no one to stop him, Kid slid
-down, too, and followed the others. When he
-reached the head of the engine the engineer was
-looking grimly at the innocent pile of gravel.</p>
-
-<p>“If we’d have struck that, Tom,” he said, with
-a laugh that somehow didn’t sound real, “we’d been
-in the ditch now. Get your shovel, Gus.”</p>
-
-<p>Passengers joined the group, exclaiming, questioning.
-The fireman came back with his coal
-shovel and set to work. The crowd gathered about
-him and watched. Kid watched, too. It was all
-very interesting and exciting. It was the conductor
-who spied Kid and made a grab for him through
-the crowd. Kid saw him coming, though, and would
-have got away if he had not stumbled over the end
-of a tie and sprawled his length on the ground.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_183"></a>[183]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Here’s the kid that signaled us,” announced
-the conductor, picking him up. “I guess if it
-hadn’t been for him we’d have been late getting in
-to-night. Much obliged, kid. What’s your name?”</p>
-
-<p>“You’re welcome, sir. James Fairchild’s my
-name.”</p>
-
-<p>“What? What?” a nervous, officious-looking
-little man with bushy side whiskers pushed his way
-through the group. “Did I hear you say this boy
-saved the train, Conductor?”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s about what it amounts to, I guess.”</p>
-
-<p>The bewhiskered man wrung Kid’s hand until
-it hurt. The throng—and it seemed now that the
-entire train of five cars had emptied itself of passengers—crowded
-closer, voicing admiration and
-gratitude. Kid, growing more embarrassed and
-uncomfortable every moment, strove to back away,
-but he was surrounded on all sides. Others began
-to shake his hand, and one very large, motherly
-looking lady actually kissed him, in spite of his
-struggles! The bewhiskered man was talking a
-steady stream of words in which the phrase “young
-hero” occurred at intervals. Kid didn’t follow his
-discourse very closely; for one thing, he couldn’t
-because folks kept crowding around and shaking
-his hand and asking questions, and for another<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_184"></a>[184]</span>
-thing he was much too uncomfortable. What he
-wanted was to rescue his ulster and jacket and get
-away. Evidently the bewhiskered one had ended in
-a real burst of eloquence, for something very like
-a cheer went up from the crowd. The speaker removed
-his derby hat and it began to circulate from
-one to another. There came the jingle of coins.
-It took Kid a minute to realize that a collection
-was being taken up, and when he did realize it he
-wanted to get away more than ever. He even muttered
-something about his coat and tried to squeeze
-through the throng, but there was always someone
-to shake him by the hand and tell him what a fine,
-brave boy he was. The black derby came into sight
-and disappeared again, jingling louder than before,
-and the voice of the man with the bushy whiskers
-still kept on.</p>
-
-<p>“Give generously, good people! This is a time
-for practical gratitude! Let us show that we fully
-appreciate the heroic conduct of this brave lad!”
-And so on and on until Kid hated the bewhiskered
-one with a great hatred. Finally the hat came back
-for good just as the fireman finished clearing the
-rail and the conductor summoned them back to the
-cars. The bewhiskered man, the derby in one hand
-and a firm grip of Kid’s sweater in the other, hurried<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_185"></a>[185]</span>
-back to the nearest car. At the steps Kid
-made a stand.</p>
-
-<p>“I—I’ve got to go back and get my things,” he
-declared.</p>
-
-<p>“Eh? What things, my boy?”</p>
-
-<p>“My jacket and ulster. I left them by the track
-back there.” Kid nodded toward the end of the
-cut. At that instant the whistle summoned the flagman
-in.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, well, never mind,” said the man with
-the whiskers, forcibly propelling Kid up the car
-steps, “you’ll have money enough to get a new
-ulster. Look here!” He displayed a pile of coins
-and a few bills in the hollow of the hat. Kid
-glanced at them but still struggled.</p>
-
-<p>“Please, sir, let me go! I must get them!”</p>
-
-<p>“No, no, my boy, the train will start before you
-can get half way there. Come inside and we’ll count
-the collection.” Still protesting, Kid was conducted
-into the car. The man with the whiskers seated
-himself with his derby between his knees and other
-passengers again gathered. Someone donated a
-felt hat and the bewhiskered man began counting
-the money from the derby into the felt.</p>
-
-<p>“Three—four—five——”</p>
-
-<p>The train started slowly.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_186"></a>[186]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Six—seven—and two is nine—ten——”</p>
-
-<p>Kid squirmed from the seat and dashed for the
-door.</p>
-
-<p>“Hey!” cried the bewhiskered man. But Kid
-was through the open door and on the platform,
-with the train still running slowly. He pulled his
-cap down onto his head and—</p>
-
-<p>“Here, what you trying to do? Break your
-neck?” It was the brakeman, and he had a firm
-grasp on Kid’s arm.</p>
-
-<p>“I want my ulster and my jacket!” cried Kid,
-struggling to get away. “I—I—Oh!”</p>
-
-<p>The last ejaculation was filled with surprise and
-relief, for over the brakeman’s arm hung Kid’s
-garments.</p>
-
-<p>“These them?” asked the brakeman. “I saw
-them by the track as I came in. Here you are.”</p>
-
-<p>Kid accepted them with a sigh of gratitude and
-struggled into his jacket. Then he resignedly allowed
-himself to be conducted back to the car.
-Everybody seemed to take it for granted that he
-wanted to go to Mt. Pleasant and there was nothing
-to do now but accept his fate. He heard the
-conductor joking with a couple of men across the
-aisle about whether a boy who saved a train from
-the ditch was allowed to travel free. Meanwhile<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_187"></a>[187]</span>
-the bewhiskered man, who had lost his count when
-Kid dashed through the door and had been compelled
-to go over the donations a second time, announced
-the result.</p>
-
-<p>“Ladies and gentlemen,” he said, addressing
-the car at large, “I find that—ah—we have contributed
-exactly seventeen dollars and fifty cents
-to our—ah—preserver. I must own that I am a
-little disappointed in the amount. It seems to me
-that in view of the circumstances some of us might
-have given more liberally. Still, the spirit is shown
-and doubtless our young hero, to whom we are all
-so grateful, will find a commendable use for the
-reward. Still, if any of you care to increase your
-contributions, or if there are any who—ah—were
-overlooked, the purse is still open.”</p>
-
-<p>No one, however, seemed impatient to take advantage
-of the invitation, although the bewhiskered
-man waited blandly for a moment.</p>
-
-<p>“Very well, then. Young sir, in behalf of the
-passengers whose lives or limbs you have so heroically
-saved, I take pleasure in presenting to you
-this slight token of our appreciation and gratitude.”
-He made a bow and held the hat toward Kid. Kid
-backed away, shaking his head vehemently. “Oh,
-come now, we insist! Your modesty becomes you,<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_188"></a>[188]</span>
-my boy, but we shall feel much hurt if you refuse.
-Come now, come!”</p>
-
-<p>“I’d rather not,” muttered Kid. “It—it wasn’t
-anything.”</p>
-
-<p>But Kid’s reluctance accomplished nothing.
-The money was scooped from the hat and thrust
-into his pockets amidst laughter and he was slapped
-on the back many times, while one confirmed joker
-amused the passengers by suggesting ways of
-spending the reward. Houses, steam yachts and
-automobiles were among the things Kid was advised
-to invest his seventeen dollars in. And just
-then the train began to slow down, the brakeman
-called “Mt. Pleasant! Mt. Pleasant! Change for
-Riveredge, Greenwood, Tidaholm and all stations on
-the Mt. Pleasant Branch!” and in the subsequent
-confusion Kid wormed his way through the throng
-about the rear door of the car and was one of the
-first to alight as the train rolled into the station.
-Once on the platform he wasted no time; there was
-no knowing what that awful man with the whiskers
-might do next if he had the chance; and so Kid
-darted through the waiting room, out the opposite
-door and gained the street. There he breathed
-easier, but kept on going nevertheless, and before
-he realized it he was three blocks toward school!<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_189"></a>[189]</span>
-There was a little knife-scarred bench there where
-folks waited when they wanted the trolley car for
-Whittier and Kid seated himself on it and considered.</p>
-
-<p>What was he to do now? Scarcely more than
-two hours ago he had set forth into the world to be
-a sailor, had said farewell to home and school,
-had, in short, virtually burned his bridges behind
-him! And now here he was back almost where he
-had started from! Gee, but it was a funny world!</p>
-
-<p>Of course, now that his resources were increased
-to nearly nineteen dollars, it was the simplest thing
-possible to start over again. He could take a train
-at about five o’clock that would put him down in
-New York City at half past six. Then he could
-pay for lodgings—at a sailor’s boarding house, of
-course—and in the morning look for a berth. It
-was all simple and easy. In fact, it was too simple
-and easy. The glamour had gone from it. Anybody
-could run away and be a sailor with nineteen dollars
-in his pocket!</p>
-
-<p>On the other hand, with his new wealth he could
-return to school with his head up, pay all his debts
-and still be a person of affluence. It would be
-rather good fun, too. When the fellows came demanding
-their quarters returned he could smile<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_190"></a>[190]</span>
-carelessly and pull a whole handful of silver from
-his pocket and pay them. Still, it would be distinctly
-unsatisfactory to be a man of means and
-have to keep “in bounds” for a month or six weeks.
-And the Doctor might think of some even more horrible
-method of punishment, too! And if he had
-to donate ten dollars of the eighteen-sixty-two to
-the trophy fund and pay back all the fellows who
-had invested in Tinkham’s Throat-Ease, why, he
-wouldn’t be so rich after all. Whereas, if he didn’t
-go back he would not only escape punishment but
-retain his wealth. It was a good deal of a problem.</p>
-
-<p>And perhaps he would have sat there a good
-deal longer without arriving at any decision if,
-at what was a psychological moment, there had not
-stolen out to him from the little white-clapboarded,
-green-shuttered house behind him an appealing
-odor of cooking. Kid sat up and sniffed. It
-smelled like stew, probably lamb stew; lamb stew
-with onions and carrots and turnips and potatoes
-all cut up in it and smothered in a rich, thick white
-gravy! Kid’s stomach decided the matter for him.
-Kid got up from that bench and, with feet and legs
-that were very sore and tired, tramped back to
-school.</p>
-
-<p>On the way he prepared his explanation. He<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_191"></a>[191]</span>
-need say nothing about running away. If anyone
-asked him he need only explain that he had grown
-tired of staying in bed and had gone for a walk.
-He would be scolded, probably, but scoldings didn’t
-hurt. Besides, he had only to thrust a hand into
-any one of three pockets to feel the comforting
-assurance of wealth. But when he walked up the
-drive from the gate to the front door, doing it as
-unostentatiously as possible and assuming the
-languid, careless air of an invalid out for exercise,
-he was both surprised and relieved to find no one
-in sight. A moment’s reflection told him that, as it
-was still short of four o’clock, all the fellows were
-in the schoolrooms. Why, he might even reach his
-own room without anyone being the wiser!</p>
-
-<p>He opened the big front door very cautiously,
-very quietly, and stepped inside. The hall was
-empty and not a sound reached him save the ticking
-of the big clock on the landing of the stairs. He
-grinned and moved noiselessly toward the clock,
-past it and to his room. With the door closed behind
-him he chuckled. Then he looked around him
-curiously. Not a thing was changed! Of course
-he knew that he had been away less than three
-hours, but it seemed more like a week to him! A
-great deal had happened in those three hours! He<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_192"></a>[192]</span>
-emptied his pockets of the money—it almost filled
-the collar-box!—removed the few trinkets he had
-started away with and then, undressing quickly, got
-back to bed. Half an hour later, when Stanley
-opened the door cautiously, Kid was fast asleep.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_193"></a>[193]</span></p>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="XV">XV<br />
-<small>LANNY TRIES HIGH FINANCE</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="cap">When Kid awoke it was to the feeling that
-he was not alone. But a sleepy glance
-around the room failed to discover anyone
-and it was only when his eyes reached the door
-and he saw the portal slowly closing that he was
-certain his senses had not deceived him. He sat
-up and said, “Hi, there!” and the door reopened,
-revealing Mrs. Merton and Nan.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m afraid we woke you, James,” said the Doctor’s
-wife. “I’m so sorry!”</p>
-
-<p>“I guess I’ve slept enough, ma’am,” said Kid.</p>
-
-<p>“Nan wanted to pay you a visit and I thought
-I’d just look in myself and see that you were all
-right. You are better, aren’t you, much better?
-You have a very good color now. Perhaps you’ll
-be hungry enough to eat some supper after a while.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes’m, I’m awfully hungry now. Is it almost
-supper time?”</p>
-
-<p>“Not for an hour. What would you like? Was
-the chicken broth good?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes’m, but I think I’d rather have some meat<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_194"></a>[194]</span>
-and potatoes and a cup of cocoa and some toast and
-preserves and a piece of cake.” Kid paused. Then,
-“or two,” he added.</p>
-
-<p>Mrs. Merton smiled. “I’m afraid you can’t
-have all those things,” she replied, “but perhaps a
-chop and a baked potato—just a small one—won’t
-hurt you if you’re so hungry. And you seem to
-be!”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes’m, I guess it was the walk——” Kid almost
-bit his tongue trying to stop.</p>
-
-<p>“Walk?” echoed Mrs. Merton with a laugh. “I
-guess you’ve been dreaming, James.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes’m, I think I have,” responded Kid with
-gusto. “I—I dreamed I was walking on the railroad
-and a train came along—” But he stopped
-again. Maybe he had better not overdo it. “And—and
-that’s all I remember,” he added.</p>
-
-<p>Mrs. Merton and Nan laughed.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, I’ll see that your supper is hearty
-enough to satisfy that hunger, James. Shall I leave
-Nan here a few minutes? Or would you rather
-sleep again?”</p>
-
-<p>“No’m, I’d like her to stay, please.”</p>
-
-<p>So Mrs. Merton departed and Nan drew a chair
-to the side of the bed. “You are better, aren’t you,
-Kid?” she asked anxiously.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_195"></a>[195]</span></p>
-
-<p>Kid nodded. “I’m all right,” he assured her.
-“I could eat the roof off the house, I’m so hungry.”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s nice! I wanted to come and see you
-before, but mama thought I’d better wait until now.
-Did you like the book I sent?”</p>
-
-<p>“I—I haven’t read much of it yet,” replied Kid.
-“You see, I slept a good deal.”</p>
-
-<p>Nan nodded. “You will like it when you do
-read it,” she said. “You’ll be perfectly crazy about
-it! How far have you got?”</p>
-
-<p>“Not very far,” answered Kid, avoiding her
-eyes. “Say, Nan, want to do me a favor?”</p>
-
-<p>“Of course!”</p>
-
-<p>“Then you sneak downstairs and look in the
-Encyclopedia Britannica and get a story-paper I
-left in it, will you? It’s called ‘Hairbreadth Harry,
-the Gentleman Scout,’ and if anyone finds it I’ll
-get thunder. Will you? I think it’s in the fifth
-volume, but you try them all. If you want to, I’ll
-let you read it when I’m through.”</p>
-
-<p>Nan’s nose went up in disdain. “One of those
-horrid detective stories,” she said. “Thank you,
-but I don’t care for such literature, Kid!”</p>
-
-<p>“Detective story nothing! It’s an Indian story;
-I should think you could tell that by the name!
-And, anyhow, it’s a heap more interesting than a<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_196"></a>[196]</span>
-story all filled with girls and dolls and—and Christmas
-presents!”</p>
-
-<p>“For those that like it,” replied Nan in a superior
-manner. “You know you’re not allowed to
-have dime novels, Kid, and papa said——”</p>
-
-<p>“It isn’t a dime novel; it’s a half-dime novel,
-Miss Smarty!”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, if you get caught reading it——”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll tell them you lent it to me,” declared Kid
-with a wicked grin. “So you’d better go down and
-get it for me.”</p>
-
-<p>“If I do you must promise that you won’t read
-any more of them in school, Kid.” Nan was very
-earnest, and Kid reflected a moment. After all,
-he could afford to make the promise for it would
-soon be warm enough to read outdoors, and that
-wouldn’t be reading “in school.” So he said, “All
-right,” and Nan stole downstairs for “Hairbreadth
-Harry.” Kid crawled out of bed then and found
-the note he had written to Stanley. His first impulse
-was to save it, for it had cost him much effort
-and it was barely possible that he might decide to
-carry out his running away project later. But a
-hasty perusal of it showed him that the note
-wouldn’t answer at all for another occasion and so
-he tore it into little pieces and dropped them behind<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_197"></a>[197]</span>
-the radiator where they wouldn’t be found for a
-very long time. Then he scuttled back into bed
-just in time, for Nan knocked a second later and
-entered empty-handed.</p>
-
-<p>“I couldn’t get it,” she announced. “There are
-lots of boys down there and as soon as I took one
-of the books out Steve Lovell came over and wanted
-to know what I was looking up, and I couldn’t think
-of anything and so I said ‘Nothing, thanks,’ and
-came away. I’m sorry, Kid.”</p>
-
-<p>Kid nodded. “All right. I guess I can get it
-in the morning.”</p>
-
-<p>Nan sat down again and in doing so kicked
-one of Kid’s shoes which he had placed under the
-bed. Being an orderly young lady, Nan reached
-down to put the shoe in its place again. Then
-there was an exclamation of surprise, and she was
-holding one wet shoe up and staring at it bewilderedly.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, Kid, look at your shoe!” she cried.</p>
-
-<p>Kid looked. “Wh-what’s the matter with it?”
-he asked innocently.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, it’s soaking wet, just <em>soaking</em>! And inside,
-too! Kid, you <em>have</em> been out!”</p>
-
-<p>“Out! Me?” Kid laughed disdainfully.</p>
-
-<p>“Then how did your shoes get wet?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_198"></a>[198]</span></p>
-
-<p>Kid thought hard. “I suppose,” he observed,
-“that I wore them in my dream. I remember it
-was very sloppy on the railroad track——”</p>
-
-<p>“The idea! You don’t expect me to believe
-that, do you?”</p>
-
-<p>“Why not?” asked Kid stoutly. “I did dream
-that I was walk——”</p>
-
-<p>“You’ve been outdoors, Kid, and you know it;
-and I know it too, and so there’s no use fibbing
-about it. You might have caught your death, and
-I’ve a good mind to tell mama——”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t see any use in making such a fuss about
-it,” he protested. “A fellow can’t stay cooped up
-here all day when there’s nothing the matter with
-him; he needs fresh air; every doctor says you need
-fresh air!”</p>
-
-<p>“Every doctor doesn’t say you need wet feet,”
-replied Nan severely. “Where did you go?”</p>
-
-<p>“Who go?”</p>
-
-<p>“You.”</p>
-
-<p>“Me? Where’d I go? Oh, just—just around.”
-Kid waved an arm vaguely toward the north and
-east. “Just for a walk. Perhaps—perhaps you’d
-better put them over by the radiator.”</p>
-
-<p>“And have everyone see that they’re wet!
-Very well, if you want to get into trouble I will.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_199"></a>[199]</span></p>
-
-<p>“I guess you’d better not,” said Kid.</p>
-
-<p>“Humph!” Nan placed the shoes carefully on
-their sides and as far under the bed as she could
-reach and there was silence. Finally, “Of course,
-if you don’t want to tell me, all right,” she observed.</p>
-
-<p>“I will tell you some time,” said Kid. “I can’t
-now; it—it’s a secret.”</p>
-
-<p>“I won’t breathe a word of it to anyone,” said
-Nan eagerly.</p>
-
-<p>But Kid, looking important, shook his head.
-“I’d like to, Nan, honest, but—but I mustn’t now.
-Some day——”</p>
-
-<p>“You’ll forget all about it,” she charged.</p>
-
-<p>“No, I won’t. Not likely!” Kid sighed. “A
-fellow doesn’t forget—such things!”</p>
-
-<p>“What things?”</p>
-
-<p>“Er—like that.”</p>
-
-<p>Nan studied him a moment and Kid stood the
-ordeal rather well. But Nan wasn’t satisfied.
-“You just don’t want to tell me,” she said at last.
-“You could if you wanted to. And I think you
-might, Kid.”</p>
-
-<p>“Haven’t I told you it’s a secret?” he asked
-testily. “You don’t expect a fellow to—to go back
-on his word, do you?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_200"></a>[200]</span></p>
-
-<p>Nan was silenced for a moment. Then, “Well,
-is it—is it anything about money?” she questioned.</p>
-
-<p>“Money? What money?” asked Kid evasively.</p>
-
-<p>“The money you owe the boys.”</p>
-
-<p>“Who says I owe them any money?”</p>
-
-<p>“They say so. They say you made them think
-you needed it because your folks had lost all their
-money, and then you went down to the village
-and spent it all on candy and sweets. That Morgan
-boy says you could be—be persecuted for false
-pretenses.”</p>
-
-<p>“I never said my folks had lost their money,”
-denied Kid indignantly. “They—they just thought
-that themselves. And, anyhow, the tablets were all
-right and worth the money they paid for them. I
-can show you heaps of testimonials.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, they say you ought to take the tablets
-back and return their money, Kid.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’m willing,” replied Kid instantly, looking
-quite noble. “Any fellow who has a full box left
-can come and get his money any time, and you may
-tell them so from me.”</p>
-
-<p>“But you know very well none of them has a
-full box, Kid; they’ve all tried them.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_201"></a>[201]</span></p>
-
-<p>“That’s not my fault. You can’t expect me to—to
-take back damaged goods, Nan. No one ever
-does that.”</p>
-
-<p>“I think you ought to,” said Nan sadly.</p>
-
-<p>“And lose money myself?” he asked. “That
-would be fine, wouldn’t it? Any fellow with a full
-box——”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh!”</p>
-
-<p>“What?” asked Kid suspiciously.</p>
-
-<p>Nan smiled. “I—I just thought of something.”</p>
-
-<p>“What is it?” he asked uneasily.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, one of us can donate a box of tablets
-to the others. There are fifty tablets in each box
-and no one has eaten more than one of them. That
-leaves forty-nine——”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, if you want to cheat!” said Kid indignantly.</p>
-
-<p>“And those forty-nine would fill all the other
-boxes, don’t you see?”</p>
-
-<p>Kid saw, but didn’t seem appreciative. “That’s
-dishonest,” he declared warmly. “And no one but
-a girl would think of such a—a low, sneaky thing!”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s not nearly so sneaky as getting money to
-help your family and then spending it on candy!”
-Nan retorted.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_202"></a>[202]</span></p>
-
-<p>“I didn’t ask for their old money to help my
-family. I never said there was anything wrong
-with my family!”</p>
-
-<p>“You must have, Kid. Everyone believed it.
-Why, papa was talking about it and saying what
-a fine boy you were to—to try to earn money. And
-mama was so sorry for your poor mother. And I
-thought you were a regular hero, like you read of
-in books. And now you’ve gone and spoiled it
-all!”</p>
-
-<p>“I never!” muttered Kid. “And, anyhow, if
-they get their money back again I don’t see what
-they’ve got to be sore about!”</p>
-
-<p>“You know you can’t pay them back now, Kid;
-you’ve spent all the money, I guess.”</p>
-
-<p>“I have, have I? That’s all you know about
-it! I’ve got plenty of money to pay everyone back—if
-I want to.”</p>
-
-<p>“Where’d you get it, Kid?”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s my affair,” he replied haughtily. “I’ve
-got it.”</p>
-
-<p>“Is it—is it honest?” she asked anxiously.</p>
-
-<p>“Of course it’s honest! You make me tired,
-Nan. A girl never knows anything about—about
-finance, anyway.”</p>
-
-<p>“And you’ll really pay the boys back, Kid?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_203"></a>[203]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Every one of them. You may tell them so.”</p>
-
-<p>“I will. They’ll be so glad. And—and I’m
-sure you’ll feel better about it, too.”</p>
-
-<p>Perhaps he would, but he didn’t say so. And
-after she had gone he tried to figure out in his
-head how many boxes would be returned and how
-much his ill-advised and now regretted promise
-would cost him.</p>
-
-<p>As it happened the first boy Nan encountered
-was Lanny. Lanny was coming upstairs as Nan
-was going down and Nan told him at once how
-willing Kid was to make amends. Lanny hearkened
-and was struck with a brilliant thought.</p>
-
-<p>“I wouldn’t say anything to any of the fellows
-about it to-night,” he said. “They—they’d just
-bother poor Kid, you see, and he isn’t well enough
-to stand it yet. If I were you, Nan, I’d wait until
-to-morrow.”</p>
-
-<p>“We-ll,” she hesitated. “All right, Lanny.
-Don’t you say anything about it, either, will you?”</p>
-
-<p>“No, indeed,” he answered emphatically. “I
-won’t say a word!”</p>
-
-<p>And he didn’t. What he did do was go up to
-his room and count his money. Including the fifty
-cents he had promised to the trophy fund, he possessed
-exactly ninety-four cents. Luckily for his<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_204"></a>[204]</span>
-purpose, it was mostly in dimes and nickels. He
-put the money in his pocket and hurried downstairs
-again. Sam Perkins was easily persuaded to give
-up his box of Tinkham’s Throat-Ease for five
-cents, but George Waters held out for ten and the
-deal fell through for the time. Bert wanted to sell,
-but explained that he hadn’t paid for his box yet
-and thought he oughtn’t to. Small’s box was short
-five tablets and he was glad to take a nickel for
-what remained. By supper time Lanny was the
-possessor of seven boxes of Throat-Ease for which
-he had expended the trifling sum of forty cents.
-(Fearing a rise in the market, he had paid George
-Waters the price demanded.) After supper he
-tried to secure more, but the rumor had gone around
-that Lanny was buying Tinkham’s and the price
-ascended to ten cents and finally to fifteen. He
-took over Sewall Crandall’s holdings at ten, and
-stopped. By that time the market was pretty nearly
-exhausted and Lanny’s only regret was that he had
-so foolishly thrown away his own box in a fit of
-anger. He still had forty-four cents in capital left
-and he hoped to be able to acquire a few more
-boxes from day pupils in the morning before it
-became known that Kid was willing to buy back at
-the original price. Just to be sure that he wasn’t<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_205"></a>[205]</span>
-wasting his money, Lanny popped his head in Kid’s
-door during the evening. Kid was making an effort
-to study his Latin. It was something of a
-come-down from wafting over the sea on the deck
-of a merchantman to grinding over Latin in bed,
-and Kid was not happy. He scowled at Lanny’s
-face in the doorway and told him to “beat it.”</p>
-
-<p>“They say you’re going to do the right thing,
-Kid,” he observed questioningly, disregarding
-Kid’s hostility and smiling brightly upon him.</p>
-
-<p>“What right thing?” growled Kid.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, buy back those tablets you sold us.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, what if I am? That doesn’t concern
-you, does it? You threw yours away.”</p>
-
-<p>“I know I did. But maybe I found ’em again,
-Kid.”</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe that’s a whopper! I found them myself
-and sold them to ‘Toots’ Morgan.”</p>
-
-<p>“You hadn’t any business to; they were mine!”</p>
-
-<p>“You threw them away, didn’t you? And I
-found them, didn’t I? But if you want a box,
-Lanny, I’ll sell you one to-morrow for fifteen cents.
-The price has gone down.” And Kid smiled engagingly.</p>
-
-<p>Lanny returned the smile. “You bet it has!”
-he agreed. “Good night, Kid.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_206"></a>[206]</span></p>
-
-<p>Kid stared at the door for a full minute after
-it had closed. “Now what did he mean by that?”
-he asked himself crossly. “He always talks that
-way when he’s up to some mean trick!”</p>
-
-<p>Of course everyone wanted to know why Lanny
-was buying up Tinkham’s Throat-Ease and Lanny’s
-replies were so far from satisfactory that he spent
-a most unpleasant evening. In the morning he was
-around bright and early, waiting for the day scholars
-to appear, but Nan was earlier. Lanny managed
-to make only two purchases at five cents a
-box before the news got around that Tinkham’s
-Throat-Ease was quoted at twenty-five cents. Waters
-found Lanny and offhandedly offered him
-twelve cents for the return of his box.</p>
-
-<p>“I guess I’d better keep them, Lanny,” he said.
-“I might have a cold any time, you see. They’re
-nasty, but I guess they’re good for you. What
-do you say? Got my box with you?”</p>
-
-<p>Lanny grinned. “Price has gone up, George,
-since you sold. They’re worth twenty-five this
-morning.”</p>
-
-<p>Waters expressed his opinion of Lanny at some
-length, but Lanny didn’t wait to hear it all. He
-wanted to find Kid. It didn’t seem plausible to
-him that Kid had enough money on hand to redeem<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_207"></a>[207]</span>
-all the Tinkham’s that would be offered, and he
-wanted to get there early. But Kid was elusive.
-Sam Perkins didn’t know where Kid was and offered
-Lanny ten cents for the box of tablets he had
-sold the evening before for five. Lanny expressed
-his regrets and hurried away. The word that followed
-him sounded very much like “Cheat!” Not
-discovering Kid indoors, Lanny dashed outside.</p>
-
-<p>“He’s hiding,” he muttered. “He doesn’t want
-to pay up!”</p>
-
-<p>That, however, was not quite the true explanation
-of Kid’s absence from his usual haunts. To be
-sure, Kid did not want to “pay up,” but he was
-not hiding. He was facing Dr. Merton in the
-latter’s office, whither he had been summoned a few
-minutes before. No, Kid wasn’t hiding, but he
-wished he were!</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_208"></a>[208]</span></p>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="XVI">XVI<br />
-<small>KID FINDS HIMSELF FAMOUS</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="cap">“Ah, Fairchild, Doctor Merton would like to see
-you in the office, please.”</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Crane looked at Kid so peculiarly
-as he gave the message that had the latter entertained
-any doubt as to the reason for the summons
-such a doubt would have been instantly dispelled.
-Kid experienced a sinking of the heart as he muttered
-“Yes, sir,” and turned toward the Doctor’s
-sanctum. Well, it had to be faced! Probably the
-Doctor had had a reply to that letter and the worst
-had come. It was all well enough to tell Nan that
-he hadn’t said a word about his people losing their
-money, but the story wouldn’t serve with the Doctor,
-who drew a very fine line between truth and falsehood,
-and who maintained that an untruth could be
-implied as well as spoken. Kid’s feet dragged all
-the way to the office, and when he was outside the
-door, which happened to be closed, he stood there<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_209"></a>[209]</span>
-for several moments listening to the loud and irregular
-thumping of his heart and wishing ever so
-hard for the deck of that merchantman! Then he
-summoned his courage and knocked. And then, in
-response to a cheerful “Come in!” he opened the
-door and entered.</p>
-
-<p>The Doctor was seated at his broad-topped desk,
-a shiny mahogany desk it was, piled high with
-books and papers and all sorts of business-like objects;
-in short, a desk to dispel the last particle
-of assurance in the culprit. But Kid, with a supreme
-effort, summoned the cherub-look to his
-countenance and faced his fate.</p>
-
-<p>The Doctor, who was reading the Whittier
-<cite>Standard</cite>, laid aside the paper and looked across
-the desk at Kid. There was nothing formidable in
-that look. Rather it was friendly and smiling, and
-Kid would have taken courage had he not known
-that the Doctor possessed a disconcerting habit of
-smiling before he smote. Kid’s round blue eyes
-gazed innocently at the Doctor.</p>
-
-<p>“You—you sent for me, sir?” he asked in a
-wee small voice.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, James.” The Doctor’s smile vanished and
-he frowned portentously across the litter of books<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_210"></a>[210]</span>
-and papers. “Sit down, please.” He nodded at a
-chair, and Kid, wondering, seated himself on the
-edge of it. Never before had he been invited to seat
-himself in the Doctor’s office. Plainly the interview
-was to be both protracted and painful! “Well,
-sir,” continued the Principal, “and what’s this
-you’ve been doing?”</p>
-
-<p>Kid tried to retain his look of cherubic innocence,
-but it faded away and he lowered his head.</p>
-
-<p>“I—I—nothing, sir, if you please.”</p>
-
-<p>“Nothing! So you call it nothing, do you? I
-should say it was a good deal. Do you perform
-these brilliant feats very often, James?”</p>
-
-<p>“No, sir,” murmured Kid miserably. “And I
-won’t ever do it again, sir.”</p>
-
-<p>To his surprise the Doctor went off into a peal
-of laughter. Kid looked and stared. Of course the
-laughter was ironic, but it didn’t sound so. Was it
-possible that the Doctor was going to view the
-affair in its humorous aspect? Kid found courage
-to grin faintly.</p>
-
-<p>“Won’t ever do it again, eh?” chuckled the Doctor
-finally. “Well, I guess that is so. You probably
-will never have the chance, James.”</p>
-
-<p>Kid’s heart stopped beating for an instant. Expelled!<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_211"></a>[211]</span>
-He was to be sent home! What would his
-father say? And his mother? The tears began to
-creep up toward his eyes; he felt them coming.
-And he didn’t care!</p>
-
-<p>“No, one doesn’t have an opportunity to do a
-thing like that more than once, James,” went on
-the Doctor, smiling that peculiar smile. “In fact,
-James, a good many of us never have the chance
-to be a hero even once. Or perhaps we see the
-chance and miss it, eh?”</p>
-
-<p>Kid stared bewilderedly.</p>
-
-<p>“I suppose your modesty kept you from speaking
-of the incident, James? Well, modesty is very
-becoming in a hero, my boy. And if I am to judge
-by what the paper tells me you were undoubtedly
-a hero. How does it feel to be a hero, James?”</p>
-
-<p>Kid’s mouth was wide open but no sound came
-from it.</p>
-
-<p>“Embarrassing, is it?” the Doctor laughed.
-“Well, I’ll spare your blushes. Maybe, though,
-you’d like to see what the <cite>Standard</cite> has to say about
-you?” The Doctor picked the paper from the corner
-of the desk and held it out. Kid took it mechanically
-and his eyes followed the direction of
-the Doctor’s finger. But for a moment he saw<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_212"></a>[212]</span>
-nothing. Then, quite suddenly, the black type
-leaped at him and he was reading the headlines:</p>
-
-<p class="noi adauthor">BOY HERO SAVES MANY LIVES</p>
-
-<p class="noic">JAMES FAIRCHILD FINDS LANDSLIDE<br />
-ON TRACK AND SIGNALS EXPRESS</p>
-
-<p class="noi works">TWO HUNDRED PASSENGERS PRAISE PROMPT ACTION<br />
-OF TWELVE-YEAR-OLD YOUTH AND SHOW GRATITUDE<br />
-BY LIBERAL PURSE OF MONEY<br />
-FEARFUL ACCIDENT NARROWLY AVERTED</p>
-
-<p>Kid read no further. He drew a long, long
-sigh of relief. Then he looked up at the Doctor.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t believe there were as many passengers
-as that,” he stammered.</p>
-
-<p>“No? Well, the papers like to improve on a
-good story. Now suppose you tell me just what
-happened, my boy.”</p>
-
-<p>And so Kid, after a moment’s hesitation, told
-his story. He didn’t say that he had started to run
-away to sea and the Doctor asked no embarrassing
-questions; but he told all the rest. And when he
-had finished the Doctor said:</p>
-
-<p>“And this ‘liberal purse of money,’ James;
-may I inquire how much it amounted to?”</p>
-
-<p>“Seventeen dollars and a half, sir.”</p>
-
-<p>The Doctor chuckled. “Liberal, indeed,” he<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_213"></a>[213]</span>
-said. “I agree with you that the paper’s estimate
-of the number of passengers is undoubtedly exaggerated.
-Otherwise we must suppose that the passengers
-valued their lives at something like eight
-and three-quarters cents apiece, and that’s a low
-estimate, isn’t it?”</p>
-
-<p>Kid grinned. “Yes, sir.”</p>
-
-<p>“Still, seventeen dollars is seventeen dollars,
-and while you, of course, signaled the train without
-thinking of any accruing reward, you are justly
-entitled to it. I suppose you will—ah—send it home
-to your folks. And that reminds me, James. I
-fully intended writing to your father last week and
-informing him how you had so pluckily set to work
-to make money. I neglected to do it, though. I was
-very busy at the time, and afterwards it slipped
-my memory. Now, however, I shall have to write
-at once. He will be very proud, I’m sure, to learn
-what his boy has been doing. We’re proud, too,
-James. You’re an honor to the school, sir. Of
-course, I cannot commend your conduct in disobeying
-instructions and leaving your room yesterday.
-That was wrong, wasn’t it?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, sir,” replied Kid.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes. Still, in view of your subsequent conduct,
-my boy, we will say no more about it. Only<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_214"></a>[214]</span>
-please remember that heroes obey orders, James.
-Will you try to remember that?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, sir. And—and please, Doctor, would you
-mind not saying anything to my father about—about
-my earning money, sir?”</p>
-
-<p>“Why—ah—if you feel that way about it, certainly
-not. But I shall write him about the rest,
-James. You don’t object to that, I trust?”</p>
-
-<p>“No, sir; thank you, sir.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes. Well, that’s all then.” The Doctor shook
-hands. “Better run along now. Even heroes have
-duties, eh?”</p>
-
-<p>Kid withdrew, dazed. The Sword of Damocles
-which he had imagined suspended over his head had
-turned out to be a wreath of laurel! Instead of a
-culprit he was a hero! The Doctor had not written
-to his father as he had intended and now he
-had agreed not to. Neither Mrs. Merton nor Mr.
-Folsom had, it seemed, acquainted the Doctor with
-the real reason of his illness. And, another favor
-from Fortune, only one boy, Comstock, a day pupil,
-had presented his box of Tinkham’s Throat-Ease
-for redemption! Kid made his way into the hall
-with his head held higher than it had been held for
-days.</p>
-
-<p>“Io triumphus!” murmured Kid.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_215"></a>[215]</span></p>
-
-<p>And then, just when he was triumphing, his eyes
-encountered the long line of bookshelves across the
-hall and the recollection of “Hairbreadth Harry”
-spoiled it all. But there was no time to rescue that
-daring adventurer, for the classes had already assembled,
-and all Kid could do was to throw a longing
-look in the direction of the Encyclopedia Britannica
-and hurry to the schoolroom.</p>
-
-<p>The fellows in Mr. Crane’s room were in their
-seats when Kid arrived at the swinging doors with
-their oval windows and glanced in. The instructor’s
-voice died away, there was a rustling as of a
-newspaper being folded and a hum and shuffling
-of feet from the boys. It was at that dramatic
-moment that Kid entered. As the green doors
-swung to behind him there commenced a clapping
-of hands that increased in volume as he strolled
-leisurely across the floor toward his seat. Kid was
-hoping that Mr. Crane would rebuke him for being
-tardy so that he might explain that he had been
-detained by Doctor Merton and so “have one on
-the instructor.” But Mr. Crane didn’t do anything
-of the sort. Instead he smiled at Kid and clapped
-his hands quite as loudly as anyone there. Now,
-hand clapping in class room was indulged in only
-when a visitor appeared or when, after a baseball<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_216"></a>[216]</span>
-or football game, some athletic hero entered. So,
-naturally, Kid, wondering, turned to see who had
-followed him in. Seeing no one, he looked the surprise
-he felt, and laughter began to creep into the
-<em>pat, pat</em> of hands. And then Kid realized that Mr.
-Crane had seen the morning paper, had acquainted
-the class, and that the applause was for him, Kid!</p>
-
-<p>All his sang-froid left him and he scuttled for
-his seat with blushing cheeks. As he sank into
-it with all eyes upon him, Small, who was his neighbor
-on the right, leaned over, grinning, and clapped
-his hands almost under Kid’s nose.</p>
-
-<p>“Aw, cut it out!” muttered Kid with a scowl.</p>
-
-<p>Then, as Small declined to “cut it out,” Kid
-reached over quickly and deftly with his foot and
-kicked Small’s shin. Fortunately, the ensuing expression
-of grief from Small was drowned in the
-diminishing applause.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_217"></a>[217]</span></p>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="XVII">XVII<br />
-<small>A DONATION TO THE FUND</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="cap">After school Kid had to tell all about it.
-By that time he had grown used to being
-a hero and every time he narrated his adventure
-the story improved in interest. Mr. Folsom
-and Mr. Crane had shaken hands with him, Nan
-had become his admiring and willing slave and Mrs.
-Merton had beamed upon him. No wonder that
-his head had become a little bit turned, then. And
-no wonder—considering Kid’s healthy imagination—that
-by the time he got to the fifth or sixth
-rendition of the story his heroism had attained
-marvelous proportions.</p>
-
-<p>“You said you only ran about a quarter of a
-mile,” objected Small.</p>
-
-<p>Kid viewed him untroubledly. “Only about a
-quarter of a mile to the end of the cut,” explained
-Kid. “After that it was a good quarter of a mile
-to where the train stopped.”</p>
-
-<p>“Shut up, Small,” censured Ben Holden.<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_218"></a>[218]</span>
-“Don’t you suppose Kid knows how far he had to
-run?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes,” chimed in Steve Lovell, “who saved
-the train, anyhow? Then what happened, Kid?”</p>
-
-<p>“Then,” continued Kid, warming to his work,
-“I saw that they were going to stop and I sank
-exhausted at the side of the track.”</p>
-
-<p>“It was lucky you had that red sweater,” said
-Billy Spooner. “Red’s the danger color, you
-know.”</p>
-
-<p>“Sure I know! Don’t you think I thought of
-that?” demanded Kid witheringly. “And that’s
-funny, too, fellows. Something told me to put that
-sweater on when I went out. I didn’t need it, for
-it was real warm yesterday, but something seemed
-to whisper to me ‘Put on your red sweater! Put
-on your red sweater!’ And I did, and I was pretty
-glad afterwards, you can bet!”</p>
-
-<p>“What happened when the train stopped?”
-asked Lanny.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, the engineer leaned out of the engine
-and said ‘What’s the matter, Kid?’ and I——”</p>
-
-<p>“How did he know your name?” asked Small
-suspiciously.</p>
-
-<p>Kid shrugged his shoulders. “I don’t know,”
-he replied, “but that’s what he said. Then I said<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_219"></a>[219]</span>
-‘There’s been a slide in the cut and if you go on
-you’ll be ditched.’ Then he said ‘Good Heavens!’
-just like that; ‘Good Heavens!’ And then the
-conductor came running up and I told him and he
-shook my hand and said I’d saved many lives—three
-hundred, I think it was——”</p>
-
-<p>“The paper said only two hundred,” Small objected.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, papers never get things right,” said Ben.
-“Shut up, Small, and let him tell it.”</p>
-
-<p>“And after that,” continued Kid, “I got on the
-train and told them to go slow and when we got to
-the place the fireman got a shovel and we went to
-where the dirt was on the rails and we shoveled it
-off. Of course, by that time everyone in the train
-had heard about it and they all came out of the
-cars and insisted on shaking hands with me and
-being silly. Then a gentleman suggested taking up
-a collection and they did it. I told them I hadn’t
-done anything much and wouldn’t accept a reward,
-but they insisted——”</p>
-
-<p>Small here interrupted the narrative by a fit of
-choking and had to be thumped on the back by Sam
-Perkins. Kid viewed him suspiciously and finally
-went on with increased dignity.</p>
-
-<p>“After the track was clear we went on to Mt.<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_220"></a>[220]</span>
-Pleasant and the gentleman who had started the
-collection made a speech and presented the money
-to me. Of course, I wasn’t going to take it——”</p>
-
-<p>Small had a relapse and again interrupted proceedings.</p>
-
-<p>“But they all insisted and put the money into
-my pockets. I didn’t have any say about it at all.
-And then—then they gave a cheer and we—we got
-into the station and I sneaked off in a hurry because
-I’d heard them saying something about introducing
-me to the president of the railroad.”</p>
-
-<p>“The president doesn’t live in Mt. Pleasant,
-does he?” asked Sewall Crandall.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t know. Perhaps he happened to be
-there yesterday, though,” replied Kid. “They
-travel around a good deal, you know.”</p>
-
-<p>“How much money did you drag out of it?”
-asked Small.</p>
-
-<p>Kid frowned. “They <em>presented</em> me with a liberal
-reward,” he answered with much dignity. “I
-haven’t had time to count it yet, but I guess it won’t
-amount to over a hundred.”</p>
-
-<p>“Phe-ew!” Small whistled expressively and
-eyed Kid with envy. Then, “But I thought you
-said before it was only about fifty, Kid?” he said.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, as I say, I haven’t counted it yet. Maybe<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_221"></a>[221]</span>
-it will be nearer fifty than a hundred. I’d much
-rather they hadn’t given me anything. I—I only
-did my duty, you know.”</p>
-
-<p>“It’ll be quite a feather for the school,” remarked
-Ben. “I hope the Maplewood fellows will
-read about it. They think over there since they’ve
-got an ex-President’s son that they’re the whole
-thing! I haven’t heard of <em>him</em> getting out and saving
-any lives!”</p>
-
-<p>After the group had broken up Lanny followed
-Kid over toward the bookcase, whither the latter’s
-steps led him every now and then.</p>
-
-<p>“When are you going to take back the tablets,
-Kid?” he asked carelessly.</p>
-
-<p>Kid turned with an abstracted, far-away expression.
-“What tablets do you mean, Lanny?”</p>
-
-<p>“Why the Tinkham’s, of course. You said you’d
-pay back a quarter for every box returned, didn’t
-you?”</p>
-
-<p>“Did I?” Kid reflected deeply. “Perhaps I
-did. So much has happened——”</p>
-
-<p>“You said so just last night,” insisted Lanny
-with annoyance. “Aren’t you going to?”</p>
-
-<p>“Why, yes, if the fellows feel that I ought to.
-There’s no hurry, is there? Besides, what’s it to
-you? You haven’t any of them.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_222"></a>[222]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Haven’t I? I’ve got ten boxes of them and I
-want two dollars and a half for them!”</p>
-
-<p>Kid stared. “Ten boxes!” he ejaculated
-finally. “Where did you get ten boxes, I’d like to
-know. I only sold you one and you threw that
-away——”</p>
-
-<p>“I thought I might need them,” answered Lanny
-with a grin, “and so I got some of the fellows to
-sell me theirs.”</p>
-
-<p>“You did, eh?” asked Kid disgustedly. “Say,
-you’re a regular financier, aren’t you? You and
-Rockefeller must look just alike at a distance, eh?
-I suppose you told the other fellows you had a bad
-cold and they gave their tablets to you?”</p>
-
-<p>“No, I told them I was hard up and needed them
-for my starving family,” responded Lanny sweetly.</p>
-
-<p>Kid flushed. Then, after a moment’s pause,
-“Well, you want two dollars and a half, do you?”
-he asked so loudly that the boys across the room in
-front of the hearth heard and turned around to
-listen.</p>
-
-<p>“Well don’t yell it,” muttered Lanny. “You
-said you’d take the tablets back—”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, I agreed to take them back,” Kid replied
-loudly. “It seemed only fair, as some of you fellows<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_223"></a>[223]</span>
-were dissatisfied. There’s nothing the matter
-with them, of course. They’re perfectly good
-tablets and they’d do all I said they would. Still,
-if you fellows feel that you’ve been cheated——”</p>
-
-<p>“What’s the row?” asked Ben Holden, sauntering
-over, followed by others.</p>
-
-<p>“Nothing,” replied Lanny, visibly annoyed.</p>
-
-<p>“Not a thing,” said Kid sweetly. “We were
-only talking about the Tinkham’s Throat-Ease.
-Lanny says you’re all dissatisfied with them and
-wants me to pay back——”</p>
-
-<p>“You agreed to do it!” exclaimed Lanny
-warmly.</p>
-
-<p>“I am ready to do it, Lanny. Get your tablets.
-You say you have ten boxes of them?”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s why he bought ours for five cents a
-box!” exclaimed Sam Perkins. “Of all the underhand
-tricks——”</p>
-
-<p>“Who said we were dissatisfied with the tablets,
-I’d like to know?” inquired George Waters.
-“Even if we were it wouldn’t be any of your business,
-Lanny.”</p>
-
-<p>“And we’re not, Kid.” This from Ben Holden.
-“And you ought to be ashamed, Lanny, to try to
-hold up Kid like that.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_224"></a>[224]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Oh, I’m quite ready to buy them back,” said
-Kid nobly. “I don’t want anyone dissatisfied. If
-Lanny will get his boxes——”</p>
-
-<p>“You’ll do nothing of the sort,” retorted Ben
-indignantly. “Lanny, if you say another word
-about your tablets we’ll take every one away from
-you! The idea of bothering Kid with a thing like
-that after what he’s done for the school!”</p>
-
-<p>“You might as well take ’em,” muttered Lanny
-glumly. “I don’t want ’em. Kid distinctly said
-he’d buy ’em back——”</p>
-
-<p>“I’m going to!” Kid dived into his pocket, but
-Ben seized his arm.</p>
-
-<p>“No, you shan’t, Kid! It isn’t going to be allowed,
-is it, fellows?”</p>
-
-<p>“No, sir!” said Dick Gardner. “Let it be a
-lesson to you, Lanny, not to be sneaky. You heard
-Kid say he’d take the things back and instead of
-coming and telling us like—like a man you made
-believe you liked the things and made us sell you
-ours cheap. Now you take your medicine!”</p>
-
-<p>“If he does he will die,” murmured Bert. “I
-wouldn’t take one for fifty dollars!”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s it!” cried Stanley Pierce. “Let’s
-make him eat one, fellows. Come on!”</p>
-
-<p>But Lanny, with one fearful howl of fright,<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_225"></a>[225]</span>
-broke through the group, eluding the restraining
-hands that reached for him, and fled upstairs.
-Above the laughter of those in the hall came
-the sound of a slamming door and of a bolt driven
-home. Ben turned to Kid, laying a hand protectingly
-on his shoulder.</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t you pay him a cent, Kid. And if he
-bothers you any more you come to me.”</p>
-
-<p>“Thanks, Ben. Still, rather than have him or
-anyone else feel that I hadn’t acted square——”</p>
-
-<p>“No one says that, Kid. The idea! Why, I—I
-didn’t half dislike those tablets, honest! <em>We</em> don’t
-want you to take them back, do we, fellows?”</p>
-
-<p>Everyone agreed that he didn’t, Bert louder than
-any. Kid shot a reproachful look at him and Bert
-grinned.</p>
-
-<p>“Besides,” added Stanley Pierce, “if you must
-spend some of your money, Kid, you’d better spend
-it on eats and have a banquet, eh?”</p>
-
-<p>The idea was hailed enthusiastically by everyone
-save Kid. Kid smiled bravely and said it was
-a fine scheme, but when the others wanted him to
-set a date he was evasive. And before they could
-pin him down to a flat promise the dinner gong
-summoned them. Lanny came down a little late
-and slipped into his seat as unobtrusively as possible.<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_226"></a>[226]</span>
-And when Kid deftly exchanged his own pat
-of butter for Lanny’s, which happened to be larger,
-Lanny never said a word. He was thoroughly chastened.</p>
-
-<p>After school was over for the day Kid encountered
-Bert in the corridor upstairs. “When are you
-going to pay me that quarter?” inquired Kid.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, some day,” Bert replied. “You don’t
-need the money now, Kid.”</p>
-
-<p>“Why don’t I? I need it as much as you do.
-Besides, it—it’s a debt of honor, Bert.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, I’ll pay it. I said I would, didn’t I? But
-a fellow with a hundred dollars doesn’t need——”</p>
-
-<p>“I haven’t got a hundred dollars,” replied Kid
-sadly.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, then, fifty.”</p>
-
-<p>“I—I haven’t got fifty, Bert.”</p>
-
-<p>“You said you had. Now you’re afraid you’ll
-have to spend some of it, I suppose.”</p>
-
-<p>“Honest I haven’t. If you don’t believe me,
-Bert, come on and see for yourself.” Bert followed
-him into Number 3 and Kid got the collar-box out
-and emptied its contents on the bed. “That’s every
-cent, Bert, honest injun!”</p>
-
-<p>“How much?” asked Bert.</p>
-
-<p>“Seventeen and a half. Count it yourself.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_227"></a>[227]</span></p>
-
-<p>Bert counted it. “There’s eighteen-sixty-two,
-Kid.”</p>
-
-<p>“I had a dollar and twelve cents. I’d forgotten
-that. But all they gave me for saving their old
-lives was seventeen dollars and a half!”</p>
-
-<p>“But the paper said—”</p>
-
-<p>“The paper didn’t know.” Kid viewed the pile
-of bills and coins thoughtfully. Finally he counted
-out ten dollars of it and pushed it resolutely toward
-Bert. “Say, you take charge of that for me, will
-you? That’s for the Fund, you know. If I have
-it it’ll be gone in a week.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’d rather not, Kid. Suppose I lost it or it
-was stolen.”</p>
-
-<p>“It wouldn’t be any worse than if I kept it
-here,” answered Kid sadly. “It would be gone
-just the same. I—I don’t seem to be able to save
-money. Besides, Bert, you’re president of the
-Junior Four and you ought to take charge of the
-funds, anyway.”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s up to the treasurer, Kid.”</p>
-
-<p>“We haven’t any treasurer. And if we had
-maybe I wouldn’t want to trust him with so much
-money. No, you’d better take it. You see, I agreed
-to give ten dollars toward the Fund and there it
-is.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_228"></a>[228]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Well—” Bert counted the money, rolled it in
-a piece of paper and dropped it into his pocket.
-Kid viewed the proceedings wistfully, looking very
-much as though on the point of changing his mind.
-But he didn’t. He only heaved a deep sigh and
-said as the money disappeared from sight: “Perhaps—perhaps,
-Bert, you’d better give me some
-kind of a receipt for it!”</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_229"></a>[229]</span></p>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="XVIII">XVIII<br />
-<small>CONFESSION AND PUNISHMENT</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="cap">After Bert had gone, having pledged himself
-to secrecy regarding the amount of Kid’s
-reward, Kid wandered downstairs. That is,
-he appeared to be wandering, but in reality he had
-set forth on a very definite errand, which was to
-rescue “Hairbreadth Harry” from the Encyclopedia
-Britannica. Practically all the fellows were
-out of doors, on slide or rink, and Kid, too, was
-eager to get his little red sled and go coasting. But
-that story-paper must be found first. Having
-escaped detection and its unpleasant results so far,
-Kid had no mind to get into trouble. In fact, realizing
-that Fortune had dealt most kindly with him
-of late, Kid was grateful and had firmly resolved
-to lead a better life.</p>
-
-<p>The hall was empty when he came nonchalantly
-down the stairs, whistling idly, and, when he had
-paused beside the newel post to listen and had<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_230"></a>[230]</span>
-heard no alarming sounds, he loitered across to the
-bookshelves and stretched his hand out for Volume
-V of the encyclopedia. Then he stared and his jaw
-dropped in dismay. Volume V was gone!</p>
-
-<p>Attached to the woodwork was a little black tin
-box filled with narrow slips of cardboard and it
-was the rule that when a book was taken from
-the hall the borrower should write his name on one
-of the slips and substitute it for the book. The slip
-was there and Kid raised it anxiously and read the
-name written.</p>
-
-<p>“Folsom!”</p>
-
-<p>Kid groaned. Fortune had deserted him utterly.
-Mr. Folsom, sternest of disciplinarians, would
-find the story-paper, would ask who had left it there
-and Kid would have to confess. Of course, as long
-as the instructor merely asked <em>who</em> he could maintain
-a discreet silence; a fellow didn’t have to incriminate
-himself; but Mr. Folsom wouldn’t stop
-there. He would begin with Ben Holden and ask
-each boy in turn and when it came Kid’s time to
-answer he would have to own up. After that the
-deluge! Mr. Folsom was notoriously opposed to
-the sort of literature represented by “Hairbreadth
-Harry.”</p>
-
-<p>Hoping against hope, Kid ran feverishly<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_231"></a>[231]</span>
-through the remaining volumes of the encyclopedia,
-but the paper was not there. He seated himself on
-the window-seat, burrowed in the cushions and tried
-to think calmly. Perhaps it was not yet too late.
-Perhaps “Hairbreadth Harry” was still reposing
-between the pages. If only he might get at the
-book before Mr. Folsom! He would try it! Fortune
-is said to favor the brave. Kid determined to
-make a bid for favor.</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Folsom’s door was closed, but Kid’s knock
-elicited a genial “Come in!” and he entered to find
-Mr. Folsom, looking comfortable and informal in
-his shirt-sleeves, in the act of lighting his pipe.</p>
-
-<p>“Hello, Fairchild,” he greeted. “Come in, my
-boy. What can I do for you?”</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Folsom held the match to the bowl, emitted
-a huge cloud of smoke and sighed contentedly.
-Kid’s eyes surreptitiously searched the table. There
-lay the fifth volume unopened. Kid sighed, too, but
-with relief rather than contentment.</p>
-
-<p>“I saw you had Volume V of the encyclopedia,
-sir,” he said. “I wanted to look up something and
-so I thought maybe you wouldn’t mind if I borrowed
-it a minute if you’re not using it.”</p>
-
-<p>“Certainly, certainly.” The instructor waved
-his pipe at the book. “Help yourself, Fairchild,<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_232"></a>[232]</span>
-help yourself. I’m glad to see this thirst for information.”</p>
-
-<p>“Thank you, sir.” Kid gripped the book tightly
-under his arm. “I won’t keep it but a minute, sir.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, don’t bother to lug it out. Sit right down
-there and use it. There’s paper beside you and pen
-and ink in front there. No use carrying a heavy
-book like that out just for a minute, you know.”</p>
-
-<p>“No, sir; thank you, sir,” murmured Kid, depositing
-the volume in its place again and sinking
-into the swivel chair. “I just thought maybe you
-wouldn’t want me to bother you. It may take me a
-while to find what I want.”</p>
-
-<p>“Take all the time you want,” replied Mr. Folsom
-heartily. He was evidently in a most genial
-mood this afternoon. While Kid opened the volume
-carefully so as not to display the story-paper,
-he looked on benignly and puffed at his pipe. Kid,
-frowning, turned page after page, in the hope
-that Mr. Folsom would turn his back long enough
-for him to pull the paper out. But Mr. Folsom
-didn’t turn. He just stood there behind Kid and
-his eyes seemed to be boring into the back of Kid’s
-head. Kid turned the pages more wildly, seeing
-nothing.</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe I can help you,” suggested the instructor<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_233"></a>[233]</span>
-presently. “What is it you’re looking for, Fairchild?”</p>
-
-<p>“Er—er—” Kid’s mind was a blank. What
-<em>was</em> he looking for? “Why—er—” Horrors! He
-had almost blurted “Hairbreadth Harry!”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, well!” Mr. Folsom laughed. “Surely
-you haven’t forgotten!”</p>
-
-<p>“No, sir; I’m looking for—for ‘tristichous’.”</p>
-
-<p>“For <em>what</em>?”</p>
-
-<p>“Tristichous, sir.” Somewhere, months ago,
-Kid had come across the word and, as frequently
-happens, it had stuck in his memory. He hadn’t
-the slightest idea as to its meaning and Mr. Folsom’s
-surprise caused him an uneasy fear that perhaps
-tristichous was something he oughtn’t to know
-about.</p>
-
-<p>“Tristichous,” mused the instructor. “That’s
-new to me, Fairchild. Of course we know what a
-tristich is—”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, sir,” murmured Kid, who hadn’t the least
-idea what it was.</p>
-
-<p>“But tristichous—” Mr. Folsom paused and
-frowned. “Perhaps of the nature of a tristich, but
-that isn’t entirely satisfactory, is it?”</p>
-
-<p>“No, sir,” agreed Kid. “That’s what I
-thought.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_234"></a>[234]</span></p>
-
-<p>“How was the word used? Do you recall the
-sentence?”</p>
-
-<p>“N-no, sir, I don’t.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, we’ll look it up.” Mr. Folsom advanced
-to the table and laid hands on the book. “I’m
-curious myself about it. I fancy we’ll find that it
-is a scientific term, perhaps used in botany or architecture.”</p>
-
-<p>Kid was in a panic. If the instructor turned the
-pages it was a foregone conclusion that he would
-discover “Hairbreadth Harry.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll find it, sir!” exclaimed Kid. He began to
-turn the leaves hurriedly, working away from the
-front of the volume where the story-paper reposed.</p>
-
-<p>“Look for T,” murmured Mr. Folsom. “Why,
-my dear boy, this isn’t the volume you want! This
-is D!”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh!” Kid stared at the book. “So it is!”</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Folsom laughed. “How did you think it
-was spelled, eh?”</p>
-
-<p>“I—I guess I was thinking it began with D,”
-muttered Kid confusedly. “I—I’ll get the right
-volume, sir.”</p>
-
-<p>He jumped up, seized the book from the table,
-and started for the door. But with his hand on the
-knob he heard the instructor’s fateful protest.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_235"></a>[235]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Hold on, Fairchild, you might leave that volume
-here. I’m not through with it.”</p>
-
-<p>Kid paused at the open door. “I—I was just
-going to put it back while I took the other one, sir.
-You know the rule is you can’t have but one book
-out at a time.”</p>
-
-<p>“I guess that doesn’t apply to me, Fairchild,”
-Mr. Folsom laughed. “Still—well, take it along.
-As a matter of fact, my boy, I’ve forgotten what I
-was going to look up. This tristichous business of
-yours has knocked the other thing out of my head!”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, sir; I’m sorry, sir,” murmured Kid.
-Then he closed the door behind him, heaved a deep
-sigh of relief, dexterously transferred “Hairbreadth
-Harry” to his pocket and scuttled down
-the stairs. Two minutes later he was at the rink,
-Mr. Folsom and “tristichous” quite forgotten.</p>
-
-<p>Practice was almost over when he joined the
-small audience along the barrier. On the further
-rink the Day Team had for once assembled in full
-strength and its members were putting in some hard
-licks in preparation for the final contest on the following
-Saturday. Kid watched them contemptuously
-for a while and then turned his attention to
-the House Team. Lanny, since his lucky shot in
-the last game, had been taken onto the team as a<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_236"></a>[236]</span>
-regular and was charging wildly around the ice,
-slashing and stumbling.</p>
-
-<p>“Lanny’s getting better all the time,” remarked
-Bert.</p>
-
-<p>“If he gets much better,” Kid responded, “he
-will break his neck!”</p>
-
-<p>This witticism elicited a hearty laugh from his
-hearers. Kid was discovering that since he had become
-a hero his faintest efforts to be humorous met
-with flattering success, and his words were listened
-to with a new and almost disconcerting respect.
-And Kid was a philosopher and he determined to
-make the most of his glory. That is why, when,
-presently, the fellows returned to the hall, Kid selected
-the most comfortable chair in front of the
-big fireplace and stretched his legs out until his
-wet shoes rested comfortably on the edge of the
-fender. Ordinarily Kid’s place was, with the rest
-of the youngsters, outside the circle. But only Dick
-Gardner uttered any protest, and that half-heartedly.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, you believe in making yourself comfortable,
-don’t you, Kid?” he inquired dryly.</p>
-
-<p>“Did you want this chair?” Kid asked politely,
-moving as though to relinquish it.</p>
-
-<p>“No, there are others,” answered Dick, relenting.
-“Keep your seat, Kid.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_237"></a>[237]</span></p>
-
-<p>So Kid kept it and the upper class fellows
-ranged themselves beside him, and Bert, Lanny and
-Small sat outside the pale and observed him enviously.
-Kid felt very content and was wondering
-how he could bring the conversation around to the
-subject of his heroism without seeming to do so
-when Mr. Folsom descended the stairs. He was
-making for Doctor Merton’s room when his glance,
-sweeping over the group in front of the hearth,
-lighted on Kid.</p>
-
-<p>“Ah, Fairchild!” He stopped and smiled at the
-hero. “Did you find that word?”</p>
-
-<p>“Er—no, sir.”</p>
-
-<p>“Really? Did you look thoroughly?”</p>
-
-<p>“I—I didn’t have time. I’m going to look it
-up after supper, sir.”</p>
-
-<p>“No time like the present, my boy. Come
-along.”</p>
-
-<p>So Kid yielded his chair with a sigh and joined
-the instructor at the bookcase. And when, five minutes
-later, it had been discovered that “tristichous”
-meant “arranged on the stem in three vertical
-rows,” and when, ten minutes later, Mr. Folsom had
-concluded his short lecture on the derivation of the
-word and its application to the science of botany,
-Kid returned to the hearth to find Sewall Crandall
-occupying his chair. And, although Kid was not<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_238"></a>[238]</span>
-in the least deficient in assurance, he somehow
-found himself unequal to the emergency, and so
-sank into a seat in the outer darkness without a
-protest.</p>
-
-<p>It was on Friday morning that Kid got a letter
-from his father, and, with it, a shorter note from
-his mother. Doctor Merton’s news had reached
-them—the Doctor had also sent a clipping from the
-local paper—and they were both very proud and
-happy. Of course Kid’s father strove to write as
-though his son had performed quite an everyday,
-ordinary bit of heroism, praiseworthy, to be sure,
-but nothing to boast of. But his efforts weren’t
-altogether successful, for his pride showed through
-here and there. Kid’s mother’s note sounded almost
-tearful, and Kid got a little choky himself
-when he read it. On the whole, those two epistles
-didn’t contribute greatly to his peace of mind. He
-felt rather ashamed of himself, in fact. He almost
-wished that the Doctor had written about the other
-matter, too. The more he considered his recent
-efforts to become a merchant prince the more he
-was convinced that he had acted dishonestly. It
-had all been—been very unfortunate, he sighed. He
-hadn’t really meant to deceive anyone; he hadn’t
-really meant to go to the village and embark on that<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_239"></a>[239]</span>
-orgy of candy and pastry and root beer; it seemed
-now, as he reviewed the recent happenings, as
-though some malignant fate had just simply
-dragged him on from one indiscretion to another.
-Kid gloomed over the matter until afternoon. Then
-he reached a heroic resolve. He would confess!</p>
-
-<p>But a good half-hour intervened between the
-resolution and the act. It wasn’t so easy, after all.
-And in the end it was not the Doctor whom he
-sought, but Mrs. Merton. Even then it was a difficult
-task, and it was some time before he succeeded
-in convincing her of his crimes. “I—I thought the
-Doctor ought to know,” ended Kid.</p>
-
-<p>“Of course, James, but why didn’t you go to
-him?”</p>
-
-<p>Kid hung his head and was silent.</p>
-
-<p>“Shall we go to him now and tell him?” asked
-Mother gently.</p>
-
-<p>Kid nodded readily but with no enthusiasm, and
-they made their way from Mrs. Merton’s sitting-room
-to the Doctor’s office. There Kid, helpfully
-prompted by the Doctor’s wife, made a clean breast
-of it all; how, in order to sell his throat tablets, he
-had allowed the fellows to think that financial disaster
-had overtaken his family, how he had gone
-to the village and spent almost all his earnings and<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_240"></a>[240]</span>
-how he had stolen away from school to become a
-sailor. More than once the Doctor turned and
-busied himself with a book or a paper to hide the
-trembling of his lips, and once Kid, glancing up
-suddenly, surprised Mrs. Merton with a broad
-smile on her face. But the Doctor spoke very
-gravely when Kid had concluded his narrative, and
-Kid guessed he must have been mistaken about that
-smile. The upshot of it all was that Kid was to
-made a clean breast to the fellows and ask their
-pardons for the deception he had practiced. Also
-he was to remain in bounds for two weeks. Kid
-came away from that interview almost happy and
-filled with noble resolves to be a better boy. The
-punishment was nothing compared to the relief of
-getting that load from his mind!</p>
-
-<p>He rather funked the task that remained, however,
-and when the fellows had assembled in the
-hall as was customary during the half-hour before
-supper he roamed restlessly about for quite ten
-minutes before he gained sufficient courage to speak
-his piece. And when he did begin his voice was so
-low and husky that no one heard his first request of
-attention.</p>
-
-<p>“Say, you fellows,” began Kid again, clearing
-his throat.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_241"></a>[241]</span></p>
-
-<p>“What?” asked Sam Perkins lazily.</p>
-
-<p>“I—I’ve got something to say,” proceeded Kid.</p>
-
-<p>“Out with it, then. Been doing any more
-blooming heroics?”</p>
-
-<p>“No, it—isn’t about that—exactly,” Kid faltered.
-By this time his audience was attentive, for
-it was evident from Kid’s embarrassment that
-something was up. “It’s about my—my folks.”</p>
-
-<p>“Go ahead,” said Ben Holden. “What about
-’em, Kid? Haven’t had bad news, have you?” Ben
-was gruffly kind and anxious.</p>
-
-<p>“No. That’s it. I mean——”</p>
-
-<p>“Stop walking around and let’s hear it,” advised
-Stanley Pierce. “You’ve been up to some
-prank, I’ll bet!”</p>
-
-<p>“My folks are all right,” blurted Kid.</p>
-
-<p>“Glad to hear it. Do you mean that they’ve got
-their money back again, Kid?”</p>
-
-<p>“They—they never lost it.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh! Well, what made you think they had?”
-asked Ben.</p>
-
-<p>“I—I didn’t. I just let you fellows think that
-so you’d buy those Tinkham things.”</p>
-
-<p>There was an ominous silence for a moment.
-Then Stanley, half rising from his chair, ejaculated:
-“You young rascal!”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_242"></a>[242]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Hold on,” said Ben. “Let’s get this right,
-Stanley. You mean you told that whopper just to
-work on our—our sympathies, Kid?”</p>
-
-<p>“I—I didn’t really <em>say</em> it,” faltered Kid. “I
-just said they didn’t send me much money now, and
-you fellows thought I meant——”</p>
-
-<p>“Cut it out! You meant us to think it, Kid.
-Now didn’t you?”</p>
-
-<p>“I—I suppose so,” Kid murmured.</p>
-
-<p>“You ought to get a hiding!” exclaimed Stanley.</p>
-
-<p>“What made you fess up now, Kid?” asked
-George Waters.</p>
-
-<p>“I told the Doctor and he said I ought to tell
-you fellows and ask your pardons.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, so you told the Doctor, eh? What did he
-do to you?”</p>
-
-<p>“In bounds two weeks,” replied Kid gloomily.</p>
-
-<p>“And mighty soft,” said Ben. “He ought to
-have put you on probation for a month. After
-you’d got us pitying your people and buying your
-nasty old tablets to help you you went down to
-the village and spent all the money and made yourself
-sick. That’s a fine game, isn’t it?”</p>
-
-<p>Kid was silent. Someone chuckled.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_243"></a>[243]</span></p>
-
-<p>“What’s the joke, young Bryant?” demanded
-Ben coldly.</p>
-
-<p>Bert turned his chuckling into a cough.</p>
-
-<p>“Better take a Tinkham’s Throat-Ease for
-that,” advised Sewall Crandall sotto voce. A smile
-went around the circle. Even Ben’s face relaxed
-from its frown.</p>
-
-<p>“Still,” said Sam Perkins, “Kid did save that
-train, you know. You can’t get around that.”</p>
-
-<p>“How do we know he did?” asked Ben. “Maybe
-he lied about that, too!”</p>
-
-<p>“How about it?” demanded Stanley Pierce.
-“Did you really save that train, Kid, or was that
-more of your—your lively imagination?”</p>
-
-<p>“That was just like I said,” responded Kid,
-“mostly.”</p>
-
-<p>“Mostly!”</p>
-
-<p>“I mean—I—I exaggerated a little, maybe——”</p>
-
-<p>“I knew it!” exclaimed Ben.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, the paper had it, didn’t it?” asked Sam
-Perkins. “Of course he saved the train. You did,
-didn’t you, Kid? And got a lot of money for it,
-too, eh?”</p>
-
-<p>“Not—not so much as I let you think,” replied
-Kid uneasily.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_244"></a>[244]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Oh! Well, how much, then?”</p>
-
-<p>“Seventeen dollars and a half, Sam.”</p>
-
-<p>There was a laugh. “Do you mean they only
-gave you seventeen dollars and a half for saving
-their lives?” ejaculated Ben. “Why, the paper
-said there were two hundred of ’em!”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s all they gave me, though,” responded
-Kid. “I showed it to Bert. He saw it. You ask
-him.”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s right, fellows; I counted it,” confirmed
-Bert.</p>
-
-<p>“Look here,” said Ben, “let’s get the hang of
-this, fellows. Kid, you sit down there and tell the
-whole thing just as it happened. And no—no fancy
-embroidery, do you understand? What made you
-start selling those Tinkham things, in the first
-place?”</p>
-
-<p>So Kid, seated on the edge of a chair and looking
-as truthful as one of Raphael’s cherubs, began
-at the very beginning and told everything; how he
-had agreed to give ten dollars to the Junior Four
-Fund and had sent for the Tinkham’s Throat-Ease
-tablets to make the money; how, yielding to sudden
-temptation, he had fabricated the fiction regarding
-his family’s financial losses and how Dr. Merton
-had threatened to write to his folks and tell them<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_245"></a>[245]</span>
-how plucky he was; how with disgrace staring him
-in the face he had resolved to have one grand final
-spree in the village before the sword fell; and how
-having determined to run away to sea rather than
-face the results of his course, he had found the
-slide on the railroad track and become a hero and
-been brought back willy-nilly to Mt. Pleasant.</p>
-
-<p>When he had at last finished his narrative it
-was Stanley Pierce who voiced the general verdict.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, Kid,” said Stanley in a voice of reluctant
-admiration, “you’re certainly a wonder!”</p>
-
-<p>“I—I’m sorry,” said Kid earnestly. “And I’ll
-give back the money, honest!”</p>
-
-<p>“What money?” asked Ben.</p>
-
-<p>“What you fellows paid for the Tinkham’s.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, that! We don’t want the money, I guess.
-That part’s all right. In fact—” He paused and
-looked about him. “I guess you’ve got what was
-coming to you, Kid, already. What do you say,
-fellows?”</p>
-
-<p>“Sure,” responded Steve Lovell.</p>
-
-<p>“Vote we accept the gentleman’s apologies,”
-laughed George Waters.</p>
-
-<p>“Of course.” This from Sam Perkins. “Kid’s
-all right. If it wasn’t for Kid life here would be
-one long dull and dreary grind. Besides, ‘Toots’<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_246"></a>[246]</span>
-Morgan swears it was one of those Tinkham’s
-things that made him miss that puck the other day
-and gave us the game.”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s so,” agreed Ben. “Kid, you’re forgiven,
-but you want to behave yourself after this;
-hear? No more fibs, my son. Lying isn’t manly.”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t believe Kid meant to lie,” said Stanley.
-“Not really, that is. Did you, Kid?”</p>
-
-<p>Kid shook his head. “No, I never mean to,
-Stanley, only somehow—first thing I know—fellows
-get—get a wrong impression——”</p>
-
-<p>There was a howl of laughter. “Well,” Ben
-chuckled, “after this, Kid, you look out and see
-that we don’t get wrong impressions!”</p>
-
-<p>“Just the same,” ventured Lanny eagerly, “I
-think he ought to be made to buy back those Tinkham’s,
-Ben. He promised he would!”</p>
-
-<p>“Dry up, Lanny! If I hear any more out of
-you about your old Tinkham’s I’ll make you eat
-’em. Hear?”</p>
-
-<p>Lanny heard and subsided. And at that moment
-the supper bell sounded and House filed into
-the dining-room in high good humor.</p>
-
-<p>The deciding hockey game took place the following
-afternoon, and I’d like to be able to record
-a brilliant triumph for House, since I am sure your<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_247"></a>[247]</span>
-sympathies are with the House Team. But I can’t.
-That final contest was never for a moment in doubt
-after Billy Spooner slapped the puck into the net
-for the first score scarcely a minute after the game
-started. Day simply ran away with the game.
-Five to one it was at the end of the first half, and
-twelve to two when the last whistle blew. All Kid’s
-eloquence, all the combined cheering of the House
-rooters failed to disturb the equanimity of the Day
-Team’s players. They mowed everything before
-them and won the grudging admiration of their opponents
-by the brilliancy of their work. And
-finally they trooped away down the hill, cheering
-and exulting and waving their sticks, with the
-Hockey Cup borne aloft in triumph.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_248"></a>[248]</span></p>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="XIX">XIX<br />
-<small>THE TROPHY IS PRESENTED</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="cap">A week later the last of the ice had disappeared,
-the boards about the rinks had been
-stored for another season and the tennis
-courts lay exposed where the ring of skates had
-sounded on the winter air. Mild weather came
-with a jump and almost before one knew it baseballs
-had made their appearance and spring was at
-hand.</p>
-
-<p>But meanwhile the Junior Four had held meetings
-in the harness room—sometimes with the window
-wide open and the warm breath of an early
-spring day creeping in to them—and settled the
-matter of the trophy. First of all, an estimate had
-been received from a manufacturer in New York.
-The trophy was to be eight inches in height, of solid
-silver, to rest on a little ebony base, and to cost sixteen
-dollars. At first this had seemed a prohibitive
-price.</p>
-
-<p>“We can never get that much money,” exclaimed<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_249"></a>[249]</span>
-Nan in despair. “Why, I haven’t saved
-anything yet! I had a quarter, but I—I bought
-some of Kid’s tablets with it.”</p>
-
-<p>“So did I,” said Small.</p>
-
-<p>“Same here!” laughed Bert.</p>
-
-<p>Lanny only scowled. Kid smiled sweetly.</p>
-
-<p>“I guess by the time we have to pay the money,”
-he said nonchalantly, “we’ll have enough. Anyhow,
-just as a starter——”</p>
-
-<p>He reached into his pocket and handed a slip
-of paper to Nan. She read it to herself and then
-aloud for the benefit of the others: “Received from
-Kid Fairchild ten dollars for the Junior Four
-Fund. Bert Bryant, Treasurer.”</p>
-
-<p>“Do you really mean it, Kid?” Nan demanded
-delightedly. “Are you really going to give ten
-dollars?”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ve already given it,” replied Kid carelessly.
-“Bert’s got it—unless he’s lost it.” Kid’s voice had
-an anxious tone toward the end, but Bert shook his
-head.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ve got it,” he said. “And I’ve saved seventy-five
-cents myself. So all we need now is four dollars
-and a quarter. We can get that all right. I
-dare say this fellow won’t get the mug made for a
-month or so.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_250"></a>[250]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Of course we can!” declared Nan delightedly.
-“Only—only it doesn’t seem quite fair for Kid to
-give so much, does it?”</p>
-
-<p>“He’d better pay his debts with it,” growled
-Lanny.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, he will have his name first on the cup,”
-said Small. “That ought to be worth something.”</p>
-
-<p>“Will this man who makes it put the names
-on?” Nan inquired. Bert shook his head.</p>
-
-<p>“I suppose he would if we wanted him to, but
-I think we’d better have it done here. Besides, we
-don’t know yet whose name will come next to Kid’s.
-And we haven’t settled on—on the inscription.”</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll do that now, then,” said Nan. “Who has
-a pencil?”</p>
-
-<p>Only Small possessed such a thing and it was so
-dull that Nan had to gnaw the point of it before it
-would write. Much discussion ensued and it was
-some time before an inscription satisfactory to
-everyone had been evolved. The final draft read
-as follows:</p>
-
-<p class="noic">JUNIOR FOUR BASEBALL TROPHY<br />
-PRESENTED TO MOUNT PLEASANT ACADEMY TO BE<br />
-CONTESTED FOR BY HOUSE AND DAY TEAMS<br />
-THE GIFT OF—</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_251"></a>[251]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Then will come our names,” said Bert.</p>
-
-<p>“You mean your names,” amended Nan sadly.</p>
-
-<p>“Yours too,” replied Bert stoutly. “Don’t you
-say so, fellows?”</p>
-
-<p>They did say so, emphatically, and Nan was so
-pleased that she blushed very prettily and declared
-that she wouldn’t think of such a thing!</p>
-
-<p>It was the second week in April when the trophy
-actually arrived. It was all they had hoped for
-and more. I fancy the maker had improved somewhat
-on Small’s design, but no one hinted at such a
-thing and Small was decidedly proud. The trophy
-was urn-shaped, with two square-shouldered handles,
-and held on one side in relief a wreath of
-laurel leaves enclosing crossed bats and a ball. The
-other side had been left bare for the inscription.
-There was a little polished ebony base for it to
-stand on and a purple canton flannel bag to keep it
-in. Everyone was greatly pleased with it and it
-was passed from hand to hand and admired and set
-up on the grain-chest and re-admired until Nan
-grew fearful that they would wear it out!</p>
-
-<p>“It’s just superb!” she declared ecstatically.
-“That’s what it is, it’s just superb!”</p>
-
-<p>“Dandy!” agreed Lanny. “And, say, look inside,
-fellows; it’s gold inside!”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_252"></a>[252]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Just gold-washed, I suppose,” said Bert.
-“Pretty, though, isn’t it?”</p>
-
-<p>“I tell you what it is,” said Kid suddenly,
-“we’ve got to win that ourselves, fellows. We
-mustn’t let the day fellows get it, must we?”</p>
-
-<p>“I should say not!” exclaimed Bert in horror.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, the very idea!” ejaculated Nan.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, what’s to keep them from getting it?”
-asked Small uneasily. “They beat us last year,
-didn’t they?”</p>
-
-<p>“Did they, Nan?” asked Bert.</p>
-
-<p>Nan nodded. “Terribly!” she sighed.</p>
-
-<p>“Then we’ll just have to get busy and practice,”
-said Kid. “Gee, we can’t let those dubs get it!”</p>
-
-<p>“Never!” cried Lanny. “Let’s see Ben and
-tell him about it.”</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe we’d better show it to them now,” suggested
-Bert. “Maybe if they saw it they’d work
-harder.”</p>
-
-<p>“No, let’s wait until we’ve had the inscription
-put on it,” said Lanny. “Then we’ll have the Doctor
-or Mr. Crane announce it, eh?”</p>
-
-<p>“We could have the inscription put on any time
-now, couldn’t we?” Nan asked. “We know what
-it’s to be and how the names are going and all.”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s right,” agreed Bert. “The sooner the<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_253"></a>[253]</span>
-better. We’ll take it to that jeweler chap in Whittier;
-he’s the best, they say; and he ought to be
-able to do it in a couple of days. Then we’ll give
-it to the Doctor and ask him to show it in class and
-make the announcement.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then the day fellows will know about it, too,”
-objected Kid. “And they’ll be as anxious to get
-it as our fellows, and——”</p>
-
-<p>“It wouldn’t be fair to show it to House alone,”
-said Bert firmly. “I know I suggested it, but I
-didn’t think. After all, we’re presenting it to the
-school and not to the house.”</p>
-
-<p>“I guess that’s so,” Kid murmured. “I wish,
-though, that Ben would hurry up and start practice.”</p>
-
-<p>“He’s going to start Monday,” replied Lanny.
-“He told me so yesterday. After that if we don’t
-win this it’s up to us, fellows.”</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t you worry,” said Kid. “We’re going
-to win it. You just wait and see!”</p>
-
-<p>Baseball practice didn’t start the following
-Monday for the reason that it began to rain on Sunday
-and kept it up for three days. By Tuesday
-afternoon disconsolate fellows were wondering how
-there could possibly be any more moisture left in
-the sky. Kid was exceeding wroth and said so<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_254"></a>[254]</span>
-many unkind things about the climate that it is
-really quite possible that the rain kept up just for
-revenge.</p>
-
-<p>“If only we had a baseball cage indoors somewhere!”
-sighed Ben Holden, who was captain of
-the House Nine. It was Tuesday afternoon and
-Ben was in Stanley’s room.</p>
-
-<p>“There wouldn’t be room for one anywhere,”
-said Stanley. “I should think, though, that the
-battery might practice in the gymnasium.”</p>
-
-<p>“We tried that year before last. If you have
-the lights on you can’t judge the balls at all and
-if you don’t have them on you can’t see. Besides,
-George heaved a ball through a window and the
-Doc made us stop practicing in there. Last year
-the day fellows held pitching and batting practice
-in the old freight shed down at the station two
-weeks before we could get out to do anything. And
-I suppose they’re at it again this year.”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t believe so. I haven’t heard anything
-about it.”</p>
-
-<p>“You wouldn’t. They don’t tell much.” He
-turned disgustedly to the window and looked out
-at the sodden, dripping world. “Even if it stops
-raining to-night it will be too wet to practice to-morrow.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_255"></a>[255]</span></p>
-
-<p>“We’ll put on rubbers,” responded Stanley
-cheerfully. “It will be a heap better than staying
-indoors. Let’s see that batting list again, Ben.”</p>
-
-<p>“I haven’t got it here, but I remember it. Steve
-first, then you, then me, then Cupples, Crandall,
-Gardner, Perkins, Waters and Grey.”</p>
-
-<p>“It sounds pretty weak in the middle, Ben.”</p>
-
-<p>“I know, but what can you do? Besides, Cupples
-isn’t so bad with the bat sometimes. And this
-new fellow, Bryant, may turn out to be something
-and I can use him in place of Gardner. Who are
-those fellows coming up the road?”</p>
-
-<p>“Lanny and Bert and Kid. They’ve been to the
-village. They look about half drowned, don’t they?
-I don’t think it’s raining as hard as it was, though.”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s raining hard enough,” growled Ben.
-“Got anything to read? I’m down to hard-pan.”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t believe so. I’m reading ‘Kidnapped’
-for about the sixth time. Maybe Kid’s got something,
-though.” He walked around to his roommate’s
-side of the table and examined the dozen or
-so volumes there. “Hm; ‘Masterman Ready,’
-‘Aid to the Composition of English,’ ‘Student’s
-Dictionary,’ ‘Holy Bible,’ ‘Two Years Before the
-Mast’—ever read that?”</p>
-
-<p>“Ages ago. What’s the big book?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_256"></a>[256]</span></p>
-
-<p>“This?” Stanley pulled it out and looked at
-the title. “It’s somebody’s botany; Kid had an
-idea last fall that he wanted to study botany, and—hello!”
-Something had fallen from the pages
-of the big book and Stanley picked it up and unfolded
-it. “‘Hairbreadth Harry, the Gentleman
-Scout,’” he read. “Well, what do you think of
-that young rascal? Supposing someone had found
-that!”</p>
-
-<p>“Let’s see it,” said Ben. “Hm; looks rather
-good. Mind if I borrow it?”</p>
-
-<p>“Help yourself,” laughed Stanley, “only don’t
-say you got it from me if it gets pinched!”</p>
-
-<p>“I won’t. I guess it will help to keep me going
-until supper time. Well, so long. Tell Kid I borrowed
-this.”</p>
-
-<p>Stanley replied that he would, but he promptly
-forgot all about it, and when, ten minutes later,
-Kid came in to change his wet shoes for dry ones
-Stanley was deep in “Kidnapped.”</p>
-
-<p>The next morning in class Doctor Merton made
-the announcement regarding the Junior Four Baseball
-Trophy. The house fellows had heard rumors
-about the cup, but to the rest it was news, and when
-the Doctor drew the silver trophy from its purple
-bag and set it on the corner of his desk there were<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_257"></a>[257]</span>
-murmured exclamations of admiration followed by
-a hearty clapping of hands. Bert and Lanny and
-Small strove to look unconscious when their names
-were given as being donors, but Kid beamed and
-winked when the fellows turned to regard him. As
-they passed out the fellows stopped at the desk
-to examine the trophy. The inscription had been
-neatly engraved and read as follows:</p>
-
-<p class="noic">JUNIOR FOUR BASEBALL TROPHY<br />
-PRESENTED TO MOUNT PLEASANT ACADEMY TO BE<br />
-CONTESTED FOR BY HOUSE AND DAY TEAMS</p>
-
-<p class="noic">THE GIFT OF<br />
-JAMES FAIRCHILD<br />
-ALBERT PAYSON BRYANT<br />
-LANSING STONE GREY<br />
-THOMAS KIRKWOOD FRYE<br />
-NANCY MERTON</p>
-
-<p>The trophy created a sensation and was the subject
-of conversation for the rest of the day. Will
-Turner, captain and first baseman of the Day
-Team, declared that it was as good as won.</p>
-
-<p>“Huh,” said Sam Perkins, who had overheard
-him, “when you fellows get even one leg of that<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_258"></a>[258]</span>
-you’ll know it! That little cup has our name all
-over it!”</p>
-
-<p>Ben Holden was delighted and told the juniors
-that they were bricks, that he was proud of them
-and that the cup would look fine on the hall mantel.
-“But I don’t see how you fellows ever got
-enough money together to buy a thing like that!”</p>
-
-<p>“Kid gave most——” began Bert. But Kid interrupted.</p>
-
-<p>“We worked hard and saved our money,” said
-Kid. “And it’s nobody’s business who gave most,
-Bert. We all gave.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, it’s dandy, Kid. I never saw a handsomer
-one. Where’d you get it?”</p>
-
-<p>“New York. Small designed it, though, didn’t
-you, Small?”</p>
-
-<p>Small nodded in embarrassment. Ben told him
-he was a smart kid.</p>
-
-<p>“And now what we’ve got to do,” continued Ben
-resolutely, “is to work hard and win it! Practice
-begins at three-thirty sharp this afternoon. Every
-fellow put rubbers on, for the ground’s sopping
-wet. And every fellow come out. No excuses accepted
-to-day!”</p>
-
-<p>But Ben needn’t have feared for a full attendance,<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_259"></a>[259]</span>
-for the Junior Four Trophy had awakened
-an earnest enthusiasm in house and day pupils
-alike and at the appointed time every fellow in
-school was on the field.</p>
-
-<p>There were two diamonds and so both teams
-were able to practice at once, and, save that the
-outfielders were forced to intermingle, there was
-plenty of room for each. With only twenty-four
-candidates to pick from, Mt. Pleasant Academy was
-handicapped when it came to contesting with other
-schools and so only a few outside games were
-scheduled each year. The big game was played just
-before graduation day with Maplewood School,
-which had only a few more pupils than Mt. Pleasant
-but which usually managed to win. There were,
-besides, games with the neighboring high school
-teams in June. But the early season was sacred
-to intrascholastic contests in which day students
-and house students fought for supremacy. When
-all was said the games between House and Day
-aroused more interest than the contests with outside
-nines. When the question of the school championship
-had been settled then the best players of
-House and Day forgot their recent rivalry and combined
-to form the school team.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_260"></a>[260]</span></p>
-
-<p>Of course with twelve players only neither
-House nor Day could put two full teams on the
-diamond, but they managed to get along pretty
-well in spite of that fact. One year Day Team had
-played a game with Whittier High School and
-House had protested. The ruling was then made
-that neither team was to take part in any contest
-outside the series. As a consequence, when House
-and Day met for the first game each nine was decidedly
-green and inexperienced, but that fact only
-added to the interest and suspense.</p>
-
-<p>To-day the practice was short, for the field was
-like a quagmire and the players’ rubbers, which
-Ben had insisted on their wearing, were continually
-coming off in the mud. There was some batting
-practice and a little throwing to bases, and both
-George Waters and Sam Perkins, first and second
-choice pitchers respectively, limbered up their arms
-a little, but it was no day for hard work and Ben
-soon called a halt. But even as it was there were
-several sore backs that evening, and Sewall Crandall
-proudly displayed a badly swollen finger, the
-first honorable scar of the season.</p>
-
-<p>Kid had given ten dollars to the trophy fund
-and had sent two dollars to the Tinkham Chemical<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_261"></a>[261]</span>
-Company—after several reminders—in payment
-for the celebrated throat tablets. After which he
-had had a little over six dollars left. During the
-term of his punishment he had been unable to get
-rid of much of this balance, although he had sent
-fifty cents of it away by mail in the purchase of
-what an enticing advertisement had called “The
-Magician’s Cabinet of Magic.” The cabinet consisted
-of a small paper box containing a pack of
-cards and scant directions for performing tricks
-with them. Kid had promptly written to the advertiser
-and explained his opinion of the cabinet,
-but that had ended the matter. But once released
-from bounds Kid had succeeded in squandering
-three of his remaining six dollars in the village.
-And now, during the first week of baseball practice,
-Kid went bankrupt in the purchase of a wonderful
-fielder’s glove and a bat. The bat had the name
-of a celebrated member of the baseball profession
-printed on it in large letters, but Kid couldn’t see
-that it enabled him to hit the ball any more frequently
-than before. Kid was a substitute outfielder,
-and, save that he couldn’t begin to get the ball
-further than a baseman when throwing it in after
-a catch, he performed remarkably well. He really<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_262"></a>[262]</span>
-had an eye like a hawk’s when it came to judging
-flies and he was fairly certain of holding them if
-they struck his glove. On the whole, Kid bade fair
-to become in time a very useful member of baseball
-society at Mt. Pleasant. Of the other juniors
-Bert was a substitute outfielder also, Lanny played
-in center and Small was a substitute infielder with
-few chances to play. The great trouble with Small
-was that when a ball came his way he was too apt
-to turn his back to it—if he didn’t absolutely run
-away from it!—and stop it by allowing it to bounce
-off some portion of his anatomy.</p>
-
-<p>Small was also official scorer, and he was much
-more of a success on the bench with the score-book
-on his knee than in the field. However, we can’t
-all be Wagners or Doyles!</p>
-
-<p>April ran its course, half smiles and half tears,
-and the merry month of May came in, and with it
-the first game in the House vs. Day series. By this
-time George Waters’ pitching arm was in fair
-shape, Ben Holden’s fingers had become hardened
-against foul-tips and Harold Cupples, on third, had
-learned to throw across the diamond without missing
-Stanley Pierce, at first, by more than six feet.
-The first contest was played on the first Saturday
-afternoon in May, and, since the batting order for<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_263"></a>[263]</span>
-that game remained practically unchanged during
-the succeeding contests, I will give it here.</p>
-
-<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="Lineup">
-<tr>
- <th class="tdl smcap">House Team.</th>
- <th class="tdlp smcap">Day Team.</th>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdl">Lovell, 2b.</td>
- <td class="tdlp">White, c.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdl">Pierce, 1b.</td>
- <td class="tdlp">Turner, 1b.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdl">Holden, c.</td>
- <td class="tdlp">O’Connell, c.f.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdl">Cupples, 3b.</td>
- <td class="tdlp">Briggs, r.f.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdl">Crandall, s.s.</td>
- <td class="tdlp">Grimshaw, 2b.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdl">Gardner, l.f.</td>
- <td class="tdlp">Spooner, 3b.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdl">Perkins, r.f.</td>
- <td class="tdlp">Tucker, s.s.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdl">Waters, p.</td>
- <td class="tdlp">Sibley, l.f.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="tdl">Grey, c.f.</td>
- <td class="tdlp">Morgan, p.</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_264"></a>[264]</span></p>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="XX">XX<br />
-<small>DAY WINS AND LOSES</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="cap">Imagine, please, a mild, damp afternoon,
-quite windless, with a pale blue sky in which a
-half-hearted sun played hide-and-seek behind
-a field of lazy, ragged clouds. There was a suggestion
-of rain in the air, but the sun was shining
-genially enough when, at three o’clock, Mr. Crane,
-attired in a faded blue sweater and a pair of disgracefully
-worn gray flannel trousers, called
-“Play!”</p>
-
-<p>House had won the toss and had taken the field.
-George Waters started in the box for House and in
-that first inning only four Day batters faced him.
-George had a drop that was a puzzler, a curve that
-kept even the catcher guessing and a straight fast
-ball that was perhaps harder to hit safely than
-either of his other offerings.</p>
-
-<p>The small audience who watched the game from
-the settees along the first base line clapped as the
-house players trotted to the bench. Kid, squeezed<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_265"></a>[265]</span>
-tightly against Small, generously supplying unsolicited
-assistance in scoring, cheered shrilly as
-Steve Lovell went to bat. Steve allowed two of
-“Toots” Morgan’s wide ones to pass unchallenged
-and then lighted on a good ball and drove it far
-into right field. Briggs, a small, chunky day boy,
-did his level best to get under that fly, but Briggs’
-legs were never meant for sprinting and the ball
-dented the soft turf while Steve, too excited to
-watch the progress of events, slid into third base
-feet foremost amidst the amused applause of his
-friends and the ironic jeers of his enemies. That
-hit appeared to unnerve “Toots,” and Pierce, Holden
-and even Harold Cupples hit safely through the
-infield. After that Crandall popped a foul to the
-catcher, Gardner struck out miserably and Sam
-Perkins hit a hot one square at first baseman. It
-looked very much as though the latter tried his
-best to get out of the way. If he did he wasn’t successful,
-for the ball struck him squarely on the
-chest, bowled him over and rolled toward the bag.
-Morgan raced over, scooped it up and tagged the
-bag a yard ahead of Perkins and the inning was
-over. But House had gathered three runs and the
-world looked bright.</p>
-
-<p>As may be supposed, there were lots of errors<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_266"></a>[266]</span>
-in that game, and a good deal of what I might call,
-were I addicted to slang, “bone-head” ball-playing.
-But you can’t expect Big League work from a lot
-of youngsters playing their first game of the season.
-And, besides, the misplays made for interest
-and excitement.</p>
-
-<p>Gardner added his quota to the excitement when,
-in the third inning, with two day boys on bases,
-he caught a fly and then allowed it to trickle through
-his hands. This performance cast such a gloom
-over his spirits that for an instant he merely stood
-and stared at the ball at his feet and was only recalled
-to the duties of the occasion when the rest
-of the team began to yell frantically to him “throw
-it home!” By the time he had obeyed the runner
-on second had scored and the man on first had gone
-to third.</p>
-
-<p>But that lone tally was all that Day managed to
-secure for a while, and, on the other hand, House,
-now that Morgan had settled down again, could
-do no better. In the fourth she got men on all
-three bases with only one out and then watched
-Waters and Grey perish before Morgan’s fatal
-curves.</p>
-
-<p>It had clouded up ominously by the time the
-fifth inning commenced and the House supporters<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_267"></a>[267]</span>
-were anxious for their heroes to dispose of the
-Day batters before they could add to their score.
-But that fifth inning proved strange and wonderful.
-In the first place, just to start the chapter of
-misfortunes, Waters struck the first man up on the
-arm, and, after the injured member had been massaged
-by almost the entire Day Team in turn, the
-batter took his base. Waters worked one strike on
-the next batter and then threw him four balls. A
-moment later the runners decided to pull off a double
-steal. Ben Holden pegged the ball to Cupples,
-at third, but Cupples was apparently quite unprepared
-for such an emergency and allowed the ball
-to whisk over his head into left field. Gardner
-raced in for it, got it on the run and threw to third
-just as the second runner rounded that bag. This
-time Cupples caught the ball, but his heave to Ben
-was yards away from the plate and Day had tied
-up the score. Then they began to find Waters and
-hits sped hither and yon and the House outfield
-raced their legs off while five more tallies came
-over! The damage seemed done then, and perhaps
-it would have been as well to let Waters remain
-in the box and redeem himself, but Ben
-thought otherwise, and Sam Perkins was hurried in
-from right field to take his place.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_268"></a>[268]</span></p>
-
-<p>Of course Sam had had no warming up and his
-pitching arm was stiff. But in spite of that he
-managed to close that half of the inning with only
-one more run coming across. The score now was
-nine to three and every moment it threatened to
-rain and stop further proceedings. But the clouds
-held up during the rest of the fifth, while House
-managed to send another run across, and the sixth
-began with the head of Day’s batting list coming
-up. With one out, two bases on balls and an error
-by Crandall, at shortstop, filled the bags. Day
-howled and danced along the base lines and did all
-it could to rattle Perkins. But the luck changed
-a bit then. The next batter hit a slow roller toward
-third and Cupples and Pierce worked the double.
-Encouraged by that, Perkins struck out the next
-batter.</p>
-
-<p>With Ben calling on Pierce to “hit it out,
-Stan!” the last of the sixth began. Stanley obeyed
-instructions and lined a hot one just over shortstop’s
-head and, by taking a chance, reached second
-on a close decision. Ben laid down a bunt in
-front of the base and Morgan, who fielded it, chose
-to throw it to third. Unfortunately, the third baseman
-had been coaxed in by the bunt and was yards
-off his station when the ball reached him. Pierce<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_269"></a>[269]</span>
-was safe and Small scored “fc” after Ben’s name.
-Then Ben stole beautifully and House began to
-whoop things up. But Harold Cupples could do
-no better than arch a fly to shortstop and Stanley
-didn’t dare move from his base. Crandall waited
-until Morgan had two strikes and two balls on him
-and then shot a hard one between short and third.
-Pierce and Holden raced home and Crandall reposed
-on first. Then the unexpected happened.</p>
-
-<p>Gardner, who had been playing very ragged
-ball, was taken out and Bert went in. Bert struck
-at the first delivery, caught it squarely on the nose
-and sent it flying far out into deep right field. So
-astounded was he that he had to be almost pushed
-from the batter’s box before he would begin his
-trip to first. As a result, while Crandall came all
-the way home from first base, beating the ball by
-yards, Bert got only as far as second. Morgan
-went up in the air then and Sam Perkins, Waters
-and even Lanny Grey made hits, Waters’s being a
-two-bagger that scored Bert and Perkins. Then
-Lovell, amidst the howls of his eager team-mates,
-strode to the plate looking fierce and heroic—and
-popped a little foul into the catcher’s mitt! Pierce,
-up for the second time in the inning, managed to
-send up a Texas Leaguer that might have been<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_270"></a>[270]</span>
-caught and wasn’t, and Lanny, who could run like
-a rabbit, raced around third and headed for home.
-The ball got there first, however, and instead of
-scoring the tying run he made the third out.</p>
-
-<p>But with the tallies nine to eight the game was
-still not won—if the rain would hold off. House
-took the field determined to hold the enemy at bay
-for its half of the seventh and then go in and at
-least even things up. But with the very first ball
-pitched the drops began to fall. Captain Turner
-jumped from the bench and demanded that the
-game be called. Mr. Crane shook his head. The
-first batter went out, third to first, and still the
-shower was not much more than a patter. Then
-just as the next man had streaked a long hit over
-the tips of Perkins’s glove the clouds opened up
-and the torrents descended. Such a scurrying as
-there was on the part of the spectators! Doctor
-Merton—who had come out only an inning before—seized
-Mrs. Merton by the hand and scampered
-sans dignity for shelter. Nan, gayly encouraging
-them to renewed efforts, sped ahead. In a jiffy
-the field was deserted and the first game of the
-series had gone to the Day Team, the score 9–8.</p>
-
-<p>The Day Team, unable to get home in such a<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_271"></a>[271]</span>
-downpour, flocked into the hall, and for a half-hour
-the game proceeded verbally. House declared
-warmly that if it hadn’t rained it would have
-“licked the stuffing” out of Day. (I quote the
-language without approval.) Day retorted that it
-had just begun to hit the ball when the elements
-had so unnecessarily interfered. And so it went,
-with the biggest sort of a hubbub indoors and a
-wild pelting of raindrops outside. And meanwhile
-Small, official Scorer for the House Team, and
-“Goldie” Duffield, who held a like position with
-the opposing team, were having it hot and heavy,
-their score-books spread before them. Except that
-they had each reached the same decision regarding
-the number of runs tallied, their records were totally
-at variance. It was strange how many hits
-Small had credited to the House and how few to
-its opponents, but not a whit stranger than the
-fact that Duffield had reversed the proceeding.
-And as for errors! Why, Small’s record credited
-Day with ten and House with six, while Duffield’s
-book plainly proved that House had perpetrated
-eleven and Day only eight! And the strangest
-thing of all was that each believed himself ab-so-lute-ly
-right!</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_272"></a>[272]</span></p>
-
-<p>By half past five the rain had stopped and
-Day went off homewards with a swagger, viewed
-gloomily from the porch by House.</p>
-
-<p>But after the first disappointment House
-cheered up and looked on the bright side of things.
-It really did believe that had the game run its full
-nine innings it would have overhauled the enemy
-and defeated it. And that was good grounds for
-believing that the next time would tell a different
-story. On Monday practice began again and
-George Waters, smarting under the slur cast upon
-his science by the Day Team, worked like a
-Trojan. When George couldn’t be found in the
-house you had only to walk around the corner to
-discover him “pitching ’em in” to anybody he
-could persuade to don a catcher’s glove and stand
-up in front of him. Day did a good deal of exulting
-that week and told how well the Junior
-Four Trophy would look alongside the Hockey
-Cup. House let them talk and bided their time.</p>
-
-<p>But, all the same, Ben Holden realized that
-House had a good deal of a task ahead of it. Day
-could afford to lose one of the remaining games,
-but House had to win them both. He didn’t doubt
-but what George Waters could be relied on to
-pitch the team to victory in one contest, but he<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_273"></a>[273]</span>
-didn’t believe that George could do it twice or that
-Sam Perkins was capable of presenting a very
-strong front to the enemy. But win the next game
-they must! And that meant that George must go
-into the box. With the series tied at one game
-each, there would be time enough to bother about
-the third game. And so, for fear that George’s
-enthusiasm would lead him to tire himself out in
-practice, Ben laid down the law on Wednesday.</p>
-
-<p>“After this, George, you practice fifty balls
-every afternoon, and that’s all. First thing you
-know you’ll have a bad arm!”</p>
-
-<p>Bert, who since his remarkable two-bagger that
-should have been a three, had become a keen ball
-player, worked hard at the batting net. Up until
-Thursday he was plainly discouraged, for, in spite
-of that wonderful hit in the game, he couldn’t
-locate a ball to save his life. But on Thursday the
-unexpected again happened. He landed on two of
-Sam’s offerings and cracked them into the field.
-After that Bert was encouraged and began to fancy
-himself a bit. Kid pestered Ben from morning until
-night to be allowed to get into the next game
-and Ben finally promised, to get rid of him, that
-if they got a safe lead Kid might go into the outfield
-for a couple of innings. Whereupon Kid<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_274"></a>[274]</span>
-moistened his glove in the inelegant but approved
-manner of all great players and begged whoever
-was within hearing to “slam him one!” Undeniably
-Mt. Pleasant Academy had become baseball
-mad.</p>
-
-<p>And the Saturday came, and it rained all the
-morning until half-past eleven. But at twelve the
-sun was out hot and at two Mr. Crane telephoned
-to Captain Turner in the village that the grounds
-were dry enough to play on. Warned by their previous
-experience, Mrs. Merton and Nan came to
-the game with waterproofs. But, as it turned out,
-they didn’t need them. The clouds floated off into
-the east and the weather proceeded to give an excellent
-imitation of a mid-June day.</p>
-
-<p>I shan’t burden you with a detailed description
-of that second game because, since House won, a
-third contest was made necessary and you’ll have
-to read about that. Waters pitched a fine game
-and Day made only twelve hits off him in nine innings.
-On the other hand, Sibley, who started in
-the points for the Day Team, was easy for the
-enemy and lasted only three innings. Then
-“Toots” Morgan came in from left field and took
-his place. But by that time House was leading<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_275"></a>[275]</span>
-six runs to two, and during the rest of the performance
-she managed to hold Day down to a
-total of five runs and at the same time amass a
-very tidy little bunch of twelve for herself. In
-the sixth Perkins relieved Waters on the mound.
-Kid played through two whole innings, had two
-chances and accepted them both, went once to bat
-and was passed to first and stole second by sheer
-cheek. That he was finally left on third base was
-no fault of his.</p>
-
-<p>Bert played four innings, had little to do in the
-field and secured a scratch hit in the fifth inning,
-scoring Cupples from third. The errors on each
-side were fewer to-day and both teams played a
-steadier game. Flushed with victory, House went
-off the field cheering, while Nan, having nothing
-else handy, waved her raincoat in ecstasy.</p>
-
-<p>Day was disappointed. It had firmly expected
-to win the series in two games. Now it must play
-a third and there was only Morgan to depend on,
-for Sibley had proved himself a very simple conundrum
-for the enemy. And Ben Holden and
-Waters and a half-dozen others, “doping it out”
-that evening, found cause for encouragement.</p>
-
-<p>“They’ll pitch Morgan again next Saturday,”<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_276"></a>[276]</span>
-said Ben. “If we can only find him we can win,
-fellows. They won’t dare put in Sibley. He
-hasn’t a thing.”</p>
-
-<p>“The best that ‘Toots’ has is that slow ball of
-his,” observed Stanley Pierce. “I get fooled on
-that every time. It looks so good until you swing
-for it!”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s so, it’s a puzzler and no mistake,” said
-Steve Lovell. “But we may get onto it better the
-next time. The trouble is that even if you do hit it
-it’s dollars to doughnuts you pop up an easy fly!”</p>
-
-<p>“And you can’t bunt it no matter how hard you
-try,” said Waters. “I’d have scored Sam this afternoon
-in the fourth if I could have laid down a
-bunt along first base line.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, we’ll do ’em up brown the next time,”
-promised Pierce. “There’s one thing about those
-fellows, and that is if we can once get them started
-they’ll go up in the air like a kite.”</p>
-
-<p>“So would we, maybe,” said Cupples.</p>
-
-<p>“No use trusting to that sort of thing,” Ben
-observed. “Hit the ball. That’s the way to win.
-Knock ‘Toots’ out of the box in the first inning
-or so, the way we did Sibley, and we’ve got ’em
-nailed.”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t wish Morgan any harm,” sighed Sam<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_277"></a>[277]</span>
-Perkins, “but if he caught the mumps or the
-measles or something between now and Saturday
-it would be an awful help to us!”</p>
-
-<p>“We might send him a bottle of microbes,”
-laughed Lovell. “Who’s going to start the pitching
-for us, Ben?”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t know yet,” answered Ben Holden.
-“What do you think, George?”</p>
-
-<p>“I’m ready, all right, but I think it would be
-just as well to give Sam a chance if he feels fit
-when the time comes.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’d rather you started it, George,” said Perkins.
-“Then if we get a few runs to the good I’ll
-do my best to hold ’em. Still, I’m perfectly willing
-to start it if you want me to.”</p>
-
-<p>“There’s plenty of time to decide that,” said
-Ben. “For that matter, I’m not afraid in either
-case. If we can hit Morgan we can win. And so
-it’s up to us to get busy this week at the net and
-find our batting eye. And we’re going to have
-some work on the bases, too, fellows. We’ve been
-pretty punk on the bases so far.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, look at the coaching we get,” challenged
-Cupples. “I could have scored twice from third
-this afternoon if Steve hadn’t held me there each
-time!”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_278"></a>[278]</span></p>
-
-<p>“You could not!” denied Lovell. “The first
-time you didn’t have a ghost of a chance to get
-home. The ball was in second baseman’s hands
-before you’d made the turn!”</p>
-
-<p>“Indeed it wasn’t! Second didn’t get the ball
-until I’d rounded the bag and you grabbed me!”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll leave it to anyone! You saw it, Ben.
-Wouldn’t he have been out——”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t know, Steve. Anyway, post-mortems
-aren’t any good. Besides, there’s no use taking
-big chances on bases as long as you’re ahead and
-the other team’s playing steady. Once they’re up
-in the air, why, then I say steal ’em! The more
-you risk the more you bother ’em and the more
-you gain. There’s a time for playing it safe and a
-time for running wild. Now you fellows beat it;
-I’m going to bed.”</p>
-
-<p>Kid, who had been a silent listener to the discussion,
-followed Stanley Pierce across to their
-room very thoughtfully. Just before he crawled
-into bed he asked:</p>
-
-<p>“Say, Stanley, if they didn’t have Morgan to
-pitch for them next Saturday we wouldn’t have
-any trouble winning, would we?”</p>
-
-<p>“Of course not. We’d drive Sibley into the
-cellar in about two innings!”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_279"></a>[279]</span></p>
-
-<p>Later, when the light had been out a good five
-minutes, Kid piped up again.</p>
-
-<p>“Say, Stanley?”</p>
-
-<p>“Go to sleep!”</p>
-
-<p>“But——”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, what is it?”</p>
-
-<p>“You can’t really get microbes in bottles, can
-you, like Steve said?”</p>
-
-<p>Stanley pulled himself into a sitting posture in
-the dark and glared sternly in the direction of his
-roommate.</p>
-
-<p>“No, you can’t! And don’t you go and get any
-fool schemes in that silly little head of yours, Kid.
-If I catch you up to any tricks——”</p>
-
-<p>“The idea!” murmured Kid. “Good night,
-Stanley.”</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_280"></a>[280]</span></p>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="XXI">XXI<br />
-<small>“HAIRBREADTH HARRY”</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="cap">House surely got down to hard work on
-Monday. Never before perhaps had ten
-boys labored more heroically to win a
-game of ball. There was batting practice between
-morning school and dinner, pitching practice whenever
-Waters and Perkins could get ten minutes of
-time, and general work in the afternoon. On Wednesday
-Ben called in Small and Kid and made up
-two teams of six each. Neither team had any outfield
-and when a long hit was made the game
-stopped while a baseman trotted after the ball.
-But the plan worked very well in spite of that.
-Perkins pitched for one team and Waters for the
-other and the six inning contest gave the fellows
-a chance to practice base running. As Bert said
-afterwards, it was worth a lot of money to see
-Small trying to steal second and being invariably
-caught between bases. Since the first game the
-Day Team had been holding practice in the village,
-a very satisfactory arrangement for them<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_281"></a>[281]</span>
-and for their opponents. As may be imagined,
-studies suffered these days and only the most dire
-threats from Dr. Merton kept the students to any
-semblance of labor. House awoke on Friday full
-of hope. It retired Friday night filled with gloom
-and apprehension.</p>
-
-<p>Just before morning school was dismissed Mr.
-Crane announced that Doctor Merton wished to
-see Holden and Bryant in his office at a quarter
-past twelve. Uneasy and questioning glances
-passed from seat to seat, and in the hall the House
-fellows clustered anxiously around Ben, demanding
-to know what was up. Ben only shrugged his
-shoulders and declared that he hadn’t any idea
-what was wanted of him. But he looked a little
-worried, nevertheless, and he and Bert made their
-way down the corridor to the office at the appointed
-time.</p>
-
-<p>“Boys,” said the Doctor, “what do you know
-about this?”</p>
-
-<p>“This” was a much-tattered story-paper which
-the Doctor held to view. Across the top of the
-first page ran the legend “Hairbreadth Harry, the
-Gentleman Scout.” Bert looked blank, but Ben
-flushed. The Doctor viewed them gravely and
-waited. As there was no reply he addressed Ben.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_282"></a>[282]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Holden,” he asked, “is this your property?”</p>
-
-<p>Ben hesitated for an instant. Then, “No, sir,”
-he answered.</p>
-
-<p>The Doctor turned to Bert. “It was found in
-your room this morning, boys. It must belong to
-one of you. Is it yours, Bryant?”</p>
-
-<p>Bert did some hard thinking in a small fraction
-of time. Then he nodded without speaking.
-Ben shot a look of amazement at him and the
-Doctor, watching narrowly, saw and frowned.</p>
-
-<p>“Hm. You’re quite certain it isn’t yours, Holden?”
-he asked again. Again Ben hesitated.
-Finally,</p>
-
-<p>“I—no, sir, it isn’t mine,” he replied.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m glad to hear it,” said the Doctor. “You’re
-an old boy here and you, at least, should know
-better than to bring such—such indecent trash into
-school. There is perhaps a little more excuse for
-Bryant. He has not been with us very long. However,
-that is not excuse enough. The rule prohibiting
-such literature is well known. You knew of it,
-Bryant?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, sir,” answered Bert in a low voice.</p>
-
-<p>“Quite so. Well—” The Doctor hesitated,
-turning the pages of the obnoxious pamphlet. “As
-this is your first misdemeanor of any sort since<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_283"></a>[283]</span>
-you have been in school, Bryant, I propose to be
-lenient with you. I want first, however, your
-promise that as long as you are with us you will
-not again own or read such stuff as this. Very
-good. As punishment I will prohibit you from
-taking part in the baseball game to-morrow. Another
-time you will not escape so easily. That is
-all. You may go, boys.”</p>
-
-<p>Once out in the corridor, Ben turned to Bert.
-“Why did you tell him it was yours?” he demanded
-in a hoarse whisper.</p>
-
-<p>“Why not?” replied Bert. “He was after one
-of us. It wouldn’t have made it any different if
-you’d told him you’d just borrowed it. He’d have
-punished you just the same, I guess. It doesn’t
-matter if I don’t play to-morrow, but it would
-make a heap of difference if you didn’t, Ben.
-You’re the only fellow we’ve got who can catch a
-little bit.”</p>
-
-<p>“I know, but—but it isn’t your funeral,”
-grumbled Ben. “The thing belongs to Kid and
-Kid ought to be the goat.”</p>
-
-<p>“That wouldn’t do you any good, Ben. You
-borrowed it. It was in our room, you see. Besides,
-there’s no use in lugging Kid into it. I
-don’t mind not playing—much.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_284"></a>[284]</span></p>
-
-<p>“It’s a shame!” said Ben. “I don’t like it.
-It’s up to me and I ought to face the music.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, and then we lose the game,” replied Bert
-with a shrug. “That’s a bully idea, isn’t it? You
-keep quiet and it will be all right. I’m sorry I had
-to lie about it, but I hated to see Day get that
-trophy!”</p>
-
-<p>Ben said no more then, but all during dinner
-Bert noticed that he was unusually quiet and
-worried looking. Afterward, in the hall before
-afternoon school, Bert managed to whisper to him:</p>
-
-<p>“Look here, Ben, don’t you go and do anything
-silly about that, will you? It’s all right. I don’t
-mind not playing. Besides, maybe you wouldn’t
-need me anyhow. Just you keep mum, Ben.”</p>
-
-<p>Ben nodded, but the nod didn’t seem to promise
-much. Still, Bert thought the other looked more
-cheerful and that doubtless meant that he had
-abandoned any quixotic notions he might have entertained
-of assuming the blame.</p>
-
-<p>But if Bert had followed Ben from the classroom
-after school he would not have felt so easy
-in his mind, for Ben marched straight to Dr.
-Merton’s office and waited there until the Doctor
-came in.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_285"></a>[285]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Ah, Holden!” The Doctor looked a little surprised.
-“Want to see me, do you?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, sir, if you please. It’s about ‘Hairbreadth
-Harry,’ sir.”</p>
-
-<p>“About—<em>who</em>?” asked the Doctor bewilderedly.</p>
-
-<p>“About that—that dime novel, sir.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh!” The Doctor frowned. “What about it,
-Holden?”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, sir, you asked if it was mine and I said
-it wasn’t. It isn’t mine, but I—I was reading it.
-It—it was in my possession.”</p>
-
-<p>“So? And whose is it?”</p>
-
-<p>“I’d rather not say, sir, if you please.”</p>
-
-<p>“But Bryant told me it belonged to him. Ah,
-I see. It belongs to Bryant and you were reading
-it.”</p>
-
-<p>“No, sir, it isn’t his, Doctor. He—he hadn’t
-anything to do with it. I had nothing to read one
-day and somebody had this and I—I borrowed it.
-I’m sorry.”</p>
-
-<p>“And why do you tell me this, Holden?” asked
-the Doctor gently.</p>
-
-<p>“It didn’t seem fair, sir, for Bryant to take the
-blame and the punishment. He said it was his for<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_286"></a>[286]</span>
-fear you wouldn’t let me play in to-morrow’s game.
-You see, there isn’t any one else to hold Waters—”</p>
-
-<p>“To hold water?”</p>
-
-<p>“No, sir, to hold Waters—George Waters;
-that is, to catch him?”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, I see. And Bryant was afraid you’d get
-beaten. Is that it?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, sir.”</p>
-
-<p>“And so he told a lie.”</p>
-
-<p>Ben was silent. The Doctor swung about and
-looked through the open window for a minute. At
-last, “Well, Holden, I’m sorry about this,” he said,
-facing the culprit again. “But what was mete for
-Bryant is none too severe for you. In fact, as you
-are an older boy, the punishment in your case ought
-of right to be more severe. But as you have done
-an honest, manly thing in coming and telling me,
-my boy, I’ll be as lenient as I may. I’m sorry, but
-I don’t think I can let you take part to-morrow.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, sir,” replied Ben mournfully. “And
-Bert, sir? You’ll let him off, won’t you? He’s just
-a kid yet, and——”</p>
-
-<p>“I’m afraid that is not possible, Holden. His
-lie was, perhaps, told impulsively and with the desire
-to shield you, but a lie is a lie, Holden, and I
-cannot condone untruthfulness. Bryant’s sentence<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_287"></a>[287]</span>
-must stand. I’m sorry for you both. I realize that
-it will be a great disappointment to you not to be
-able to play to-morrow.”</p>
-
-<p>“I can stand it, sir, but it—it means that we get
-beaten.” And Ben gulped. The Doctor nodded.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m sorry. Was there anything else?”</p>
-
-<p>“No, sir, thank you.”</p>
-
-<p>“Thank you, Holden, for coming and telling
-me.”</p>
-
-<p>Ten minutes later it was known that the House
-Team would play to-morrow without its captain,
-and the gloom hung heavy. Some of the fellows
-censured Ben for confessing to the Doctor. There
-had been no call for such a silly course, they declared.
-Every one agreed that certain defeat
-stared them in the face. Ben said very little, but
-what he did say was to the point.</p>
-
-<p>“I can’t play, but I’m still captain. Somebody
-else will have to catch and I guess it had better be
-Steve. Kid, you run up and get my mitt. We’re
-not beaten, yet, so don’t let’s talk like it. Steve,
-you and George and Sam come down to the net
-with me. You’ve got to learn the signals.”</p>
-
-<p>The rest of the team, which was to have no work
-to-day, followed gloomily and stood around while
-Steve Lovell, with Ben’s big catcher’s mitt on his<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_288"></a>[288]</span>
-hand, stood up in front of the net and let Waters
-and Perkins take turns in slamming the ball in to
-him, while Ben stood by and explained and coached,
-sometimes swinging at a ball with the bat to accustom
-Steve to the work before him. It was almost
-dark when Ben called a halt and Steve, tired and
-nervous, pulled the mitt off with a sigh of relief.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll make a fearful mess of it to-morrow, Ben,”
-he groaned. “I know I shall!”</p>
-
-<p>“You mustn’t,” answered Ben grimly. “You
-can’t afford to. If you do as well as you’ve done
-to-day we’ll get by.”</p>
-
-<p>“Who’s going to play my bag?” asked Steve.</p>
-
-<p>“Sam. Kid goes into right.”</p>
-
-<p>Steve laughed mirthlessly. “Gee, we’re going
-to be a wonderful aggregation of ball players, we
-are!” he said as he followed Ben up the path. “I
-can see Kid when a fly comes his way!”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s the best we can do,” answered Ben. “And
-it can’t be helped now.”</p>
-
-<p>“Say, Ben,” said Kid in the hall, later, “I’ve
-been thinking that maybe if I went to the Doc and
-told him that dime novel was mine he might let up
-on you and Bert.”</p>
-
-<p>“He wouldn’t, Kid. You keep your mouth shut
-tight.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_289"></a>[289]</span></p>
-
-<p>“But he might. And I’d be glad to do it, Ben.
-He couldn’t do anything to me to hurt the game.”</p>
-
-<p>“He couldn’t, eh? You’re going to play right
-field to-morrow, Kid.”</p>
-
-<p>“I am? Honest, Ben?” Kid’s eyes grew round
-with excitement. “You’re not fooling?”</p>
-
-<p>“No, I’m not fooling. You’ll play right field
-and bat in Perkins’ place. So shut up now and get
-out.”</p>
-
-<p>House spent the evening discussing what was going
-to happen to-morrow when their crippled team
-met Day. But there was a more hopeful tone apparent
-and the fellows who had condemned Ben in
-the first flush of disappointment now acknowledged
-that he had done the square thing.</p>
-
-<p>“It took a lot of pluck to do what Ben did,” declared
-Steve Lovell, “and I guess if it had been
-me I’d have flunked it. And, anyhow, whether we
-win or we lose, we’ve got the whitest fellow in school
-for captain. Besides, winning games isn’t everything,
-I guess.”</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_290"></a>[290]</span></p>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="XXII">XXII<br />
-<small>“TOOTS” HAS A TREAT</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="cap">“Where are you going, Kid?” called Nan
-from the side porch the next morning.</p>
-
-<p>Kid, half-way down the drive, turned,
-waved a hand and replied importantly: “To the
-village to buy balls. Ben just found we only had
-three. Want to come along?”</p>
-
-<p>Nan shook her head. “I can’t. I wish I could.
-Kid, are we going to get beaten this afternoon?”</p>
-
-<p>“Beaten! I should say not! Why, I’m going
-to play in right field!” And Kid grinned broadly.</p>
-
-<p>“If we do they’ll take our trophy off with them,
-Kid. Won’t that be awful?”</p>
-
-<p>“Fierce, but they won’t do it! You wait, Nan.
-We’ll lick ’em to smithereens; they haven’t got a
-chance!” And Kid went on, whistling blithely.</p>
-
-<p>It was, he told himself, a dandy day, just the
-sort of a day for a ball game. And he was going
-to play! That was certainly bully. He’d show the
-fellows that he could play ball even if he was little!<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_291"></a>[291]</span>
-He paused in the middle of the drive and swung at
-an imaginary ball with an equally imaginary bat,
-and then, still in imagination, watched the ball flying
-high and far against the blue Spring sky.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll show ’em!” he murmured.</p>
-
-<p>He had completed the purchase of three new
-balls in their neat red and white boxes and was out
-on the village street again when he heard his name
-spoken.</p>
-
-<p>“Hello, Kid, what are you doing?”</p>
-
-<p>It was “Toots” Morgan, “Toots” who still
-owed him that quarter, “Toots” who was to serve
-them with his puzzling curves and drops that afternoon.
-Kid scowled.</p>
-
-<p>“Picking blueberries,” he replied flippantly.</p>
-
-<p>“Think you’re smart, don’t you?” returned
-Toots with a frown.</p>
-
-<p>“I think—” began Kid aggressively. Then he
-stopped and gazed for a moment thoughtfully at
-the adversary. Then, to “Toots’” surprise, he
-smiled genially. “I’ve been buying balls, ‘Toots.’
-Ben found we hadn’t enough.”</p>
-
-<p>“You’ll need a lot when we get at you,” replied
-“Toots,” amiably. “What kind did you get?”</p>
-
-<p>Kid exhibited them and “Toots” approved, explaining
-at some length as he lounged along at<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_292"></a>[292]</span>
-Kid’s side why he preferred that particular make
-to any other. “Toots” was in very good humor
-this morning, it seemed, and Kid’s brain became
-active. He listened most respectfully to the other’s
-words of wisdom and viewed him admiringly.</p>
-
-<p>“I guess you fellows won’t have much trouble
-licking us to-day, ‘Toots,’” he said finally. “I suppose
-you’ve heard about Ben?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes.” “Toots” nodded. “We’d have licked
-you anyway, though. It’s a cinch now.”</p>
-
-<p>Kid nodded sadly. “Yes, they’ve had to put me
-in right field. Bert Bryant’s out of it, too, you see.”</p>
-
-<p>“Toots” grinned. “I’ll let you down easy
-when you come to bat, Kid,” he said. “You’re a
-pretty good little chap, even if you did lose me that
-hockey game.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ve always been sorry about that, ‘Toots,’”
-said Kid sweetly. “Of course, I didn’t mean to do
-it, but I know it was my fault. It—it has troubled
-me a whole lot.”</p>
-
-<p>“Toots” studied the face upturned to his own
-suspiciously, but the expression was so frank, so
-guileless that “Toots” was touched. “That’s all
-right, Kid. You couldn’t tell I was going to put one
-of the nasty things in my mouth and lose a stop. I
-know that. Maybe I’ll give you a straight, easy ball<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_293"></a>[293]</span>
-this afternoon, Kid, and let you get a hit—if we’re
-ahead and there’s no one on.”</p>
-
-<p>“Will you, honest?” asked Kid eagerly. “I
-wish you would, ‘Toots’! I’d love to get a hit!
-Gee, wouldn’t it surprise those stuck-up chaps who
-say I can’t play? But how will I know when to hit
-it, ‘Toots’?”</p>
-
-<p>“Toots” laughed amusedly. “Gee, you’re a
-green one, aren’t you, Kid? Well, say, I’ll give you
-a signal, see? Like this. When I put my hand up
-and wiggle my fingers this way—see?—you take a
-swing. I’ll put it over slow and easy for you, Kid.
-You’re not a bad sort.”</p>
-
-<p>“That—that’s awfully kind of you,” stammered
-Kid. “I—I—say, ‘Toots,’ let me buy you some
-tonic, will you? I’d love to!”</p>
-
-<p>“Sure,” laughed “Toots.” “Come on over to
-Haley’s. I don’t mind having money spent on me.”</p>
-
-<p>“And maybe they’ve got some of those dandy
-éclairs,” mused Kid as he accompanied “Toots”
-across the street, “the kind with chocolate on top.
-Don’t you love those, ‘Toots’?”</p>
-
-<p>“They’re not bad, and that’s a fact. You must
-have money, Kid.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ve got almost a dollar, ‘Toots.’” He didn’t
-explain that it was the change from the five dollar<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_294"></a>[294]</span>
-bill supplied him by Ben to buy balls with. “And
-I’m awfully hungry. Walking always makes me
-hungry.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, it’s sort of late to eat,” said “Toots” as
-he led the way into Haley’s store, “but if they have
-any of those éclairs, Kid, I guess I can spoil one.”</p>
-
-<p>They had, as it proved; a whole tin tray full of
-them; and not only were there chocolate éclairs but
-vanilla and maple éclairs as well, and “Toots” was
-unable to decide which to take.</p>
-
-<p>“Try a chocolate one first,” advised Kid, jingling
-his money loudly, “and then have one of the
-others. Those maple ones are great.”</p>
-
-<p>That seemed a sensible idea and “Toots” followed
-it. And they each had a bottle of root beer.
-And after the two éclairs were finished Kid suggested
-bananas and more root beer. “Toots” declined
-the root beer but accepted two bananas.
-Meanwhile they sat on stools and swung their feet
-and talked baseball. “Toots” told all about his different
-deliveries, and about how he had had to practice
-months and months before he had mastered that
-“fade-away” of his, which, if Kid knew about such
-things, he would realize was just like Christy Mathewson’s.
-And Kid listened attentively, admiringly,
-with open mouth and wide eyes, and called for two<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_295"></a>[295]</span>
-apple turnovers and two dill pickles. It was almost
-half-past twelve when “Toots” brushed the crumbs
-of a peach tart from his jacket and lowered himself
-from the stool with a groan of repletion. Kid’s
-money was spent to the last cent and so there was
-no use remaining any longer. If “Toots” had not
-been so taken up with his own recital of his deeds
-and prowess he might have noticed that Kid had
-not eaten half of the pastry and fruit and pickles he
-had seemed to. The floor was littered with food
-and one of Kid’s pockets was mushy with half-eaten
-tarts and turnovers.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, much obliged, Kid,” said “Toots” lazily.
-“That was a bully treat. I’ll stand you some
-day. I must waddle home to dinner now. Gee, but
-I’m full! Well, see you later. Don’t forget the signal;
-like this; see?”</p>
-
-<p>And “Toots” wiggled his left hand in front of
-his forehead.</p>
-
-<p>“I won’t forget. Thank you, ‘Toots.’” Kid
-watched the other make his way down the sidewalk.
-“You bet I won’t forget, ‘Toots.’ You watch me!”
-he murmured to himself. Then, smiling his cherub
-smile, Kid hurried back to school.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_296"></a>[296]</span></p>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="XXIII">XXIII<br />
-<small>KID TRIUMPHS!</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="cap">Quite an audience assembled for that final
-game. Day fellows brought their sisters
-and their chums, and now and then a father
-or a mother, while a few boys from the village, unable
-to follow their high school nine away on a trip,
-came up to cheer for the Day Team. And of course
-the Doctor and Mrs. Merton were there; the Doctor
-enjoyed a game of baseball or football as much as
-any one; and equally, of course, Miss Nancy Merton
-was on hand. Yes, it was quite a fair-sized
-audience, and it couldn’t have had a finer day to
-sit on the settees along the base lines and watch
-eighteen eager and excited youths do battle for
-baseball supremacy. The sun was warm, but a little
-west breeze mitigated its ardor. The sky was
-cloudless, the world green and fresh and the air as
-soft and gentle as a caress.</p>
-
-<p>The Junior Four Trophy stood imposingly on<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_297"></a>[297]</span>
-its ebony base in the middle of a table for all to see.
-It glistened bravely in the sunlight and the Junior
-Four and the Honorary Member were very proud
-of it. More than once Nan, who sat a few feet
-away, bent forward to read her name engraved on
-the silver cup. Mr. Folsom, who was to umpire on
-bases, thus lending quite an air of Big League importance
-to the contest, was surreptitiously studying
-the rules behind first base. But he hadn’t progressed
-very far when Mr. Crane called “Play
-ball!”</p>
-
-<p>House took the field and Day went to bat. Out
-in right field, a ridiculously small figure in that expanse
-of green sward, stood Kid, thumping his
-fielder’s glove with a bare fist impatiently. On second
-base Sam Perkins called encouragement and
-tried to make himself believe that he felt at home
-there. Behind the bat was Steve Lovell, looking
-not a little nervous. Waters pitched, for it had
-been decided to get the jump on Day at the start,
-if such a thing was possible, and win the game in
-the first few innings. Ben, although barred from
-playing, was directing the team from the bench.
-Beside him sat Bert, a bit downhearted at being out
-of it.</p>
-
-<p>White, first man up for Day, started the excitement<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_298"></a>[298]</span>
-with the first ball pitched. It was “in the
-groove,” and White banged it down to Perkins,
-waist-high. Sam caught it, dropped it, snatched it
-up again and pegged it to first. But the throw was
-short and the ball struck the ground a yard in front
-of Pierce, and, although that youth succeeded in
-stopping it, the runner was safe. Turner worked
-a neat sacrifice. O’Connell tried to score White
-from second and sent a fly to Lanny in center.
-Lanny caught it, but his throw in was weak and
-White went to third. Then Briggs slammed a liner
-between Crandall and Cupples, scored White and
-took second himself. Grimshaw hit two fouls, both
-of which Steve Lovell tried for and missed, and
-then placed a neat base-hit in short left. Spooner
-should have been an easy out at first, but Stanley
-Pierce dropped the ball and the bases were full.
-Waters was plainly worried, and when, a moment
-later, Lovell let a pitch get by him and two runs
-came in, Waters went straight up in the air. Tucker
-was passed and so was Sibley. Day’s coachers
-danced and shrieked and their supporters kept up
-a constant din intended to add further to Waters’
-discomfort. But, strange to say, just when Ben was
-wondering whether perhaps it would not be best to
-take Waters out before the game was lost beyond<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_299"></a>[299]</span>
-recovery, the pitcher settled down and struck out
-“Toots” Morgan with three pitched balls!</p>
-
-<p>It was House’s turn to applaud and they didn’t
-miss it. But with three runs against them the outlook
-wasn’t particularly bright. Captain Turner
-surprised House by sending Sibley in to pitch, Morgan
-going into the field. Ben was tickled indeed
-and saw in imagination all sorts of hits streaking
-over the landscape. But Sibley wasn’t as easy to-day.
-In spite of the fact that the first two batters
-up hit him safely, he managed to crawl out of an
-awkward situation without having a run scored
-against him.</p>
-
-<p>There was no scoring by either team in the second.
-Day got a man to third, but he died there
-when Lovell raced into the crowd and pulled down
-a foul. House had hopes when George Waters hit
-a two-bagger, but there were already two men out
-and Lanny, who followed him at the plate, couldn’t
-make good and was thrown out easily at first.</p>
-
-<p>Day started the third inning by hitting a long
-fly into right field. Kid had to travel back to reach
-it and then let it bounce out of that famous glove of
-his. The error was good for three bases. A passed
-ball let the runner score. But after that Waters
-again settled down and there were no more hits in<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_300"></a>[300]</span>
-the inning. House failed to reach first and, with
-the score four to nothing, the fourth inning began.
-Day went out in order, and for House Cupples
-found Sibley for a bunt and beat out the ball, going
-to second a minute later when Crandall trickled the
-ball along the first base line and was tagged out by
-Sibley. Gardner offered at two deliveries and then
-waited and got his base. Kid struck out miserably,
-swinging at everything that came. Waters again
-got a hit and Cupples raced in from second for the
-first tally. Lanny flied out to shortstop.</p>
-
-<p>The fifth inning was filled with errors on each
-side, but no runs were scored. The sixth gave Day
-another tally when Grimshaw banged the ball out
-for a home run. Then Waters struck out Spooner,
-made Tucker pop a fly to Pierce and passed Sibley
-only to catch him napping a moment later off first
-base. House went into the sixth with the score five
-to nothing and Ben was gnawing his finger-nails on
-the bench. Perkins leaned against the first delivery
-and the shortstop found it too hard to handle. He
-went to second when Pierce flied out to left field.
-Then Sibley let down and Lovell hit safely past
-third and Perkins scored House’s second run. Cupples
-drew a pass. Crandall advanced the runners
-but went out at first. Gardner was ordered to<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_301"></a>[301]</span>
-bother Sibley and try for a pass. So he waved his
-bat back and forth and jumped around in the box,
-while the House coachers yelled themselves hoarse
-back of the bases. Two balls—one strike—three
-balls—two strikes—and then, “Four balls; take
-your base,” said Mr. Crane. A shriek of triumph
-went up from House. Turner ran over from first
-base and Sibley tossed the ball down. “Toots” was
-already trotting in from left field. Turner was taking
-no chances, it seemed.</p>
-
-<p>Morgan stepped into the box with two out and
-three on bases. Unfortunately for House, it was
-Kid’s turn at bat. Had there been any one to take
-his place Ben would have pulled Kid out of the
-game then and there, but there wasn’t, and so Kid
-was told to seem eager to hit but to offer at nothing.
-Ben, knowing Morgan to be cold, trusted that he
-would be unable to put three strikes over. But although
-Kid looked anxiously for that secret signal
-that was to give him a hit he didn’t see it. And a
-moment later he was trotting dejectedly out to the
-field, disposed of with four pitched balls.</p>
-
-<p>Day filled the bases in the seventh with one out,
-the out being Morgan. Briggs banged the ball to
-Crandall and Crandall dropped it long enough to
-let Day add her sixth run and for Briggs to reach<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_302"></a>[302]</span>
-first in safety. Grimshaw went out on a long fly
-and another tally came over. Then, to the immense
-relief of House, Spooner hit a liner to Waters, who
-knocked it down and threw it to first for the third
-out.</p>
-
-<p>But House was beaten. There could be no doubt
-of that. The score was 7 to 2 and only three innings
-remained for House. With Morgan pitching
-his customary good game it was very doubtful
-whether House could score once, to say nothing of
-five times! But Ben declared that it was the lucky
-seventh and House supporters took up the cry and
-shouted encouragingly as Waters tapped the plate
-with his bat. Morgan seemed a little slower than
-usual to-day. Ben, watching intently from the
-bench, was puzzled. Usually “Toots” sent in his
-deliveries almost as fast as White could get the ball
-back to him. But this afternoon there was an appreciable
-delay each time. “Toots” took longer
-for his “wind-up” and when the ball left his hand
-it appeared to lack its usual snap. Ben wondered
-whether it was possible that Morgan was a little off-color.
-He called Lanny, who was waiting to bat,
-and whispered to him. Lanny nodded doubtfully.
-At that instant there was a sharp <em>crack</em> and Waters
-was speeding to first. But the ball was only a long<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_303"></a>[303]</span>
-fly and the Day Team’s center fielder got under it
-after a hard race and pulled it down. Lanny was
-fooled twice on what “Toots” called his “fade-away”
-and then slammed a hit past second baseman.
-Perkins went to bat and Lanny immediately
-took what looked like a dangerous lead off first.
-Morgan turned and watched him a second, threw
-the ball across half-heartedly and then paid no more
-attention to the runner. On the second ball Perkins
-swung, and Lanny sped to second. House howled
-gleefully. Then a pop fly to third baseman turned
-Perkins away and made it two out. Pierce, however,
-got a lift by reason of second baseman’s error,
-and Lanny went to third and might have scored in
-the subsequent confusion. But with Steve Lovell
-up a run still looked likely and House clamored for
-it. The best Steve could do, however, was to get a
-pass to first. And then, with the bases full, Cupples
-trickled an easy grounder to third baseman and the
-latter had only to step back and tag the bag with
-his foot for the final out of the inning.</p>
-
-<p>Day added still another run to her swelling
-score in the first of the eighth, a base hit, an error
-by Crandall and a wild pitch by Waters contributing.</p>
-
-<p>House was losing hope. Day had a lead of six<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_304"></a>[304]</span>
-runs now. Crandall went out promptly, third baseman
-to first. Gardner drove a long screecher into
-right field and only a hair-raising one-handed catch
-by Briggs stopped him. Then, with two out, Kid
-again came to the sacrifice. Kid had lost all hope of
-getting that hit by now. It seemed to be his part
-to stand at the plate and let the opposing pitcher
-toy with him! But he squared himself bravely
-enough, swung his bat knowingly and seemed to
-dare Morgan to do his worst. It seemed that Morgan
-was going to do it too, for his first ball was high
-and wide and his next one hit the plate. The coachers,
-thinking he was faltering, began to dance and
-shout. Kid waited for the next delivery, hoping
-that it would be another ball. Perhaps, at least, he
-was to win the honor of reaching first on a pass!
-But what was this? Why was “Toots” fingering
-his cap? The catcher had given the signal. What—then
-Kid suddenly realized that “Toots” had
-not forgotten his promise, after all, that he was
-going to pitch a straight and easy one so that Kid
-might make a hit! Kid seized the bat firmly, his
-heart thumping, and waited while Morgan lazily
-wound up and then shot his hand forward. Straight
-and true came the ball. Kid watched it breathlessly.
-Was it going to break? But no, there was no<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_305"></a>[305]</span>
-“stuff” on that ball. It came right over the center
-of the plate a foot above Kid’s knees, and Kid’s
-bat took it squarely on the trade-mark.</p>
-
-<p><em>Bang!</em></p>
-
-<p>Kid dropped his bat and scurried for first. Over
-second baseman’s head went the ball. Kid swung
-around first and headed for second. The coachers
-were shouting unintelligible things to him as he
-ran. Out between center field and right O’Connell
-and Briggs were racing. Kid reached second and
-turned to look. What had happened? Two fielders
-were scurrying along with their backs to him. From
-somewhere came the insistent cry: “<em>Come on, Kid!
-Come on! Take third!</em>” Kid started again, his
-small legs twinkling above the dust. Out in deep
-field Briggs was throwing the ball to second baseman.
-At third Steve Lovell, shouting and waving,
-sent Kid toward home. His heart was pounding
-against his ribs like a sledge-hammer as he made
-for the plate where White, with outstretched hands
-and anxious, puckered face, awaited the ball. Somehow,
-without seeing, Kid knew that the ball was
-coming. He was still a dozen feet away from the
-plate. Twenty voices were crying to him to slide,
-but Kid didn’t hear them. He did slide, but he did
-it instinctively. Kid struck the plate at the instant<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_306"></a>[306]</span>
-the ball landed in the catcher’s mitten. And although
-White swung for him frantically, Kid was
-safe. He had made a home run!</p>
-
-<p>They picked him up from between White’s legs
-and thumped him on the back and yelled hoarsely
-in triumph. Kid, rescuing his cap, grinned toward
-where “Toots,” hands on hips and his face eloquent
-of surprise and chagrin, was standing. Then in a
-voice that easily carried to “Toots” Kid observed
-carelessly: “He isn’t hard to hit!”</p>
-
-<p>After that it should have been all over, but to-day
-the unexpected happened. “Toots,” still dazed,
-as it seemed, passed Waters in spite of that youth’s
-attempt to hit, bounded the ball off Lanny’s knee
-and then, with first and second bases occupied, let
-Perkins drive out a clean-cut hit! Waters romped
-home, Lanny went to second and House became
-frantic. How the coachers yelled! For that matter
-how every one yelled! “Toots” was going fast.
-He was plainly in distress. Stanley Pierce smashed
-out a two bagger, scoring Lanny and sending Perkins
-to third. Lovell drew a pass, Cupples singled,
-Crandall doubled, Gardner reached his base on an
-error by shortstop, and Kid came again to the bat.</p>
-
-<p>The score was tied at 8 to 8 and the bases were
-filled. House yelled for another “homer.” Kid,<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_307"></a>[307]</span>
-outwardly calm and assured but inwardly trembling,
-again faced “Toots.” “Toots” observed him
-puzzledly. The first delivery was wild and White
-barely stopped it from getting by him. Kid grinned
-and, raising one hand to his cap, wiggled his
-fingers! Morgan looked and faltered. Two balls!
-White hurried down to talk it over. They whispered
-together. White thumped “Toots” encouragingly
-on the back. “Toots” nodded and braced
-his shoulders. But Kid saw the look of distress
-that flitted across the pitcher’s face, and he grinned
-cruelly. Again he wiggled his fingers, while the
-audience shouted excitedly or held their breath in
-suspense. “Three balls!” cried Mr. Crane. Bedlam
-was let loose then! Ben jumped from the
-bench and executed a Highland fling and threw
-handfuls of grass in the air. Behind first Perkins
-did a hand-spring. Turner ran over to “Toots”
-and pleaded with him. “Toots” was seen to place
-a hand on the region of his stomach and shake his
-head. “Play ball!” shrieked House. Turner
-talked and talked and “Toots” nodded dispiritedly
-and faced his fate. The ball sped forward, Kid let
-it pass and dropped his bat. But, “Strike one!”
-cried Mr. Crane.</p>
-
-<p>Kid viewed him reproachfully, and recovered<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_308"></a>[308]</span>
-his bat. “He can’t do it again, Kid!” shouted Ben.
-But he did do it again, nevertheless, even though
-the effort caused him a good deal of discomfort, as
-Kid could see. Then it all depended on the next
-ball. “Toots” wound up slowly, his face scowling
-with pain, and out went his arm. The ball started
-well, but the break was wrong. Down and down it
-came. Kid stepped back from the plate and the ball
-thumped into White’s mitt.</p>
-
-<p>“Four balls,” said Mr. Crane. “Take your
-base!”</p>
-
-<p>Amidst pandemonium Harold Cupples trotted
-home from third with House’s ninth run! Kid went
-to first and the bases were still full. With Waters
-at bat at least one more tally seemed possible, but
-Fortune came to the aid of “Toots.” Waters
-swung at the first offering and the ball danced up
-into the sunlight to settle in third baseman’s glove!</p>
-
-<p>Heroically Day struggled to retrieve her lost
-lead. But George Waters arose grandly to the occasion
-and was as firm as a rock. The first man
-was struck out and the second went out at first.
-Then it was Morgan’s turn at bat. But a substitute
-went in instead. This wasn’t finesse, but necessity,
-for poor “Toots” was being half led and half carried
-to the house where, for the next hour or so<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_309"></a>[309]</span>
-he was dosed with Jamaica ginger and similar
-remedies. It was a most mysterious attack and the
-only two persons who could have thrown light on
-it remained silent, “Toots” himself because he was
-much too unhappy to explain and Kid because, so
-far, Ben had forgotten all about the change from
-that five dollar bill!</p>
-
-<p>And, besides, just at present, Kid was much too
-busy. That substitute batter had insisted on prolonging
-the agony. With two strikes on him he
-refused to acknowledge himself beaten. Anxious
-to bring the game to an end, Waters put one over
-“in the groove.” <em>Whack!</em> Out into right field
-sped the ball, high and far. Around the bases raced
-the batsman. Day, scenting victory at the eleventh
-hour, arose to their feet and shrieked their triumph.
-But they were reckoning without their host. Far
-out in the field a pair of small legs were streaking
-over the sod. A glance over his shoulder, and Kid
-paused and wheeled. Up went his hands. What
-was a catch like that to the fellow who had batted
-“Toots” Morgan for a home run? Down came the
-ball, hesitantly at first, then with a rush. <a href="#i_fp306">Straining
-eyes watched as it thumped into Kid’s big glove.</a>
-Then a roar of joy went up from House. Kid had
-caught it! The game was over! House had won!</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="i_fp306">
- <img src="images/i_fp306.jpg" alt="" title="" />
- <div class="caption">
- <p class="noic"><a href="#Page_309">“Straining eyes watched as it thumped into Kid’s big
-glove.”</a></p>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_310"></a>[310]</span></p>
-
-<p>Two minutes later, with Ben proudly bearing
-the Junior Four Trophy and striding ahead, the
-victorious team marched back to the school, cheering
-and shouting. And close at Ben’s elbow
-marched Kid, his hands still tingling from the ball.</p>
-
-<p>“<i lang="la" xml:lang="la">Io Triumphus!</i>”
-he chanted.</p>
-
-
-<p class="p4 noic">THE END</p>
-
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-<div class="tnote">
-<p class="noi tntitle">Transcriber’s Notes:</p>
-
-<p class="smfont">Except for the frontispiece, illustrations have been moved to
- follow the text that they illustrate, so the page number of the
- illustration may not match the page number in the List of
- Illustrations.</p>
-
-<p class="smfont">Printer’s, punctuation and spelling inaccuracies were silently
- corrected.</p>
-
-<p class="smfont">Archaic and variable spelling has been preserved.</p>
-
-<p class="smfont">Variations in hyphenation and compound words have been preserved.</p>
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin-top:4em'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE JUNIOR TROPHY ***</div>
-<div style='text-align:left'>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Updated editions will replace the previous one&#8212;the old editions will
-be renamed.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG&#8482;
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
-the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
-of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
-copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
-easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
-of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
-Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may
-do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
-by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
-license, especially commercial redistribution.
-</div>
-
-<div style='margin:0.83em 0; font-size:1.1em; text-align:center'>START: FULL LICENSE<br />
-<span style='font-size:smaller'>THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE<br />
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</span>
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-To protect the Project Gutenberg&#8482; mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase &#8220;Project
-Gutenberg&#8221;), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person
-or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.B. &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (&#8220;the
-Foundation&#8221; or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg&#8482; mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg&#8482; work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country other than the United States.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg&#8482; work (any work
-on which the phrase &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; appears, or with which the
-phrase &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-</div>
-
-<blockquote>
- <div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
- other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
- whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
- of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
- at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you
- are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws
- of the country where you are located before using this eBook.
- </div>
-</blockquote>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase &#8220;Project
-Gutenberg&#8221; associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg&#8482; License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg&#8482;.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; License.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg&#8482; work in a format
-other than &#8220;Plain Vanilla ASCII&#8221; or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg&#8482; website
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original &#8220;Plain
-Vanilla ASCII&#8221; or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg&#8482; works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-provided that:
-</div>
-
-<div style='margin-left:0.7em;'>
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &bull; You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg&#8482; works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg&#8482; trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, &#8220;Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation.&#8221;
- </div>
-
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &bull; You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg&#8482;
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
- works.
- </div>
-
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &bull; You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
- </div>
-
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &bull; You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg&#8482; works.
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
-the Project Gutenberg&#8482; trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
-forth in Section 3 below.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain &#8220;Defects,&#8221; such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the &#8220;Right
-of Replacement or Refund&#8221; described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you &#8216;AS-IS&#8217;, WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg&#8482; work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg&#8482; work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg&#8482;&#8217;s
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg&#8482; collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg&#8482; and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation&#8217;s EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state&#8217;s laws.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-The Foundation&#8217;s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
-Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
-to date contact information can be found at the Foundation&#8217;s website
-and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; depends upon and cannot survive without widespread
-public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state
-visit <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/donate/">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg&#8482; eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
-facility: <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-This website includes information about Project Gutenberg&#8482;,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-</div>
-
-</div>
-</body>
-</html>
diff --git a/old/66055-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/66055-h/images/cover.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index d261b33..0000000
--- a/old/66055-h/images/cover.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/66055-h/images/i_fp054.jpg b/old/66055-h/images/i_fp054.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ba4381..0000000
--- a/old/66055-h/images/i_fp054.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/66055-h/images/i_fp180.jpg b/old/66055-h/images/i_fp180.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 1897bb0..0000000
--- a/old/66055-h/images/i_fp180.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/66055-h/images/i_fp306.jpg b/old/66055-h/images/i_fp306.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 3cb43b4..0000000
--- a/old/66055-h/images/i_fp306.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/66055-h/images/i_frontis.jpg b/old/66055-h/images/i_frontis.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 756e1eb..0000000
--- a/old/66055-h/images/i_frontis.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/66055-h/images/logo.jpg b/old/66055-h/images/logo.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index e7fb22e..0000000
--- a/old/66055-h/images/logo.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ